Full text of "Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London"

See other formats

COLLECTION
OF

WILLIAM SCHAUS
©
PRESENTED
TO THE
NATIONAL MUSEUM

MCMV

y 15
NE
Hie

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

UE LON DON.

1917, pp. 1-215,

WITH 6 PLATES and 82 TExtr-FIGURES.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.
LONDON

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO,,
PATERNOSTER ROW.

\ >:
4g perarary geet
ey RATIONAL ®

Les 2

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Loni.

Patron.
His Masesry Tue Kina.

COUNCIL.
His Grace Tar Duke or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President.

‘Tart Hon. Cecrt Barina, M.A.
R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A.
ALFRED H. Cocks, Esq., M.A.

Lr.-Cot. S. Monckton Copsr-
» MAN, M.D? F.RS.
CHARLES DrumMmonp, Ksq.,

Treasurer.

ALFRED Ezra, Esq.

Capt. Hueu 8. GLADSYONE,
M.A.

THE Viscounr Harcourt, P.C.

SIDNEY Freperic HArMER, KsqQ.,
M.A., Sc.D FRLSs
President.

WitiiAM Huntsman, Esq.

Sir EpmMunp Gites Lover, Br.,
Vice-President.

Con. Sir A. Henry McManoy, |

GCM.GAf.8.1.

Vice- |

PRINCIPAL
P. Cuatmers Mircuett, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.RBS.,

Secretary.

EK. G. B. Mrapg-Watpo,
Ksq., Vice-President.

P. CHAuMers MircHe.y, Ksq.,
M.A., D.Se., LL.D., Feiss,
Secretary.

THE EARL oF
Vice-President.

THEt Marguts oF Stico, F.S.A.

OLDFIELD ‘THomas, Ksq.,

AuBYN Trevor-Batrye, Esq.,
M.A.

ArrsurR Smita Woopwarp,
Esq@., “LED. F.RoS Vee
President. ;

Henry Woopwarbd, Ksq., LL.D.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.

PoRTSsMOUTH,

OFFICERS.

R. I. Pococx, F.R.8., F.L.8., Curator of Mammals and
Resident Superintendent of the Gardens.

D. Sera-Smrru, Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works.

Lieut. Epwarp G. BouLencErR, Curator of Reptiles.

Prof, H. Maxweut Lerroy, Curator of Insects.

Mrs. Peavor, Acting Librarian and Clerk of Publications.

JouHN Barrow, Accountant.
W. H. Conn, Chief Clerk.

LIST OF. CONTENTS.

1917, pp. 1-215.

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society's
Menagerie during the months of November and

Wecenn er cal ONO cemaionsas «rele can dae resists Seu e. See aes

Mr. E. Gerrard. Exhibition on behalf of Mr. Crabb of
a mounted specimen of a hybrid between a male
brush and, a temale Blackbird wrx. ....:...c0ccecseetes ss

The Srcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of January, 1917 ......

Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.8S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition
of the trachea from a male Anseranus semipalmata...

Mr. C. J. C. Poot, Assistant Curator of Insects. Notes
from the Caird Insect House ............. LeAnne eee

Mr. R. I. Pococx, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals.
Lantern-exhibition of the work of the Beavers in the
mociety s Gardens, ~(Vext-figure 1.)) fo....cc.2.cc... ec 0%

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of February, 1917 ......

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals.
Exhibition of a young Lion Cub recently deposited
in the Gardens, and also a Galago from German East

biel Earl yd A ie oe reer egg orien nD ong nc

Mr. C. J. Ganan. Exhibition of a living example of the
“* Death-Watch ” Beetle (Anobsum tesselatwnv) i ee

Mr. C. Davies SHERBORN, F.Z.S. Exhibition of an auto-
graph of Captain Bligh of ‘ The Bounty’ ......2.......:

Page

160

209

210

Mr. C. Tarr Reaan, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a Piraya
from the Amazon (Serrasalmo pirayd) .. ..sccceccereeas

Mr. Atrrep Ezra, F.Z.S. Exhibition of lantern-slides
of Big-Game Shooting im Ind tai ...6.... 6.0000. -s 0+ ee eee

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of March, 1917 .........

Mr. C. Davies Suerporn, F.Z.8. Exhibition of the piece
of hairy Skin of a Gorilla, sent to Richard Owen ......

Mr. D. Seru-Smira, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition
of a female Japanese Pheasant

any oh 0 Mee °
Exhibition of a male specimen of the Carolina Duck...

evoereer eo eee oer eee eo oeeeese

Exhibition of some specimens of the trachea of
various species Of Ducks ....7 2027 .quss say agen eee eee
Mr. EK. HWeron-Auwen, F.L.S., P.R.M.S., F.Z.S. Remarks

‘on the Mussel-fishery and Foraminifera of Esnandes,
illustrated by means of lantern-slides

weunreseceeerereecee

The Secretary. Announcement of the death of Mr. Henry
Peavot

ereer rere sees eee e ree ee osee tree are eeseosreacseeeeeseseeseseeeosere

Dr. P CHaumers MircueE.y, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Secretary to,
the Society. Exhibition of coloured sketch of an
abnormal Cape Lourie

eceovoer are eee eee oes ees oe ee ee oee eee eee eee

Prof. J. P. Hitt, F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of photograph
and remarks upon a Gynandromorphic specimen of
the Karwig

eoeerecreeose oe ecco es oes ors oee oe eee eeoreeesosesees ore ees

Dr. A. SmrrH Woopwarp, F.R.S. Exhibition of enlarged
models of the first molar tooth of a large Chimpanzee,
Melanesian Man, and Piltdown Man

oeecuanveeeseeareereaeeens

Mr. D. M.S. Watson, F.Z.S. Exhibition and diagrams of
models of the teeth of fossil horses

e@aneseeneeeeceeee ees eee

Prof. H. Maxweut Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.8. Remarks on the
Silkworms and Silk industry of India, illustrated
with lantern-slides and specimens of the Silk Moths,
Cocoons, and Silk

eCeoeocee oe eee tooeee eZee oversee oF OFF HHO HH AEE HOE

Page

210

211

-211

211

212

212
212
213

213

Vv
The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of April ..................

Dr. P. Cuatmers Mitcuetyi, F-R.S. Secretary to the
Society. Exhibition of the behaviour of Birds and
Mammals in the presence of living Serpents............

Mr. D. Seru-Smuiru, F.L.S., Curator of Birds. Lantern-
exhibition of Birds now or recently living in the
Poclety’s Gardens. .....55.... Be er rSesstile Seem nie theien Wiasati

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Curator of Mammals. Exhibi-
tion, on behalf of Messrs. Rowland Ward, Ltd., of
the skins of two Zebras from British East Africa......

Mr. R. E. Howupine. Exhibition and Remarks on a
WII Tepe Ulnt ss magarenesinaceinnsctaten Males ocorveuns vv ee ques eds oe

Exhibition of two curiously malformed eggs ............

Mr. D. Sersu-Smiru, F.L.S., Curator of Birds. Account of
the Poultry Exhibition now being held in the
BS DCT MyM T UE MOMS: 5 ,kiers eh onat 6c hsian do aiplv dd rleren.nerall jeu dies

PAPERS. ae

1. On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the British
Museum specimen of Archeopteryx. By BRANISLAV
Perronievics, Ph.D., and ArtHuR SmirH Woop-
wan i) Koes, VP As, (Plate 1.) icc...

2. On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals
in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai. By ARTHUR DE
CMRUP ES OWERBN, Br LIISG cet sa o.tucddtaeiuiscehssaicesentouens

3. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological
Gardens during 1916, together with a List of the
Blood- Parasites found during the Year. By H. G.
PurmMer, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative
Pathology in the Imperial College of Science and
Technology, London, and Pathologist to the Society .

214

val

4. On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of
the Palemonid Prawns. By L. A. Borrapaixe, M.A.,
E.Z.S., Lecturer in Zoology in the University of
Cambridge, Fellow, Dean, and Lecturer of Selwyn
College. “(Text-figures) 1 [oll s..c2aii5. .24-+ 000m

5. On the Scolex in the Cestode Genus Duthiersia, and on
the Species of that Genus. By Frank EH. Bepparp,
M.A., D.8c., F-R.S., F.Z.8:. (Text-figures 1-5.)......

6.—1. The Coleoptera of the Family Cisside found in
Britain, with Descriptions of two new Species.—2. A
new Species of the Coleopteran genus Cryptorrhyn-
chus Mlliger. By C. J.C. Poon, Assistant Curator
Caird’ Insect” Hious¢ <..22......s20--0:+. canta eee eee

7. The Prechordal Portion of the Chondrocranium of
Chimera collie. By Epwarp PuHeEtps ALLIs, Jun.,
E.Z:S. (Plates 1.AIV).).. 2.0502: cee eee

8, On the Lizards of the Genus Philochortus Matschie.
By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.8. (Plates I. & IT.)

9. An Experimental Investigation of the Migration of
Woodcock breeding in the West of Ireland. By S.

R. Doveuas, M.R.C.S., L R.C.P.Lond., Capt. I.M.S.
(retired), F.Z.8., lst Assistant Bacteriological Depart-
ment, Medical Research Committee, National In-
surance Act! icsuptatichis ss ccaaen cope ceetee ee eee ee

10. A Sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetrapod
Vertebrates. By D. M. 8. Watson, M.Sc., F.Z.S.,

- Lecturer in Vertebrate Paleontology in University
College, London. (Vext-fleures 1 & 2:) -. ae

11. Notes on some of the Viscera of an Okapi (Okapia
johnstom Sclater). By R. H. Burne, M.A., F.ZS.
(Text-figures 1-232) 25.2. erst ces ee Naat ce eee ee

Alphabetical List of Contributors

eco noeseeereeoseeeeese ee ore ose eeeeee

Index

eevee eoeoeres ee eres eer eoeoeees ees eee FP HSE HHEHHEHH HOHE H SEH HEHEHE EO HE OF OLEH H ETE HES

Page

105

145

159

167

187

SERHABE LCA LISt
OF THK

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

(1916, pp. 1-215.)

Page
AuLEN, E. Heron-. See HERoN-ALLEN, KH.
Auiis, Epwarp PuHe ps, Jun., F.Z.S.
The Prechordal Portion of the Chondrocranium of
Chimeera@ collier. (Plates IolL1.). 2...0cc..cceeescecesceoeees 105
Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8.
On the Scolex in the Cestode Genus Duthiersia, and on
the Species of that Genus. (Text-figures 1—-5.)............ 73
Borrapaie, L. A., M.A., F.Z.S.
On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts
of the Palemonid Prawns. (Text-figures 1-51.) ......... 30

Boutencer, G. A., F.R.S., F.Z.S8.

On the Lizards of the Genus Philochortus Matschie.
Peeler ecm re MBE eee ete et as cnr esaesevhec ends Chi costed ees 145

Vill
Burne, R. H., M.A., F.Z.S.

Notes on some of the Viscera of an Okapi (Okapia
johnstoni Sclater. (Text-figures 1-23.) .............ccceeeee 187

Doveras, 8.R., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. Lond., Captain I.M.S.
(retired), F.Z.S.

An experimental Investigation of the Migration of
Woodcock breeding in the West of Ireland ............... 159

Ezra, ALFRED, F.Z.S.
Lantern exhibition illustrating Big-Game Shooting in

Tndta, 9.255. Bee chess a eedsstes eS ee 2V0

GAHAN, C. J.
Exhibition of a living example of the ‘“ Death-Watch ”
Beetle Wi. caw nen penn lot teen once eee eet oe ee en 209

GERRARD, EpwARrp.

Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. Crabb, of a mounted
specimen of a hybrid between a male Thrush and a
female? Black omd ai, bicvack atin 's)..teigseb ethene rae 95

Hrron- Aen, E., F.L.S., P.R.M.S., F.Z.S.

Remarks on the Mussel-Fishery and Foraminifera of

Esnandes, illustrated by means of lantern-slides ......... 212
Mini, Prof. J. P., D.Se., ER.2 CZs.
Exhibition of photograph and remarks upon a Gynan-
dromorphic, specimen of the Harwig .:....0.... .....teas- 213
Ho.pine, R. E.
Exhibition and remarks on a Cirriped................000- 215

Exhibition of two curiously malformed eggs ............ 215

1K
Lerroy, H. Maxwett, M.A., F.Z.S., Curator of Insects.

Remarks on the Silkworms and Silk Industry of India,
illustrated with lantern-slides and specimens of the Silk

Norns. Cocoonss ad: Silks.) ci5sssee te ocd a iaav enticed evs ceeets

MircHewi, P. Caatmers, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.B.S., F.Z.S.,
Secretary to the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
‘during the months of November and December, 1916 ...

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
dtnine theamonth-of January, 1917 ....00)...casccsscseecseosh

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

Gucincsthe month of Mebruary, LOL( ........¢.20.8 avis: ot

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
Gunine the month of March* 1917 coc... .isecccsccecsesoaced

Announcement of the death of Mr. Henry Peavot

Exhibition of coloured sketch of an abnormal Cape

IONIC Ce ee os ko as une hllee bale vavonewaebaewwwe ts

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
donne the month of Aprils loll sii.scicerse cst sectensss cece

Exhibition of the behaviour of Birds and Mammals

im the presence of living Serpents .../.......cc.ssseneeeeseds

PrtTroniEvics, Branisitav, Ph.D., and Woopwarp, ARTHUR
Sei. (lb Dy HRS. -V.P:Z.S.

On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the British

Museum Specimen of Archwopteryx. (Plate I.)............

PurMer, H. G., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Pathologist to the Society.

Report on the deaths which occurred in the Zoological
Gardens during 1916, together with a List of the Blood-
arasiues ound, during the Year's .)2.5 0). ...e.cceeeneseseed ess

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917. b

Page

213

209

Aah

212

213

214

Page
Pocock, Reernaup I., F.-R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., Curator’ of
Mammals.
Work of the Beavers in the Society’s Gardens. (Text-
fioure U.) vis .c.30Seeh eae eenercea cei eee ce oe eee 08
Exhibition of a young Lion Cub, and of a Galago from
German’ Hast Africa 22s. iscsi eee ee ee 209
Exbibition, on behalf of Messrs. Rowland Ward, Ltd.,
of the skins of two Zebras from British East Africa ...... 214
Poors, C. J. C., Assistant Curator Caird Insect House.
The Coleoptera of the Family Cissidee found in Britain,
with Descriptions of two new Species ’...............eseeeeees 83
A new Species of the Coleopteran Genus Cryptorrhyn-
Chas MN ers cee uate steams anasto ee eee REA SEE G4 93
Notes from the Caird Insect House........ ee a ci. 96
Rea@an, C. Tats, M.A., F.Z.8.
Exhibition of a Piraya from the Amazon ............... 211
Sera-Sairu, D., F Z.8., Curator of Birds.
Exhibition of the trachea of a male Anseranius
SCI PANIMGLG so 9) 5. sr erage each nc ee eaes ace nen ene 96
Exhibition of a female Japanese Pheasant ............... 211

Exhibition of a male specimen of the Carolina Duck... 211

Exhibition of some specimens of the trachea of various

species "Ola uckis.. ecg hone SS sins Geese exer oee seamen 214

Lantern-exhibition of Birds now or recently living

in ‘the Society s' Gardens 205.25.) saeaeeeh eset ne wea 214

Account of the Poultry Exhibition now being held

in the Society’s Gardens .............0+5 Pane ain ae gee A 5 215

Page
SHERBORN, C, Davigs, F.Z.S8.
Exhibition of an Autograph of Captain Bligh of ‘The
Bounty, ene MANE ets os Perera e en haalts eahan eats 210
Exhibition of the piece of hairy skin of a Gorilla, sent
OMMOMATORO WET Wo 24aiscccswas beste saves ye bdentes deeeanscnaees’ 211
SowErBY, ARTHUR DE CaRLE, F.Z.S.
On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and
Gorals in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai .................. 7
Watson, D. M.8., M.Sce., F.Z.S.
A Sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetrapod
Nerteprates:, (Rext-fguros' ] dy 2.) ve... cecssececeesuessormaes 167

Exhibition of models of the Teeth of Fossil Horses .... 213

Woopwarp, ArTHUR SmirH, F.R.S. See Perronievics,
BRANISLAV.

Exhibition of enlarged models of the first molar tooth
of a large Chimpanzee, Melanesian Man, and Piltdown
Iya Oo ee Ee oe ee sie di

P.Z.S. 1917. PETRONIEVICS & WOODWARD, PL. I.

ARCHAOPTERYX.

PROCEEDINGS

OF TIIE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF TIIB

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PAPERS.

1. On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the British
Museum Specimen of Archwopterys. By BRANISLAV
PeTrontievics, Ph.D., and ArtHur Smira Woopwarp,
iD. ERS... V.P.Z.S.

[Received and Read November 21, 1916.]

(Plate I. *)

INDEX. Page
MCC Gal aleAU Cis 015 ae tlhe icess aueners tease sabrina, 2
REV ACM ACIP ete nuk Penta te. has cndow ks cies Me ciate Sets ose e8S oD
Bibliography 6
Introductory.

Some further preparation of the British Museum specimen of
Archeopteryx recently done by Mr. F. O. Barlow, under the
direction of myself and Dr. Woodward, has resulted in the com-
plete uncovering of the right coracoid bone and the discovery of
the pubes. The work was undertaken at my request after I
had convinced myself, by a prolonged study of this specimen in
connection with Dames’ two memoirs on the Berlin Archeopteryx,
that the bones in question must exist buried in the limestone
matrix. On the results I have prepared an exhaustive paper,
which I hope to publish later; but the following preliminary

* For explanation of the Plate see p. 6.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. I. 1

2 DRS. B. PETRONIEVICS AND A. S. WOODWARD ON THE

notice, written by Dr. Woodward, who has made use of our
joint observations, gives a general account of the important
additions to our knowledge of the pectoral and _ pelvic arches of
this primitive Jurassic bird which are now made possible. Some
differences of opinion between us are indicated in footnotes.

I have to thank Dr. Woodward and also Dr. C. W. Andrews
for the valuable help and advice they have given to me.—B. P.

Pectoral Arch.

The right scapula and coracoid are completely exposed on their
outer face (Pl. I. figs. 1, 1@) and apparently almost uninjured.
They meet in a very wide angle and are fused together, though
their limits are marked by a line across the glenoid cavity and a
notch at its outer edge.

The scapula (sc.), which has already been’ described by Owen
(1863) and Dames (1884), is typically avian and about twicé as
long as the coracoid. Its distal end is slightly expanded, as in
Casuarvus ; while its proximal end bears a well-developed acromial
process (a), from which a very thin lamina of bone, with
roughened surface, extends to the coracoid, forming the floor of a
hollow (f.) in which the furcula evidently articulated.

_ The coracoid (co.) is a quadrilateral plate of bone longer than
‘wide, and not much narrowed at the upper or humeral end,

where it is somewhat thickened. The bone is bent at an obtuse

angle along a hne extending obliquely from the outer end of the
‘humeral border to the inner end of the sternal border, so that the
infero-external half must have been almost in the same plane as
the expansion of the sternum, while the sapero-internal half faces
inwards. The wide upper portion of this internal half is pierced
near’ the middle by the usual coracoid foramen. The thickened
upper or humeral border bears two eminences, a larger adjacent
to the margin of the glenoid cavity and a smaller at the outer
angle of the bone, where it extends a little down the outer border
(fig. la). Below this eminence the outer border is thin and
slightly excavated, meeting the equally thin but straight lower
(or sternal) harden in an obtuse angle. The inner border, which
meets the lower border in a right angle, appears to be still
thinner and forms a somewhat jagged edge in which two indents
-are probably natural*. The upper and larger of these, which
is semicircular, occurs at the upper end; the smaller indent
- further down is bounded below by a slight prominence yt. The

* T consider that the upper indent is certainly natural.—B. P.

+ I think I can distinguish a faint line extending from the hollow between the
upper eminences to the middle of the lower indent of the inner border. This may
' perhaps mark the division between the precoracoid and the true coracoid—in which
case the glenoid eminence would be on the former, the second eminence on the latter.
The eminence on the coracoid would thus be homologous with the spina coracoidea
of the Ratites and the acrocoracoid of the Carinates, while the intervening hollow
would correspond with the fossa supracoracoidea of the Ratites (cf. M. Fiirbringer,

‘Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und Systematik der Vogel,’ vol. i. (1888) pp. 36,
39, 40).—B. P.

PECTORAL AND PELVIC ARCHES OF ARCH HOPTERYX. 3

irregularities | in the rest of the Morden are probably due to
imperfections i in the fossil.

As remarked by Huxley (1868), the furcula (PI. 1. He. 2) is
exposed from its ventral face. The new preparation ‘of the
specimen has only defined more clearly the shape of the upper
articular end on the left side *

TABLE OF MEASUREMENTS.

Scapura: mm.
Greatest length to.apex of acromion ..................020000008 46
Greatest breadth of distal end) s.0......acl.etsc veces eseaess, 6

= MnOmtMm allen aes .a57; ssuasnes. otees setae ook
Simallest Mreadth:. s..8c2.ccu eee re
Greatest diameter of scapular fart a ileaoid ara Be Rinse 5

CORACOID:

Greatest length from prominence above glenoid fossa to
ITLOHO- Mater NA ANC... ce syis. yet dese tosses eseeegeoGe Rageoy 29
Breadth at upper (haenetall) Bouin Ea AE aes ait ye
Breadth at middle.. BOER, Berio ae EO ae cracls AL
' Breadth at lower aberualh homers pron beter poe ele
Greatest diameter of coracoidal part of alenoid Pisce picthe’ 3

FURCULA:

PEM SHON OL Nena ieatecnstoaiesav cs lem ev.se@eaungevecreclere med ind! 2
MGeMMC SU WIC malin tein caht sens testestamcassuatena sceessacconasss OUND
2 KGnreaucetenTedativOr DONE! oi). hs ecacesmecudscecens ch tcesetcavesss ° @

Inner angle of furcula about 90°.

It would be interesting to compare the pectoral arch of
Archeopteryx, as now made known, with the corresponding parts
in the second specimen in Berlin; but, unfortunately, according
to the description by Dames (1897), the several bones in the
latter fossil are so imperfect, crushed, and obscured that no
satisfactory comparison is possible. It must suffice to note that,
although Archeopteryx was obviously a bird of flight, its scapulo-
coracoid is more closely similar to that of certain Mesozoic
reptiles than that of any other known bird, and the nearest
approach in shape to its coracoid is found in the existing Ratites
and the Cretaceous Hesperornis. In the fusion of the scapula
with the eoracoid and the very wide angle at which these bones
meet, it agrees only with the ratite birds and the reptiles.

Pelvic Arch.
In the pelvie arch (Pl. I. fig. 3) the right ilinm (é.) and

ischium (és.) are exposed on their outer face, while the two
ae (pu.) are displaced and seen from above. The bones were

* A small prominence on the stone below the middle of the furcula may perl; ips
mark the anterior end of the sternum (BIOA. fiet 2.5.) B, P.
+ [ venture, however, to make the comparison, ‘notwithstanding naperfeetions In
the Berlin specimen.—B. P.
1

4 DRS. B. PETRONIEVICS AND A. S. WOODWARD ON THE

evidently all separate, and the illum must have been only loosely
articulated with the sacrum, which is proved to be absent by an
exploratory excavation made in the stone beneath the pelvis.

The relatively large preacetabular portion of the ilium (/.) is
elliptically rounded in front, and the hinder half of its lower
border is gently excavated where it forms the sharp outer edge
of the concave anterior face of the large deep pedicle for the
articulation of the pubis. The middle of the outer face of the
bone is, deeply concave, while its lower margin is convex. The
acetabulum is deeper than wide and, though perforate, is partly
closed by a thin marginal lamina of bone, which is preserved at
its anterior border. Above the acetabulum the ilium 1s slightly
convex, but bears no trace of an anti-trochanter. The post-
acetabular portion of the bone is a relatively small narrow exten-
sion, slightly arched and tapering to its hinder end, which is
imperfect in the fossil. Its outer face is gently concave. The
posterior pedicle is also small, and obliquely truncated for the
articulation of the ischium.

The ischium (2s.) appears to be in its natural position, but is
distinctly separated by suture from the ilium. It is expanded
proximally, though slender behind, and bends inwards at its
distal end, where it bifurcates into two sharply separated pro-
cesses. The upper of these processes is the longer and curves
upwards; the lower and shorter process is nearly straight. The
anterior border of the proximal expansion is slightly excavated to
form about half of the posterior rim of the acetabulum. Above
and below this there is a short articular surface for the ilium and
the pubis respectively. Shortly behind the former articulation
the upper border rises into a quadrangular process ; and there isa
second but less elevated process of nearly the same shape further
back. The anterior portion of the lower border is strongly
convex. The outer face of the proximal expansion of the bone is
marked by an ovoid depression, at the bottom of which there is a
foramen.

The pubes (pu.) are long, slender, and nearly straight bones
projecting backwards far beyond the ischia, where they meet with-
out fusion in an extended symphysis. The proximal articular
end, best preserved on the right side, is convex and ovoid, its
long diameter being transverse. The slender shaft of the bone
curves slightly upwards to this articular end, and in the bend
there is a large foramen, well seen on the left side. The lower
face being obscured, it 1s impossible to determine whether or no
a pectineal process is present. As the bone approaches the hinder
symphysis, it gradually widens in a hor izontal plane at its inner
edge until its maximum width is reached at the beginning of the
symphysis. The apposed pair of nearly horizontal lamine taper
gradually backwards until they end in a slightly upturned point
and are lost in an irregular mass of calcite («.) which probably
represents original cartilage.

PECTORAL AND PELVIC ARCHES OF ARCH AOPTERYX, 5

TABLE OF MEASUREMENTS.

ILium: mm.
Greatest length (as preserved) ............... Parc OO)
Lezgth from middle of aekerion aeetabalae bards to

RCIBIOLE (NG AAA ee eee ei seen an enn orca Meier 23
Same measure to posterior end (as sa a, Berea ean LO
Width of acetabulum ........... Pee ee eet O
Greatest depth (at articulation for ane Mo mostGeeae LO

IscHIUM:

Greatest length .. tes Bee ener ener “76
Greatest breadth (at proce re Be ktoenmes te asain ce (iL ()
Weastubreadth (near middle): ) ..tii. csc esctsgntaeeeccccene 8
Pusis:
Greatest length ............... pe he aaa meg,
Length of median symphysis Sot fades expansion ......... 19
wleast-breadth (near proximal end) 2... .c0...0..ccseec-ceeees = 2
Greatest breadth of hinder expansion ..............0.c00008 A

The pelvis of Archwopterya, as now described, can be more
satisfactorily compared with that of the second specimen in
Berlin than the pectoral arch to which reference has already
been made. In the pelvic region, however, the Berlin specimen
is Somewhat differently crushed, all three elements being exposed
in direct side-view, with the femur in its natural position over-
lying them and obscuring the proximal end of the ischium. The
figure published by Dames, 1897 (copied in Pl. I. fig. 4), is,
indeed, rather diagrammatic, and suggests imperfections in the
state of preservation of parts of the bones, which must be taken
into account. Small differences in shape between the ilium and
ischium of the two specimens have already been noted both by
Seeley (1881) and by Dames (1897), who include them among the
marks of at least specific distinction which they recognise in
the two skeletons. Still more striking differences now appear, at
first sight, between the pubes; but 1t must be remembered that
in the British Museum specimen these bones are seen from
above, while in the Berlin specimen the right pubis alone is
exposed in outer side-view. Making allowance for the imper-
fection of the proximal ends in the latter case, the relative length
of the ischium and pubis is approximately the same in the two
fossils, and the terminal expansion in the Berlin specimen may
well be the apparently cartilaginous mass («#.) of the British
Museum specimen crushed from side to side. Essential differ-
ences, therefore, are not yet demonstrated *.

Among existing birds, the pubes meet in a symphysis only in

* T am of opinion that future discoveries will result in demonstrating such
differences. I do not think that a side-view of the pubes in the British Museum
specimen would correspond with that shown in the Berlin specimen: I consider that
the cartilaginous end of the British Museum specimen is not homologous with the
bony expansion of the Berlin specimen ; and I conclude that there cannot have been
any pubic symphysis in the latter. I therefore refer the so-called Archeopterys

siemensi to a distinct genus Archeornis, which will be defined by differences in the
pectoral arch as well as in the pelvis.—B. P.

6 ON THE PECTORAL AND PELVIC ARCHES OF ARCH HOPTERYX.

one genus, the Ratite Struthio; and here there is no resemblance
in shape’to the corresponding symphysis in Archwopteryx. The
nearest approach to the form of the pubis in the fossil appears
to occur in Colymbus, where the incurved distal end of the long
slender bone expands inwardly into a delicate triangular lamina,
but does not meet its fellow of the opposite side.

While distinctly avian, therefore, the pelvis of Archwopteryx,
like the pectoral arch, is more closely similar to that of certain
reptiles than that of any other known bird; and the only exist-
ing bird repeating its most characteristic feature, the symphysial
union of the pubes, is a ratite.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1863. R. Owmn, “On the Archeopteryx of von Meyer, with a
Description of the Fossil Remains of a Long-tailed
Species, from the Lithographic Stone of Soienhofen.”
Phil. Trans. 1863, pp. 33-47, pls. i.-iv.

1868. T. H. Huxury, “ Remarks upon <Archeopteryx lithogra-
phicw.” Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. xvi. pp. 243-248.

1881. H. G. Sesuny, ‘On some Differences between the London
and Berlin Specimens referred to Archeopteryx.” Geol.
Mag. |[2} vol. vill. pp. 454-455, pl]. xii.

1884. W. Dams, ‘“ Ueber Archeopteryx.’ Paleont. Abhandl.
vol. 11. pp. 119-196, pl. xv.

1897. W. Damss, ‘‘ Ueber Br ustbein, Schulter- und Beckahaneel

der Archaopter Uae Sitzungsb. k.-preuss. Akad. Wiss.,
Jahrg. 1897, pp. 818-834.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

Fig. 1. Archeopteryx macrura Gwen; fore limb as displayed on the slab of stone,
about four-thirds nat. size —Lithoeraphic Stone (Lower Kimmeridgian) ;
Solenhofen, Bavaria. {British Museum no. 37001. |
Coracoid of same in front view.

oe Furcula of same specimen, ventral face, about four-thirds nat. size.
3. Pelvis of same specimen as displayed on the slab of stone, about four-thirds
nat. size. :
4. Archeopteryx siemensi Dames; pelvis, right side view, about nat. size.—
Ibid. [Berlin Museum of Natural History.]| After Dames, 1897.

a., acromial process of scapula; c., carpus (with distal extension probably of
calcified tendon); ¢o..-coracoid; f., facette for furcula; fe., femur; /., humerus ;
il, ilium ; és.,ischium; pw., pubis; 7., radius; s., supposed anterior end of sternum ;

se., scapula; 2, uina ; Le caleite probably representing inpertectly calcified car
tilage.

ON HEUDLK’S CHINESE MAMMALS.

2, On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and
Gorals in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai. By Arruur
DE CARLE SOWERBY, F’.Z.S.

{Received October 9, 1916: Read February 20, 1917. |

INDEX. Page
PETS PECIES* OLS US a! g.caeuis cay sesh ss teen eee ee LL
3 ne WEPEUS Herth na ee Se eee HELO
5 3 COMENCOT MIST hn tel fe RN ee OU)
a 5 INGINOTMCAUS A oo see vuahinceteabnninateoas, Om

For many years the numerous species of mammals described
or named by Pere Heude in his ‘ Mémoires concernant |’ Histoire
Naturelle de Empire Chinois’ have been a stumbling-block in
the path of naturalists who have tried to arrive at a proper under-
standing of the mammalogy of China and adjacent countries.

Pére Heude in the eighties and nineties of the last century,
with the help of numerous Catholic missionaries in the field,
gathered together a fine collection of mammals, birds, reptiles,
and other forms of animal life in the Sikawei1 Museum at
Shanghai. With his peculiar ideas on what constitutes specific
characters in animals, he set about classifying and naming
such mammals as came into his hands, with the result that he
enormously multiplied the number of species in China, especially
in the genera Sus, Cervus, Capricornis, and Nemorhedus, thereby
reducing the subject to a state bordering on chaos; subsequent
workers finding themselves confronted with such bewildering
facts as eight species of pigs and eleven species of sika (six from’
one locality and seven from another) scattered over China, not
to mention some seventeen species of goral and seven or eight
bears. That such could not really be the case was obvious, but
without good series of specimens from Heude’s type-localities, or
at least his own specimens for examination, the matter could not
be cleared up.

During the past few years collectors and sportsmen have secured
a few specimens of the larger mammals such as pigs, serows, gorals,
and bears, but the material has been altogether insufiicient to be
of much help.

I believe attempts have been made to get hold of Heude’s
collection, either by purchase or exchange, for some of the more
important museums of Europe and America, but without success.

There remained therefore only two things to be done—either
the securing of series of specimens from all “of Heude’s collectin g-
grounds, or the revision, on the part of someone fitted for the
task, of his collection in the Sikawei Museum.

In 1914 Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, jun., of the Division of Mammals,
Smithsonian Institution, suggested to me that I should attempt

8 MR, A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON

both of these tasks. JT agreed to try, but so far have found the
collecting of the mammals in question from the saine or near-by
places as those whence Heude’s specimens were secured an almost
hopeless task.

In the first place, many of the species have become very rare in
the past few years. Then, too, the conditions under which one
has to work can never yield the same results as were obtained by
Heude’s collectors. A protracted residence in each type-locality
would be necessary, while one would have to enlist the services of
local native hunters with a knowledge of the country and quarry
to secure the required specimens. For instance, the difficulty
of securing specimens of the serow may be gathered from the
account of Fenwick Owen’s recent trip through Central China.

Four successive trips into Manchuria on my part have yielded
only one specimen of pig, four bears, three wapiti (or red deer),
one roe, and two gorals. No sika were secured, though specimens
in captivity were seen. ‘These trips have taken a considerable
amount of time and money, and the poor results, so far as the
larger mammals are concerned, have been disappointing in the
extreme; but, with the great increase of settlers, the cutting
away of the big forests, and the unceasing hunting on the part
of natives, to which the animals are subject, one could expect
nothing else.

On the Yang-tze, where, in Heude’s time, the sika seems to
have been so plentiful, that beautiful deer is now very rare, while
wild pigs are noticeably fewer than they were, large specimens
being particularly difficult to secure.

A trip made by me last spring (1915) into the high moun-
tainous region of South Shensi after big game yielded only a
couple of takins. Serows and gorals, although said to be plentiful
by the natives, were not even seen, Several hunting and col-
lecting expeditions into Central and West China in the past few
years have yielded little better results. Fenwick Owen, already
mentioned, got one serow, but neither goral nor wild pig.
J. W. Brooke got a goral and a couple of serows, which the late
Mr. Lydekker mentioned in a paper read before the Zoological
Society of London in 1908.

Mr. Malcolm P, Anderson’s last expedition yielded no speci-
mens of the serow, though he went right through the country
inhabited by those animals. He secured a goral and a wild pig
in the Tai-pei-shan region of South Shensi,

On the Clark expedition in 1909 I secured a goral in the
mountains south of Si-an-fu and a fineadult boar in North-Central
Shensi, near Yen-an-fu, I have also secured gorals and wild pigs
in North and West Shansi, but the mammals of this province,
with the exception of the sika, seem to have escaped Heude’s
attention, so that my specimens can have little or no bearing
upon the subject.

Since, then, the collecting of series of specimens from Heude’s
type-localities was going to prove a long if not a hopeless
task, there remained only the alternative of going over his

HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. 9

material in the Sikawei Museum. Through the courtesy of the
Jesuit Missionaries in charge I was able to do this, and the
following is an attempt to arrive at some definite conclusion as
to the validity or otherwise of Heude’s numerous species, and to
determine therefrom the number of distinct species contained in
the genera Sus, Cervus, Capricornis, and Nemorhedus in China,
ores, Me Aare, and ihe adjacent portions of Thibet.

Without intending to cast any slur upon the present curator
of the Museum, I must state that I found the specimens in some
confusion, due to the fact that Heude died in the midst of his
labours, leaving no one to fill his place or carry on his work.
The specimens were not numbered ; some of them even lacked
labels, so that it was with great difficulty that I found many
of the specimens of the species described and figured in the
publication already referred to in the beginning of this paper.

Owing to the inevitable ravages of time and insects in such a
climate as that of Shanghai, I found the condition of the skins
very poor, and so was forced to confine my observations almost
entirely to the skulls of the specimens, but where possible I went
over the skins as well and drew conclusions from them. In
regard to the pelts I found that Heude had evidently regarded
seasonal differences in colouring as specific, just as with the skulls
it was obvious that he had made specific differences out of those
due to age and sex. How so able a naturalist came to make
these errors it is difficult to understand ; and I want to make
it clear that in spite of his peculiar views on the classification
of species, Heude must be considered as one of the fathers of
Chinese mammalogy just as Pere David was the father of Chinese
ornithology.

As regards the names of the species upon the labels attached
to the specimens, it was no uncommon thing to find that the
original name had been erased and substituted by another, which,
in some cases, was again erased and replaced by a third and
fourth. Sometimes one name would appear on the label, while
another would be written on the skull itself, and only in a very
few cases was the word type to be found.

However, after going over the specimens carefully, I am
satisfied that I found most of the skulls figured by Heude.

Another point to be noticed is that many of the specimens are
labelled from certain localities, while, in the descriptions of the
species, other, and in some cases somewhat misleading, localities
are assigned. Thus, of the sikas from the Poyang Lake District,
seven species are labelled by the original collector ‘ Aventé.”
In Heude’s descriptions of these species, he gives the localities
variously as “hills of Kienté,” ‘‘ territory included between the
north-east of the Poyang Lake and the Blue River,” “ Central
China,” “ Poyang Lake,” etc. As a particular instance, take
the specimen marked Sika lachrymosus. In the collection it is
labelled Aienté by the collector, yet Heude’s description of it
gives its locality as Central China, which, to say the least of it, is
misleading.

10.

16.

17.

. Kuangsi

MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON

Before going into details about the specimens themselves, it
would be well to get an accurate idea of just where Heude’s
collections were made, and, in making out the following list, L
have relied more upon the localities on the labels of the actual
speimens than upon those given in the descriptions. I have been
at some pains to get the list as accurate as possible.

. Ning-kuo-fu ......

EO INTEMtO ie eee

ay Lomelicouuee. sec.

. Tchen-kiang

Tchang-cheou

. Chao-hing-fu ......

aKa lisienieeeeree

. Kouang-tung ......

Miechanoy ee aa

Kiun-tcheou ......

. Tchen-kou-ting ...

. The Upper Han

Valley.

. Mountains south of

Si-an-fu, Shensi.

. Paoki

West Ssuchuan ...

MiG api) seer ae eas

S. by S.E. of Nanking, Anhui Province.
Pig and sika were collected here.

(Chienté) N.E. of Poyang Lake, S. of Anking-fu, Anhui
Province.
Pig and sika were collected here.

(Tang-liu) a little to the N. of Kienté on the bank of the
Yang-tze, Anhui Province.
Sika collected here.

(Chinkiang) on the Yang-tze, below Nanking, Kiangsu
Province. (The specimen of Sus paludesus described as
from the Kiangyin River at Nanking was secured by
Carnie and is marked on the label as from T’chen-kiang.)

Pig coliected here.

(Chang-chou) on the Yang-tze between Chinkiang and
Shanghai, Kiangsu Province.
Pig collected here.

(Hsao-shing-fu) S.E. of Hangchow and W. of Ningpo,
Chekiang Province.
Serow secured here.

(Chi-hsien) probably near Hsao-shing-fu, Chekiang Pro-
vince.
Goral secured here.

Province of Kuangsi, South China:
The specimen Sus meles is labelled Kuangsi, with no further
particulars as to exact locality.

(Kuang-tung or Canton) Nan-iong or Nanyang, where the
specimen of Capricornis collasinus was secured, lies in
the extreme north-eastern corner of the Province of
Kuang-tung.

(I-chang) a well-known Treaty Port on the Yang-tze, above
Hankow, in the Province of Hupei.

Goral secured here.

(Chuin-chou) probably in the vicinity of Yun-yang-fu,
N.W. Hupei. (Lhe specimen of Nemorhedus fantoza-
tianus was labelled N.W. Hupei.)

(Chén-k’ou-ting) in the extreme N.E. of Ssuchuan, close to
the Shensi-Hupei border.

A large number of serow and goral came from this spot
collected by Paul Farges.

Near Han-chung-fu, 8.W. Shensi.

Pig and serow collected here.

Goral collected here.

(Pao-chi) W. of Si-an-fu, S.W. Shensi (not north, as stated
in Heude's description) near the Tai-pei-shan region.

Bear collected here.

(No more specific locality on label.)

Serow and goral collected here.

North-west Ssuchuan and adjacent portion of Thibet.
Goral, serow, and bear collected here.

18. Kechen, Keso, and Serow collected here.

Along Bay, Tongkin.

HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. ll

19. Tsing-lo Hsien .... W. Shansi, near Ning-wu-fu.
. Sika horns from here.
20. Mukden ............. Manchuria.
Pig and sika collected here.

21. Sungari ............ Valley of the Sungari River, Manchuria.
Pig and sika collected here.
22. Vladivostok ...... Primorski, on the Maritime Province near S.E. Manchurian
border.

Pig and sika collected here.
23e-Oussour ......:5..:- (Ussuri) Ussuri Valley, between Kirin Province, Manchuria,
and Primorski, Siberia.
Bear, pig, and goral collected here.
24. Fusan and Ousi .... Corea (Eastern Coast).
Pig collected here.

25. Central Japan...... Pig from here.
26; Halodate:.......-... (Yeso) North Japan Island.

Bear from here.

27. Marche................ From which place there is a skull of a pig with the name
Sus angusticeps inscribed on the label. I cannot discover
it on the map, but from the specimen I should judge it to
be in the Yang-tze region.

Hende also has described two sika from Shantung, but I
tailed to find the specimens in the Museum.

Genus Sus.

Altogether I examined the skulls of thirty (80) pigs from
thirteen (13) localities, amongst which there were no less than
eighteen (18) species according to Heude’s classification. After
careful comparison, however, I could not find grounds for distin-
guishing more than five (5) distinct species. The following list,
which gives details of the skulls examined, incidentally comprises
practically the entire collection of wild pigs’ skulls from China,
Manchuria, and Japan in the Museum :—

I 3 skulls. o-¢ of Sus collinus from Kienté.
2. 4skulls oo of Sus chirodontus from Kienté.
3. 2skulls oo of Sus stricticeps from Kienté.
4. 1skull ¢ of Sus acrocranius from Kienté.
5. 3skulls2¢ 9,14 of Sus flavescens trom Ning-kuo-fu and Li-yang.
6. 2skulls oo of Sus paludosus from Tchen-kiang (Chinkiang).
7. 2skulls1¢,12 of Sus nigricans from Tchang-cheou.
8. lskull ¢ of Sus laticeps from Shensi.
DA skull ig ot Sus eurtidens trom Shensi.
10, _1-skull ,3' of Sus oryodontus from Shensi.
lite skull +2 of Sus moupinensis Milne-Edwards, from Shensi.
ieee alkene, of Sus meles from Kuangsi.
13. 2skulls oo of Sus gigas from Vladivostok.
14. 1skull @ (juv.) of Sus songaricus from Sungari Valley.
Hos Leskull- of of Sus ussuricus from Ussuri Valley.
163 92 skulls og of Sus coreanus from Fusan and Ousi, Corea.
17. lskull ¢ of Sus angusticeps from Marche.
18. Mskulk ¢ of Sus nipponicus from Japan Central.

In this list it will be noticed that I have given the localities
marked on the labels, which, as already mentioned, do not always

12 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON

seem to agree with the locality given in the description of
the species.

1. Sus pALubosus Heude.

In comparing the skulls of the first seven species in the above
list (i. «. the species inhabiting the Yang-tze Valley) one was
struck by the fact that they were practically indistinguishable
one from the other, except that some were lar ‘ger than others,
slightly heavier, and with more worn teeth.

I have no hesitation in saying that the differences occurring
amongst the skulls of this series were due either to individual
variation or age. Thus, the skull labelled S. paludosus from
Chinkiang, being the oldest specimen, as evidenced by the wearing
of the teeth, was very heavy throughout and proportionately
broader than any of the others. The type-specimen of S. chiro-
dontus was longer in proportion to its width than any of the
others, but not sufficiently so to warrant its separation from them
as a distinct species, for in this respect it also differed from
the other specimens labelled chirodontus. One of the specimens
labelled S. chiodontus from Kienté has S. stricticeps written in
ink on the palate, and was (judging from erasures on the label
and marks on the skull) also originally the type of S. collinus.
S. acrocranius was originally labelled S. chirodontus. One of the
specimens of S. flavescens from Li-yang was very high in the
forehead, giving a strongly concave outline to the cranium. It

was or iginailly labelled S. leucorhinus, but the describer evidently
Changed his mind about it. This all goes to show that Heude
himself had considerable doubt about the specific differences of
his species.

Taking the whole of the series from the Yang-tze Valley, I
should not hesitate to class them as one species, with the note
that the specimens from Kienteé district (Poyang Lake District),
where the feeding is probably good and_ plentiful, are somewhat
larger than those from further east (7. e. Chinkiang and Ning-
koufu districts).

My own experience in the field while hunting wild pigs goes to
show that there is a great deal of individual variation amongst
these animals, some being larger and heavier, though younger,
than others. Other sportsmen and hunters, natives as well as
Kuropean, have informed me that their experience is the same
as mine.

As the specimen from Chinkiang was the first to be described,
the name paludosus* must stand for the species occurring in the
Yang-tze Valley. Chirodontus and other names were mentioned
earlier in Heude’s publications, but without descriptions. That
the Yang-tze pig is not Sus leucomystax T. et 8., to which species
it was originally referred by Swinhoet, is certain from a com-
parison of Heude’s specimens with a skull of about the same size,

* Mém. conc. I’ Hist. Nat. de l’Emp. Chin. tome iii. p. 193. .
+ P.Z.S. Lond. 1870, pp. 639, 640.

HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS, 13

wrongly labelled S. ntpponicus, from Central Japan. The skulls
of the Yang-tze pigs are not only considerably larger than this
specimen from Japan, but are proportionately much longer. It
is interesting to note, however, that the Yang-tze pigs, in common
with most of the pigs in China, have the ‘peculiar whisker-lke
white patch on the cheek, which gives its name to the Japanese
pig S. lewcomystax.

2. Sus MOUPINENSIS M.-Edw.

In comparing the three adult male skulls from Shensi, labelled
S. oxyodontus, SN. laticeps, and S. curtidens respectively, with each
other I can find little grounds for separating them. All three
were collected in 1883 by the same collector, M. Vidi, and, as
there are no data to the contrary, one must presume from ‘the
same locality in the region of the U1 pper Han River, S. Shensi.

Compared with the type of S. paludosus the Shensi skulls are
all smaller and proportionately shorter and broader—in fact, the
broadest of the three (S. daticeps) is actually a few millimetres
wider than the Yang-tze skull, though it is fully 4°5 centimetres
shorter. As, however, no description accompanies any of the
three names Payodontiis. laticeps, and curtidens, while the speci-
mens appear to agree with Milne-Kdwards’ Sas moupinensis px
further west, I should suggest considering the Shensi pigs as
belonging to that species, Aillforthen andl more relable data as
to their ‘representing a distinct form are forthcoming. Indeed,
Heude himself applied this name to a skull of a sow from
the same district from which the other Shensi skulls came.
Mr. Gerrit 8. Miller has referred a specimen of a wild boar shot by
me near Yen-an-fu in North-Central Shensi to Milne-Edwards’s
species.

It is interesting to note that the wild pigs from Shansi also
have wide skulls, ane specimens sent by me from the Ning-wu
district in the west of that Province to the Smithsonian Tnsti-
tution have been determined by Mr. Miller as S. moupinensis.
An old boar examined by mein 1910 gave the following skull-
measurements :—

Condylo-basal length .......0.......68. 395 mm.
Zygomatic SGC He ¢ es geRenae iy ok CRCen REE EE 5 175 mm.
Width across postorbital processes of

HE OUMU Sbar he reieey eete a see, ake, (27m,

These measurements show a greater proportional width than
an even larger skull from Chinkiang secured December 1915
by “Mr. A. HL: Rasmussen, whose property it remains, which
measured :—

Condylo-basalilensth ......2.001...4... 400 mm.
My SOMAbIC WIG x... eu. cees see cses sees 166 mm.
Width across postorbital processes

OM OMUAIS fs ear os cease. <a ae TiO mm,

14 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON

It will be noticed, however, that in this comparative breadth of
skull the Shansi pig is intermediate between the Shensi and
Yang-tze species: for, whereas the skull of the Shansi pig is
broader than that of the Yang-tze pig, by nearly a centimetre, it
is only half a centimetre shorter, while the skull of the Shensi pig
that was broader than that of the Yang-tze pig was some four and
a half centimetres shorter. iu

For this reason, and also because of its geographical position,
it being entirely cut off from the Shensi and Moupin species by
the Yellow River, the Shansi pig would appear to be a distinct
form. It certainly does not belong to the Manchurian species,
which is a very much larger animal with a proportionately much
longer and narrower skull.

3. Sus giaas Heude.

One was confronted with some difficulties in comparing the
pigs from Vladivostok, the Ussuri Valley, and the: Sungari
Valley. ‘The two skulls from Vladivostok were of adult males i in
good condition, that from the Ussuri Valley being of a younger
male with the cranium missing and that from the Sungari Valley
being of a young female.

However, considering that these skulls were all Heude had to
gO upon in creating his three species, there seems to be no reason
why the specimens should not be used legitimately as a_ basis
for a reconsideration of his deductions. Considering the great
individual variation that occurs amongst pigs of the same species,
Heude was hardly justified in creating these three species, when
it is also considered that the regions from which the specimens
in question were secured are topographically identical. The
Primorsk or Maritime Province in. the vicinity of Vladivostok,
the Ussuri Valley, and the source and upper, as well as the lower,
reaches of the Sungari, form one more or less continuous fovest
spreading over low hills and marshy valleys.

Compared with the Yang-tze skulls, the Vladivostok cals
were distinguishable at onee by their enormous size and propor-
tionate narrowness. What there is of the Ussuri skull also shows
this very plainly, while the narrowness of the Sungari skull
(imm. 2) when compared with a small female skull of the
Yang-tze species is noticeable.

T could not discover specimens of iS. canescens or S. mandchuricus
in the collection, but, as Heude says that specimens were bought
in the Peking market, having come from Mukden, they must
originally have been secured in the Manchurian forests, either in
the vicinity of Harbin or well to the east of Mukden itself. In
any case they would be inhabitants of the same topographical and
faunal area as the other three species. I have no doubt that
there is in this area but the one species of pig which must bear
the name Sus gigas*, as it was the earliest given. This is a good

#* Mém. cone. l’ Hist. Nat. PEmp. Chin. tome i. p. 189.

HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. 15

name, not only because of its priority, but because it suggests the
ereat size of the species, and also because the type-skull and the
topotypical one are complete and fully adult.

The two skulls from Vladivostok and that from the Ussuri
exceed in size any skulls hitherto obtained in China proper, and
also show a wonderful tusk-development. ‘The lower tusk of the
smaller of the two Vladivostok skulls measured 10", notwith-
standing the fact that it was broken off at the tip, while the tusk
of the larger skull must have exceeded this considerably, but I
could not extract it for measurement. However, it measured 12”
in diameter. The largest tusks from China that I have measured
-were 10” in length (not broken at all) and 13" in diameter.
None of the fine skulls*in Heude’s collection from China bore
tusks over 84" in length or 14" in diameter.

In regard to the Manchurian pigs Heude says (page 111,
vol]. ii.) that the eastern forms partake somewhat of the dental
characteristics of S. scrofa, but differ more widely as one goes
westwards. This may be so, but, as I have pointed out, his
specimens canescens and mandchuricus in all probability come
from the same forest area as his specimens wssuricus, songaricus,
and gigas—themselves representing but the one species.

4. Sus coREANUS Heude *.

TI should consider this a valid species. Its skull is altogether
smaller than that of the Manchurian species, and is also propor-
tionately shorter than that of S. paludosus, the Yang-tze’ form,

but it is larger and proportionately longer than the Japanese
S.. leucomystax.

5. Sus metEs Heude ft.

Represented by a single skull from Kuangsi, South China, this
species I should have no hesitation in confirming, were it not for
the fact that no description accompanies the name. The skull
has shorter nasals and a much broader forehead than the type of
S. paludosus, besides being much smaller. A remarkable differ-
ence occurs in the upper tooth-row, where there is one premolar
Jess than in any of the foregoing species. The skull is not so
short and heavy as that of the specimen from Japan.

Besides the fine series of adult male skulls mentioned above,
there are several adult female and young male skulls in the
collection. A female skull labelled S. moupinensis from South
“Shensi (7. e¢. somewhere in the region where the other Shensi
skulls came from) differs but little from a female skull from
Kienté, though the latter is a little higher in the crest, and is
also slightly longer and narrower. The height of the crest, how-
ever, is confined to this single specimen, all the other female

* Mém. conc. l’Hist. Nat. de Emp. Chin. tome iii. p. 191.

+. Not described in Mém. cone. ]’Hist. Nat. de_l’Emp. Chin., though the name is
five).

16 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON

skulls in the collection being the same in this respect as the
South Shensi skull.

Colour.—As regards the colour of the various species I could
learn nothing from Heude’s collection, as I could not find any
skins. However, I had the opportunity of looking over several
skins in the possession of Mr. A. H. Rasmussen of Chinkiang.
All those he showed me had been secured by himself in the
vicinity. IL was struck by the fact that though the underwool
in these peits was brown and the long hairs black, yet the latter
had such a large portion of their length white or cream that it
gave the whole skin a very ight appearance. This characteristic
occurs only in extremely old specimens of the pigs from Shansi.
There the young males are brown and the old males nearly black.
Very young specimens of the Yang-tze species have the coat of a
rich chestnut-colour, which is not the case with the Shansi species.
I have been told by Mr. Lewis Broome, who has shot wild boars
in Shansi as well as in Manchuria, that those from Manchuria are
even blacker than the Shansi ones. The white whisker-like pateh
on the cheek is more pronounced in S. paludosus than in the pigs
from Shansi.

From the foregoing comparisons and notes it would seem that
there are the following distinct species of Pig represented in
Pére Heude’s collection, all others given in his papers and
descriptions being invalid under the present generally accepted
system of classification :—

1. Sus paludosus Heude. Yang-tze Valley. Type from Chin-
kiang, Kiang-su, China. No number.

2. Sus moupinensis M.-Edw. The Upper Han, South Shensi, also
Ssuchuan and Kansu, China.

3. Sus gigas Heude. Forests of Manchuria and the Primorsk,
Type from Vladivostok. No number.

4. Sus coreanus Heude. Fusan, Corea. Type from Fusan. No
number.

5. Sus meles Heude. Kuangsi, South China. Type same. No
number or description, but a distinct species.

6. Sus lewcomystax 'T. et S. Central Japan (specimen in Hende’s
collection wrongly named S. nipponicus).

Genus CERVUS.

The Cervus-sika group of the genus Cervus is represented in —
the Sikawei Museum by a fine series of skulls and skins, but as
the latter are now in a poor condition from the ravages of insects
and the effects of damp, the following notes and observations are
based chiefly upon an examination of the skulls.

The range of the Sika in China was formerly very extensive,
but, owing ‘to the i increasing demand for “‘ hartshorn,” made from
the horns, when in velvet, of this deer, the animal 1s practically
extinct in most places and is nowhere plentiful.

HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. ; 17

The Sika is known to occur in a few isolated regions in North-
west Shansi, in the Imperial Hunting-grounds north-east of
Peking in Chihli, in the more remote parts of the Manchurian
forests, in North Corea, in one or two isolated areas along the
Lower Yang-tze, and probably also in Tonkin and parts of South
China.

Heude’s collection contains specimens from the Sungari Valley
and Mukden in Manchuria, Vladivostok in the Maritime Province
or Primorsk, Kienté, Tonglieou and Ning-kuo-fu on the Yang-tze,
Phu-lang-thuang in Tonkin and Tsing-lo-hsien in Shansi.

Following is a list of Heude’s species, whose skulls were
examined, giving Heude’s names together with the localities as
found on the labels :—

1. Cervus imperialis. Songari Valley, Manchuria.
» microspilus, Mukden, Manchuria.

5 dybowskii, Vladivostok, Primorsk,

» manchuricus. Mukden, Manchuria,
cycloserus.

» brachyrhinus.,
» lachrymosus.

So Sas Ek Ne etd

: Kienté, Yang-tze Valley, Anhui; also Tong-
» pouvrelianus. r 2
: E lieou, Yang-tze, Anhui,
» «© poretianus.
HO; » JSrinianus.
11. » grilloanus. y
12. 5» vrivierianus, Tong-lieou, Yang-tze, Anhui.
13. 5 (name illegible), Kienté, Yang-tze, Anhui.
14. » andreanus, Ning-kuo-fu, Anhui,
poy » dugennianus, Phu-lang-thuang, Tonkin,
16. 3 «6 gvassianus, (Pair of horns only) Tehing-lo-hsien, Shansi.

An examination of the skulls assigned by Heude to the first four
species in the list, 7.e. those from the forested areas of Manchuria
and adjacent Primorsk, convinced me that these forested areas
are inhabited at the very most by but two species, namely, Cervus
mantchuricus Swin.* and Cervus dybowskti Tacz. +

The skull of the adult male labelled ¢mperialis from the Sungari
Valley was practically identical with the skull of an adult male
labelled dybowskii from Vladivostok, the only noticeable difference
being that the former (imperialis) was shorter and broader than
the latter (dybowskii). Two adult female skulls of imperialis and
dybowskit showed just the reverse, the imperialis one being longer
and proportionately narrower than the dybowskii one. However,
this lengthening out of the skull seems to be a characteristic of
age, for in both cases it was the older skull that was the longer.
From this it would appear that the Sika from the Sungari Valley
is identical with that from the Primorsk, but the latter has been
described as having a pure white muzzle, which is not the case
with the former, so that the two are probably distinct.

The skull of a young male labelled microspilus from Mukden

* P.7.S. 1864, pp. 168, 169.
+ P.Z.S. 1876, p. 123.

Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1917, No. II. 2

18 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON

was very similar to that of a young male labelled mandchuricus
also from Mukden, though the former, the younger, was shorter
proportionately than the latter. In connection with these two
specimens it should be noted that in all probability they did not
come from the immediate vicinity of Mukden, but were brought
there for sale by native hunters or were kept in captivity there.
The nearest forest country suitable for these deer to inhabit, even
as long ago as 1899, could only have been a hundred miles or so
to the east on the borders of the Fengtien (formerly Shenking)
Province.

The name Cervus mantchuricus Swin. undoubtedly applies to
the species inhabiting North and Central Manchuria, and Cervus
dybowskii to the species inhabiting the Primorsk. To which of
these two species, if either, the North Corean Sika belongs cannot
be determined here.

The specimen labelled Cervus grassianus from Tching-lo-hsien
(Tsing-lo Hsien), Shansi, consisting of a pair of horns only,
afforded but little scope for comparison with the other specimens
in the Museum, but it was noticeable that the horns were large
and heavy, resembling those from Manchuria rather than those
from the Yang-tze.

Whether the Shansi Sika is referable to Milne-Edwards’s Cervus
mandarinus from the Imperial Hunting-park, Chihli, I cannot
say. No really good specimens of this deer (from Shansi) have
been secured. JI have seen summer and winter skins, the former
being a fine rufous colour, very much like that of the North China
roe (Cu apreolus bedfordt) in summer, studded with white spots, and
having a dark median-dorsal line, while the latter is grey, much
lighter than Milne-Edwards’s figure, with dark median-dorsal
line. The horns also of this deer attain a large size, and I
have seen considerably larger specimens than those in Heude’s
collection.

‘In dealing with skulls from the Yang-tze I laid out the whole
series and compared them with each other and with those from
Manchuria and Tonkin. I could detect no difference that might
be called specific between the ten species described by Heude and
represented in the series before me (Nos. 5 to 14 inclusive in the
list given above). Such differences as did exist could be attri-
buted to the varying ages of the specimens or to perfectly natural
individual variation. ‘The variations in length and breadth, such
as were noticed with the Manchurian skulls, were again notice-
able here, and as before coincided with the varying ages of the
animals.

Of the three male skulls with well-developed horns, labelled
C. pouvrelianus, C. brachyrhinus, and C. cycloserus, the first had
the widest spread and the best development, though it fell
considerably short of the Manchurian and Shansi horns.

A single specimen of a fully adult male labelled C. andreanus
from Ning-kuo-fu had well-developed horns, which, however,
were smaller and lighter than those of any of the three specimens

HEUDE'S CHINESE MAMMALS. 19

just mentioned from Kienté, though they agreed in size with
those of some males from I iene of Baur the same age.

C. rivieriauus was represented by a single female skull from
Tong-leou, which was indistinguishable, except that it was
younger and therefore slightly shorter, from the skulls of other
females from Kienté. The skull of a young male with small
horns labelled C. grilloanus bears a label similar to that upon the
C. rivierianus skull, and was collected by the same person at
the same place (‘Tong- lieou), apparently at the same time, while
the skull of an adult male with horns cut away, labelled
C’. grilloanus, was collected at Kienté Central.

Many of the labels on the skulls bear evidence that the specific
names have been erased and rewritten several times, giving clear
proof of the doubt and confusion existing in the mind of Heude
himself as to which of his specimens belonged to which of his
species.

Under these circumstances I fail to find any reason for admitting
the existence of more than one species of Sika in the Yang-tze
Valley, and therefore I would suggest that, until further and
more substantial evidence than the. shape of deers’ horns (capal ble,
as is well known, of almost unlimfted minor variation in a sin aie
species), which seems to have been the chief characteristic used
by Heude in his classitication, is forthcoming, the whole of his
names for the Yang-tze Sikas be suppressed in favour of Swinhoe’s
much earlier name kopschi*.

As an example of the extraordinary state of confusion that
exists amongst Heude’s specimens was a skull of a fine fully adult
male Sika with good horn-development. On the label of the skull
the name oaxycephalus has been scratched out and replaced by
another which is illegible. ‘Yhe word type was also written on
the label. This skull was not specifically different from any of
the other Kienté skulls.

CERVUS DUGENNIANUS Heude ?.

The two skulls from Phu-lang-thuang, Tonkin, I found to
closely resemble those from the Yang-tze, but on account of the
geographical position of the species, and without going into any
further details, I should consider it valid.

I could not find any specimens of the following species named
by Heude :-—

Cervus cyclorhinus. Shantung.
» A&yemalys. North Shantung.
» tgnotus. Central China.
» yuanus. Found in the gravel in caves near
Tong-lieou, facing An-king-fu.

Regarding the first two I very much doubt if Sika have
pecuived in a wild state in Shantung for hundreds of years.
That province is closely settled and contains no forested regions

* P. ZS. 1873, p. 574.

+ Mém. conc, ? Hist. Nat. de ?Emp. Chin. tome ii, p. 156.
5 6)

20 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON

suitable to the requirements of these deer. The two specimens
referred to by Heude must have been kept in captivity in some
temple, or else had been brought for sale as game from some other
province.

Cervus ignotus might be the illegible name on the specimen
(No. 13 in the list) referred to above, while Cervus ywanus, sup-
posed by Heude to be an extinct species, may or may not belong
to the same species as the rest of the Yang-tze Sikas.

Thus, I propose dividing the Sikas inhabiting China, Man-
ehuria, and the Primorsk or Maritime Province into the following
valid species :—

1. Cervus kopschi Swin. Yang-tze Valley.
2. » mantchuricus Swin. Ussuri Basin to the
plains of Western Manchuria.
3. » dybowskii Tacz. The Primorsk.
4. » mandarinus M.-Edw. Chibli and North
China.
5. 5 dugennanus Heude. Tonkin, 8. China.

The Sika that inhabits Shansi might temporarily be referred to
C. mandarinus, while that occurring in Northern Corea might be
placed with C. mantchuricus till specimens have been secured for
comparison and description.

Genus CAPRICORNIS.

In going over the collection of Serows in the Museum I[
examined 26 skulls, with a number of the corresponding skins.
Altogether I found 24 species as follows :—

1. Capricornis brachyrhinus. 1 skull. )

2. :, chrysochetes. ie eas |
3. 3 erythropygius. 1 ,, | All collected by Farges at T'chen-
A, 3 Sargesianus. 2 skulls. r kou-ting in N.E. Ssuchuan.
5 longicornis. 1 skull. |
6. S platyrhinus. Ths Ra ,
ie < cornutus. 2 skulls. West Ssuchuan and Moupin.
8, 3 nasutus. 1 skull.
9. a ungulosus. par {afoupin, collected by M. Briand.
10. e microdontus. ie
11, vidianus. Ines Han-chang-fu, Shensi.
12, im collasinus. Le 3 Kuang-tung (Canton Province).
13. ‘3 argyrochetes. | eee Chao-hing-fu (Hsao-shing-fu),
14, * maxillaris. Lie. Chekiang.
15. " maritimus. 1 ye oh ator’)
16. 5 benetianus. 1 cain?
Wife > bridannellianus. 1 ,,
18. $ rocherianus. i aed 7 Along Bay, Tonkin.
1), 33 copusianus. 1
20. A brossodianus. hens
ales . achardianus. Lea 3)
22. 2 marcolinus. tL eae, Kechen, Tonkin.
23. 5 gendrelianus. 1 ee Keso, Tonkin.
24. a berthetianus. Ue Keso, Tonkin.

OC. morianus | was unable to find in the collection.

HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. 21

A look at the map of China will show that the places where
the above specimens were collected can be arranged in five areas,
more or less distant and separated from one another, ranging
from the coastal regions to the border of Thibet.

These are :—

(a) Chekiang Province.

(6) Kuang-tung (Canton) Province.

(Zz) North-eastern Ssuchuan and South Shensi.
(e) West Ssuchuan and Mcupin.

Whether the last two are really separable is doubtful, for they
consist of much the same sort of country, 2. e. high, precipitous,
and well-forested mountains.

In examining the skulls, however, I found that they could be
divided up according to the above divisions.

I first examined the large series of fine skulls from the Chen-
kou-ting district of North-eastern Ssuchuan, close to the borders
of Shensi and Hupei. They were all collected by M. Farges
during the year 1894. I found it impossible to separate them
one from the other, the whole series showing certain well-defined
characteristics. Most noticeable of these was the uniformly great
length of the horns, which sloped sharply back, were well curved,
and were closely set, the tips having a tendency to point inward.
Though the bases of the horns were annulated and there were
the usual narrow longitudinal grooves, yet these were not very
pronounced, and the horns had a smooth shiny appearance.

Turning to the skins corresponding with these skulls, I was
at first struck by the great variation in colour, but on a closer
examination I found that this was due entirely to the quantity of
under-wool present. Thus some pelts were of a grey-buff colour,
which was due toa great abundance of under-wool, through which
long coarse black hairs protruded, while other pelts were entirely
black, having no under-wool at all, the hairs being coarse and
short. There were all stages between these two extremes. It
is obvious from this that the varying colours as described by
Heude, and upon which he bases to a large extent his classifi-
cation, are due entirely to seasonal changes, mid-winter specimens
being light and mid-summer specimens dark.

An examination of the manes, which were pretty well developed
in all the specimens, showed that in nearly all of them white or
cream hairs were present, in some greatly predominating over the
black and chestnut hairs, in others scarcely noticeable on account
of their scarcity. There seems to be little connection between
the lightness or otherwise of the mane with the lightness of the
coat generally, and I came to the conclusion, finally, that the
white mane is a characteristic of age more than of season. At the
same time it may be a characteristic which varies in individuals.
However that may be, it seems pretty certain that the presence
or absence of the white mane is not a specific characteristic. I
also noticed that the rusty brown of the legs seemed a scmewhat

ih) MR, A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON

variable characteristic, disappearing almost altogether in the
winter specimens, and being better developed in some summer
specimens than in others.

A comparison of the series of skulls from Moupin including the
one from W.Ssuchuan, with the series from Chen-kou-ting at
once revealed a ‘difference, permanent throughout the series (six
specimens), in the horns. Those of the Moupin series were much
more deeply ringed and longitudinally grooved, and at the same
time were shorter and had a greater tendency to spread. The
longest horn in the Moupin series measured 9/’ as compared with
103" in the Chen-kou-ting series. The widest spread occurred
in the two specimens labelled cornutus from Moupin and West
Ssuchuan.

In other respects there were no really specific differences
between the specimens of the two series.

After my examination of this large series of skulls and skins,
finding as [ did that the individuals were subject to considerable
variation in the predominance of the white hairs of the mane over
the chestnut and black hairs, and also that the rusty colour on
the legs is more intense in summer and more inclined to grey-
ness in the winter, I cannot agree with the late Mr. Lydekker’s
opinion, expressed in his paper (P. Z. S. 1908, p. 942),.that
there are two species of Serow, one dark-maned and the other
light-maned, occupying the same localities in West China, but
would adhere more to the opinion that there are two species,
both with a tendency to have the white mane, one occupying
Western and North-western Ssuchuan, the other a more easterly
region,

1 & 2. CaPpRICORNIS MILNE-EDWARDSI David and C. VIDIANUS
Heude.

To the former I would give David's name of Capricornis milne-
edwardsi, and to the latter Heude’s name of vidianus, as it 1s

under phi name that the first description of the N.E. Ssuchuan
and Shensi Serows occur (tome in. p. 154 of his Mémoires).

3. CAPRICORNIS ARGYROCHATES Heude.

The name argyrochetes cannot be given to the Ssuchuan and
West China Serows, as it belongs to the Chekiang Serow, which is
certainly distinct from either of the above. The rusty brown
of the legs, for instance, is distinctly lighter, while the miane is
creamy brown, due to a greater prevalence of chestnut haus. It
is interesting to note, however, that here again the presence of
the light mane is not a permanent character, for a mounted head
in the collection from Chao-hing (Shao-shing-fu, Chekiang) showed
no trace of a hght mane. This specimen had horns like the
Chen-kou-ting ones, but smaller and with a wider spread. The
name argyrochotes seems to have been given to the Chekiang
da in 1888 by Heude, the description appearing in tome 11.
p. 228 of his Mém. cone. |’ Hist. de l’Emp. Chin.

HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. yee

4, CAPRICORNIS COLLASINUS Heude.

Heude’s species collasinus is represented in the collection by a
fragment of a skull with one very long horn (9#"') attached, which
bears a resemblance to those from Chen-kou-ting. Heude had
the complete skull reconstructed im a drawing which he has
reproduced on pl. xl. figs. 5-8 of tome iv. of his Mémoires. The
geographical position of this Serow would almost preclude its
being placed with the Chen-kou-ting specimens, and, as the horn
differs markedly from those of the specimens from Tonkin, it
would seem advisable to let the name remain till material for
better comparison is forthcoming. ‘The description, if it may be
called such, appears on p. 211, tome iv. of Mém. etc.

5. CAPRICORNIS ROCHERIANUS Heude.

Finally, there remain the large series of skulls from Along Bay
(Baie de Halong) and Keso in Tonkin to be dealt with. With
the exception of the specimen labelled C. berthetianus from Keso,
all the skulls in this series are decidedly smaller than those
of the Ssuchuan series. They are also proportionately deeper,
including the berthetianus specimen. The horns of all the skulls
are smaller and shorter than any of the Ssuchuan or other
Chinese skulls. Added to these skull and horn differences is the
fact that the colour of the coat differs markedly from the other
species, it being black, inclined to blue-black, with a distinctly
brown face (more so than in the other species) and creamy-white
legs. Besides this, there is an entire absence of any white or
cream mane, so that the animal is certainly distinct from the
other Chinese forms. Nevertheless, there 1s nothing in the series
to justify Heude’s division of it into ten species. The name
rocherianus is the first which has a description, and as there seems
_to be no real difference between the others, it should be applied
to the whole series. The skull labelled thus is typical of the
others, and was collected as far back as 1887 by M. Rocher ™*.
The rest of the names for the Tonkin specimens should be
considered invalid.

Thus, Heude’s twenty-four species and David’s one may be
reduced to the following five :—

1. Capricornis argyrochetes Heude. The Province of
Chekiang, 8.E. China.

oie ss vidianus Heude. ‘The region of N.E.
Ssuchuan and §. Shensi, Central China.

Dh ce milne-edwardsi David. W.Ssuchuan, N.W.
Ssuchuan and 8.W. Kansu, W. China.

4, ef collasinus Heude. Kuang-tung Province,
ne Muka.

by « rocherianus Heude. Tonkin, S.W. China.

* Mém. conc. Hist. Nat. de ’Emp. Chin. tome ii. p. 225, pl. xxx.

24 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON

Genus NEMORH EDUS *.

There are some thirty-two (32) specimens of Goral in the
collection, representing, according to Heude, seventeen (17)
species as follows :—

1. Kemas cinereus. 2 specimens. Moupin.

2. a OG USCUS: 4 3 “A

3. » pinchonianus. specimen. W. Ssuchuan.

4. » wanthodeiros. 1 + 6

5. 4, fargesianus. 6 specimens. Chen-kou-ting.

6. » curvicornis. 2 5 on 55

iG » initialis. 3 aa a as

8. > todinus. 1 specimen. 5 >

9. » versicolor. 2 specimens. a; 3
10. 5 niger. 1 specimen. i ig
ees ae lcanws. 2 specimens. Mountains of Yu-ho, Shensi.
12. » vidianus. 2 - ° S. Shensi,

8 “4s .
and Si-ngan-fu.

iby » tantozatianus. 1 specimen. N.W. Houpei (Hupei).

14. » henryanus. 1 5 Yi-chang (I-chang).

15% » aldrigeanus. 1 1 oh ”

16. » arnouxianus. 1 ie Ki-hsien, Chekiang.

17. 4° raddeanus: 1 55 Oussouri (Ussuri), Manchuria.

The general areas from which the above specimens were
obtained are separable in much the same way as those from which
the Serows were collected, viz, :—

(a) Chekiang Province,

(b) Yichang, on the Yang-tze, Central Hupei.
(c) N.E. Ssuchuan, 8. Shensi, and N,E, Hupei.
(7) Moupin and W. Ssuchuan.

(e) Manchuria (Northern and Western),

Besides these areas, Gorals are also to be found in Chihli and
North Shansi on the Mongolian frontier, in neither of which nor
in Manchuria are Serows known to occur.

It will be seen that by far the largest number (15) of the
specimens in the collection come from Chen-kou-ting in N.E.
Ssuchuan. A careful examination showed that they could not be
separated one from the other—at least, on the evidence of their
skulls. As regards the coloration, which, as with the Serows,
seems to have been one of the chief points in Heude’s classi-
fication, it must be noted that there is considerable seasonal
variation in the pelts of Gorals. I could not get hold of the skins
of Heude’s specimens, however, so am not in a position to say
definitely whether he did or did not fall into the mistake of con-
sidering seasonal differences as specific ones, but an examination
of the skulls themselves and also his coloured plates, together
with my own experience in the field regarding the extreme
variability of Gorals’ pelts during the seasons, lead me to suspect
that he did.

* By Heude this genus was named Aemas.

"Ne a

HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. 25

1. NEMORHADUS NIGER Heude *

The skulls of the Chen-kou-ting series in their thin smallish
horns and general shape and size agreed very closely with the
specimens labelled griseus, of which there were four in the
collection from Moupin (N. ‘E. Ssuchuan on the Thibetan border).

The specimens from Shensi and N.W. Hupei also resembled
the Chen-kou-ting specimens so closely that I should not hesitate
to place them together. Whether these and the Chen-kou-ting
specimens are separable from grisews 1s an open question, though
I feel inclined to allow it on the grounds of their geographical
distribution—adopting for them the name of niger as the first one
of a Goral from this general district having a regular description
annexed. It is worth noting that the specimens labelled vidianus,
from Shensi, have unusually long horns, the longest measurement
being 7'’, I have a single horn from the same district which
measures 74” in length. The length of this horn is doubtless
only a local variation, and certainly fails to justify the creation
of a distinct species.

29, NEMORHEDUS GRISEUS Milne-Edwards.

The two specimens from W. Ssuchuan, labelled pinchonianus
and xanthodeiros respectively, were so like the skulls of grisews as
to be indistinguishable, and, as they came from practically the
same district, should, I think, be included in that species.

3. NEMORH2DUS CINEREUS Milne-Edwards.

Very different were the two skulls representing cinereus from
all the other skulls. They were heavier and larger with a wider
forehead, while the horns were narrower and more closely set
together.

4. NEMORHZDUS HENRYANUS Heude ft,

The two specimens marked henryanus and aldrigeanus from
Yi-chang closely resembled each other, but differed from the
Ssuchuan species in being wider across the cheek-bones, with
wider palate, and distinctly larger eye-sockets.

It should be noticed that the N.W. Hupei specimen fanto-
zatianus had a slightly wider palate than the Chen-kou-ting
specimens, but it was only in this that it resembled those from
Yi-chang.

As the first description of the I-chang Goral appears under the
name of henryanus, that name is the valid one.

5. NEMORHZDUS ARNOUXIANUS Heude ?%.

The specimen from Chekiang, arnouxianus, is undoubtedly a
distinct species, its habitat, which is separated by a wide stretch

* Mém. conc. Hist. Nat. de Emp. Chin. tome ii. p. 241, pl. xxxviii. fig. 12,
and pl. xxxix. figs. 2-6.

ug Mém. cone. ?Hist. Nat. de ?Emp. Chin. tome ii. p. 244, pl. xxxiv.

t~ Mém. conc. Hist. Nat. de l?Emp. Chin. tome ii. p. 239.

26 ON HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS.

of country (apparently uninhabited by Gorals) from the habitats
of the other species, alone warranting this. A good description is
given by Heude in tome 11. p. 239.

6. NEMORHZDUS RADDEANUS Heude®*.

The Goral from the Ussuri is undoubtedly a valid species. The
single skull in the collection, though of an immature specimen, was
slightly larger than any of the other skulls. Specimens which I
myself have collected in Manchuria (I-mien-po, N. Kiri) show a
marked difference in colour from others collected by me in Chihli
and North Shansi, which are undoubtedly referable to Milne-
Kdwards’s caudatus. ‘The Manchurian specimens are larger and
greyer than caudatus, and also have a long white tail instead of
black as in caudatus. The median-dorsal line is broad, dark, and
well-defined, having a tendency to continue down the face.

7. NEMoRHADUS CAUDATUS Milne-Edwards.

That caudatus, of which the Sikawei Museum has no repre-
sentative, is a good species needs no proof. It inhabits high
Than regions which are cut off by wide intereouste
spaces, uninhabited by any form of Goral, from the Shensi,
Ssuchuan, and Hupei species.

Thus, it may be claimed that there are the following seven
valid species of Goral in China and Manchuria :—

1. Nemorhedus cinereus M.-Edw. Moupin.

2. i griseus M.-Edw. Moupin and W.
Ssuchuan.

3. - niger Heude. N.E. Ssuchaun, 8. Shensi,

: and N.W. Hupei.

Ay eager a henryanus Heude. I-chang, Central
Hupei.

D. as arnouxianus Heude. Chekiang.

6. ne caudatus M.-Edw. N. Shansi and
Chihli.

kg vaddeanus Heude. Manchuria.

%* Mém. conc. l’Hist. Nat. de Emp. Chin. tome 1. p. 240, pl. xxxv.

ON DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS, DiTf

3. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological
Gardens during 1916, together with a List of the Blood-
Parasites found during the Year. By H..G. PLimmer,
F.R.S., F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative Pathology
in the Imperial College of Science and Technology,
London, and Pathologist to the Society.

Received and Read February 6, 1917. |

INDEX. Page
eit LOC We eter ecceastithes ada nnls 9 Gtoelute dawieasor eee, 27
WSOC EN eATOSIECS#: ceo ccc kN Goes iebos eens eee 3]
INIOMOSa Meee ene ete sateen Cen Ramat 33

On January Ist, 1916, there were 690 mammals, 1989 birds,

and 426 reptiles 1 ae Zoological Gardens: during the year
1916, 165 mammals, 545 birds, and 199 reptiles were admitted,

pints A total for the year of 855 mammals, 2534 birds, and
625 reptiles.

During 1916, 242 mammals, 594 birds, and 179 reptiles have
died: that is, a percentage of 28: 3. 108 mammals: 23°4 for birds,
and 28°6 for reptiles: the average percentages for the last five
years being 27, 23°3, 31°2 respectively.

Out of the total deaths for the year, 1019 in all, 269 occurred
in animals which had been less than six months in the Gardens,.
that is a little more than a fourth of the deaths. It has been
found that after six months’ residence in the Gardens the death-
vate of the animals falls rapidly ; so it is assumed that by this
time the new arrivals have got used to their new environment,
or have died from any diseases of a parasitic kind which they
may have brought with them. Of these 269 animals 60 were
mammals, 132 were birds, and 77 were reptiles; and, if these
be deducted from their respective totals, the death-rate per-
centage will come out as 21:2 for mainmals, 18-1 for birds, and
16-3 for reptiles, the average percentages foe the last five years
being 17-3, 15°6, 13°8 respectively.

The fol Wane ing Tables show in outline the facts which have been
ascertained. Table IT. summarizes the actual causes of death in the
three groups specified. Amphibia are included under Reptiles.

TaBLeE [.—Analysis of the Causes of Death.

| Reference
Diseases. /Mammals.| Birds. Reptiles.) to Notes
| following.

| 1. Mierobic or Parasitic | |

JANOS OLEISISio vat hg OR a 2 ae 1
Syrah ode) 00s | jean ea en eee Ce 2 Aa
Peritonivises aes 2 1

28 PROF, H. G. PLIMMER ON

TABLE [.—Analysis of the Causes of Death (continwed).

} cas. =
Besides those tabulated above,
25 mammals, 85 birds, 7 reptiles, were killed by order or
by companions,
1 bird, 37 reptiles, died from malnutrition
or starvation,

6 mammals, 22 birds, 38 reptiles were too decomposed
for examination,

1 bird was preserved unopened,
completing the total.

DEATHS IN THE SOCIELY’S GARDENS. 29

In Table I. an analysis is made of the immediate causes of
death, but in nearly every case the animals were found to be
suffering from other lesions as well. Table IL. summarizes these
other diseases from which the animals were suffering ; and if
this Table be taken in conjunction with Table I., a much more
accurate estimate of the amount of disease in the Gardens will be
arrived at.

Taste IT.—Secondary Diseases found in the animals tabulated
in Table I.

: | Reference
| Diseases. Mammals. | Birds. Reptiles.| to Notes
| | | following.
MINE COMP (alk sec abies ae siciesruandeoes 1 vee | wes
ALU COSIS aoc a eRe re ae ee ee ee oan) 2
| PPE UTI 65555 an dacs s cencascie sense: 2 6
MBC GICADUULIS: 82a: cheeses s-ntsanees cen dnge 1 aes
WRBRCEICOMIGIS occ veces ove cacmestensedese 5 Z| 3
DAMP SC OSH MT he oe Ng siocs\s iba S wedi wae des 2 };
Je. HPPLN0 SE a ee ee 33 | |
JEUNE UIGISS al Sen eet ae eee eee ea ih ree ewsee |
NVOrMA WMPECEION. ........00c00000 oeeeuiens 1 3 3
PMMA tie cae cog ee sltwns ns vinaan stn Suviess a 4 | |
|, UNUCEIEN ietiag Seen ee 1 Dee ASP aye 15 |
F HBMOPTEPATINES 2.262 .....c cece ene an on Ve 4
WINEMGOCYLOZOM: 0. 0:58: 0cae cosa iene cveass - Ls Ae 3
CHORTLE ee ne ee ee seh, tl 3 16
= — | |
PSEOMOMMIS Wh 2 0. pdt sateen tsa niesnds 6 eee
Broncho-pneumonia .................. 11 tee aN as
Congestion of lungs. .................. 20 162"). 16
CHGema-OF TUNES 1.. 5.6 .cccseceacec set ae i 103 | 8
@ollapsed LUNES) ii... ccs tee exes cee ees 1 on ee
Degeneration of heart. ............... 4, Ls i
Hypertrophy 0 of heart 1
Hepatitis .. i Pee cath sien ah es Lea eee
PeriCArOitiS cos cc-s-.--sscccsceseess ses eat Se Rely Back Ly
MGweroMma Of AOLbA ....6..6. 1. ces cee 3 4
PAMMNENUENS Mss sc ie ciate cc's vtedioe et » bc 1 ae 18
Fatty pee yo Of lIVer ccs... ls 41. 5
Cirrhosis of liver.. 3 | 1
Cholecystitis 1 |
CASING Rent tone Grae. shecsinieks 3 1
Gastric ulceration ........ teat nade 9 “te
GaSELO-EMbCEILIS’ ©..25.. can scheeeve aces 5 4
Enteritis. ...... ee SAN ae Kt Sh 28 90 14
| Intestinal obstruction ............... se il
IN QR NTT TE) a Nr 36 78 a 4
MC ystic tidy S..< 0... ..aceeee--.s0h0-- 00 ul 2
PSL NIT Nae oe a 3 2 ons
PS CINES Pst c6 os asciec ob sale w Saheb aon as Hey a |
Angioma, ........ 1
| Lardaceous disease .. 1
MCtAIMEME LOBES! fears. does sesee- 1
Rickets 2
| Urzemia 1 7m 19
_ Injuries il 5

30 PROF. H. G. PLIMMER ON

Table IIT. shows, in still further detail, the distribution of
the immediate causes of death, shown in Table I. , amongst the
varlous large orders of mammals,

Tasie Ili.—The Distribution of Diseases causing Death
amongst the principal Orders of Mammals.

The following, Table IV., shows the number of Deaths from
those Diseases of the greatest numerical importance for the last
four years: the total number of animals of each class is placed
above, so that a proper comparison can be made.

a at —,

|
‘

|
|
|
|

|
)

DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY 8 GARDENS. 3
TABLE IV.

Mammals.

Meat wee con ess 19138. 1914. 1915. 1916.

Total number of birds ......... 3518 3610 3240 2534
MMVETOMIOSIS ? 2. co.cc. cde dee ccs devceeeee 104 iGis) 60 vl
ISIN OPUS EMR AG oe cers ccilceae cuccses 1s 75 | 88 | 32 29
JEST ACY iii er 89 | 118 | 70 53

mwoneestiom OF lungs .i.....60c0ce-c-0s 98 133 130 78

| SUS WG. WOES er 148 | 169 150 190

JIN| ) OCU ETS I ae te a 135 129 81 | 45
Reptiles.

Total number of reptiles ...... 1169 1045 608 625
Unsere mVOsts) coos. ele se asads oan ce 6 A | 2 1
LUO SICE et eevee ae | 1 10 | 6 6
PC eMMNONIA ee eee oe. Cota esse | 138 69 | 3d 48
Congestion of WINES. ....5.... 205.0000 13 | 19 11 | 8
LE STO IEY ll ee a ae ee re a 15 | 17 8 | 14 |

BLoop-PARASITES,

During the year the blood of every animal mentioned in the

foregoing lists has been examined, with the result that parasites
have been found in 24 cases, in 13 species for the first time.

They have been distributed as follows :—

Hilarie. In 3 mammals; in all for the first time.
In 3 birds; in all for the first time.

( Hemoproteus danilewskyt. In 5 birds; in 3 species
iota: Z for the first time.

\ Plasmodium precox. In 1 bird for the first

time.
Leucocytozoa. In 3 birds; in 2 species for the first time.
Hemogregarines. In 9 reptiles; in 3 species for the first
time.

Intestinal organisms, In 1 reptile.

ou PROF. H. G. PLIMMER ON

The particulars of the blood-parasites are as follows :—

Filarice.
Mammals.

Found for the first time in: HaBItTat, TYPE.
Bay Lynx (Felis rufa) ........2......4...... Mexico, Long.
Hamster (Cricetulus obscurus) ............ Mongolia. Long, thick.
Grison (Girison allamandi).................. Argentina. Long.

Birds.

Scarlet Cardinal (Cardinalis pheniceus). Venezuela.

Found for the first time in:

Black-headed Sugar-Bird (Chlorophanes Brazil. Short, thick.
spiza).
Gay’s Finch (Phrygilus gayi) ............. Chili. Long, no capsule.
Malaria.
birds.

Heemoproteus danilewskyi.

Paradise Whydah Bird (Vidua para- W. Africa.
disea).

Shama (Cittocincla macrura) ...........: India.

Found for the first time in:

Rose Finch (Propasser rhodochrous) .... India.
Yellow-backed Lory (Lorius jflavo- Batchiam.
_ palliatus).

Scarlet Cardinal (Cardinalis phaniceus). Venezuela.

Plasmodium preecox.
Found for the first time in:

Pitta (Pitta nove-quine@).................. Aru Islands,
&
Leucocytozoa.
Birds.
Scops Owl (Scops git) ...............0....... Captured at sea.

Found for the first time in :

Rose Finch (Propasser rhodoehrous) ... India.

Carrion Crow (Coreus ecorone) ............_Kurope.
Haemogregaries.
Reptiles.
Common Boa (Boa constrictor)............. S. America,
King Snake (Coronella getula) ............. N. America.
Banded-tailed Tree-Suake (Leptophis Europe.
viperinus).

Indian Python (Python molurus)
Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata) ............ Europe.

DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 3a

Found for the first time in: iS iy Gena ic
Annulated Snake (Leptodira annulata). S. America. + Stout.
2 Burrowing Boas (Hryx thebaicus) ...... Gold Coast. Ordinary size.
Ocellated Bladder-frog (Leptodactylus Argentina. Long, thick.
ocellatus).

Intestinal Organisms.
Leptiles.

Viperine Snake (Tropidonotus viperinus). Europe. Amoeba.

NOTES ON THE FOREGOING.

1. The total incidence of microbic and parasitic diseases causing
death in the Gardens for 1916 is 8°5 per cent. in mamunals,
6°] per cent. in birds, and 9:4 per cent. in reptiles. If those
cases which have not lived six months in the Gardens be ex-
cluded, these percentages will be greatly reduced.

2. The numbers of deaths from tuberculosis amongst the
mammals and birds show a relative increase, the incidence being
1-8 per cent. in mammals and 2°8 per cent. in birds. Amongst
the mammals dying from tuberculosis, 16 in all, 7 were Monkeys,
and of these 5 had been pet animals; of the remaining 9 animals
4 had been pets. ‘These figures seem to me to indicate quite
plainly that pet animals should not be accepted by the Society,
or only after the strictest quarantine. An Orang Utan which
had been 84 years in the Gardens had chronic tubercle of
human type, which he might very well have brought with him.
The most remarkable case this year was in an Ibex which died
when about a fortnight old with tubercle of liver, spleen, and
mesenteric glands. There is a relative increase this year in the
number of deaths from tubercle amongst the birds, and in a
much larger relative number were the lesions generalized, namely
in 36, indicating a more severe type of the disease. The one
reptile was an Alligator in which the disease was of human
type, and was no doubt caused by the habit of certain visitors of
spitting at the animals, to which I have often called attention in
previous reports.

3. As usual I have grouped all the diseases caused by moulds
under mycosis. In the mammals six of the cases were of the
ordinary type, associated with abscesses; and in six, tumours
(mycetomata) in various organs were present. Ina sheep the
growth began in the cavities of the nose and spread into the
adjacent bone-spaces. There is a slight relative increase amongst
the birds, but there are now less than half the number of cases
there were a few years ago. In one Parrot it was caused by
Aspergillus nger. Three of the six reptiles died with mycotic
tumours in various parts.

4. The incidence of pneumonia remains about the same as
last year amongst the mammals and birds. In one bird it was

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No. ITI. 3

34 PROF, H. G. PLIMMER ON

due to trematodes and in three reptiles to worms, otherwise it
was pneumococcal. . There has been a slight increase amongst
the reptiles.

5. The septicemias were due to abscesses in two cases, to
extensive ulceration in two, and in one to a decomposing feetus.

6. This rare infection of the lungs and air-sacs of a Pheasant
from Mongoha has been noticed only once before in the Gardens,
in» Hangnest from La Plata. The mite was a Cytoleichus.

7. In these cases of nematode worm infection the lesions pro-
duced were very different; in a Lynx they caused a pseudo-
tubercle of the liver, ina Puma they caused perforation of the
stomach-wall and peritonitis, and in a Toad they produced a
pneumonia.

8. There has been relatively a small increase in the diseases
of the respiratory organs amongst the mammals. They are, of
course, largely Acpended on Poa and 26 of the cases
of broncho-pneumonia occurred in the last two months of the
year, during bad external conditicns. Among the birds there
has been a considerable relative decrease in the deaths from
congestion of the lungs.

9. There has been a considerable increase in the number of
cases of enteritis amongst the birds, but it has been of a milder
type. 54 of the bird cases were hemorrhagic; in 4 worms were
the cause, and in 3 foreign bodies, and 2 were due to ameebe ;
during the last three months of the year 28 Parrots have died
from that specific kind of enteritis called Psittacosis. Of the
cases in mammals, 3 have been hemorrhagic, 4 associated with
ulceration of the intestines, and 1 was caused by foreign bodies.
The term enteritis covers all inflammatory diseases of “the intes-
tines, and as these are due to so many different causes it may be
worth while to mention them. In the Gardens I have found
five different varieties, which are due to the following causes:
1. Errors in feeding. 2. Foreign bodies. 3. Worms. 4. Bac-
teria, 5. Protozoal organisms. Of these causes the first and the
fourth are the most important. i

10. There has been a considerable relative decrease in the
number of cases of nephritis. 'This word, hike enteritis, covers
inflammations of the kidney which are due to various causes.
Nephritis can be divided, for purposes of classification, into acute
and chronic; the former being due to infection, or to exposure,
and the latter either following the acute disease, or being due to
degenerative changes and associated with car dio-vascular changes,
with old- -age eliamece or the artificial old-age changes induced by
captivity. The absence of proper space for exercise must render
animals more sensitive to temperature changes, and especially to
draughts. 16 of the mammals had acute nephritis, and 18
chronic; only 1 bird had acute nephritis, all the others being
chronic ; in all the 5 reptiles it was: chronic.

11. The three cases of cancer occurred in the liver, spleen, and
adjacent glands of an old Bear, in the liver and adjacent organs

~ dee

DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS, 35

and glands of a Cavy, and in the neck of a Wolf. The case of
the Wolf is of interest because his father died here in 1914, and
his mother in 1915, of the same disease in the same situation.
A sister is alive and well.

12. A Coypu died from an angiosarcoma of the liver; it had
also an adenoma of the kidneys, and is of interest as being the
third case of similar tumour of the liver, and the fifth of similar
tumour of the kidneys in Coypus dying in the Gardens during
the last 9 years.

13. Of lymphatic variety in a Polecat. This is the second
case of this rare disease which has occurred in 9 years.

14. The injury was a ruptured heart in a Flamingo, and is
mentioned because it is the fifth Flamingo which has met with
the same rare accident.

15. Further details of these blood-parasites will be found under
the section ‘ Blood-Parasites,” p. 32. Under the term malaria
are grouped cases due to Hemoproteus danilewskyt and to
Plasmodium preecox.

16. ‘These were due to a large Saccharomyces.

17. These cases in birds were due to the deposition of masses
of crystals (of guanin, probably) in both visceral and parietat
pericardium.

18. The only aneurism found this year was in a Civet, of
fusiform variety.

19. This rare complication of kidney disease occurred in a
Mandrill which had acute upon old nephritis.

2
‘
*
i
= 4
4
4
—
t ew
\
i o
of
os

THE MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALAMONID PRAWNS. 37

4. On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of
the Paleemonid Prawns. By L. A. Borrapatze, M.A.,
F.Z.8., Lecturer in Zoology in the University of Cam-
bridge, Fellow, Dean, and Lecturer of Selwyn College.

[Received September 19, 1916: Read February 6, 1917 |
(Text-figures 1-51.)

INDEX. Page
Mint ROG ilOMy eee maeen cla. Cet tke detest ete ueteeviden LO:
Morphology of the crustacean limb ................... 37
Morphology of the mouth-parts of Palemonide ...... 62
Physiology of the mouth-parts of Paleemonide ....... 69
ile

In the course of an investigation of the commensal prawns of
the subfamily Pontoniine, it became necessary for me to compare
their mouth-parts with those of the free-living Palamoniine, in
order to discover whether there existed between these groups
any difference, in the organs in question, which might correspond
with the difference in the diet of the animals. For the most part
I have taken as representative of the Palemoninze the Common
Prawn (Leander serratus), in which I have studied in some
detail the structure and arrangement of the mouth-parts, and
endeavoured, by the observation of living specimens, to find out
how the organs in question are used. Surprisingly little trace
has appeared of such structural differences between the sub-
families as I was looking for, but my observations have suggested,
with regard to the morphology and functions of the parts around
the mouth of Palemonide, certain reflections and conclusions
which form the subject of this communication.

II.

1. The morphology of the jaws of Malacostraca is still in a
good deal of confusion, and there is much disagreement as to the
relation of the parts of each of them to those of other crustacean
limbs, and even as to the names to be applied to certain of their
processes or “lacinize ”*, A great part of this difficulty arises
from the fact that no theory as to the primary form of limb of
which all the appendages of Crustacea are modified representatives
has met with general acceptance. This thorny question is not

* T have not, in this summary article, made any reference to the literature of the
subject. The contributions ot Beecher, Boas, Claus, Coutiére, Hansen, Huxley,
Lankester, Packard, Thiele, and others to our knowledge of homology of the limbs
of Crustacea are well known to those who are interested in the subject. The reader
will readily gather in what respects my views differ from or agree with those
expressed by each of them, and it is needless to emphasize the fact that all present
speculation must be based upon the foundation they have laid.

38 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

only raised by the jaws of Malacostraca, but receives from the
study of some of them—notably from that of the maxilla—
considerable elucidation. The following, briefly stated, are the
considerations in regard to it which have influenced the
morphological suggestions put forward in the present paper.

2. It is not to be assumed without question that a prototype
can be found from which all the limbs of all Crustacea can be
derived by modification. The mere fact that appendages stand
in the same position on the bodies of two or more segmented
animals, or are members of the same meristic series In one
animal, affords no ground for the assumption that there exists
a common plan which underlies the arrangement of the parts of
each of them. Moreover, even when there are resemblances be-
tween them, such a conception as that of a common type of them
is of no use to the zoologist unless the plan of the type does
not merely exist in the imagination of the observer, but has or at
some time had an objective existence as a factor in development.
Resemblances between two limbs may be due either solely to ex-
trinsic causes—that is, to influences from without the organisms,
which have brought it about that different developmental pro-
cesses result in similar structures in the two cases,—or also to
intrinsic causes—that is, to the operation of identical develop-
mental factors. Only in the latter case has a common plan for
the two limbs an objective existence. Conceivably such a plan
may not be due to community of ancestry in all instances. When
two appendages closely resemble one another—as do, for instance,
the various antenniform limbs of Arthropoda—it is possible,
and sometimes probable, that there exist in the mechanism of
development facilities for establishing such organs, and that
these have come into play independently more than once, forming
appendages upon the same plan. This principle, however, is of
limited application. Even in the cases which suggest it, it can
never be applied save to actual features which exist in all the
limbs under comparison. ‘To assume the existence of a plan of
which some features are not realized in each limb is quite unjusti-
fied, except on the hypothesis of the common inheritance both of a
type of limb and, in the case of serial resemblance, of community
of type between the members of the series of limbs*. To look
for traces of a common type in structures in which it is so little
obvious as in the appendages which appear to correspond in
different Crustacea would be absurd, unless there were grounds
for believing that their possessors were descended from a common
ancestor; and if we are also to find community of type between
the several limbs of each individual crustacean, then such com-
munity must have existed among the appendages of the ancestor.

* The resemblances here classed as due to extrinsic causes are those which are
generally classed under the head of Analogy. Those which are due to common
descent are instances of Homology. Those which are due to independent operations
of the same developmental facilities (if such there be) form a third class not strictly
the same as either Analogy or Homology.

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALA MONID PRAWNS. 39

Yor if (as might well be, by bomeosis) it were independently
established in any members of the subphylum, then the altered
limbs would lose what they had in common with the corresponding
limbs of other Crustacea.

3. In point of fact, however, there can be no doubt that the
Crustacea are monophyletic, and it is very highly probable that
their ancestor possessed a complete series of similar limbs. ‘The
widest gaps in the crustacean system are those which separate
the Copepoda and the Cirrivedia from the rest of the subphylum,
but it is quite impossible even in these cases to entertain the
suggestion of an independent origin. The occurrence of the

nauplius would by itself negative this. That in the common
ancestor of the group all the limbs, with the possible exception
of the antennules, conformed to one type may be gathered with
some confidence from the conditions in Branchiopodaand Trilobita.
The Branchiopoda are certainly the most primitive of existing
Crustacea. They alone possess in a simple form—allowance being
made for certain obvious specializations, such as the degeneration
of the mouth-parts—all the elements of the organization of every
other class of the subphylum, and their suggestive resemblances
to the Annelida are the only indications of affinity with other
phyla shown by any recent members of the group. These facts
fairly entitle them to be regarded as indicating broadly the
ancestral features of the Crustacea, It is needless to dwell upou
the fact that their trunk-limbs are all of one type, and, although
that type becomes unrecognizable in their maxille and maxillules
its presence in these limbs of other groups (Ostracoda, Malaco-
straca, and Copepoda) supplies the lacking evidence here. In the
Trilobita, which are without doubt related to the forbears of the
Branchiopoda, a single type of limb extends throughout the
body, from the antenne backwards. It is not possible to avoid
attributing to the ancestor of the Crustacea that similarity of
appendages which characterizes these groups. This, of course,
is not to say that the limbs of the first crustacean resembled
closely either those of the Trilobita or those of the Branchiopoda.
The form of the primitive crustacean appendage can only he
conjectured with probability after comparison of all those which

may be assumed to be derived from it. But, whatever it may
have been, the foregoing considerations justify the belief that it
existed, a that from it can be derived all the post-antennular
limbs of every member of the subphylum.

4, The primitive limb of the Crustacea must have been of the
kind to which the terms “leaf-like” and “ phyllopod” are
applied—that is, flattened, lobed, and feebly, if at all, jointed
(text-fig. 2). This is a priore likely in view of the structure of
the parapodia of Annelida, and seems established by the way in
which the phyllopod limb is distributed among the Crustacea,
occurring as it does throughout the trunk of Branchiopoda
(text-figs. 3-5), on the ible and presumably less mature,
segments of Z'riarthrus (text-fig. 6), in Leptostraca (on the thorax,

AQ MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

text-fig. 8), and in the hinder part of the head of all groups.
Whether it was biramous, like most parapodia, the limbs of the
Trilobita *, and many of those of the higher Crustacea, is another
question. ‘In the majority of biramous crustacean limbs the

Text-figure |. Text-figure 2,
a

I\E p
a 3
= ZB
Zac ee

V.C. Cp.
PREP) nom
Parapodium of Hunice maxima, Hypothetical limb of
atter Ehlers. proto-phyllopod.

For lettering see p. 71.

Text-figure 3.

Tenth thoracic limb of Apus sp.

For lettering see p. 71.

protopodite and endopodite form an axis to which the exopodite
is appended, while the trunk-limb of the Branchiopoda is so
clearly uniramous that there is discussion as to which of its

* But see footnote to p. 48.

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS. 41

Text-figure 4. Text-figure 5,
7 (cap)

Wil 4 ' ee

Yen” Ze

=e.
GC a

2 \\ = 2a, S
ee 2
ig a 4
Thoracic limb of Chiro- First thoracic limb of Limnadia
cephalus sp. lenticularis, after Sars.

For lettering see p. 71.

Text-figure 6. Text-figure 7.

Anterior pygidial limb of One of the anterior
Triarthrus becki, drawn thoracic limbs of the
from a model by Beecher. same,

For lettering see p. 71.

42 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
processes represents the exopodite. Probably the primitive
crustacean appendage (text-fig. 2) resembled that of the Branchio-

poda in being uniramous. On its outer side this limb must have

Text-figure 8. Text-figure 9.

Theracie limb of Nebalia sp. Outline of axis of thoracic limb of
old female of the same.
For lettering see p. 71.

Text-figure 10.

Thoracic limb of Paranebalia longipes, after Sars, joints added
after Thiele.

For lettering see p. 71.

borne near its base several epipodites. There is no necessity to
suppose that these were present to the full number of the gills

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZAMONID PRAWNS.

Text-figure 11.

and other epipoditic structures that may be found on a single
segment in various Malacostraea *.

It is highly probable that

Text-figure 12.

Maxilliped of Calanus sp.
For lettering see p. 71.

Maxilliped of Anaspides, after Calman.
Text-figure 13.

For lettering see p. 71.

Text-figure 14.

\ >

Maxilla of Calanus sp.

Maxilla of Nebalia sp.
For lettering see p. 71.

either branching and subsequent division, or meristic repetition
has taken place here.

But it is not unlikely that the presence
* See Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xix. p. 462 (1907).

44 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

of three epipodites (the epipodite proper and two “ pro-epipo-
dites”), as, for instance, in Chirocephalus (text-fig. 4), is a primitive
feature. Beyond the epipodite stood a longer process, the
flabellum, which may have been slender, like those of Concho-
straca (text-fig. 5) and the exopodite of Paranebalia (text-fig. 10),
but is perhaps more likely to have been broad, like that of Apus

Text-figure 15, Text-figure 16.
*) gee
2 ye
LZ ¢
Shy
J 7 by lez
eX Y2
ap is
AB
—3
==
Text-figure 17. Text-figure 18.
Text-fig. 15. Maxilla of Cerataspis, after Boas.
f 16. Larval maxilla of Peneus, after Claus.
i 17. Maxilla of Anisocaris, after Ortmann.
3 18. Larval maxilla of Palemonetes, after Boas.

For lettering see p. 71.

' (text-fig. 3) and the exopodites of most Leptostraca (text-fig. 8)
and of the decapod maxilla (text-figs. 15-18, and 47). It pro-
bably extended both distally and proximally from its attachment,
like the conchostracan and notostracan flabella and the maxillary
expodite of Decapoda. The axis of the limb ended in an apical
lobe, and on the inner-edge stood a row of endites. It does not

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALEZMONID PRAWNS. 45

follow, from the fact that these, with the member resembling
them which probably represents the apical lobe, number six in
many Branchiopoda, that the primitive limb possessed only that
quota. In certain cases the series is more numerous. ‘Thus in
Anostraca it has probably seven members *, the maxille of certain
decapod larve (text-figs. 16, 17) certainly possess eight, and the
same limb of Cerataspis (text fig. 15) bears nine. If, as seems
likely, the first member is missing in the maxilla of Calanus (text-
fig. 13), there is evidence here also that the series may consist of
eight endites and an apical lobe. It may be that the ancestral
crustacean possessed even more endites, but there is some reason
for believing that it had eight only, since, as will be shown later,,
that number allows an arrangement which corresponds with the
segmentation of the thoracic limb of Malacostraca, and with what
was probably the primitive structure of the maxilla both in
Decapoda and in Copepoda. If this view be adopted, there may
be recognized in the primitive crustacean limb nine successive
regions—eight represented by the endites and a ninth consisting
- of the apical lobe. These regions would be potential segments,
since jointing would certainly take place between the endites rather
than across them, as, in point of fact, it is seen to have done
in Triarthrus (text-fig. 6), in the larval maxilla of Penewus (text-
fig. 16), and in Notostraca (text-fig. 3). In the latter there may
be found, immediately behind the attachment of each endite, a
distinct articulation. In the case of the distal members of the
series, the articulation extends only as far as the longitudinal scle-
rite by which the part of the axis that bears the subapical lobe,
flabellum, and epipodite is separated from the rest. Just behind
the flabellum, however, a very sharp jointing extends right
across the limb, and another less marked articulation runs from
the base of the epipodite to the inner margin, which it reaches
just above the attachment of the blunt-ended proximal endite.
Yet another articulation, starting from that just mentioned,
joins the inner edge of the limb behind the base of the first of
the large, pointed “ondites, thus cutting off a roughly triangular
segment which in Apus, but hardly in Lepidurus, projects as a
small lobe like an endite 7.

The proximal endite—the gnathobase —of the primitive limb
may be judged from the evidence afforded by the Branchiopoda
and Triarthrus to have differed in shape from the others, been
directed towards the mid-ventral line of the body, and served for
the manipulation of food. Probably it had a stout, blunt end,
set with rows of strong, short bristles (text-fig. 27). The
remaining endites were, most likely, subsimilar to one another.

It is natural to attempt to derive this limb from the parapo-
dium of an Annelidancestor. If the limb was uniramous, we must
seek for analogies among uniramous parapodia, such, for instance,
as those of the Sy Nlide or the Eunicide. In the latter family

* See footnote to p. 48,
7 See footnote, p. 48,

46 MR. Le. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

(text-fig. 1), the arrangement of the parts is strikingly suggestive
of those of the phyllopod limb, the so-called ‘“ dorsal cirrus ”—
really the notopodium, whose small size and position upon the .
base of the large straight neuropodium make the parapodium
uniramous—standing for the flabellum, the gill for the epipodite,
and the short, broad, ventral cirrus for the gnathobase. Needless
to say, no more than analogy can be claimed for this likeness.
The point of origin of the Arthropoda from their worm-like
ancestors is not to be settled merely by a general and hypothetical
resemblance of the limbs.

Text-figure 19.

iy iy BA

Maxilla of Lysiosquilla maculata.

For lettering see p. 71.!

6. It has already been pointed out (p. 39) that the presence
upon the hinder part of the head of Malacostraca, Ostracoda, and
Copepoda of appendages not greatly modified from the assumed
primitive type (text-figs. 13-21) justifies the surmise that in the
original crustacean the series of similar limbs extended further
forward than in Branchiopoda. Probably it resembled that of
the Trilobita in including all the appendages behind the anten-
nules, but comparison of the maxilla of the Decapoda with the
pygidial limbs of 7riarthrus suggests that there was less unlike-
ness between the extreme members than in that genus. Hach
appendage was no doubt capable of being used for swimming, for

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALAMONID PRAWNS. AT
the manipulation of food, and for respiration. In all recent
Crustacea, however, the specialization of certain of the limbs for

each of these functions, and for a fourth, contact with large
bodies, sueh as prey, or the substratum, has caused them to

Text-figure 20.

EX~Lf
PREP? Ep? £ EL

Text-figure 21.

Text-fig. 20. Maxillule of Calanus sp.
3 21. Maxillule of Cypris sp.

For lettering see p. 71.

depart in various directions from the type. ‘Those which were
specially adapted for swimming became biramous*, those for

* This change must have taken place more than once. It is already established,
for instance, in the antennze and larval mandibles of various Branchiopoda, which
show no trace of it in their other limbs, and it is well developed upon the abdomen
of the Nebalia, while it is still but incipient in the thorax. The Conchostraca
(text-fig. 5), whose trunk-limbs are almost biramous, show how easily that condition
can arise by an alteration in the proportions of the parts of the limb.

48 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

mastication developed the gnathobase with or without some of the
other endites, those for respiration the epipodites, and those for
contact with large objects the main axis. Generally speaking, the
limbs which in the adult are adapted to other functions than
swimming are in the larva (and were perhaps at one time through-
out life) natatory, and retain in their later condition traces of the
biramous plan, so that they may be regarded as belonging to the
biramous type. In becoming biramous, the limb has lost its leaf-
like character. This has in all cases befallen the antenne and
mandibles, which, precociously adapted in the Nauplius to swim-
ming, never exhibit the primitive configuration. On the other
hand, the maxille almost invariably retain a good deal of resem-
blance to the phyllopod prototype, probably because their position
makes it impossible for them to be of much use either as jaws or
for swimming. The trunk-limbs of Branchiopoda are phyllopod,
and show in some detail the features which it is necessary to
attribute to those of the ancestral crustacean *; those of the
other groups are biramous 7, with the exception of the thoracic
appendages of the Leptostraca, which exhibit various degrees of
transition from the phyllopod to the biramous condition.

* The lobes of the trunk-limbs of Branchiopoda (text-figs. 3-5) are exceedingly
difficult to homologize. It seems, for instance, quite possible that the Anostraca
have no flabellum, and that the structure known by that name which is jointed to
the end of their limbs corresponds to the so-called last (sixth) “endite” of Apus and
Limnadia. If so, however, an additional endite must be intercalated into the series
in Anostraca or excalated from it in Notostraca, for in the former group there are
six of these lobes before the terminal structure in question, but in the latter only
five. The facts of meristic variation would explain this discrepancy without
difficulty, but the actual solution is probably indicated by the presence in Apus,
though barely in Lepidurus, of what looks hke a vestigial endite, standing in the
gap between the first and that which has been regarfled as the second of the series.
This little lobe bears no bristles, but the section of the axis opposite it is defined by
lines of soft cuticle, such as those which mark out the segments of the other endites.
If there be here a true endite, the series in Apus corresponds with that of Anostraca.
Lepidurus must then be considered to have lost the second endite (though not its
segment), and in Limnadia it has perhaps fused with the third. It is true that
this hypothesis is open to the objection that it brings the epipodite opposite the
third endite, but such a displacement presents no great difficulty in view of the
vestigial nature of the supposed second segment, which does not reach the outer
edge of the limb, and of the fact that the epipodite is attached not wholly to the
third segment, but astride of the articulation between it and the portion of the limb
proximal to it. Again, the little process known as the “‘subapical lobe,” present in
Apus and Branchipus, but barely or not at all represented in some other genera, as
Chirocephalus and Limnadia, may or may not represent the true end of the axis
of the limb. If it does not, then the apex must be the so-called last endite. This
(if the above conjecture with regard to the flabellum of Anostraca be true) is always
an organ sui generis, separated by a more or less distinct joint from the rext of the
limb. In either case, the condition of the apical lobe in the Branchipoda is
abnormal as compared with that which it shows in the larval maxilla of the
Decapoda and in Tviarthrus, which in this respect probably more nearly represent
the ancestral Crustacea. To judge from the thoracic limbs of Nebalia (text-tig. 9),
whose end-joint differs strongly from the rest and is much more sharply articulated,
the appendages upon the trunk of the phyllopod ancestor of the Malacostraca must
have resembled those of the Branchiopoda in respect to the apical lobe.

+ The limbs of the Trilobita (text-figs. 6, 7) present an interesting problem in
that, while they are undoubtedly biramous in the sense of consisting of two subequal
rami upon a common stem, their “ exopodites ” are inserted in a different position
from those of recent Crustacea or from the flabella of the Branchiopoda. The
“endopodite”’ of the pygidial limb (in Triarthrus) is clearly comparable with the

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PAL-AAMONID PRAWNS, 49

7. The relation of the parts of the biramous limb to those of
its leaf-like forerunner may be elucidated by a study of actual
phyllopod appendages. It would seem that the flabellum is
represented by the exopodite, and the main axis, ending in the
apical lobe, by the protopodite and endopodite. In regard to the
exopodite, the evidence of the Leptostraca, in which it is flattened
and bears just the same relation to the other parts of the limb as
the flabellum, is too strong to be set aside without more con-
vineing reasons than have been adduced. Theories which
disregard this consideration depend upon the precarious support
afforded by a comparison of the arrangement in various cases of
the endites. These structures, however, are very variable and
difficult to homologize, and in particular those of the maxilla,
which in adult reptant Decapoda appear to suggest that the fifth
and sixth endites have become endopodite and exopodite, have in
more primitive members of the same group a quite different
aspect, which supports strongly the theory stated above. The
larvee of. various Carides, as, for instance, that of Palemonetes
(text-fig. 18), show at the base of the endopodite of the maxilla,
in the region of the ischipodite, a distinct fifth endite. In other
cases, as in Anisocaris (text-fig. 17) and Pencus (text-fig. 16),

axis of the phyllopod limb, and in shape more nearly resembles the larval maxilla
of a Decapod than the trunk-limb of a Branchiopod. It is remarkable only for the
comparatively unimportant facts that the region of the third and fourth endites,
instead of forming a single joint (the basipodite), is divided by an articulation int)
two, each of which bears one endite, and that beyond the fourth endite the limb has
but four segments, instead of the five which the maxilla of Cerataspis (text-fig. 15)
indicates as the full complement of the corresponding region of the decapod limb.
It does not seem impossible that an additional segment may eventually be
discovered at the end of this appendage. The conditions are none too clear in
Beecher’s model. ‘The “‘exopodite,’ however, stands upon the segment of the
second endite, not upon that of the third and fourth. Probably this indicates that
the structure here called the exopodite is not homologous with that to which the
same name is applied in recent Crustacea, but is a modified epipodite. In that
connection it is interesting to note that Beecher attributes to it a respiratory
function. If the foregoing theory be correct, the thoracic limbs of Trilobita present
a very remarkable analogy to those of Decapoda, consisting as they do of a sub-
cylindrical, seven-jointed axis with a complex respiratory structure borne on the
outside near the base. Unlike the podobranchs of the Decapoda, however, the
epipodite of the Trilobita “contrives a double debt to pay” as gill and “ exopodite.’

The foregoing interpretation of the limb of Tviarthrus receives very interesting
support from the arrangement of the parts of the mesosomatic appendages of
Limulus. Here the axis bears on its outer side three broad exites, separated from
it and from one another by sutures to which correspond notches on the edge of the
limb. (The first exite of the gill-bearing limbs is, upon its anterior face, divided
into about a dozen strips by less-marked sutures, of which only two remain in the
genital operculum.) That part of the axis which bears the first and second exites is
unjointed, but the third is attached to a well-marked segment, and beyond this two
free joints form the apex of the limb. ‘The first and second exites are crossed
obl quely upon their hinder face by the gill-lamelle, It is pretty clear that they
are epipodites, and a comparison at once suggests itself between them and the very
differently shaped “exopodite” which bears gill-lamelle in Triarthrus. The third
exite in Limulus, sharply distinct from the second, is no doubt the exopodite.

The supposed biramous mouth-parts of Insecta are not so in reality, and I take
this opportunity of retracting the view I haye expressed on that point in my
‘Manual of Zoology’ (London, 1912). The lacinia and galea are, I now believe,
the third and fourth endités, and the palp is the endopodite.

Proc. Zoou, Soc,—19]17, No. LV. 4

50 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

this is succeeded by a sixth and a seventh, while in Cerataspis
(text-fig. 15) the endopodite bears four endites, making eight
altogether, besides the apical lobe in the position of the dactylo-
podite. In the last two cases it is clear that the endopodite
represents the whole distal part of the limb, and not, as has been
supposed, the fifth or sixth endite only.

For a detailed comparison of the jointed stem formed by the
pr otopodite and endopodite of the biramous limb with the endite-
bearing axis of the phyllopod appendage, it is necessary to find
some fixed point of correspondence between members of the two
series. It would be natural to look for this at the base of the limb,
but the development of Pencwus and other Decapoda, during which
the basal joint of the appendages of the thorax recedes into the
side of the body, is a warning against the use of such a method.
On the other hand, the differences in the total number of endites
in different limbs makes it useless to start a comparison from the
distal end. ‘The epipodites vary in number, and their homologies
are doubtful, so that their points of attachment afford no reliable
clue. There remains the flabellum-exopodite. It is unfortunate
that the uncertainty which exists in regard to the homologies of
the endites of Branchiopoda makes even the seat of the flabellum
a doubtful point in that group, but, as will be seen, what can
be stated on this point is not without its uses in confirming the
evidence of other classes. In the Anostraca (text-fig. 4) the
flabellum is probably absent. In Conchostraca (text-fig. 5) it
stands opposite the junction of the second and third endites of a
series of six, but, quite possibly, these two members represent the
third and fourth of the full series, the second, which is present
in the Anostraca, being in Notostraca vestigial and in Concho-
straca either lost or fused with the third to form a single
elongate lobe. In Notostraca (text-fig. 3), where the whole axis
of the limb is more or less strongly segmented, the flabellum
stands on the segment of what may be the third or the fourth
endite. In the maxilla of the Malacostraca (text-figs. 14-18, and
47) the situation is clear. Here the exopodite arises opposite the
third and fourth endites, upon a region of the limb which may be
undelimited, as in most Decapoda, but which is often marked off
more or less completely to form a segment, as in Leptostraca
(text-fig. 14), Mysidacea, Cumacea, Kuphausiacea, and the decapod
larva Anisocaris (text-fig. 17). Where there is no exopodite,
as in Isopoda, Amphipoda, and Stomatopoda * (text-fig. 19), a
segment with two endites is found in the same position on the
maxilla as on that of the orders in which the limb bears an
exopodite. The maxilla of Calanus (text-fig. 13) agrees remark-
ably in structure with that of Malacostraca. Though it has no

* In the maxilla of the Stomatopoda, the basipodite is represented upon the
outer side of the limb by a single sclerite, but the segment of the third endite is
differentiated trom that of the fourth by the possession of a sclerite of its own upon
its hinder face. The structure of this rather puzzling limb is elucidated in text-

fig. 19. _It is interesting to note that the maxillary gland opens on the second
joint, like the anteunary “eland of Mysidacea and Amphipoda.

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALE MONID PRAWNS. 51

exopodite, there may be found in its proximal half a double
segment bearing two endites. At first sight, the endites upon
this segment appear to be the second and third, but the length
of the segment which precedes it, and the position of the endite
upon the latter at its distal end, suggest at once that that is
also a double segment, that here, as in Carides, the first endite
has been lost, and that the second double segment therefore bears
the third and fourth endites and is the basipodite. This
impression is strengthened by the fact that beyond the segment
with two endites there are five simple segments, as there are
beyond the endites which represent the basipodite of Cerataspis
(text-fig. 15), which, since in that respect it agrees with the
thoracic limbs of Malacostraca, may be taken as indicating the
original number of segments in this region in the malacostracan
maxilla, In the maxillule of Calanus (text-fig. 20) the first
endite is carried upon a fairly distinct segment, but the second,
third, and fourth lie upon a region which is undivided save by
an incomplete constriction, which marks off the distal portion of

Text-figure 22, Text-figure 23.

Maxillule of Lepas sp. Mandible of Lepidurus sp.

it, where the fourth endite and the exopodite are borne. The
maxilliped of Calanus (text-fig. 11) has a very short basal
segment bearing the small first endite, a long second segment
bearing the second, third, aud fourth endites, and six distal
segments, which is one more than might be expected. Meristic
rearrangement has probably been at work in this portion of the
limb*. The maxillule of Cypris (text-fig. 21), which curiously
simulates the maxilla of Carides, seems, like the latter appendage,
to have lost the first endite. If that be the case, the exopodite
here stands opposite the third and fourth endites. The thoracic
limbs of Nebalia (text-figs. 8, 9), though they present no endites,

* An increase beyond the normal of the number of joints in a crustacean limb
may take place in three ways: (1) by the annulation of the unsegmented apex of
either branch of the limb to form a “ flagellum,” as in antenne, thoracic exopodites,
and pleopods of Malacostraca, ete. Three faint annulations upon the apical
segment of the maxilla of Calanus are probably of this nature ; (2) by subdivision
of a segment, as in the earpopodite of various Carides; (3) by resegmentation of a
limb or of part of it, as probably in the maxilliped of Calanus. Fe

52 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

are instructive in regard to the segmentation of the phyllopod
limb. Here the number of the segments which are formed in the
endopodite varies with the limb and with the age and sex of the
individual. Nearly always the four distal segments can be made
out, and often a fifth is to be found proximal to them, leaving a
long basipodite, which is always clearly marked off from the coxo-
podite. Across the basipodite, distal to the exopodite, there

Text-figure 24.

\ WAV AN
i | ! yy ap
AY { ye
WW LLG
ex
bas a
(3 +4) 2
COX ¥.,
proxi. 4
OO,
ss \ en bts Vie
— |_ Ces =
di) a :
: RR 4 ?
Ge ges. &

Text-figure 25.

Text-fig. 24. Mandible of Calanus sp.
5s 25. Mandible of Cypris sp.

For lettering see p. 71.

oceasionally appears an additional joint, the faintest of the series,
indicating the double nature of the segment *.

* It is perfectly true that most of these segments are without muscles, but from
that it does not follow that their evidence may be disregarded. Probably they are
vestigial, haviag lost their endites,and not, as where the limb becomes subcylindrical,
acquired a value of their own. The division of the basipodite probably oveurs also
in Anaspides (text-tig. 12), where, in the anterior thoracic limbs, the endopodite
appears to contain six joints, but is flexed between the third and fourth of these,
not between the second and third as in the Eucarida. It seems likely that the first

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZ MONID PRAWNS, 53

It appears, then, that the flabellum-expodite, which in the
unjointed limb arises opposite the third and fourth endites, is,
when the appendage becomes jointed, generally borne by a double
segment, representing those of both the lobes in question, but if,
as occasionally happens, the two components of this segment
become distinct, the exopodite may be found either upon the
proximal of them (Vebalia etc.) or upon the distal (maxillule of
Calanus, Notostraca?). Thus in the axis of the phyllopod limb
the region of the third and fourth endites corresponds to the
basipodite of the biramous limb, that of the first two endites to
the rest of the protopodite, and all that part which les beyond
the fourth endite to the endopodite. The doubleness of the basi-
podite makes necessary certain terms for the distinctton of its
parts. Its two components may be known as the probasipodite
and metabasipodite, and when either of these alone acts as the
basipodite by bearing the exopodite, it is a hemibasipodite. In
contradistinction to this the complete double joint may be called
the symbasipodite.

ia hae PRLS V7 b<
Text-figure 26. Text-figure 27.

rane Talis
((
\\

Mandible of Lepas sp. Mandible of Nebalia sp.
For lettering see p. 71.

In the proximal part of the branchiopod limb, the most per-
sistent of the epipodites stands opposite the second endite. The
segment to which these structures belong is the coxopodite. it
other epipodites (pro-epipodites) be present, they stand in the
region of the gnathobase. This region is the so-called “precoxa,
or “ pleuropodite,” which may or may not have originally existed
as a free joint in every biramous limb, but has now nearly always

segment after that which bears the exopodite is here not the ischiopodite, bus
the second division of the basipodite, or, as it may be called, the metabasipodite.
If this be so, the question arises whether the basipodite be not divided in the
Pericarida, whose thoracic endopodites also are flexed between the apparent third
and fourth joints. But in that case their apical joint must represent the fused
propodite and dactylopodite. With Calman, I am unable to regard the so-called
“ stylopodite ” as more than an enlarged, terminal spine. If it be one of the primary
members of the axis of the limb, it must represent the apical lobe, and the total
number of joints in the axis becomes ten, as in the maxilliped of Calanus.

54 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

disappeared, either by fusion with the trunk or with the second
joint, or perhaps sometimes by excalation.

The fifth endite and those distal to it belong to that part of the
limb which stands beyond the attachment of the flabellum, and
represent the endopodite of the biramous limb. The maxille of
Cerataspis and larval Natantia (text-figs. 15-18) seem to show
that each of these endites is borne upon a portion of the limb
which represents a single joint of the biramous appendage, and
that the apical lobe is an unsegmented distal region of varying
extent, corresponding to the dactylopodite and any adjacent
segment or segments not represented by an endite.

“

Text-figure 28.

Guathobase of thoracic limb of Lepidurus sp.

It is fair to assume that all these relations existed in the
primitive crustacean appendage, and that the latter gave rise to
the biramous limbs by a transformation in which the axis of the
limb became jointed in the way indicated, the endites in great part
or altogether disappeared, and the flabellum approximated in shape
to the distal part of the axis and came to stand side by side with
it at the end of the third (or, if the precoxa were not separate,
the second) joint of the limb.

8. With the origina] phyllopod limb, thus reconstructed, the
jaws of Malacostraca may be compared as follows:—In the

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS, 5D

mandible, homologues must be found for the molar process, the
incisor process, and the palp. The molar process pretty clearly
represents the mandible of the Branchiopoda, and through that
the gnathobase of the phyllopod limb. The grinding-surface of
the mandible of Chirocephalus (text-fig. 30) is covered by two
comma-shaped patches of fine ridges, each ridge consisting of a
row of tubercles, which perhaps represent the rows of stout
bristles upon the end of the gnathobases of the trunk-limbs of
Notostraca (text-fig. 28). In places the ridges bear some hairs.
The commas are reversed, so as to fit against one another, and
one patch is narrower then the other and composed of coarser
ridges. In view of its structure, position, and function, there
can be little doubt that this organ is a specialized gnathobase.

Text-figure 29. Text-figure 30.

End view of maxillule of Lepas sp. End view of mandible of Chirocephalus sp.

Two sets of ridges, very similar to those on the mandible of
Chirocephalus, may be recognized at the end of the molar process
in Nebalia (text-fig. 31), though here one is of less extent than
the other, and seems largely to have been replaced by rows of
delicate hairs. Fine ridges, as may be seen in the figures given
by various authors, exist also upon the molar processes of various
Malacostraca (Anaspides, Gammarus, etc.). In the Decapoda a
crescentic or comma-shaped set of serrated ridges is often present
(text-figs. 32, 43), with or without patches of hairs and granules,
though they tend to disappear, and the molar surface is often
broken up into a small number of large lobes. The ridges vary
greatly in width, degree of salience, and serration, but are often

56- MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

much like those of Vebalia (text-figs. 38-43). Clearly, we have
here the mandible of Chirocephalus in process of further evolution.
The homology of the incisor process is more puzzling. No trace
of it can be found in the Entomostraca. In Lepidurus (text-
fig. 33) the end of the mandible, instead of being oval as in
Chirocephalus, is elongate, tapering to one end, and slightly
curved. It is crossed by deep ridges, few in number, and marked
each by a few coarse tubercles. The narrow end stands away
from the rest, bears three or four teeth instead of the ridges on
the wider part, and somewhat suggests an incipient incisor
process, but this is at the hinder end of the organ, whereas the
incisor process of Malacostraca is anterior. It seems likely that

Text-figure 31.

End view of mandible of Nebalia sp.

For lettering see p. 71.

the biting-surface of the mandible of Notostraca represents one
of the two sets of ridges found in the same position in Chiro-
cephalus. In Calanus (text-fig. 35) the condition is not dissimilar.
The biting surface is narrow, elongate, tapering towards the
ends, especially towards the hinder end, and crossed by coarse
ridges, variously tuberculate. At the anterior end stands a
structure which at first sight a little recalls the incisor process,
but in an end view of the mandible this is seen to be only the
first ridge, removed a little from the rest and connected with
them by a flange. The mandible of Cypris (text-fig. 34) is of
the same type, but the anterior ridge is less outstanding and not

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALAMONID PRAWNS. 7
flanged to the next, the ridges are more regular, the valleys
between them bear spines, and at the hinder end here is not, as
in Calanus, a single long, fringed spine, but a pair. Probably
the biting-surfaces of the mandibles of Calanus and Cypris are
homologous with one another and with that of Lepedurus. The
mandible of Zepas (text-figs. 26, 36) is a very different structure,
thin, with a sharp, toothed edge, and in side view very similar
to the incisor processes of Pere Decapoda. It is crossed near
the base by an articulation, and it seems possible that its toothed
edge represents, not the gnathobase, but the second endite. On
the other hand, the maxillule of the barnacle (text-figs. 22, 29),
which appears fae be built on the same plan, is of a fain width at
the end, and crossed by short ridges, each bearing a row of five
spines, so that this limb forms a sort of ti Seinon from the
ridged condition of Cypris to that of Lepas. Unless the mandible

of the barnacles be homologous with the incisor process, the latter

Text-figure 32

End view of mandible of Desmocaris.

For lettering see p. 71.

is a structure peculiar to the Malacostraca, and not to be found
even in rudiment upon the mandible of any other crustacean.
Two modes of origin can be suggested for it. It may be regarded
either as an outgrowth from the gnathobase or as representing
the second endite. On the whole, the latter is the more plausible
view. From its first appearance in WVebalia (text-figs. 27, 31)
this process has a knife-edge, quite unlike the ridged surface of
the molar process and its homologues, although it often comes to
hear a row of teeth. As has been shown, there is no trace in
phylogeny of its origin from the proximal part of the limb, and,
though in ontogeny (as, for instance, in that of Penwus or the
Stomatopoda) it and the molar process may originate from the
same simple precursor, this is no more than the “differentiati ion,
in the course of development, of the rudiment of the appendage,
and happens also in the case of the palp. If this view be correct,

58 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON 'THE

the basal joint of the mandible of Malacostraca corresponds to
the fused precoxa and coxopodite. Those of Branchiopoda
represent the precoxa only, the rest of the limb having dis-
appeared. The basal segment of Copepoda, again, corresponds
to no more than the precoxa, the coxopodite being represented

Text-figure 33. Text-figure 34.

Text-figure 35. Text-figure 36.

Text-fig. 33. End view of mandible of Lepidurus sp.
” 34. End view of mandible of Cypris sp.
3 385. End view of mandible of Calanus sp.
» 986. End view of mandible of Lepas sp.

by the little segment between that which bears the biting-edge
and that upon which stand the exopodite and endopodite in
Calanus (text-fig. 24). In Ostracoda (text-fig. 25), it would seem,
the coxopodite must either have been excalated altogether or

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALEHMONID PRAWNS. 59

have fused with one of the adjoining segments. The mandibular
palp represents the remainder of the axis of the limb. Its first
segment is undoubtedly the basipodite, though there is nothing
to show whether it is a’complete symbasipodite. Often a joint
divides the remainder into two parts, but these cannot be regarded
as corresponding with any of the normal segments of the
endopodite *.

The mandible of the Crustacea is an exceedingly complicated,
varied, and interesting organ, presenting many problems and
worthy of a great deal more attention than it has received.

Text-figure 37, Text-figure 39.

Text-figure 38.

Text-fig. 37. Left mandible of Leander serratus.
9 38. End view of molar process of the same limb.
A 39. End view of right mandible of Leander serratus.

For lettering see p. 71.

The laciniz of the malacostracan maxillule (text-fig. 46) repre-
sent the first and third endites. This is suggested, though hardly
proved, by the condition of the limb in Webalia. Hansen has
shown that in various other genera the lacinie belong to the first

* G. W. Smith (Q. J. M.S. liii., iii. p. 506, 1909) describes a mandibular palp
in Paranaspides which would be quite unique among such structures in the
Malacostraca, having four joints and an exopodite. JI am unable to confirm this.
All the specimens in the British Museum have three joints and no trace of
exopodite.

60 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

and third segments. In many Decapoda, as in Leander (text-
fig. 46) the same fact is clear upon careful examination. I shall
call the processes in question the inner and outer lacinie. The
outwardly-directed lobe which is often present upon the first
segment has been regarded by various authors as the exopodite,
and the conclusion drawn that the part of the limb proximal to
the basipodite is lacking. It is hard to see upon what evidence
this view can be based. The exite is much more easily inter-
preted as a proepipodite. It is represented in Leander by a hump
upon the base of the first endite.

Text-figure 40. Text-figure 41.

ay 2 SS

GRAS Were
re Nh

¢ ) \\’ -

a RR o

Text-figure 42. Text-figure 43.
Text-fig. 40. End view of left mandible of Conchodytes tridacne.
4 41. End view of left molar process of Periclimenes spiniferus.
a 42. Oblique view of end of right molar process of the same species.
43. Same view of right wolar process of Saron marmoratus.

The two cleft lobes usually known as the “lacini#” of the
maxilla (text-figs. 14-17) are each equivalent not, as has some-
times been supposed, to one of the elementary segments of the
limb, but to two, and thus they together represent the first four
endites of the primitive limb. This interpretation is strongly
suggested by such appendages as the maxille of larval Penzeides
(text-fig. 16) and especially by that of Cerataspis (text-fig. 15),
and is not contradicted by the fact that articulations are often

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS. 61

not developed between the first and second or between the third
and fourth segments—as, for instance, in Anisocaris (text-fig. 17),
which is an instructive case of this condition. ‘The first endite is
frequently absent, whether or not its segment be present as a
separate entity. In the Peracarida, the number of endites is
generally reduced in this way to three (or fewer, if another of
them be absent), though the Mysidacea at first appear to form an
exception. In JM; Wee however, closer examination reveals a con-
dition which may be described as follows. ‘The edge of the second
segment proximal to its endite is rounded, meets the base of the
endite in a notch, and bears a row of bristles which is continued
from the notch across the origin of the endite. The notch forms
an outline which simulates the cleft lobe formed in Hucarida by
the first two endites. If this suggestion be correct, the Mysi-
dacea, liike other Peracarida, must be regarded as having lost the
first endite of the maxilla. In Leptostraca (text-fig. 14), Anaspi-
dacea, Stomatopoda (text-fig. 19), and typical members of the
Eucarida (text-figs. 15-17), it is present. The degree to which
the first and second, and again the second and third, endites are
associated to form cleft lobes varies, and is highest in some
Decapoda. I shall allude to these double structures—the so-
called ‘“‘lacinie” of the maxilla—as the first and second lobes.
The first comprises the endites of the precoxa and coxopodite,
the second those of the basipodite. The fifth endite is often
represented in the adult by a slight swelling at the base of the
endopodite. The exopodite (scaphognathite) is a little-modified
flabellum, and a small rounded lobe proximal to it in Eucarida
perhaps represents the epipodite.

In the first maxuliped of Decapoda (text-fig. 48) the third
and second endites are distinct. The latter is often marked
by a shght notch, which, however, is not likely to indicate the
presence of the first endite, the precoxa being probably fused
with the body in the thoracic segments of this group. Jn
Anaspides, as is Shown by the history of the development of the
gill-rudiments (text-fig. 12), the first and second endites are both
present, and the basal joint carries also two epipodites, from
which it would appear that the precoxa in this genus is fused
with the coxopodite. The Peracarida probably agree with
Anaspides in this respect, as they have two epipodites (oostegite
and gill) upon the basal joints of the thoracic limbs. Endites
may be present upon the endopodite of the maxilliped in the
Peracarida, as in Mysis (and perhaps also in Gammarus, but in
the latter there is some doubt about the identity of the apparent
ischiopodite which bears the endite in question: see footnote to
p- 53). Knobs bearing bristles which sometimes appear upon
the coxopodites of the second and third maxilliped of prawns
(text-figs. 49, 50) may represent the second endite, and a similar
knob in the sternal region at the base of the second maxilliped
may be a vestige of the gnathobase.

62 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

III.

1. The mandible of the Palemonide (text-fig. 37) is deeply
cleft into two diverging processes, both directed obliquely towards
the median plane of the body. One of these—the incisor process
—is a thin structure, more or less ribbon-like in the Pontoniinz
and Desmocaris (text-figs. 32, 40), but shorter and broader in
Leander serratus (text-fig. 37). It trends, at its base, downwards,
but curves inwards and at the same time twists its outer edge
forwards, so that, while at its base it is nearly vertical, with its
width transverse to the body, at its free end it is nearly horizontal,
with its width longitudinal to the body. The other—the molar
process —is stout and subrectangular in section, and slants dorsally,
to end somewhat obliquely truncated on the median plane. In
the Paleemonine a delicate palp, usually three-jointed, stands on
the anterior side of the limb, at the base of and just dorsal to the
incisor process, along whose outer edge it curves towards the
middle line of the body. The only Pontoniine which possess a
mandibular palp are Urocaridella and Paleemonella. In these it
is two-jointed.

The incisor process of Pontoniinz usually ends in three teeth,
the midmost of which is shorter than the others, but there are
sometimes more. Thus in Coralliocaris japonica there are four
on one mandible and five on the other, and in Conchodytes
tridacne (text-fig. 40) there are on one side five, nearly equal,
and on the other six. In Leander serratus (text-fig. 45) there
are two large teeth, with on the right mandible one, and on the
left two, smaller intermediate teeth. In Desmocaris (text-fig. 32)
there are four teeth on the right and five on the left mandible,
those at the outer ends of the row being rather larger than the
others. In each case the arrangement is not such that the teeth
of the two sides can closely interlock. The molar process of
most Palemonide (text-figs. 38-42) ends in a roughly square
concave surface, around which is an incomplete wall composed of
from four to six projecting lobes. Some of these have crescentie
or horseshoe-shaped rims, with their open sides towards the
middle of the process. Others are completely rimmed, but raised
more on the outer side than on the inner. In Leander serratus
(text-figs. 38, 39) there are four sharply distinct lobes. The lobes
differ a good deal in shape, and there is only a general corre-
spondence between those of the mandibles of the two sides, So
far as this correspondence goes, it is not the mirror-likeness
usually found in paired structures, but the two arrangements are
reversed, so that there is a rough sort of interlocking. In
L. serratus the lobes are only roughened in places. In the
Pontoniinz one lobe, and part of the rest of the surface, bears a
fur of bristles or is roughened by tubercles. This, I believe, is
the last remains of the clothing of bristles found on the end of
the molar processes of other Carides, such as the Alpheide. In
the primitive Palemonid Desmocaris (text-fig. 32) the process

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS, 63

ends in asemicircular surface, which bears a comma-shaped patch
of serrated ridges. Sollaud, who called attention to the difference
between the molar surfaces of Desmocaris and those of other
Palemonide *, pointed out that these ridges also occur in the
Acanthephyride, and regarded them as a primitive feature. In
this he is probably right, since, as 1 have shown, a similar
arrangement is found in Nebalia and certain Branchiopoda. In
Amphibeteus and some Hippolytide (text-fig. 43) part of the
surface 1s covered with such ridges and part with bristles, and
lobes of various shapes are appearing. We.have here probably a
transition from the ridged condition to that which is found, for
instance, in Pontoniine.

Text-figure 44.

Text-figure 45.

Text-fig. 44.—Ventral view of mouth-parts of Leander serratus after removal
of maxillipeds, maxillw, and left maxillule.
Text-fig. 45.—The same after removal of maxillules and paragnatha.

For lettering see p. 71.

2. The mandibles lie (text-figs. 44, 45) in a chamber enclosed
between the lips, the hood-like labrum standing in front of them,
and the large bilobed metastoma behind, while the swollen bases
of the mandibles themselves close in the chamber at the sides.

* C,R. Ac, Sci. clii. p. 913 (1911).

64 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

There are two openings to the lip-chamber—a narrow median
shit between the lobes (paragnatha) of the metastoma and a wider
transverse gap between the metastoma and the labrum. The
incisor processes close the transverse opening, meeting in the
middle line. The molar processes meet deeper in the chamber,
just under the opening of the gullet.

3. In the maxillule (text-fig. 46), the inner lacinia, which is
usually the narrower of the two, curves towards the outer and
is provided with relatively feeble bristles. The outer lacinia has
very stout, yellow bristles and is probably the only structure,
other than the mandible, which is capable of tearing the food.
The endopodite is bifid at the tip, the proximal branch, which
possibly represents an endite, being curved in a short spiral, the
distal branch nearly straight. The maxillules stand close against
the paragnatha (text-fig. 44), the lacinie of each opposed to those
of the other across the median line, but not quite meeting them.

Text-figure 46.

Maxillule of Leander serratus.

For lettering see p. 71.

The inner lacinizw are just behind the cleft of the metastoma,
the outer stand beside the cleft. The endopodite is directed
outwards and hooks its curved process around the outer edge of
the paragnathum, which has a notch to receive it. Probably
this gives a purchase for the action of the limb.

4, In the maxilla (text-fig. 47), the first double lobe has
disappeared and is represented only by a slight swelling of the
edge of the limb. The second lobe is of good length, but tends
to become simple in the Pontoniine. In this respect it is very
variable, the maxille of the two sides sometimes differing in an
individual. From the frequent occurrence of reduction in the
lobes of this hmb in the Carides, it would seem that they are
struetures of no great physiological importance. The endopodite
is of simple shape, tapering distally, and the exopodite (scapho-
gnathite) varies in shape and width with the gill-chamber, and

MOUTH=PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS.

thus with the habit of body. The long bristles which fringe the
scaphognathite are feathered, which probably makes the organ

more efficient in sweeping the gill-chamber.
Text-figure 47,

Zijyp 1
Maxilla of Leander serratus.
For lettering see p. 71.

Text-figure 48.

First maxilliped of Leander serratus.

For lettering see p. 71.

5. In the first maxilliped (text-fig. 48), two endites—the
second and third—are nearly always recognizable, and usually
: 5

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. V.

66 MR. Le A. BORRADAILE ON THE

separated by a very distinct notch. The notch in the proximal
endite, though less distinct, can often be made out. The endo-
podite is simple with a stout bristle near the top, and often
indications of a joint a little further down. At the tip of the
exopodite a few small joints may be present and at its base on
the outer side is a fringed lobe (lobe a of Boas) which varies in
width with the body and has perhaps some function in regard to
the current which the scaphognathite sets up in the gill-chamber.
Its bristles are feathered like those of the scaphognathite. The
epipodite varies much in size, and its outer border is usually
notched. .

6. In the second maxilliped (text-fig. 49), the main axis
consists of six joints, the basipodite and ischiopodite being fused.

Text-figure 49.

sé
ZA SS,
SJ

Cox

Second maxilliped of Leander serratus.
For lettering see p. 71.

The last two joints are bent strongly backwards on the inner
side of the limb, so as to lie parallel with the ischiopodite, and,
owing to the backward (morphologically forward) growth of a
process of the propodite on the outer (morphologically inner) side
of the dactylopodite, the latter comes to lie along the median side
of the former, instead of at its apex. Thus these two joints are
compacted into a firm plate, which presents a long median
margin, fringed with bristles, against its fellow of the opposite
side. This is, of course, the typical caridean condition of the
limb. The exopodite is obscurely annulate in the greater part of
its length, and bears at the end a comparatively small number
of true joints. The coxopodite carries on the outer side a simple
epipodite (mastigobranch), at the base of which may be a gill
(Leander, Urocaridella) or the vestige of one. On the median side

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZ.MONID PRAWNS. 67
of the coxopodite is a knob, which bears bristles, and may represent
an endite. A sternal swelling which is sometimes present at the
base of the coxopodite may represent a precoxal endite.

7. The main axis of the third. maxilliped (text-fig. 50) consists
of four or five joints (five in Leander and in Urocaridella, four in

Text-figure 50.

isc.mer

Third maxilliped of Leander serratus.
For lettering see p. 71.

most Pontoniine), the propodite being always fused with the
dactylopodite and the ischiopodite with the meropodite, and often
also the basipodite with the ischiomeropodite, in which case the
junction is generally marked by a notch. The coxopodite bears

on the outside a small rounded epipodite, and often on the inside
rym
D

68 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE

a bristly knob which is perhaps an endite. The exopodite is
obseurely annulate, and at its end there are usually a few longer
segments which are sometimes true joints, but in other cases
appear to be marked merely by a change in the width of the
organ and the attachment of bristles. ‘I'he ischiomeropodite is
almost always more or less curved, with the concave side towards
the middle line of the body. It is ribbon-like and shows in the
Pontoniine a tendency to widen. The curving of this joint
brings the last two joints near to those of the fellow limb, so

Text-figure 51.

>
S.

~
7

| Ventral view of mouth-region of Leander serratus, all mouth-parts .
being in place.

that, while the ischiomeropodites le at the sides of the mouth
with a wide gap between them in which the second maxillipeds
are exposed, the distal parts of the limbs lie side by side in front
of the mouth-region. <A further complexity in the arrangement -
of the parts of the limb is brought about by the fact that the
ischiomeropodites are twisted, so that the flat surface of the
appendage, which in its distal part is in a horizontal plane, is in
the proximal part in a plane between the horizontal and the

MOUTH-PARIS OF THE PALAZMONID PRAWNS. 69

vertical. This arrangement, combined with the presence of a
fringe of bristles along the inner edge of the limb, has the effect
of forming a kind of basket below the mouth-region, walled in at
the sides by the ischiomeropodites and by the bristles which
project downwards and inwards from their edges. In Leander *
there are bristles borne in a diagonal row along the ventral
‘surface of the ischiomeropodite, and also upon ‘ridges of the
coxopodite, basipodite, and ischiopodite of the first leg (text-
fig. 51), which complete the basket behind and below, but these
are less well developed or absent in Pontoniine. In front of the
mouth, the distal parts of the third maxillipeds, with their
bristles, afford a surface, horizontally placed below the antennal
region while the appendages are outstretched, which by bending
can be brought ventrally under the mouth so as to complete its
enclosure anteriorly. The last joint often possesses along its
inner side a thick brush composed of tufts of hairs more close-set
than the bristles of the rest of the limb. This arrangement,
which is particularly well developed in Leander, has probably
some special function, but I have not been able to discover what
that may be.

IV.

1. It is not an easy matter to induce Leander to feed at a given
moment, and still less so to observe what it 1s doing while it feeds.
The animal will not take food if it is not hungry, if it is languid
owing to lack of aeration of the water, or if it is suffering from
shock, though sometimes it will feed surprisingly soon after
violent operations, such as the removal of limbs. I have tried to
observe the action of its jaws by means,of a mirror, but without
much success. The best method is to fasten the prawn upon its
back in a shallow vessel of sea water by means of plasticine. It
will often feed quite freely in this position, and its jaws can easily
be reached with a needle. When it is feeding, small particles of
food may be seized by the chelipeds of either pair, and by them
conveyed to the mouth, where they are generally received by the
second maxillipeds, though sometimes they appear to be placed
directly in charge of more dorsally placed structures, probably
the maxillules. A large morsel occasionally appears to be steadied
by the legs of the second pair, while those of the first tear off
fragments and carry them to the jaws, but it is more often placed
as a whole within the grasp of the second maxillipeds, which
hold it in place while pieces are torn off it by deeper-lying organs,
probably in the main by the incisor processes. In handling bulky
masses of food, the chelipedsare assisted by the third maxillipeds,
which bend back their last two joints for this purpose. The third

* In this genus, in which the bristles of the third maxilliped are best developed,
there may be made out three bands along the limb—an inner, middle, and outer,
perhaps corresponding to the marginal, submarginal, and lateral of the four series
found by Claus in Nebalia (text-fig. 8, p. 42). Each band consists of a succession
of little transverse rows. Towards the ends of the appendage the bands converge
and become merged.

70 MR. L. Ae BORRADAILE ON THE

-maxillipeds are aiso capable by the same action of scooping up
food and unaided conveying it to the second maxillipeds, between
which they sometimes thrust it with their tips. During these
processes the basket which has been mentioned seems to serve
the purpose of keeping the food under control till it has been
seized by the second maxillipeds. These are very important
organs, and play an indispensable part in passing food to the
mandibles. ‘The animal can still feed if the legs and third
maxillipeds have been removed, but if all the other organs be
left and the second maxillipeds cut away it is apparently incapable
of taking food. The second maxillipeds have three principal
movements. In one, the broad flaps in which they end open
downwards like a pair of doors, and with their stout fringes
gather up the food; in another they rotate in the horizontal plane
to and from the middle line of the body and thus narrow or
widen the gap between them; in the third the bent distal part of
the limbs tends to straighten so as to brush forward any object
which lies between them. Frequently these movements are ©
combined. Once the food is past the portals formed by the
second maxillipeds its course is hard to trace, but the following
seems to be its fate. Ifit be small in quantity and finely divided,
or very soft, it is abandoned to the action of the maxillules, by
whose strong, fringed laciniz it is swept forwards and probably
caused to enter the mouth through the slit between the para-
gnatha. The laciniz can be moved separately, and the difference
between them, in shape and in the kind of bristles they bear,
probably corresponds to some difference in function. If the food
be bulky or tough, the second maxillipeds assist the maxillules in
brushing it forwards towards the incisor processes, The action
of these latter is not so much a cutting as a process of tucking
the food into the lip-chamber by first backing outwards and then
moving inwards and rotating upwards. No doubt, during this
the food generally undergoes some tearing, and when the mass
of it is large, pieces have to be torn from it before they can be
swallowed. The palp does not appear to take any mechanical
part in the process of feeding. If it has a sensory function this
is probably not of great importance, for the organ is present and
absent in closely related genera in many cases among Carides.
Finally, to enter the gullet, the food must pass between the
molar processes and doubtless be pounded by them as it goes.
Their concave ends are usually found to be clogged with a pasty
matter. They must do their work very quickly, for the move-
ment of the mandibles, as judged by that of the incisor processes,
ceases very soon after the food leaves the latter. How swallowing
takes place is not clear. Parker and Mocquard suggest that the |
food of Decapod crustaceans is caused to pass up the gullet by
suction from the crop (stomach), but, as i have shown elsewhere *,
the case of the land hermit-crabs of the genus Cenobita throws

* Gardiner’s ‘ Fauna of the Maldives,’ vol. i. p. 79 (1901).

MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALA MONID PRAWNS. 71
doubt upon this explanation. It may be that the constrictor
muscles of the cesophagus conduct the process.

2. The first maxillipeds and the maxille probably take no very
prominent part in manipulating the food. The feeble lobes of
the maxille are in incessant movement to and from the middle
line as they are carried inwards and outwards by the action of
the scaphognathite. .It seems not unlikely that their sole
function is to regulate the motions of the latter. The large
lacinia of the first maxilliped is a rather weak structure, with
slender silky bristles, and is not strongly moved during feeding.
Probably, by covering the lobes of the maxilla, it prevents them
from being clogged by the food.

The part played by the paragnatha seems to be a passive one.

The labrum undergoes active movements, whose function is
probably to aid in keeping the food under the action of the
incisor processes.

3. The exopodites of the maxillipeds are in constant rapid
motion, setting up by their activity a strong current forwards
from the mouth. No doubt, this assists in carrying away the
exhausted water from the gill-chambers and the excreta of the
green glands poured out at the base of the antenne. But it has
also a significance in the feeding process. From time to time
particles are rejected by the second maxillipeds, which kick them
violently forwards, the distal parts of the third maxillipeds at
the same time straightening so as to admit them to the outgoing
stream, by which they are swept away.

Explanation of Lettering of the Text-figures.

te: endites or the primary segments | z., incisor process of mandible.
which correspond to them. | i.1., inner lacinia of maxillule of
9, additional segment in the max- Malacostraca.
illiped of Calanus. ise.mir., 1schio-meropodite.
17., 21., first and second lobes of maxilla | l., labrum.
of Decapoda. L.’, side lobe of labrum.
1lg., first leg of Leander. l.r., lateral row of sete.
lmexp., 2mxp., 3 mxp., first, second, and m., molar process of mandible.
third maxillipeds of Leander. m.yr., marginal row of sete.
ap., apical lobe. mer., meropodite.
a.r., third or additional row of setzx m., notch on paragnathum to
on thoracic limb of Nebalia. receive endopodite of max-
ax., axis of parapodium. illule.
bas., basipodite. o.l., outer lacinia of maxillule of
b.is., basi-ischiopodite. Malacostraca.
b.m., base of mandible. p., paragnathum.
car., et p.m., palp of mandible.
cox., coxopodite. pr.cx. pYecoxa.
dac., dactylopodite. pr.ep., proepipodite.
d.c., dorsal cirrus. pro., propodite.
en., endopodite. pro.dac., pro-dactylopodite.
ep., epipodite. yr, 7.,r.’, ridges of segments of first leg
ex., exopodite. of Leander,
ji., flabellum. s.7., second side row of sete.
g., gill of polychaete worm. s., subapical lobe.
gl., papilla for opening of maxillary v.., ventral cirrus.
gland of Stomatopoda. x., so-called ‘‘exopodite” of
g’.; groove across paragnathum of Triarthrus.

Leander.

ON THE SCOLEX OF A CESTODE. c

5. On the Scolex in the Cestode Genus Duthiersia, and on
the Species of that Genus. By Frank EK. Bepparp,
MPAG 1 Sce:,cR RS... F.Z.8:

[Received December 15, 1916: Read February 6, 1917. |

(Text-figures 1-5.)

INDEX. Page
Duchiersia fimbriata Wiese... .0....cceieeeceies 79
Dea paisa: VemierY ..c.5ichccke hives cdeuetemenaiy (SO

The genus Duthiersia is fairly: well known to us from the
investigations of authors whose several contributions are quoted
later *, but there still remain a few points to which attention
has not yet been directed, or concerning which there is up to the
present some difference of opinion.

Some little time since I had the opportunity of examining
living examples of the genus from the Nilotic Monitor, which
ene bled me to ascertain a structural feature which has escaped
the attention of my predecessors —very probably because their
investigations were made upon preserved material only. The
scolices of several examples were in active movement, and from
the apex of the scolex was seen to protrude a finger-like process
which explored the surroundings. A more careful study of these
living worms showed that the apex of the scolex is occupied by a
circular pit, quite small like that of many species of /chthyotenia,
which is apparently eversible. This pit lies between the upper
extremities of the dorsal and ventral bothria, on a patch of
integument which is not invaded by the bothria. ‘The area in
question is more extensive than the pit which occupies its centre.
Transverse sections confirmed the existence of this structure,
which has not yet been described in the genus Duthiersia. The
pit is so small that it only appeared in two sections of one series
which I prepared, and only in five of another (thinner) series.
And as these are naturally the very first sections of the series
and very small in area, the apical pit might be easily missed, and
possibly has been.

The two series of sections referred to were transverse. I have
also found the apical pit in horizontal sections through the scolex.
In all of these it appears as a mere pit; certain special structures
(text- fig. 1, s) were to be observed in the shape of delicate filaments
arising from the margin of the pit, possibly of a sensory nature.
As to the protrusion of the entire apex of the papilla, I believe it
to consist of the tissues surrounding the pit as it was too large to
be a mere eversion of that orifice. But possibly the pit was also
everted, a fact of which I am not able to speak with certainty.
The apical pit appears to me to be of a sensory nature, and thus

* Page 75, footnotes.

74 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE

perhaps does not bear any relation to the rostellum of other
Cestodes. Related genera belonging to the same division of the
Cestodes (i.e. Pseudophyllidea) throw no light upon this question.
It is true that an apical depression has been described in other
genera; but where this has been carefully investigated it would
appear to be produced simply by an apical fusion—or nearly com-
plete fusion—of the lateral bothria. Thus, in Bothriomonus*, the
presence of a dividing septum shows that the apical vertical slit
is merely the abbreviated remains of the two bothria. ‘Were the
septum absent the homology of the depression in question might
be more doubtful; I therefore believe this apical sensory (?) organ
to be new to the Pseudophyllidea.

Text-figure 1.

A transverse section through the apex of the scolex of Duthiersia fimbriata.

ce, cuticle; s, apical sense-organ.

While I found this structure in examples of Duthiersia from
Monitor niloticus, 1 examined other specimens of Duthiersia in
vain.

Two series of transverse sections of the scolex of specimens
from Monitor bengalensis showed absolutely no trace of the organ.
As these were much larger-scolices, the probability of my having
failed to recognise the organ is thereby reduced. I have in fact
little doubt that the apical pit is in those specimens quite un-
developed. A comparison in other ways between the specimens
from the two species of Monitors showed plainly that we have
here to deal with two undoubtedly distinct species of Duthiersia.

* Cholodkovsky, Annuaire Mus. Zool. de l’Acad. Imp. Sci. Petrograd, xix. 1914,
p. 520, figs. 6, 7.

SCOLEX OF A CESTODE. 7)

This is not a novel conclusion; but it is not accepted by the.
majority of recent writers, Perrier*, the original describer of:
the genus, found differences in examples from different species of
Momitor and recognised two species, viz. Duthiersia expansa from
Eastern species of Monitor, and D. elegans from African. Perrier
was perfectly right, and the majority of his successors are quite
wrong. ‘The confusion of two distinct species 1s connected with
various assertions with regard to the form of the bothria in
this genus. It will be necessary to clear up this confusion. In
D. expansa the form of the scolex is more spear-shaped than in
the other species, as is plainly shown in Perriev’s figures. The
bothrium on each side is closed posteriorly and opens again by a
minute pore closely adpressed to the commencing strobila, thus
producing a tube-shaped bothrium open widely in front and by
but a narrow orifice posteriorly; this funnel-like arrangement
has been justly compared by many to the tube-like bothria of
Bothridium (Solenophorus). According to Perrier the same orifice
exists posteriorly in D. elegans, but at some distance laterally
from the fusion of the bothria with the strobila. Monticelli and
Crety 7, who examined only examples of Duthiersia from an Indian
Monitor, confirmed the existence of the posterior pore in that
worm ; and, inferring its existence also in examples from JJonitor
miloticus from Perrier’s statements, united both these worms into
one species under the name of Duthiersia fimbriata; this name
was given by Diesing{ to what he regarded as a species of
Solenophorus, though tabulated as ‘‘ species inquirenda.” Diesing
made his observations upon Perrier’s “species” D. elegans. Just
previously to the memoir of Monticelli and Crety, Lithe$ took
the opposite view and denied the posterior orifice of the bothrium,
but agreed with the first mentioned authors in regarding the
Cestodes from all species of J/onitor as belonging to one species
only, namely (of course) D. fimbriata. This view is accepted
by Braun |) in Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich,’ who, in defining the genus
Duthiersia, described the hinder region of the bothrium as ‘“ nicht
perforirt,” the italics being his own. It is true that in earlier
numbers of the same volume Braun accepted Perrier’s statements
and even used his figures, but later altered his opinion by reason
of Liihe’s observations. Still later Shipley | re-asserted the
existence of a posterior opening of the bothria in specimens from
Monitor salvator and M. bengalensis, as did Southwell ** ‘ In
Varanus spp.” The latter regards as synonyms both of Perriex’s
species. Klaptocz 7, however, in 1906 again definitely denied the
existence of the posterior orifice in the bothria of Duthiersia from

* Arch. de Zool. Expér. ii. 1873, p. 349.

+ Mem. R. Ace. Sci. Torino, (2) xli. 1891, p. 381.

t Sitzungsb. Wien. Ak. xiii. 1854, p. 589.

§ Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges. 1899. p. 48.

|| Klassen u. Ordn. des Thierreichs, Vermes, Bd. iv. Abth. 1B. p. 1689.
{| Spolia Zey]. i. 1903, p. 47.
** Rec. Indian Mus. ix. pt. v. 1913, p. 281.
tt Sitzungsb. Wien. Ak. cxv. 1906, p. 133.

76 DR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE

Monitor niloticus. The latest statement known to me is that of
Cholodkovsky *, who has defined Duthiersia by (inter alia) the
fact that the “ Bothridia have the appearance of a funnel with
blind narrow ends formed behind.” This definition presumably
implies the existence of only one species of the genus.

‘The above brief résume shows that, while Perrier examined
examples of Duthiersia from both the Nilotic and the Indian
species of Monitors and asserted the existence of the posterior
orifice of the funnel formed by the partial coalescence of the two
lips of the bothrium in both of these, subsequent observers based
their results upon the personal examination of one only of the two
alleged species; and also shows that there is a consensus of opinion
that no posterior orifice exists in examples from Monitor wiloticus,
while it is asserted to exist in examples from Indian Monitors.
These observers finally appear, on the whole, to have concluded that
their own observations, though made upon one set of individuals
‘only (whether from Africa or India), applied to the others ex-
amined by their fellow-workers, and that the genus Duthiersia
was definitely to be characterised by the possession or non-
possession of these orifices according to each observer’s own
discovery of fact. I have made myself an examination, as already
stated, of examples of Duthiersia from both African and Indian
species of Monitor, and I cannot see why the obvious differences
pointed out by Perrier nave not been universally accepted. To
these I have some fresh observations to add which, as I think,
entirely justify the position taken by Perrier.

Perrier’s figures show the great difference in the general form
of the scolex in the two species, which is, moreover, much larger
in D. expansa than in D. fimbriata (as we must, of course, cail
Perrier’s D. elegans). I have already described the apical pit in
D. fimbriata, which is not to be found in D. expansa, and I agree
with other observers that the posterior aperture of the bothria
does not exist in D. fimbriata. I have examined several series of
sections both transverse and longitudinal, and can find no trace
of this orifice. In D. expansa, on the other hand, it is exceedingly
obvious though very minute. It lies closely adpressed to the
commencing strobila to which the posterior end of the folds
forming the bothrium are attached, instead of, as in D. fimbriata,
turning upwards to be attached at a point much higher up.and
within the shelter of the lateral folds forming the bothrium. At
the point of opening of the orifice the fused bothrial folds project
laterally as a papilla upon the side of the strobila ; but the actual
orifice is not upon the apex of this papilla, but upon its inner
side. ‘There are other differences between the scolices of these
two species of Duthiersia. In D. expansa, in tracing a series of
sections from the strobila region forwards, the axis of the scolex
is more sharply defined than in the other species. This is seen
in transverse sections to be due to the fact that the flaps of

* Trav. Soc. Imp. Nat. Petrograd, xlv. 1914, p. 62.

SCOLEX OF A CESTODE. 77

tissue which form the walls of the bothria do not unite at their
attachment to the axis, but leave a space between their inner
terminations. In D. fimbriata, on the other hand, the two walls

Text-figure 2.

. 4,

Transverse sections through scolex of (left-hand figure) Duthiersia fimbriata
and (right-hand figure) D. erpansa.

w, walls of bothria; e, junction of these with the axis of the scofex.

of the bothrium practically meet at their insertion (text-fig. 2, ¢).
Thus, in both transverse and horizontal sections the axis assumes

78 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE

a greater distinctness in D. expansa. This is also due to the fact
that in the last-mentioned species the axis of the scolex 1s formed
from the medulla only (text-fig. 3, a), while in D. fimbriata the
axis 18 apparently formed from both medulla and cortical layer.
The point of difference is further emphasised by the more modified

Text-figure 3.

Longitudinal section through scolex of Duthiersia expansa.

a, axis of scolex continuous with medulla only of strobila region (m) ; c, cavity
of bothrial groove displayed here and there; o posterior orifice of this
cavity.

@
structure of the axis in D. expansa, where it presents the appear-
ance of a more clearly defined network, the spaces being largely
quadrilateral in outline. There is not this plain histological

ss anal

SCOLEX OF A CESTODE. 79

differentiation in J), fimbriata. Finally, in transverse sections
through the bothrial canal up to its point of opening on to the
side of the strobila, the same restriction of the bothrium to the
cortical layer is to be seen very plainly; this is due to the fact
that here the medulla is marked off from the cortex by a thick
layer of longitudinal muscles which is itself sharply marked off
both internally and externally. The tube of the bothrium
traverses the cortical layer (text-fig. 4, d), only pushing back but
not in any way taking up or invading these longitudinal muscles.

Text-figure 4.

cl m

V
Transverse section through posterior extremity of scolex of Duthiersia expansa.

d-and v, dorsal and ventral bothria forming a narrow canal in the cortical layer ;
the external orifice of v is shown; m, longitudinal muscular layer dividing
the cortex from the medulla; 2, nerve-cord.

Another difference between the scolices of the two species
affects the water-vascular system. In both the scolex is per-
meated by a network of these tubes which is very obvious in
sections both transverse and longitudinal. J am not able to give
a detailed account of the course of these vessels in the scolex, but
it is quite clear that the number of tubes is much greater in the
smaller species D. fimbriata, and that they are here of a smaller
size than in the larger species D. expansa. We may now sum-
marise the characters of the two species as follows :—

Genus DuTHIERSIA,

(1) D. Fimpriata Diesing.

Solenophorus fimbriatus Diesing, SB. Ak. Wien, 1854, p. 589.
Duthiersia elegans Perrier, Arch. Zool. Exp. 1873, p- 360.

Scolex smaller ; bothria opening by continuous antero-lateral

80 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE

groove only; apical pit at extremity of scolex; water-vascular
system of scolex an abundant network of small tubes.
Hab. Monitor niloticus,

(2) D. expansa Perrier,

Duthiersia expansa Perrier, Arch. Zool. Exp. 1873, p. 359.

Scolex larger ; bothria opening by continuous antero-lateral
groove and by separate posteriorly sitwated pore, being thus funnel-
shaped ; apical pit not present ; water-vascular system of scolex a
less abundant network of larger tubes.

Hab. Monitor bengalensis and other Indian forms.

It is quite possible that were these two species found in quite
different hosts (7. e. of different genera or families) they would be
placed in separate genera. ‘The differences of the scolex are
obviously large and important as these differences go among the
Pseudophyllidea. I do not, however, attempt this separation.

In conclusion I desire to draw attention to a few minutie in
the structure of the scolex of Duthiersia which have not been
dwelt upon by those who have already studied the structure of
this genus. The strobila near to the scolex is somewhat hour-
glass-shaped in section, having a dorsal and ventral depression,
and thus a bulging at the two sides; this is more marked in
D. fimbriata than in the larger species. The medulla is separated
from the cortical layer by a sharply marked band of longitudinal
muscles which become frayed out and thus end—as a distinct and
circumscribed layer—at the junction with the scolex. This layer
is the same in both species. A transverse layer lying within this
is to be seen in longitudinal section, but does not form a con-
tinuous coating of muscular fibre: there is simply a slender
bundle of fibres at the posterior end of each segment. This layer
escaped my attention in D. expansa, where it cannot at any rate
be so obvious as in the other Duthiersia. This state of affairs
contrasts with what obtains in Solenophorus, believed to be closely
allied to Duthiersia. In the former the longitudinal layer is very
much thicker and with more scattered and at the same time
larger fibres, and the extent of the medulla is reduced. In trans-
verse sections the strobila of Solenophorus contrasts with that of
Duthiersia by its stouter form and oval to circular outline. This
thickening of the muscular layer in Solenophorus is, no doubt,
connected with the strong muscular supply of the walls of the
bothrial tubes in this genus. But in Duthiersia, in transverse
section, a thinnish layer of fibres is seen to extend along the
projecting walls of the bothria and represents the constricting
muscles seen in Solenophorus, though diminished in importance.
Within the bothrial tubes of Solenophorus the hypodermic cells
(subcuticular layer) are covered by a structureless stained (by re-
agents) and slightly opaque cuticle, outside of which is a clearer
but still rather granular yellowish cuticle of chitinous appear-
ance, of which the outermost layer is stained by reagents. In

SCOLEX OF A CESTODE. 8]

Duthiersia the layer which is thrown off most externally by the
outermost layer in the bothrial groove is quite different. It is much
deeper and greatly stained by reagents. It presents (text-fig. 5)
the appearance of closely approximated plates, thinner towards

Text-figure 5.

Upper figure a section through a portion of the wall of the bothrial tube of
Bothridium (Solenophorus) megacephala.

Lower figure a similar section of Duthiersia fimbriata.

1, membrane immediately lining bothrial groove and secreted by (e) epithelial lining :
between the two lies another membrane, shown as a darker line. The difference
of the outermost of the two membranes in Duthiersia and Bothridium 1s
clearly shown.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1917, No. VI. 6

82 ON THE SCOLEX OF A CESTODE.,

the outside but reinforced by thicker bars. When the walls of
the bothrium are closed upon each other there is absolute contact
between the cuticular layers of the two sides. The appearance is
totally different from what is to be seen in Solenophorus, and thus
presents a striking difference between the two genera. It should
be added that in Duthersia, as in Solenophorus, a second layer
lies within the outer cuticular layer just described which is
precisely like that of Solenophorus.

ON BRITISH CISSID BEETLES. 83

6.—1. The Coleoptera of the Family Cissidee found in
Britain, with Descriptions of two new Species.—
2. A new Species of the Coleopteran genus Cryptor-
rhynchus Iiger. By C. J.C. Poon, Assistant Curator
Caird Insect House *.

[ Received Febraary 6, 1917: Read February 20, 1917.)

INDEX. Page
1. The Coleoptera of the Family Cisside found in Britain... 83
Introduction «........ Se eee Sons Ser re Nn eaae of?)
Table of Genera and Buetiks Gates 84
Notes on Characters and Diccvation: en Description
OEENE WAS POClOS a hr tacits come demt emi ates ada er earn ee OO
2. A new Species of the Coleopteran Genus Cryptorrhynchus
Introduction.

It is well known that since at least the time of that eminent
French entomologist the Abbé Latreille (1806), the Order
Coleoptera has been divided into major groups superior to
families, which have been based principally on affinities in the
form and character of the antenne, or on the number of tarsal
joints.

These groups constituted, as they have been, differently by
different authorities and known by different names, present
anomalies difficult to reconcile or explain.

The family Cisside Mellie (1848), which forms the subject of
these notes, is in its morphology one of the most anomalous of
these constituents.

It was included by the British authority Marsham (1802) in
the genus Ptinus L., and by Stephens (1839) in the family
Bostrichide Leach, and close to Anobium F.

Thus the family maintained its position in the works of sub-
sequent British authorities paca the Teredilia or Serricornia,
of which such genera formed part.

In the latest general Kuropean list (Heyden, Reitter, and
Weise, 1906), the Cissidee have been placed after the Myceto-
phagide among the Clavicornia, and as that arrangement has
been followed by,the most recent list of the British Coleoptera
(Newbery and Sharp, 1915), L propose to adopt it here as well as
the specific nomenclature of the family there used.

The Cissidee are fungivorous, and may be found in various kinds
of Boleti and Polypori on old trees and logs.

Very few species are attached to any particular kind of fungus.

A piece of Boletus from Godalming once produced no less than

* Communicated by the SECRETARY.

‘ , 6

84 MR. C. J. C. POOL ON

seven species, representing the four gone Crs, Ennearthron,
Octotemnus, and Rhopalodontus.

At first one experiences some difficulty in naming specimens
owing to the confusion of species and the presence of many im-
pertect or immature examples in the older collections available
for study and comparison.

Colour variation is a constant source of difficulty owing to the
fact that it might be due either to simple aberration or to different
degrees of maturity of the specimens.

The colour of the clubs of the antenne, sometimes mentioned
as a guide to the identification of species closely related, must
not be accepted as a reliable character without allowance for
variation. I have studied great numbers of living specimens,
from emergence from the pupa to undoubted maturity, and the
results of my investigations enable me to say in which of
the species this character is regular, or the reverse.

Any uncertainty or difficulty relating to immaturity may be
avoided by breeding and keeping the insects alive for several
months.

The breeding-process is very simple, and consists of gathering
infested fungi, which may be kept in carefully labelled tins or
jars in a cool situation, where the insects may develop under
healthy conditions. <A little damp blotting-paper or peat will
supply all the necessary moisture, care being taken that sufficient
ventilation is provided to prevent mildew.

Most of the species are long-lived, and may be found in the
larval or adult state at any season. Pupation appears to be
unusual in winter, but sometimes occurs in sheltered situations.

In the formation of the following table of the genus Cis, for
which I ciaim little more than the merits of simplicity, I have
to some extent grouped the species, as I have found them con-
founded in collections. For instance, the series of C. micans in
the National Collection at one time consisted of four different
species, viz. :—C. nicans, C. setiger, C. boleti (small and imma-
ture), and C. hispidus (immature):

The general characters of shape and size will enable the student
without figures or reference-collectious to decide to which of the
five groups his specimens belong before attempting the more
difficult task of specific identification.

Table of Genera and Species.
Genus Cis Latreille.
Antenne 10-jointed. Anterior coxe transverse, round-oval ;
tibize not (or very rarely) dilated at apex.
Group 1.— Form short.. Almost glabrous. L. 13-13 mm.

lineatocribratus Mell. Elytra strongly punctured in rows.
Never black. Clubs of antenne always pale.

BRITISH CISSID BEETLES, 85

C. nitidus Herbst. Colour pale brown to black. Clubs of
antenne always dark. Anterior angles of thorax
produced,

C. jacquemarti Mell. Colour pale brown. to black. Clubs of
antenne always pale. Anterior angles of thorax not
produced.

Group 2.—Form short. Plainly pubescent. L. 13-2 mm.

C. bilamellatus Wood ov Fowler ?=minutus Blackburn. Upper
surface dull. Clubs of antenne dark.

C. lineatosetosus, sp. n. Upper surface shiny. Clubs of antenne
pale.

Group 3.—Oblong. Rather broad. L. 2-4 mm.

C. boleti Scop. Thorax uneven, irregular impressions on dise,
base not bordered. Clubs of antenne pale testaceous or
black.

C. setiger Mell. =villosulus Marsh. Impressions on thorax more
or less obsolete, base bordered. Clubs of antenne pale
testaceous or black.

C. micans F. Never quite black. Clubs of antenne always
dark.

C. hispidus Payk. Mature specimens always black. Clubs of
antenne always pale red.

C. bidentatus Ol. Dull. Scanty pubescence.

Group 4.—Elongate. Large. L. 24-22 mm.

C.alni Gyll. Shiny. Finely punctured. Very scantily pub-
escent. Clubs of antenne pale or dark. Tibiz long and
slender.

C. latifrons, sp. n. Not so shiny. Coarsely punctured. Dis-
tinctly pubescent. Head very broad. Clubs of antenne
pale. Tibi short and stout.

C. punctulatus Gyll. Dull. More coarsely punctured and with
longer pubescence. Clubs of antenne pale or dark.

Group 5.—Elongate. Size smaller. —L. 1-23 mm.

C. oblongus Mell.=pygmeus Marsh. Black. Legs ved or partly
e ved and black. Clubs of antenne variabie, pale or dark.
Pubescence usually reddish, rarely yellow or white.
Females sometimes much above average size of this
| group.

C. vestitus Mell. First ventral segment of abdomen of male
bearing a small umbilicate depression in the middle
(Newbery). Colour variable, but rarely black. Legs
ferruginous, never red or black and red. Clubs of
antenne pale or black. Upper surface dull.

86 MR. C. J. Ce POOL ON

C. festivus Panz. First ventral segment of abdomen of male
rugose all over, but with no umbilicate depression in
the middle (Newbery). Clubs of antenne always"pale.
Upper surface shiny.

C. castaneus Mell.= fuscatus Mell. Unicolorous castaneous,
Depressed and dull. » Clubs of antenne never black.

Genus Ruopautopontus Mellie.

Antenne 10-jointed. Anterior coxe shorter (more or less
conical); tibie dilated and denticulate at apex.

R. perforatus Gyll. Size larger. Dull unicolorous. Pale or dark
brown. Clubs of antennz never black. L. 17-2 mm.

kh. fronticornis Panz. Size smaller. Dull black, with pale
testaceous legs. Clubs of antenne sometimes black.
L. 1-14 mm.

Genus ENNEARTHRON Mellie.

Antenne 9-jointed.

E. affine Gyll. Colour black. Clubs of antenne alway dark.
L, 1-13 mm.

EF. cornutum Gyll. Colour brown. Clubs of antenne usually
dark, rarely pale. L. 1-1? mm.

Genus Ocroremnus Mellié. (Ovrophius Redtenbacher.)

Antenne 8-jointed.

O. glabriculus Gyll. Smooth, shiny. The number of joints of
the antenne will distinguish it from Cis jacquemarti in
Group 1. L. 1-14 mm.

Notes on Characters and Distribution, with Description of
New Species.

Genus Cis Latreille.

C. LINEATOCRIBRATUS Mell. .
There is little or no variation noticeable amongst mature
specimens.

Previously only recorded from Scotland and Cumberland (Day).
The latter record (Brit. Col., Fow. & Don. vol. vi. p. 281) refers
to a single specimen taken from fungus on birch at Gt. Salkeld
by Mr. H. Britten. Abundant in a large detached brown fungus
at Mark Ash, New Forest, Sept. 1913 (Pool). Near Brockenhurst
(Dr. Sharp), Denny Wood (Bedwell).

BRITISH CISSID BEETLES. 87

C. nrtipus Herbst.

Common and widely distributed throughout Britain.
~ Treland, common in Dublin and Belfast districts.

It is found in Scotland in company with C. jacquemarti Mell.,
and is sometimes confounded with that species in collections.

C. JACQUEMARTI Mell.

Previously only recorded from Scotland, where it has been
taken freely at Rannoch (Turner, Beare, and Denisthorpe),
Garve in Ross-shire (Dr. Joy). Near Brockenhurst, 1915
(Dr. Sharp), in company with C. nitidus Herbst.

Not recorded from Ireland.

C. BILAMELLATUS Wood = bilamellatus Fowler (Europ. List
Heyden, Reitter & Weise, 1906) = minutus Blackburn.

There is some considerable variation in size and development
of the males. Small specimens occur without the upright plates
on the thorax and clypeus, which might easily be mistaken for
females or for members of another species.

Additional localities : Orpington, Kent (Pool), Richmond Park
(Donisthorpe & Perkins), Highgate (Janson).

It has occurred at Port Lincoln, South Australia, and was
named OC. miuutus by Blackburn, with whose type I have
compared British specimens.

Exceeding abundant in Kent and Surrey, but is probably an
introduction like the following species.

C. LINEATOSETOSUS, Sp. n.

Short and broad, unicolorous testaceous, shiny. Head smooth,
finely punctured and pubescent. Thorax finely punctured and
pubescent, slightly narrowed in front, front margin with two
indistinct teeth which merge with two other more distinct teeth
on the clypeus when viewed from behind. Elytra twice as long
as thorax, broad, closely punctured, especially near the scutellum,
and clothed with ten straight rows of erect sete. Legs and
antenne entirely pale testaceous.

Length 14 mm.

This insect resembles the small undeveloped males of C. bila-
mellatus, which bear only slight traces of the plates on the thorax
and clypeus. It is not an indigenous species, but because of its
long residence in London and the possibility of its having become
established in our parks or woods, it is desirable that its origin
should be recorded with these notes on species found in Britain.

Several specimens are in British collections, which I have
traced to the following source :—

‘* 86. In a fungus from the South Sea Islands that had been
many years in Mus. Brit. (alive). From W. Carruthers, Esq.,
Sept. 1866.”

I am indebted to Mr. J. N. Halbert of the National Museum,

88 MR. C. J. GC. POOL ON

Dublin, for this extract from Dr. McNab's notebook. It is of
special interest as showing how (C. bilamellatus might have been
imported from South Australia.

My specimen, given to me by Mr. O. E. Janson from his
father’s collection, bears a label with the following inscription :—
“From Fungus in British Museum. Dr. McNab.” :

C. BOLETI Scop.

Exceedingly variable in size, colour, and punctuation of mature
‘specimens.

A specimen from Sandown, which lived for five months, is
entirely pale testaceous. :

Pale examples oecur with black clubs on the antenne. Dark
brown or black specimens may be found with either dark or
pale clubs.

Rev. W. W. Fowler (Col. Brit. Is. p. 206, vol. iv.) says :—

“The Cis rugulosus of Mellié, which was introduced into our
lists by My. Crotch, appears to be only a variety of C. boleti in
which the rugose punctation of the elytra is more apparent and
the larger punctures more or less obsolete ; as intermediate varia-
tions occur it can hardly be regarded as a stable variety, much
less as a species.”

My series of this and other species of Cis contains some
remarkable aberrations, which I have refrained from naming
as I consider the latter part of the remarks quoted might apply
equally well to any of them.

Common in fungus on logs, stumps, ete., throughout the

Kingdom.
C. sErrIGER Mell. = villosudiws Marsh.

Probably the most variable species of the genus in size and
colour.

I possess specimens displaying the following combinations :—
Body black with black clubs of antennew; dark brown with pale
clubs ; pale testaceous with black clubs; and unicolorous
testaceous.

Recorded from Lancashire, Cheshire, and Suffolk. Common
in Southern Counties in ecmpany with C, boleti. Exceedingly
abundant in the [sle of Wight.

Not recorded from Scotland or Ireland.

C. MICANS F.

No variation observable amongst mature specimens.

Recent records of -localities:—Oxford and Chatham districts
(Walker), Newbury (Harwood), Cumberland (Britten), New
Forest (Dr. Sharp), Burnham Beeches, Bucks, and Fittleworth,
Sussex (W. E. Sharp), Godalming, Surrey, bred in abundance
from Loletus, which was also inhabited by C. boleti and C. setigey
(Pool), Penarth (Tomlin).

Not recorded from Scotland or Iveland..,

BRITISH CISSID BEETLES. 89

C. nisprpus Payk.

Pubescence usually bright reddish, but I have seen specimens
with yellow or white pubescence.

Common and widely distributed throughout England.

J have never seen it in the Isle of Wight.
. Taken in Scotland at Nethy Bridge (Beate) and Garve ih Ross-
shire (Dr. Joy).

Ireland: Maryborough (W. E. Sharp).

C, BIDENTATUS Ol.

This species is sometimes abundant in a large fungus on old
elms, which also produces Dacne rujfifrons and Mycetophagus
multipunctatus.

Common and widely distributed thr preter England.

Scotland: Rannoch, in an old Polyporus on birch, also in-
habited by C. nitidus, C. gacquemarti, and Lolitophagus reticulatus
L. (Donisthorpe).

Iveland: Armagh and Dublin.

I have not seen it in the Isle of Wight.

C. penratus Mell.

Mr. Donisthorpe has withdrawn this species from the British
list (Ent. Record, vol. xxviii. p. 155, 1916).

©. ALNI Gyll.

The specimen recorded as C. dentatus Mell. (Ent. Record,
vol. xix. p. 136, 1907) is a curious aberration of C. alni with
abnormally coarse punctation of the thorax.

There appears to have been some interruption of the pigment
which gives the insect a strange greenish opaque appearance,
only the seutellum having the normal dark brown colour.

Whilst withdrawing C. dentatus from our list, Mr. Donisthorpe
proposes the name of var. mitfordi for this aberration of C. alii.
For reasons already stated in connection with C. boleti, I am not
following Mr. Donisthorpe in this direction.

This species appears to be common in most districts where
elders are growing.’ It occurs under the bark of dead elder-
stems upon which the curious black ‘“Jew’s ear” fungus is
growing. It has been recorded in fungus on oak in Dunham
Park, Manchester, and Professor Beare tells me he has taken it
plentifully i in fungus on dead birch boughs at Nethy Bridge in
Scotland.

Calbourne, I. of Wight (Morley), Sandown (Mitford).

There appears to be only one Irish record, from Mote Park,
Roscommon.

C. LATIFRONS, Sp. n.

Black, elongate, parallel-sided, clothed with white outstanding
pubescence, which, when examined under a lens, is very distinct

90 me
on the sides of the thorax and elytra. Head with eyes nearly as
broad as the thorax, finely punctured and pubescent. Thorax
and elytra coarsely but evenly punctured. There is an im-
punctate line behind the middle of thorax equal in width to the
space occupied by two of the surrounding punctures. Antenne
testaceous ; clubs slightly darker. Legs red. Tibie short and
stout.

Length 14-23 mm.

This species comes near to C. alni, with which it has been
confounded in collections. The longer pubescence, coarser
punctation, as well as its shorter and stouter tibize, will easily
distinguish it from that species.

I have recently taken two specimens from rotten beech to
which is attached a small brown fungus containing Cis larve,
collected with other fungi at Lyndhurst in September 1916.
There is a specimen in the Power Collection from the New
Forest, and another in the Waterhouse Collection taken in the’
same locality by Mr. Kemp. Another example without data is
in the collection of Mr. H. Willoughby Ellis. It was along
with some common New Forest species, so is probably from
that district.

C. POOL ON

C. puncruLatus Gyll.

This is now the only undoubted British species of Cis which
has not been recorded from the south of England. Orton Woods,
nr. Carlisle (Day & Britten).

Scotland: Braemar, Aviemore, Nethy Bridge, Balmuto, Ran-
noch and Peebles. Professor Beare tells me the species lives in a
white fungus which develops between the wood and the bark of
dead Scotch fir.

Not recorded from Ireland.

C. optoneus Mell.=pygmeus Marsh.

Forest Hill, Dulwich, Horsell, Coombe Wood, Tonbridge,
Windsor, Reading ; Knowle, Warwickshire.

I have bred it in profusion from fungi gathered from oak posts,
at Sandown and Brading, I. of Wight.

Chatham (J. J. Walker), Oxford (Collins), North Holt, Mid-
dlesex (W. E. Sharp), Brockenhurst (Dr. Sharp), Enfield and
Epping Forest (Pool), Harlech (Donisthorpe). Exminster, June
1909. Abundant on old posts, Bovey (P. de la Garde).

Not recorded from Scotland or Ireland.

I have never found it accompanied by any other species of Cis
and have never seen the imago alive in winter. It is an active
creature in June and July, when I have-seen it in numbers
running in hot sunshine upon posts and tree-trunks infested
with the fungus in which it feeds.

BRITISH CISSID BEETLES 91

C. vestirus Mell.

A variable species, of which I have seen the following
combinations :—

Body black, with pale testaceous clubs of antenne, Wallington
(Power). Black, with black clubs; pale testaceous, with black
clubs; as well as unicolorous brown and smoky-yellow forms.
I have never found C. vestitus and C. festivus inhabiting the
same fungus together.

Forest Hill, Dulwich; Olton and Sutton Park, Staffs. ; Man-
chester district; Teesdale; Epping Forest (Beare). Richmond
Park (Donisthorpe).

I have bred it in plenty from fungus scraped from the under-
side of dead oak boughs from Enfield, Edmonton, Brockenhurst,
and Sandown, I. of Wight. Widely distributed and not un-
common, but often overlooked or mistaken for C. festivus, with
which I have seen it confounded in the Power and _ other
collections.

Not recorded from Scotland or Ireland.

CG. FESTIVUS Panz.

Clubs of antennz always pale. Little or no variation in
mature specimens. |

Common and widely distributed in England and in I. of Wight.
Usually found in fungi on oak posts or branches.. Prof. Beare
finds it every year with C’. alni, in fungus on birch branches or
faggots at Nethy Bridge. I have bred it in plenty from fungi
from New Forest, Godalming, and Portsmouth district, but never
in company with any other Cis.

Ireland (Boris); Queenstown (J. J. Walker).

C. castanEus Mell.=fuscatus Mell. .

The exchange list of British Coleoptera, Newbery & Sharp,
1915, shows the type-form of this species as not yet recorded
from Britain.

This form actually represents the mature insect, which I have
bred in great numbers from fungi from Enfield, Epping Forest,
New Forest, Warlies Park, Essex, and Sherwood Forest. Rich-
mond Park (Donisthorpe); Symonds Yat, Cardiff Cannock Chase,
and Liverpool in a flour mill (‘Tomlin).

Immature specimens were called C. fuscatus by Mellié =
fuscatus Mell. = var. fuscatus Newbery & Sharp, nec Mell.

C, ELONGATULUS Gyll.

First mentioned as British by Dr. Sharp (Ent. Mo. Mag.
vol. vil. p. 83, 1871), who says Mr. Crotch considers he has
Scotch examples of this species.

Dr. Sharp does not mention having seen the specimens.

There is a single specimen of a Cis in the Crotch Collection at
the University Museum, Cambridge, standing in the name of

92 MR. C. J. C. POOL ON

C. elongatulus. Unfortunately it has lost all of its legs and
antenne and is without data. It may be one of Mr. Crotch’s
Scotch examples, but I have failed to trace the others in any
other collection.

The only other record of the species is Knowle, Wawickshire
(Blatch) (Cat. Brit. Is., Fowler, vol. iv. p. 209). This is an error,
as there is not even a label for elonyatulus in the Blatch cabinet.

The position of this species in the British List depends entirely
upon a single imperfect specimen of doubtful origin, and it pro-
bably remains for collectors in the north to prove if the Scotch
record is justified.

Professor 'T. Hudson Beare tells me he has never found any
specimen in Scotland which in any way agreed with the descrip-
tion of this species.

[I am indebted to Mr. H. Willoughby Ellis for allowing me to
study the Cisside in the Blatch Collection, and to Mr. Hugh Scott
for the loan of the Crotch specimen for examination.

_ Genus RHOPALODONTUS Mellie.

R. PERFoRAtTUS Gyll,

There are not any recent records of this insect, which has only
occurred at Rannoch in Perthshire. Bred with Cis nitidus, from
a hard Boletus found on old birch trees in the Black Forest
(Foxcroft, 1853-4). The last record was Rannoch (‘Lurner,
1858).

R. FRONTICORNIS Panz.

IT have bred this species in plenty from fungi on elm and
willow and beech from Epping Forest, Enfield, Cheshunt,
Godalming, and have taken it in small numbers at Brockenhurst
and Orpington, Kent.

Bovey Tracey (P. de la Garde, 1909, fungus on saliows); Oxford
district (J. J. Walker); Kerne Bridge, Newbury (Tomlin).

Not recorded from Scotland or Ireland.

Genus ENNEARTHRON Mellie.

K. AFFINE Gyll.

I have taken this insect at Brockenhurst, Sherwood, Epping
Forest, Sandown, I. of Wight, Millwall Dock in fungus on aspen
lbg with C. setiger and Dermestes frischi.

Windsor, Ashdown Forest (W. E. Sharp); Sheppey, Oxford,
and Chatham (J. J. Walker); Teesdale, Durham (Bagnall).

‘ Not recorded from Scotland or Treland.

EK. cornutum Gyll.

Ditchingham, Norfolk (Beare), Ashdown Forest and Crow-
thorne (W. E. Sharp), nr. Exeter (Rendel). I have not seen

A NEW BRITISH BEETLE, 93

it in the Isle of Wight. Bred in numbers from’various fungi
from Portsea Island, Horndean, Hants, Sherwood Forest, New
Forest, Epping Forest, Warlies Park, Essex, Enfield, Orpington,
Kent (Pool).

Not recorded from Scotland or Ireland.

Genus Ocroremnus Mellie.

O. GLABRICULUS Gyll.

No variation observable amongst Mature specimens.
I have seen pale immature specimens in an old collection under

the name of Cis flavus Kirby.
Abundant everywhere in Boletus on various trees.

2. A new Species of the
Coleupteran Genus Cryptorrhynchus Uliger.

C. HARRISONI, sp. n.

Black, rostrum stout, slightly narrowed in centre, almost
glabrous shiny and red in front; centre sparingly and_ base
thickly clothed with elongate white scales. Antenne red and
shiny. Thorax rounded at sides, narrowed at apex, coarsely
and closely punctured, sparingly clothed with white scales.
Scutellum dull black, finely punctured. Elytra densely clothed
at base and apex with white and yellow scales, and more
sparingly with similar seales in the centre and marked with
straight rows of large shallow punctures, smooth between rows,
very finely punctured near suture. Legs dark reddish, clothed
with elongate white scales; femora with a distinct tooth;
tarsi red.

Leneth 3 mm.

A single specimen was taken by Mr. F. A. Harrison at Frinton-
on-Sea, Essex, during the summer of 1915. Unfortunately
Mr. Harrison does not remember the circumstances of its
capture.

It may be an importation, but, like Catharmiocerus maritimus
and other exceedingly local coast weevils, it might easily have
been overlooked, especially as the locality appears to have pro-
vided but few attractions for British collectors.

——

a ‘
Jee
s
7 ‘
‘ F
*
t
ss o
=
is, Lie
wit 4
. 4 i
we)
4
~ =
‘ .
om
ad
P
‘
ra
1
‘
i fu >
=
ce ey
a 4
a itt
ae aed
a, a
, ri
,

THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 95

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

February 6th, 1917.

Prof. KE. W. MacBripg, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Srecrerary read the following report on the Additions
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of November
and December 1916 :—

NOVEMBER.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of November were 60 in number. Of these 50 were
acquired by presentation, 8 were received on deposit, and 2 by
purchase.

The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 115. ;

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
UOn—

2 Grizzly Bears (Ursus horribilis), from North America,
deposited on November 21st.

DECEMBER,

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of December were 27 in number. Of these 15 were
acquired by presentation, and 12 were received on deposit.

The number of departures during the same period, by deaths
and removals, was 120.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
UO}
1 Sing-Sing Waterbuck (Cobus defassa) 3, from W. Africa,
deposited on December 8th.

1 Kashmir Deer (Cervus hanglu) 2, from Kashmir, presented
by H.G. The Duke of Bedford, K.G.

Mr. EDWARD GERRARD, on behalf of Mr. Crabb, exhibited a
mounted specimen of a bird bred and reared in captivity under
conditions in which it seemed certain that it was a hybrid
between a male Thrush (Zurdus musicus) and a female Black-
bird (Merula merula).

96 MR. C. J. C. POOL ON THE

February 20th, 1917.

Dr. A. Surra Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Srecrerary read the following report on the Additions
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January
1917 :—

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the
month of January were 118 in number. Of these 49 were
acquired by presentation, 58 were received on deposit, 5 by
purchase, 4 in exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 128.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
tO—

1 White-bellied Hedgehog (Frinaceus albiventris), new to the
Collection, from Dakar, Senegal, presented by Mrs. C. H. A.
Reaney on January 20th.

1 Greater Double-collared Sunbird (Cinnyris afer), new to the
Collection, from South Africa, presented by Alfred Ezra, F.Z.5.,
on January 4th. ‘

1 Three-lined Snake (Zvimerorhinus triteniatus), new to the
Collection, from Nakuro, British East Africa, presented by R.
Holmes on January 19th.

12 Beautiful Tree-Frogs (Hyla pulchella), new to the Collection,
from Cordova, Argentine, presented by W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S..
on January 29th.

—_—- ——

Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, exhibited the
trachea from a male Anseranas semipalmata, showing its extra-
ordinary convolution, which had been described by Latham so
long ago as 1797. The exhibitor stated that neither in this
species nor in Phonygama keraudreni, another species with a
greatly developed convoluted trachea, did the birds produce any
great volume of sound,,such as might be expected from so
elaborate an arrangement.

Notes from the Caird Insect House.

Mr. C. J. C. Poon, Assistant Curator of Insects, read the
following notes upon species bred and exhibited :—_

LEPIDOPTERA.

The Magpie Moth (Abraxas grossulariata).

Vast numbers of larvee were collected in North London district

CAIRD INSECT HOUSE, 97 |

and turned out upon Huonymus plants. This species is a good
exhibit as it is visible in all stages.

A long series of varieties have been preserved and are now
exhibited. he larve display considerable variation of colour,
some of them being almost completely black. I was advised to
isolate these melanic forms with the idea of producing some
unusually dark imagos. I selected 73 melanic larvae, but the
results were disappointing, and I found the adults merely,
varied like those bred from unselected larve.

ODONATA.

Dragen-flies in the earlier stages have done well in the tanks.
The following species have been bred :—#schna grandis, 4. jun-
cea, Brachytron pratense, Libellula quadrimaculata, Orthetrwm
cerulescens, and Agrion puella. Specimens have been preserved,
together with the nymph skms from which they emerged.

We have no difficulty in rearing these creatures, as they feed
upon other insects bred in the tanks; our trouble begins with
the emergence of the Dragon-fly, which is a very fastidious
feeder and will only take insects in active flight in hot
sunshine.

The right conditions are obtainable only in an outdoor en-
closure, which we hope to provide later, to exhibit these creatures
during their natural adult life, which varies from one to three
months.

COLEOPTERA.

Teratological specimens.
Tetropium gabrieli.

Some larch logs were received from Sutton Park, Staffordshire,
infested with Jarvee of this species.

One adult specimen, which emerged im the house, has mal-
formed antenne, the right member of the pair baving an
additional branch consisting of five joints.

Donacia linearis.

Specimens were collected at Waltham Abbey and exhibited on
reeds in a shallow tank. .

One specimen has ten instead of eleven joints to the antenne,
the eighth joint on each side being almost equal in length to
joints 8 and 9 of a normal specimen.

Bananas as Food for beetles.

The problem of providing suitable food for various species of
Coleoptera, whose ordinary feeding-habits are as different as

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No. VII. a

98 MR. C. J. C. POOL ON THE

those of the lion and the lamb, has been solved in the Insect
House by using the banana.

The following list of beetles and their ordinary foods, from
which, under natural conditions, some of these insects are rarely,
if ever, found very far distant, will form an interesting record of
species which during the years 1915-1916 have been found to
thrive partly or wholly upon this fruit :—

Voracious ground-beetles.

Carabus violaceus.

BS nemoralis.

glabratus.

as auratus.
catenulatus.

9?
Calosoma inguisitor.
Pierostichus vulgaris,
ater.

S madidus.
Harpalus ruficornis.

Aquatic species.

Hydrophilus piceus.

Wood-boring species.

Dorcus parallelopipedus.

Saperda carcharias.

Clytus mysticus.

» arietes.
Aromia moschata.
fylobius abietis.
fTylesinus crenatus.
Scolytus destructor.

>» tntricatus,
EKlater pomone.

Dung-feeding species.

Geotrupes spiniger.
stercorarwus.

29
# sylvaticus.
‘; typhaus.

Plant-feeding species.
Chrysomelu fastwosa.
grams.

hyperice.

Ordinary Food.

Usually other insects.

” ” ”
” ” ”
” ” ”
” ” ”
9 re) oe)
’ ” ”
” ” ”
” ” ”
oe) ” ”

General scavenger, vegetable or animal
matter,

Moist rotten wood (comes to sugar).

Foliage and bark of young stems of
poplar.

Hawthorn blossom.

Flowers ; sap and foliage of willow.

Fir bark.

Ash bark.

Elm bark.

Oak bark.

Flowers in summer (larva in decayed
beech).

Horse-dung or decayed fungi.

Rabbit-dung.

Leaves of sallow.
Leaves of sallow and wild mint. :
Leaves and flowers of hypericum.

CAIRD INSECT HOUSE. 99

Adult Insects which do not feed.

It is well known that many species of Lepidoptera, of which
the Atlas Moth of India is a good example, are incapable of
feeding in the adult state. The larva, when full fed, having
enclosed itself in a protective cocoon and changed to the pupa,
has provided itself with sufficient nourishment to sustain it over
the very often far distant period of short, 1f energetic, adult life.

The length of life varies according to temperature, which if
high will produce great nocturnal activity, quickly exhausting
the energy of the insect. Prof..H. M. Lefroy says these creatures
usually become a complete wreck in three nights in the tropics.
I have frequently kept them alive and in almost perfect con-
dition for from 10 to 16 days by transferring them to a cooler
case immediately after emergence from the cocoon.

Little has ever been written about the feeding-habits of
Coleoptera belonging to the Longicorn group, often “referred to
as wood-feeders, which is generally only” correct as regards the
lavve.

I have studied these beetles alive, both in the field and in
captivity, and 16 is my opinion that in their feeding-habits as
adults we must regard them under two headings, viz., those
which feed upon flowers or foliage of various plants and trees
and those which, like the Atlas Moths, do not feed at all.

Those which feed may be seen in active flight or settled upon
their food-plants in hot sunshine

The following list includes the nocturnal species teste@in the
Insect House, and which I have failed to attract with any of
the foods which appeal to the diurnal species :—

Prionus coriarius.
Asemum striatum.
Tetropium gabrieli.
Criocephalus polonicus.

” rUsticus.

Haperiments with living Specimens of the Sexton Beetles
Necrophorus humator (black) and N. ruspator (ved and black) .

Offered as food to the following animals in the small Mammal
house ——

Egyptian Mongoose.—Seized and devoured both species without
hesitation.

8S. American Coati.—Lost sight of the first beetle, but after-
wards sniffed and followed its trail right across the cage. It
then picked up the beetle.in its mouth, and, after spitting it out
several tines, finally devoured it,

100 MR. R. TIT. POCOCK ON THE WORK OF

The White Marmoset.—This little animal never vefuses an
inset, but there was some hesitation about attacking these foul-
smelling beetles. However, its love of insect-fool overcame

everything else, and after aen sniffing and spitting two were
devour ed.

The Meercats.—Smelt, but would not touch, either species.
T often feed these animals with such species as Dytiscws mar-
ginalis, Carabus violaczus, and Cleotrupes sylvaticus.

Crpuchin Monkeys.—'These animals seized both species readily.
One Pea monkey satisfied herself with eating some of the
numerous parasitic mites from the body of the beetle. A male
monkey ate three beetles, and then stole and devoured the one
held by the female.

———— ———— =

March 6th, 1917.

Dr. S. F. Harmer, Sc.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

Work of the Beavers in the Soctety’s Gardens.

Mr. R. I. Pococs, F.B.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals, gave
an exhibition “heise by lamter n- des to show the work a the
Beavew® in the old enclosure in the Gardens, and remarked :—

“ Until the middle of 1913 the pair of Canadian Beavers had
shown no special activities of any kind, apart from felling in
characteristic manner the tree-trunks erected for that purpose.
In the summer of 1913, however, a shallow pool appeared in the
surface-clay of their enclosure. This they proceeded to deepen and
widen by digging out the bottom and sides. They carried away
the excavated clay and plastered it in different places, especially
up against the fence. From the enlarged pool they drove an open
channel through the soil for about a couple of yards; but this
they soon roofed over with small logs and straw plastered with
mud, so that their subsequent operations were concealed from
view. But from the end of the channel and continuous with it,
as it afterwards transpired, they dug out a burrow nearly three
yards in length and passing under the root of a witch elm. The
first intimation we had of this was the appearance of a hole,
smaller than a rabbit’s burrow, close to the fence on the side
remote from the pool where the channel started. ‘This hole they
built up with tufts of straw and a small log or two, possibly to
prevent the clay falling in. /

When I opened ane burrow to satisfy myself, that it was not
being carried beneath the fence, it appeared to me that the hole

BEAVERS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 101

at the end was a ventilator. At all events no attempt had been
male to enlarge it for exit or entry, and the part of the burrow
it Opened into was a comparatively large chamber, wide enough
for the beavers to turn about in and deep enough for them to
immerse themselves under the water. The narrower part of the

Text-figure 1.

AY
DRY 1
(
IPORTION G Ses
y gr ae _H \
y gu yNo-n me - E PY ale EN

Seat

LANDING
PLACE.,

Plan of the old enclosure for Beavers, showing the work done by the
animals.

burrow was from 13 to 2 ft. wide and about 2 ft. deep from the
surface of the ground, the soil of its roof being only a few inches
thick. It was rather more than half full of water, continuous
with that of the pool at the entrance, which we subsequently
found proceeded from a burst underground pipe.

102 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE WORK OF

In the evening of the day on which the burrow was opened
one of the beavers started to repair the damage done, using
straw, branches, and mud for the purpose. The task occupied
him off and on the whole of the day following. He dug up the
wet clay from the bottom of the burrow and plastered it with his
paws over the straw and branches which he had previously laid in
place to roof the open channel.

From that date until the summer of 1916 the burrow was left
undisturbed and two litters were born in it. The beavers, how-
ever, were never idle. Working from the pool, at the entrance of
the burrow, they dug out a ch: vaael | in an opposite direction from
the first, but roughly in the same line for a few yards, then
turned it with a sharp bend towards the artificial pond in the
centre of the enclosure. This channel was roofed over in the
same way as the first. In the meantime they had excavated a
trench up against the concrete wall of this pong on the side where
the burrow was situated. and the roofed-in channel was continued
till it communicated with this trench, which was deep enough for
the beavers to swim in except at one or two places on the margin
where shallow landing-places were made,

So long as the beavers were pa with straw, branches, and
logs, they employed them continually for str enothening the roof
of the burrow or heightening the roof of the terminal portion up
against the fence. When the enclosure was done away with in
1916, this portion where the burrow ended was found to consist
of a comparatively large chamber partly filled with water; but ats
the very end towards the trunk of the witch elm above referred
to, there was a flat dry platform above the level of the water and
about large enough to accommodate two beavers and their young.
There was no bedding on this platform, merely a scanty covering
of wood-chips. This part of the burrow was ventilated through
chinks in the fence left open by the beavers, and from it a narrow
passage, ending blindly, ran in the divection of the trench, and
would probably have been carried through to it, giving the
burrow a second entrance.

The main points in the str eal of the burrow are shown in

the plan of the enclosure (fig. 1, p. 101). The circular central
area is the brick-house eae by the concrete pond, and the
mud path is a beaten track along which the beavers used to carry
the mud to pile up against the fence.

I have watched the beavers at work night after night, and
can confirm the observation of others as to their methods and
activities. They carry mud in their fore-paws tucked up against
the throat and chin and walk the while flat-footed on ea hind
feet, with a kind of awkward waddle, the tail trailing behind and
acting as a support and balance. Mud is laid on with the fore-
paws to fill up chinks between branches and left to dry. It is
never smeared over or pressed down with the tail, but sometimes
it is jammed tightly home with the muzzle.

BEAVERS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 103

In the warmer months of the year the beavers seem to be
pervaded with a restless energy, driving them to work with the
materials at hand, whether there was anything to achieve or not.
Their industry is certainly wonderful; but I was equally struck
by the amount of absolutely aimless work they put in. Time and
again I have seen a beaver, with infinite labour, haul a log out of
the pond, pull it over the rough ground up to the top of the
burrow and lay it there; then seizing it again, tug it back to
the spot he started from. I have never seen any indication of
intelligent co-operation between two beavers in shitting a log
too heavy for one. If two get hold of the same log they do not
work together and haul it in one direction, but tug and push in
such a way that the efforts of the one counteract those of the
other.”

Pos

Malar oe

i a
r t
‘
i
* 7 A
te
’
e - 2 ~
‘ i"
* %
"
'
‘
,
o
. -
a!
f
‘
.
=
ee cae! .
a
we
: 7
s L
A ¥
|
- ’

PaaS:

1917, ABEIS ak

GHUMiE RASC Ole tet:

pct

HA gy digant

P.Z.S. 1917, Al

pre nf
Sl mel bt

Ame

CHIMERA COLLIEI. oO re:

ni ake
_ S %

lap pnb plo fin cr PY 2.

= '
.
,
'
2

P.Z S.. 1917, SANE sree eal

CEMA RASCOREREI:

: CHIMARA COLLIEI. ; vies: am

P.Z.S 1917, ALLIS aes iin

GHIMERA COLL TE:

ace: ae

‘

a 3 E i} ' ; *
@ ecioRdrocrantum or the actait ‘ "

F a mn } ay a -
Tentro-anterrmebeand nob anteriorly as

Tet r mit *
S11 psa,

aera biaded. to « Orked ax pend Ghat priiartss
instedt Of as it the Selachii, etl graduaily wequiling ese
approxy nately in the line peels: ed of the parachordals.. VPiy
chondp6tranium of Phiten ts these earl ly stages has: rag)
tunatery net been described. [I®hhas, however, been deg
these stay res Th certain of @he Jelhehi 11, and af sligl| tly |
in Callor ? ms os ‘ang gg eiees must be mqde-to t ié ‘tii
s| befor

Tn PS athias and

lence probably i infall
ag achii, the cranial g

at when t th¢ Seo es
begins to chondrify Phat mertzoffs (Lad97 figures
af embryos of these fhe and the enclosed
notochord project slightly into i hollow .gf the mesocephalic
flexure (plica ence phali ventri von Kupffer, 1906). The
trabecule cannot, agtor ling r; aad dowK in the line pr
longed of gre paracghordn is SUA, _presq igtheNhoormal relations
to the vefttral syfface of thesaraie’ they at fNxt |
angles to § thordats end slightly posterior to
ends. ‘The marked cranial flexufe at this stage al
agg prosvisceretp@the¥ tla lie anterior:
arch, and“the palatoquadrete and mangibula, whiph
either the cartilaginous bar of the mandibular

ne wh ae

2 ee a oe ae . iy - ne . : : . Fe
Stites ERP A with paatts of the SHS ost OUSPOr MrIOVe fat
Maes Sheets, lie, w her first laid down, at Agent ng bO

. © i} i °

} ; i : H i
the Hie ee oi, Peete Fen Ce

nea my

a
ae
one

ON THE SKULL OF CHIMERA. 105

PAPERS.

7. The Prechordal Portion of the Chondrocranium§ of
Chimera collie. By Epwarp PueLps ALLIs, Jun.,
E.Z.S

[ Received December 27, 1916; Read March 20, 1917.)
(Plates I.-ITI.*)

INDEX.
Page
Structure or Morphology ......5..02..000 fi. cco ses 10D

The prechordal portion of the chondrocranium of the adult
Chimera is directed ventro-anteriorly, and not anteriorly as
Hubrecht’s (1877) figure of this fish would lead one to suppose.
This is unquestionably due to the trabecule having been first
Jaid down at a marked angle to the parachordals, and to their
having retained, to a marked extent, that primitive position,
instead of, as in the Selachii, later gradually acquiring a position
approximately in the line prolonged of the parachordals. ‘The
chondrocranium of Chimera at these early stages has unfor-
tunately not been described. It has, however, been described at
these stages in certain of the Selachii, and at slightly later stages
in Callorhynchus, and reference must be made to the conditions
in these embryos of these fishes before describing those in the
adult Chimera.

SELACHITI.

In Acanthias and Pristiurus, and hence probably in all of the
Selachu, the cranial flexure is so great when the neurocranium
begins to chondrify that, as shown in Sewertzoff’s (1899) figures
of embryos of these fishes, the parachordals and the enclosed
notochord project shghtly into the hollow of the mesocephalic
flexure (plica encephali ventralis, von Kupffer, 1906). The
trabecule cannot, accordingly, be laid down in the line pro-
longed of the parachordals, and, preserving their normal relations
to the ventral surface of the brain, they at first lie at right
angles to the parachordals and slightly posterior to their anterior
ends. ‘The marked cranial flexure at this stage also affects the
position of all the visceral arches that he anterior to the hyal
arch, and the palatoquadrate and mandibula, which represent
either the cartilaginous bar of the mandibular arch alone, or
that bar together with parts of the bars of one or more pre-
mandibular arches, lie, when first laid down, at right angles to
the trabecule, and hence in a nearly horizontal instead of a

* For explanation of the Plates see p. 148.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. VIII. 8

aS
'
.
1
y ©
i -
7 ae
- '
,
: : re
—
: ‘
- '
7 os
a ; :
> ee - 7
: 7 = >. =
7 - ' —
7 '
e. Pf
1 : 7 =
. ‘
i
‘
7 ’
- - - iad a 2 sas
- i
i; ~< eA a
= ‘ *
ay
7 i '
- fa - t a +
,
7 ’
- +
SS : +
— —
S-
—_—
+ = 7
7 ; -
‘ = = = = -_=—=
= — —_ 7
=
- -
Eee
F.
7 P|
= ~
; - 7
=
= co .
a cy
A .
Y Hy
a : 1
ca) 4 : a 7 -
‘
a
7 —
yoy 7 7
ad ie — :
St
4
t
fe é
t
. ‘ fi 7
7 ~—
‘ _
7 1 ~ 4
7 =
; -
7 7 oe
‘ 2 5
‘
: :

106 MR, E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

vertical position. Because of this, and also. because of the
relatively much greater development of these bars, they have
crowded the bars of the more posterior arches posteriorly to
such an extent that their dorsal ends lie in the auditory and
spinal regions. ‘The sphenolateral cartilage of either side (ali-
sphenoid, Sewertzo{) lies, at this stage, in the horizontal plane
of the parachordals, lateral to the hollow of the plica encephali
ventralis. The nervi facialis, trigeminus, and ophthalmicus
profundus all ran outward postero- dorsal to this cartilage, the
oculomotorius and opticus, and apparently also the trochlearis,
running outward antero-ventral to it. In slightly older stages
an ethmoidal cartilage is developed, which begins at a point
ventral to the lateral edge of the trabecula of its side, and
ventral to the eyeball, and runs dorso-anteriorly dorsal to the
nasal sac.

When the cranial flexure later becomes reduced, there is first
formed, in Pristiwrus, and hence probably in all the Selachii, a
pronounced pontial flexure, but this flexure also becomes later
reduced, and almost entirely disappears in the adult. During
these changes the trabecule curve forward, or forward and
upward, following the curved veftral surface of the brain, and
this change in their direction and position affects the mandibular
branchial bars, which, retaining their perpendicular relations to
the trabecule, swing downward and forward, and so acquire a
position vertically beneath the latter cartilages. These mandi-
bular bars had apparently already become attached to the hyal
bars by connective or hgamentous tissues, and the latter bars
and the bars of the branchial arches had become similarly
attached to each other both dorsal and ventral to the branchial
clefts. When the mandibular bars swung downward and
forward they accordingly pulled on the more posterior bars, but
as the dorsal ends of the hyaland branchial bars, and the ventral
ends of the latter bars, had become attached to tissues in the
region where they lay, they were relatively fixed in position, and
the middle elements, alone, of each bar could be moved forward,
the branchial clefts of. course shifting forward with them. This
gave rise to the sigma form of branchial bar actually found in
the adults of these fishes. In the Teleostomi, where there is but
little cranial flexure when the neurocranium begins to chondrify,
the trabecule are laid down in the line prolonged of the para-
chordals. The mandibular branchial bars were accordingly there
laid down approximately in a vertical position, and the bars of
the more posterior arches, not being pushed poster lorly by them,
retained their primitive attachment in the cranial region. The
sigma form of arch was accordingly not impressed upon the bars
of the branchial arches of these fishes.

The trabecule, in the older embryos described by Sewertzoff,
have fused with each other in the median line anterior to the
pituitary body, and been prolonged, as a wide median plate, to
the nasal region. There the plate contracts abruptly and is

THE SKULL OF CHIMARA, 107

prolonged between the nasal sacs as a narrow rostral stalk in
Acanthias, but as a wide internasal plate in Pristiurus, the two
structures evidently being, as they are said by Sewertzoff to be,
strictly homologous. Anterior to the nasal sacs this stalk or
plate expands laterally, on either side, and in dcanthias forms
the rostral plate of Sewertzoft’s descriptions, a median keel-
shaped ridge projecting ventrally from its ventral surface and
being continuous with a similar ridge on the ventral surface of
the rostral stalk. In Pristiurus the rostral plate is said by
Sewertzoff to be represented in the three bars of the rostral
basket, the keel of the plate of Acanthias representing the middle
bar of the basket of Pristiwrus, and the lateral portions of the
plate representing the lateral bars. This I consider to be an
erroneous interpretation of the conditions, the rostral plate of
Acanthias certainly including, with the three bars of the rostral
basket of Pristiurus, the narrow strip of cartilage that, in the
latter fish, runs laterally immediately anterior to the nasal sac
and is called by Sewertzoff the cartilage c. This cartilage c is
said by Sewertzoff to not yet be developed in the oldest embryos
of Acanthias examined by him, but to be found in the adult as a
bar of cartilage that cuts the fenestra olfactoria of embryos into
two parts, the lateral one being the definitive foramen olfac-
torium, and the mesial one the basal communication canal of
Gegenbaur’s (1872) descriptions of the adults of certain of. the
Selachii. The large perforation of either side of the floor of the
rostral basket of Pristivrus is accordingly said, in accord with
Gegenbaur’s earlier conclusion, to be a basal communicating canal
strictly similar to the one found in the adult Acanthias, but
greatly enlarged and shifted forward; this large perforation
of the rostral basket of this fish, and the large opening that
actually transmits the nervus olfactorius, thus together repre-
senting the fenestra olfactoria of embryos of Acanthias. In an
earlier work (Allis, 1913), I came to the conclusion that these
perforations of the rostral basket of the Carchariidee and
Scyllide were not basal communicating canals, and that they were
‘probably ... simply defects in the cartilage (of the rostrum)
due to the presence of the Jarge number of ampulle found in
this region in these fishes,” and this conclusion I consider to be
confirmed by conditions that I have since found in one specimen
of Acanthias blainvillii. In this specimen there is a basal com-
municating canal in normal position on each side of the head,
and on one side of the head the rostral process is perforated by
an irregular opening certainly strictly homologous to the per-
forations found in the Carchariide and Scylliide; and there are
numerous ampulle lying opposite the perforation.

The cartilage ¢ of Pristiurus thus certainly corresponds to a
part of the rostral plate of Acanthias, and the two cartilages of
Pristiwrus, one on either side of the head, can, for convenience,
he together called the rostral plate, although they represent only a
part of that plate as found in dcanthias. This plate and its stalk,

108 MR. E, PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

in both these fishes, lie, at this age, in the line prolonged of the
trabecular plate, and each lateral end of the narrow plate of the
one (Pristiurus), and each postero-lateral corner of the broad
plate of the other (Acanthias), turns dorso-posteriorly as a band-
like process which passes dorsal to the nervus olfactorius and
dorsal to the nasal sac, and, fusing posteriorly with the anterior
ends of both the ethmoidal and sphenolateral cartilages, forms
the dorsal boundary of the opening that transmits the nervus
olfactorius ; the sphenolateral cartilage quite certainly not taking
any part in the formation of the actual boundary of the opening.
This opening will be hereafter called the fenestra olfactoria in
both these fishes, notwithstanding that it is said by Sewertzoff to
be later subdivided into a foramen olfactorium and a basal com-
municating canal in Acanthias, and to represent the definitive
foramen olfactorium in Pristiurus.

The nasal capsule of either side, as shown in Sewertzoft’s
figures, is represented by a curved plate of cartilage which
encircles the basal portion of the anterior and lateral surfaces of
the nasal sac and projects ventrally from the ventro-lateral
surface of the rostral plate. It is completely fused, by its dorsal
edge, with the rostral plate, but its position, suggests that it is
primarily an independent cartilage secondarily fused with that
plate. Parker (1876) shows the nasal capsule in a somewhat
different condition in Scylliwm, but the figures given by him are
difficult to comprehend and not readily compared with those
given by Sewertzoff. The capsule, however, as shown by both
these authors in these several fishes, lies ventro-lateral to the
trabecular and rostral cartilages, and where, in these or others
of the Selachu, the capsules of opposite sides have been pressed
together so as to meet in the median line and there be separated
only by a septum nasi, that septum lies ventral to the trabecule,
as shown in Parker’s sectional views of Seylliwm and in Gegen-
baur’s sectional view of Mustelus. The trabecule, in each of
these latter fishes, curve dorsally above the nasal sacs and are
furnished with a deep median subethmoidal keel which extends
ventrally between the sacs and is shown, in each case, as largely
fenestrated in its middle portion. Parker (1876, p. 207) appa-
rently considered this internasal septum to be an upgrowth of
the trabecular cartilage, but Parker and Bettany (1877) say that
the trabecular plate gradually rises to the level of the nasal roof
and there suddenly narrows and is confluent with the internasal
septum, this seeming to mean that the septum lies ventral to
the trabecule, as i consider it todo. This difference in interpre-
tation, by these two authors, of identical conditions is apparently
due to Parker having considered the trabecule to be continued
forward in the ventral edge of the subethmoidal keel, while
Parker and Bettany consider them to be represented in the
plate from which that keel descends, that is in the trabecular
crest of Parker’s descriptions.

A ventro-Jateral trabecular process, lying antero-ventral to

THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, 109

the nasal sac, is shown, slightly developed, in Parker’s (1876)
figures of embryos of Scylliwm, the process there projecting
laterally from the ventral edge of the subethmoidal keel. This
process is called by Parker the cornu trabecule ; but two other
cartilages on each side of the head are also so designated by him,
one being the cartilage c of Sewertzoft’s descriptions, and the
other the lateral bar of the rostral basket. This ventro-lateral
trabecular process is not shown or described by Sewertzoff even
in the oldest of his embryos, but that it is not peculiar to fishes
in which there is a subethmoidal keel is shown by the conditions
in the adult Chlamydoselachus, where the process is found well
developed and there forming the anterior portion of the solum
nasi of my descriptions of that fish (Allis, 1913).

The beginnings of a process that lies postero-ventral to the
nasal sac is shown, in Sewertzoff'’s figures, at the ventro-lateral
corner of the ethmoidal cartilage, and it 1s apparently it alone
that is later prolonged into the important ventro-latero-posteriorly
directed process that is currently called the antorbital or ethmo-
palatine process. This antorbital process is, however, said to be
formed, in certain other fishes and in higher vertebrates, by an
outgrowth of the trabecular cartilage. It is therefore possible
that there are two processes here, one of ethmoidal and the other
of trabecular origin. If so, they are indistinguishably fused
with each other in the Selachii, and to avoid confusion I shall
call the process, whatever its origin, the ventro-lateral antorbital
process, the entire antorbital process being considered to form
the anterior wall of the orbit and to include both this ventro-
lateral process and a more or less developed dorso-lateral
process found in the adults of most fishes and frequently called
the antorbital or preorbital process.

The sphenolateral cartilage has, in the oldest embryos of
Acanthias described by Sewertzoff, grown forward and fused with
the ethmoidal cartilage, and its supraorbital ridge, turning
downward at its anterior end, forms the dorsal portion of the
lateral edge of the antorbital process, that portion of that edge
corresponding to the well-developed dorso-lateral antorbital
process found in certain other fishes. The ramus ophthalmicus
superficialis trigemini and the nervus ophthalmicus profundus
both, in younger embryos, run forward through the orbit and
then dorsal to the nasal sac, passing external to the ethmoidal
cartilage, between the dorso-lateral and ventro-lateral antorbital
processes. But when the sphenolateral and ethmoidal cartilages
fuse, the two nerves and an accompanying vein and artery
become more or less enclosed between them, either separately or
together. The nasal vein, which comes from the nasal pit to fall
into the orbital venous sinus, also either becomes enclosed
between these two cartilages or is enveloped in the lateral edge
of the ethmoidal cartilage alone.

The nasal sac of embryos of the Selachii thus lies between four
processes, more or less developed, two being derived from the

fel) MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

trabecule and lying anterior to the sac, and: two derived either
from the trabecular, ethmoidal, or sphenolateral cartilages and
lying posterior to the sac; and the nasal eapsule, when it
develops, also lies between and 1s more or less fused with these
processes. ‘The dorsal trabecular process and the ethmoidal con-
stituent of the dorso-lateral antorbital process always fuse with
each other above the nervus olfactorius, so forming the dorsal
boundary of the fenestra olfactoria, and they also form, together
with the sphenolateral eartilage, the lateral wall of the cavum
preecerebrale of my descriptions (Allis, 1913). The two ventral
processes may also fuse with each other at their outer ends, so
forming a perforated plate which lies beneath the nasal sac, the
perforation of this solum nasi being closed by membrane and
representing an unchendrified portion of the nasal capsule.

The ventro-lateral antorbital process and the two prenasal
processes of the Selachii are found in embryos of Ceratodus, the
former being called by Greil (1913) the processus anbouicenke and
the two latter the dorso-lateral and the anterior or lateral trabe-
eular cornua. No derso-lateral antorbital process is shown in
Greil’s figures of embryos of this fish, but it is shown by
Fiirbringer (1904) in a figure of the ade Ceratodus, the process
there apparently arising as a lateral process from the dorsal end
of the posterior wall of the nasal capsule, and being called by
Viirbringer the preorbital process. The septum nasi of Ceratodus
apparently lies dorsal to the trabecule, as it does in the Teleostei,
Holostei, and Crossopterygil, the septum in these several orders
of foen accordingly not being the homologue of the septum in
the Plagiostomi, unless it be that the internasal prolongation of
the trabeculae of embryos of the former fishes corresponds to the
ventral edge of the subethmoidal keel of embryos of the Plagio-
stomi and not to the rostral stalk and rostral plate, which seems
quite probable.

CALLORHYNCHUS.

In Callorhynchus, as in Acanthias and Pristiwrus, the trabecule
are first laid down practically at right angles to the parachordals,
as consideration of Schauinsland’s (1903) figures of a 60 mm.
embryo of this fish makes plainly evident. This is due, as in the
Selachu, to the marked cranial flexure at this period : but in
C ‘allorhynchus the anterior portion of the brain, instead of
recurving upward and forward as if seeking to reacquire a posi-
tion in the line of the axis of the body, projects ventro-anteriorly
ina straight line. Related to this retention, in this position, of
this anterior portion of the brain, the eyeballs of the adult fish
lie dorso-anterior to it; but whether it is this position of the
brain that has forced the eyeballs to pass antero-dorsal to it, or
the precocious development of the eyeballs that has prevented the
brain from recurving upward, is not apparent.

The trabecule fuse to form a wide trabecular plate which,

THE SKULL OF CHIMARA. 111

instead of curving gradually upward and forward, as in the
Selachii, follows the straight line of the ventral surface of the
brain until it reaches what Schauinsland considers to be the
anterior end of the cranial cavity. There the trabecular plate,
which at this age js still procartilaginous in its anterior portion,
contracts abruptly to a narrow procartilaginous bar which hes at
a marked angle to the trabecular plate, being directed dorso-
anteriorly instead of ventro-anteriorly. This narrow procarti-
laginous bar is called by Schauinsland the “ Septum 1 im vorderen
Se tL ” but it is evident that it is the strict homo-
logue of the rostral stalk of the Selachii. The three rostral
processes of Schauinsland’s descriptions are all shown arising
from this stalk, the median process from its dorsal end and the
two lateral processes from its lateral edges at about the middle or
dorsal third of its length. A short, plate-like subethmoidal keel
has begun to develop on the external and hence morphologically
ventral surface of the stalk.

From either side of the dorsal end of this rostral stalk, a band-
like process runs laterally and then posteriorly, and, spreading
dorsally and ventrally, fuses with the procartilaginous anterior
portion of the ethmoidal cartilage, which cartilage forms the
antorbital process and the anterior wall of the orbit. This band-
like process is accordingly a dorso-lateral trabecular process,
similar to that in the Selachii, and the large opening enclosed
between it, the rostral stalk, and the ethmoidal and trabecular
procartilages should be primarily a simple fenestra olfactoria.
similar to that in the Selachii, but, even in the voungest embryos
described by Schauinsland, the dorsal portion of the fenestra has
apparently been already converted into a fenestra nasalis by the
beginning of the development ef the nasal capsule,

The development of the nasal capsule is not readily com-
prehended from the several figures given by Schauinsland. In
the figures of the 60 mm. embryo “(ligs. 130-131) the capsule
is not indicated by index-letters, but the lateral edge of the
anterior opening of the cranial cavity is irregular, the dorsal
portion projecting anteriorly beyond the ventral portion and
occupying the place in Sieh. in the 85 mm. embryo (figs. 124—
126), the nasal capsule is shown. In an embryo said to be older
than the 85 mm. one, but of which the length is not given, the
nasal capsule is a dome-shaped protuberance of the dorso-lateral
portion of the cranial wall immediately posterior to the actual
anterior opening of the cranial cavity. Ventral to this so-called
capsule the lateral wall of the cranial cavity runs evenly onward
to the edge of the anterior opening of the cranial cavity, the
capsule apparently not extending into this part of the cranial
wall notwithstanding that the ventral portion of the nasal sac
must certainly lie internal to it. The nasal sac also quite
certainly does not project upward into the dome-shaped pro-
tuberance, that protuberance apparently lying above the nasal
sac and resembling a dome-shaped swelling that | find, in the

412 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

adult A/ustelus, lying posterior to the foramen olfactorium and
directly above the lobus olfactorius.

The dome-shaped protuberance of Callorhynchus, the so-called
nasal capsule, always lies, at all stages of its development, in the
region between the bases of the median and lateral rostral
processes, and as the capsule increases in size the bases of the
vostral processes are correspondingly separated from each other,
and the anterior opening of the cranial cavity carried corre-
spondingly forward ; but whether this growth of the cranial wall
takes place posterior to the fenestra olfactoria of the 60 mm.
embryo, or is due to growth antevior to that fenestra, cannot be
told foam the figures. In the one case the nasal sac, which
certainly lay primarily anterior and external to the cranial
‘avity, would have been pulled relatively backward into the
anterior end of that cavity; the fenestra olfactoria of the 60 mm.
embryo would remain morphologically unchanged, but would
change in function from a fenestra olfactoria to a fenestra
nasalis; and the so-called nasal cartilages of Schauinsland’s
figures would represent detached pieces an an undeveloped nasal

apsule, In the other case, the nasal capsule would be developed |
as a direct anterior, but morphologically ventral, prolongation of
the cranial walls, a fenestra nasalis gradually developing external
to the fenestra olfactoria of the 60 mm. embryo. The conditions
in the adult Chimera decidedly favour this latter view, but one
of Schauinsland’s figures of Callorhynchus equally decidedly
tavours the former view. The figure in question (fig. 165) gives
n median vertical sectional view of an embryo older than the
85 min. one, and shows the brain in place in ‘the cranial cav ity.
The trabeculae are shown lying in the line prolonged of the
parachordals, which is not in accord with the figures of other
embryos both older and younger than this one. The septal
cartilage is shown as a simple rostral staik, while in the younger,
85 mm. embryo, it is already an important plate-like structure
the posterior portion of which corresponds to the rostral stalk
of the 60 mm. embryo, and the anterior portion to the sub-
ethmoidal keel of that’ stalk. The rostral stalk of the embryo
shown in figure 165 projects dorso-posteriorly, instead of, as in
the other embryos, dorso-anteriorly, and the vential portion
of the nasal sac is shown extending forward anterior to the level
of the base of the median rostral process and close to the ventro-
anterior corner of the ehondrocranium. ‘The nasal sacs, as here
shown, must accordingly project beyond the anterior openings of
the oem cavity, if those openings are found in this embryo at
all in the positions that they have in the other embryos, both
older and younger, and furthermore, they must he dorsal to the
trabecule, as they do in Ceratodus and the Teleostei, instead of
ventral to the trabecule, as they do in the Selachii and as they
must also in Callorhynchus if the septum nasi of this fish hes
ventral to the rostral stalk, as shown in Schauinsland’s other

£3

THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, sgl

figures. There would accordingly seem to be some error in this
figure 165.

The ethmoidal cartilage, as shown in these embryos of Callo-
rhynchus, arises from the trabecular plate posterior to the
fenestra olfactoria of its side, and runs dorsally and then
anteriorly to meet and fuse with the band-like dorso-lateral
trabecular process. At its ventral end the ethmoidal cartilage
gives off a lateral process which, even in the earliest stages shown
by Schauinsland, has already fused completely with the palato-
quadrate. The sphenolateral cartilage grows forward dorsal to
the orbit, and in the 60 mm. embryo, where it is still pro-
cartilaginous, bifurcates anteriorly, one end passing dorsal and
the other ventral to the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis tri-
gemini, which nerve includes the lateralis fibres destined to
supply the latero-sensory and ampullary organs of the region.
The ventral one of these two ends of the sphenolateral cartilage
has already fused, in this embryo, with the ethmoidal carti-
lage internal to the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis, and the
dorsal end also later fuses with that cartilage but external to
the ophthalmicus superficialis, this nerve rae being enclosed in
a foramen and a dorso-lateral antorbital process being formed.
This process is called by Schauinsland the preorbital process, and
both it and the postorbital process are said by him to be
primarily independent pieces of cartilage. Concomitantly with
the formation of this process and the related foramen, a root of
cartilage has been formed over the nervi ophthalmicus super-
ficialis trigemini and ophthalmicus profundus, enclosing them im
a median canal called by Schauinsland the ethmoidal canal. This
canal is evidentiy formed by the coalescence, in the median line,
of two canals, one on either side of the head, each of these canals
being formed by the roofing over of the groove that, in the
Selachii, lodges the corresponding portion of the ramus ophthal-
micus superficialis trigemini. In certain specimens of Chlamydo-
selachus I find these grooves partially roofed, either by lips of
cartilage that project toward each other from the edges of the
grooves, or by nodules of cartilage suspended in membranous
strands that stretch across the grooves ; and if this roofing process
were to be completed and the grooves so formed pressed together
in the median line, a median canal would be formed the roof of
which would form the actual roof of the cranium and its floor the
root of the cranial cavity.

A remnant of the fenestra precerebralis of my descriptions of
the Selachii (Allis, 1913) is found, as will be later fully explained,
in the small median opening marked ¢ in Schauinsland’s figures
124 and 125, and said by him to be a “Spalte, oa das
Schideldach von dem vorderen ethmoidalen Teil des Schiidels
trennt.” The two large openings in the cranial roof that are
called by Schauinsland the anterior and posterior divisions of the
primary single ‘ Preefrontallicke,” are not parts of the fenestra

114 MR, E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

preecerebralis, and hence not parts of the Prefrontalliicke of
Gegenbaur’s (1872) descriptions of the Selachii. The cavum
precerebrale, which in the Selachii les directly anterior to the
fenestra preecerebralis, cannot be represented in any part of
the ethmoidal canal, for, aside from the origin of that canal as
above explained, the floor of the canal is not formed by the
trabecule, while the floor of the cavum precerebrale is. The
hind end of the ethmoidal canal is shown, in Schauinsland’s
figure 165, lying -but slightly anterior to the anterior surface of
the mid-brain. If this figure is correct, the membranous mesial
walls of the orbits must accordingly, even in the oldest embryos
considered by Schauinsland, be separated from each other by
a considerable interval.

The chondrocranium of embryos of Callorhynchus thus ap-
parently owes the several points in which it differs from that of
the Selachii mainly, if not wholly, to the fact that that portion
of the central nervous system that lies anterior to the plica
encephali ventralis not only projects ventrally or antero-ventrally
at the time when the trabecule are laid down, but that, for some
reason, 1t has continued to lie in that position instead of later
eradually curving forward or forward and upward. The tra-
becule still apparently seek to curve upward into the line
prolonged of the pavachordals, but, because of the interference of
the overlying brain, this upward curve is found immediately
anterior to the lobi olfactorii instead of, as in the Selachii, in the
pituitary region.

The mandibular branchial bars were doubtless laid down
primarily at right angles to the trabecule, and hence, as in the
Selachii, in a nearly “horizontal position, but as the trabecule
later grow downward and forward instead of, as in the Selachii,
curving gradually forward or forward and upward, the mandibular
bars have been distorted. The dorsal ends of the processus
oticus and basilaris, the latter representing the primitive dorsal
end of the arch, apparently remain approximately in their
prunitive positions in relation, respectively, to the lateral wall of
the otic capsule and the trabecule, but they have been stretched
out into long cartilages by the marked ventro-anterior growth of
the trabecule, and the epal (quadrate) and ceratal (mandibuia)
elements of the arch lie in the region of the antorbital process.
This will be again referred to when describing the conditions in
Chimera. Because of this distortion and change in position of
the mandibular branchial bars, the branchial bars of the more
posterior arches have also been carried forward and somewhat
downward without having been previously pushed backward to '
the extent that they were in the Selachii, and the dorsal ends
of the anterior branchial bars are shown lying in the cranial
region in Schauinsland’s oldest embryos. The sigma form of arch
has, however, been impressed upon their dorsal ends, but not
upon their ventral ends.

THE SKULL OF CHIMARA. Pe

CHIMERA.

1. Newrocranium.

In a six-month embryo of Chimera colliet, Dean (1906, p. 108)
shows the trabecule projecting ventro-anteriorly at a marked
angle to the parachordals, which would seem to establish that
when first chondrified they lay, as they do in Callorhynchus,
approximately at right angles to the parachordals. In the adult,
the conditions shown by Dean in this embryo still persist to a
marked extent, for, as shown in the accompanying figure (PI. I.
fig. 2), the line of the vertebral column, if pr olonged, “would pass
approximately across the dorsal edge of the postelinoid wall and
issue from the cranium somewhat dorsal to the base of the
median rostral process, the larger part of the prechordal portion
of the cranium projecting ventro-anteriorly below this line at an
angle of about 30°.

Because of this position of the trabecule, the mid-ventral line
of the chondrocranium of the adult Chimera projects ventro-
anteriorly, and from the level of the foramen magnum to the
level of the fenestre nasales it is shghtly curved, the hollow of
the curve presented ventro- posteriorly, Anterior to the level
of the fenestre nasales, the mid-ventral line changes abruptly in
direction, running at ne dorso-anteriorly and then ventro-
anterior ly and ending at the anterior end of the short beak-hke
process of the Enon dimmer iniarn, This latter process is morpho-
logically subnasal in position, as will be later explained, but as it
has the appearance, in lateral view, of being prenasal, it may be
ealled the prenasal process.

Beginning at about the level of the middle of the orbit and
extending forward to its anterior edge, there is a median, longi-
tudinal, gash-like groove which lodges the degenerated tissues “of
the extracranial portion of the’ hypophysis, the groove being
deepest at its posterior end and gradually vanishing anteriorly.
This groove represents a persisting remnant of the hypophysial
fenestra, that fenestra being, in the adult, completely closed
toward the cranial eavity, as it apparently was even in the
ehondrocranium of the sixth-month embryo shown by Dean.
Starting lateral to this grodve, on either side, a pronounced but
low and rounded ridge runs antero-laterally to the level of the
ventral end of the antorbital wall, where it turns somewhat
abruptly antero-ventrally and but shghtly laterally and bears on
its end an articular facet and an articular head, the former lying
directly mesial to the latter and both surfaces giving articulation
to the mandibula. From the anterior edge of the articular facet
the narrow ventro-lateral edge of the chondrocranium runs
antero-mesially in a curved line, concave ventrally, till it reaches
a point slightly anterior to the ventral edge of the fenestra
nasalis, where it turns anteriorly and becomes the ventral edge
of the heak-like prenasal process.

PG MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

Between the mandibular articular facets of opposite sides, the
ventral surface of the chondrocranium is deeply concave, this
concavity lying in the ethmoidal region and being traversed by
the raised median longitudinal ridge of the fused trabecule.
Anterior to this large subethmoidal depression there is a smaller,
subnasal one which lies in the hollow of the beak-like prenasal
process, the two depressions being separated by a V-shaped ridge,
each arm of the V running antero- -laterally from the projecting
ventro-posterior corner of the subethmoidal keel. The anterior
dental plates lie against the dorsal wall of the anterior half of
the subnasal depression, the posterior dental plates lying against
the anterior border of the subethmoidal depression. From the
bottom of the posterior half of the subnasal depression a tough
pad of tissue arises and projecting ventrally fills the space between
the dental plates.

The bottom of the large subethmoidal depression is separated
by the raised ridge of the fused trabecule into two parts, each
triangular in shape, and as each depression lies beneath the
lateral portion of the ethmoidal cartilage it may be called the
ectethmoidal depression, the two ectethmoidal depressions forming
the large subethmoidal one. Hach ectethmoidal depression is
traversed by the nasal vein of its side, this vein, in some spe-
cimens, lying in a pronounced groove at the bottom of the
depression. This vein comes from the nasal capsule and the
regions anterior to it, and is directly continuous, in the nasal
capsule, with a vein that enters the cavum cranii, accompanying
the nervus olfactorins, and joins a vein that issues from the
cranial cavity through the foramen for the nervus vagus. The
nasal vein, running posteriorly from the nasal capsule, first
traverses a canal that leads from that capsule through the
anterior wall of the ectethmoidal depression, then receives a
branch that has traversed the overlying cartilage through a small
foramen, and then itself traverses a foramen in the posterior wall
of the ectethmoidal depression to enter the orbit and fall into the
orbital venous sinus. The ectethmoidal depression of this fish
thus corresponds, in general position and in its relations to the
nasal vein, to the ectethmoidal chamber of my descriptions of
Chlamydoselachus (Allis, 1913), that chamber being, in certain
of the Selachii, an open fossa which may, as in Heptanchus, be in
direct communication with the cranial cavity through the basal
communicating canal of Gegenbauer’s descriptions. There is, in
Chimera, no indication of this latter canal, but it is perhaps
worthy of note that in Lepidosiren there is, in just this region,
a median perforation of the basis cranii (Bridge, 1898).

At the postero-mesial corner of the ectethmoidal depression of
Chimera, near the summit of the ridge that there bounds the
depression, there is a groove which leads postero-mesially to a
canal which traverses the cartilage of the basis cranii and trans-
mits the efferent pseudobranchial, or so-called anterior carotid
artery, this canal opening on the dorsal surface of the cartilage

THE SKULL OF CHIMAERA. aa

in the region of the line of attachment of the membranous inter-
orbital wall, and directly ventro-lateral to the foramen by which
the nervus opticus traverses that membranous wall.

The foramen opticum lies directly dorsal to a well-marked and
rounded transverse ridge on the floor of the cranial cavity, this
ridge marking the anterior end of the pituitary fossa and hence
being the presphenoid bolster of my descriptions of the Selachu.
The cranial cavity is here abruptly constricted, latero-mesially,
and this constriction, in its ventral portion, is produced by the
pinching in of the mesial membranous walls of the orbits, the
membrane of either orbit being pinched inward and downward
so that the internal surface of its ventral portion lies closely
upon the cartilage of the basis cranu. The membrane there
usually, but not always, becomes adherent to the cartilage, and
a second line of attachment of the membranous cranial wall,
lying mesial to the primitive line, is acquired. A depression is
thus formed in the ventral portion of the outer surface of the
membranous wall of each orbit, and it is filled with tough fatty
connective tissue. The original line of attachment of the mem-
branous wall forms the ventro-lateral edge of this depression,
and lies lateral to the foramen for the efferent pseudobranchial
artery, while the secondary line of attachment lies mesial to that
foramen, the membrane covering the foramen. Having issued
from its foramen, the efferent pseudobranchial artery runs pos-
teriorly beneath the covering membrane and issues in the cranial
cavity at the base of the posterior wall of the depression, there
lying posterior to the nervus opticus. It then immediately gives
off a recurrent branch which perforates the posterior wall of the
depression, traverses the tough fatty tissue that fills the depres-
sion, and, joining the nervus opticus, accompanies that nerve to
the eyeball. After giving off this branch, the pseudobranchial
artery turns mesially and immediately separates into anterior
and posterior cerebral arteries.

When the secondary attachment of the membranous orbital
wall to the dorsal surface of the basis cranii is not strong, the
pseudobranchial foramen opens directly into the cranial cavity,
but when the attachment is strong it opens external to that
cavity but beneath the covering membrane. The nervus opticus,
after issuing from its foramen, lies directly upon this adherent
membrane, and the membrane may there become thinned to
such an extent that, in dissections not carefully made, the
pseudobranchial foramen appears as a perforation of the sub-
orbital shelf lying wholly external to the interorbital wall; this
apparently having been the condition in the specimen examined
in connection with my earlier work on the arteries of this fish
(Allis, 1912), where the foramen is said to open external to
the cranial wall, The foramen however lies, morphologically, in
the actual floor of the cranial cavity, as it is shown in Schauins-
land’s figure of an embryo of Callorhynchus. In the Selachii
this foramen always lies, in all the specimens that I have

118 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

examined, dorsal to the trabecule, and where there is a sub-
orbital shelf it lies dorsal to that shelf. This foramen of
Chimera, which is quite unquestionably the homologue of the
foramen in the Selachii, must then have become surrounded by
and quite deeply enclosed in the dorso-lateral edge of the
trabecula, the membranous lateral wall of this part of the neuro-
cranium thus lying lateral to it and the foramen appearing to lie
in the floor of the cranial cavity. The foramen is not shown
in Dean's figure of an embryo of Chimera, doubtless because
it is hidden, in dorsal view, by the supraorbital portion of the
cranial wall.

The branch of the pseudobranchial artery that accompanies
the nervus opticus to the eyeball was called by me, in the earlier
work just above referred to, the arteria ophthalmica magna, this
identification of the artery being based on its apparent origin, in
a dissection in which the tissues had evidently been torn, from
the pseudobranchial artery before that artery enters the cranial
cavity. This is, however, an error, the artery quite certainly
being the arteria centralis retine, or optic artery, of my descrip-
tions of the Selachii, and no arteria ophthalmica magna being
found in this fish.

At the hind end of the orbit five foramina, lying close together,
perforate the cranial wall and transmit the nervi profundus,
trigeminus, buccalis lateralis, facialis, and abducens. The fora-
men for the facialis is always separated from the other foramina
by cartilage, and the foramen for the abducens usually so
separated, the other three nerves usually issuing through a single
foramen but being separated from each other by membrane.
Dorsal to these foramina there is a large foramen for the ramus
ophthalmicus superficialis *, and two foramina that he near the
edge of the membranous mesial wall of the orbit, one of them
transmitting the nervus trochlearis and the other a venous vessel
which 1s doubtless the anterior cerebral vein of my descriptions
of Amia and the Teleostei. Slightly anterior to the five foramina
that transmit the trigeminus, facialis, and abducens nerves there
is the foramen for the nervus oculomotorius, which lies at the
edge of the membranous mesial wall of the orbit, and ventro-
lateral to that foramen there is a small foramen for the pituitary
vein, this latter foramen opening into the pituitary fossa. The
vein that traverses this latter foramen is small, and although it
connects with ‘its fellow of the opposite side im the usual piscine
manner, it is always in communication with a vein that issues
from the cranial cavity through the foramen for the nervus
vagus. There is in this fish no transverse pituitary canal such
as is found in many of the Selachii.

Lateral to the several foramina above described, there is a
large perforation of the suborbital shelf which transmits the
ramus byoideo-mandibularis facialis and the vena jugularis, and
anterior to that foramen there is another perforation of the

* A small foramen is, by error, shown in figure 3, Plate IT., lying slightly ventral
to this large foramen. It does not ecist in the fish.

THE SKULL OF CHIM-ERA. 119

shelf which transmits the arteria carotis externa and the ramus
palatinus facialis, these two foramina being persisting remnants
of the palatoquadrate fissure of Dean’s (1906, p. 108) deser iptions
of embryos. ‘That fissure of embryos Ge as shown in Dean’s
figures, between the palatoquadrate, the trabecula, and the
anterior edge of a shelf of cartilage that projects nee ally from
the neurocranium beneath the hind end of the orbit and is
fused, in its antero-lateral portion, with the palatoquadrate.
The vena jugularis accordingly les definitely ventral to this
laterally projecting shelf-like process of the neurocranium, and
hence also morphologically ventral and internal to the dorso-
posterior portion of the palatoquadrate. If then this shelf-like
process is an outgrowth of the neurocranium, the dorso-posterior
end of the palatoquadrate, as shown by Dean, must be the
processus oticus of that cartilage, but it seems much more
probable that the shelf itself is the processus oticus, or extra-
branchial element of the arch. Dean (/. c. p. 129) considers this
shelf to be the posterior portion of the pharyngeal elenient of
the mandibular arch, but mm that case this element of the arch
has fused with the neurocranium dorsal to the vena jugularis,
which would be in marked exception to the conditions found in
all other fishes that I know of (Allis, 1915). It accordingly
seems to me, as above stated, that this shelf must represent
the extrabranchial of the arch, or processus oticus quadrata,
apparently found only partially fused with the palatoquadrate in
Dean’s six-month embryo. The vena jugularis, ramus hyoideo-
mandibularis facialis, and arteria carotis externa would then all
lie ventral and internal to this element of the arch, as they
normally should, and the foramina for these several structures
would represent the trigemino-facialis chamber = the fish, as
1 have already sug egested i in an earlier work (Allis, 1914).

The orbit has postorbital and antorbital processes. The
postorbital process is a pronounced and slightly curved ridge
which is fused ventrally with the suborbital ‘shelf. The dorso-
lateral antorbital process 1s a short but tall ridge which lies at
the dorso-anterior edge of the orbit, and its base is perforated
by a foramen which transmits the ramus ophthalmicus super-
ficialis trigemini from the orbit to the ethmoidal canal.
Immediately ventral to this process there is a foramen which
transmits a vein and artery, and antero-ventral to this latter
foramen there is another foramen which transmits the nervus
ophthalmicus profundus; both these foramina leading into the
median ethmoidal canal. A small foramen dorsal to these
foramina also leads into the ethmoidal canal and gives exit to
a small branch of the ophthalmicus superficialis. A small
foramen on the dorso-mesial surface of the nasal capsule gives
passage to a branch of the orbital branch of the external carotid,
and anterior to 1t there is another small foramen for a delicate
branch of the ophthalmicus nerve. The ventro-lateral antorbital
process is simply a ridge which traverses the suborbital shelf
and is continued onto the palatoquadrate, where it turns

120 MR. E, PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

posteriorly and joins the ventral end of the postorbital process,
this ridge forming the boundary between the horizontal portion
of the suborbital shelf and its ventrally projecting eaves-like
lateral edge. Between its dorso-lateral and ventro-lateral
processes the remainder of the antorbital process is a wide and
gently rounded surface which extends from the orbit to the
nasal capsule, and is so completely fused ventrally with the
dorsal edge of the palatoquadrate that even the line separating
the two cartilages cannot be recognised.

The suborbital shelf is a wide thin plate of cartilage which
extends between the antorbital and postorbital processes, and
has a narrow, ventrally projecting, eaves-like lateral edge, just
above referred to. ‘The shelf is prolonged posteriorly beyond the
postorbital process, this postorbital portion of the shelf projecting
ventro-posteriorly at a slight angle to the orbital pertion, and
apparently representing, as just above explained, the processus
oticus quadrati. It gives origin, on its ventral surface, to the
musculus protractor arcuum branchialium of Vetter’s (1878)
descriptions. On the ventral surface of the continuous shelf
these two portions are separated from each other by a groove
which lies directly ventral to the ventral end of the postorbital
process and is directed postero-mesially. That part of the
orbital portion of the shelf that lies lateral to the foramen for
the nervus hyoideo-mandibularis facialis belongs to the palato-
quadrate, and is probably formed by the epal (quadrate) and
pharyngeal portions of the mandibular branchial bar, the
pharyngeal element not projecting as a processus basilaris.

The cranial cavity has large anterior and posterior portions,
separated by a narrow neck in the orbital region, this neck
lying between the ventral edge of the azygous portion of the
membranous interorbital wall and the summit of the rounded
transverse presphenoid bolster. The posterior portion of the
cavity is tall, with a concave anterior edge the dorsal end of
which projects dorso-anteriorly above the orbit like the horn of
a crescent. The postclinoid wall lies at about the middle of the
length of this posterior portion of the cavity and_ projects
anteriorly or antero-dorsally. Between it and the foramen
magnum there is a depression in the cranial floor, and anterior
to it, between it and the presphenoid bolster, is the large
pituitary fossa. The postero-dorsal end of the hypophysial
groove on the ventral surface of the basis cranii lies slightly
posterior to the summit of the presphenoid bolster. <A slight
transverse ridge at about the posterior quarter of the pituitary
fossa marks off a small posterior and deeper portion of the fossa.
The foramina for the nervi facialis, trigeminus, and abducens lie
dorsal or postero-dorsal to the postelinoid wall, and the small
foramen for the pituitary vein antero-ventral to it.

The anterior portion of the cranial cavity increases gradually
in height from its hind end up to the base of the median rostral

THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, 121

process, that point marking also the anterior end of the ethmoidal
canal. This latter canal is large and is separated from the
cranial cavity by cartilage slightly thinner than that of the
basis cranii. Beyond the anterior end of the ethmoidal canal
the cranial cavity contracts somewhat abruptly to its anterior
end, that end being marked, on either side, by the foramen
olfactorium. The cranial cavity of the adult accordingly shows,
when compared with Dean’s figures of embryos of this fish and
with Schauinsland’s figures of embryos of Callorhynchus, that
the dorsal portion of the chondrocranium has undergone marked
lateral compression in post-embryonic stages, the membranous
mesial walls of the orbits being pressed together so that they
meet and coalesce in the median plane in front of the midbrain
and dorsal to the forebrain, a considerable portion of the cranial
cavity of embryos thus being obliterated. Because of this, or
correlated to it, the midbrain becomes, in the adult, widely
separated from the hind end of the ethmoidal canal, and the
forebrain is correspondingly elongated.

The two foramina olfactoria are separated from each other by
a stout column of cartilage which hes nearly at right angles to
the cranial floor, and each foramen is closed by a membranous
evibriform plate. Hach foramen opens directly into the mesial
portion of the posterior end of the related nasal capsule, that
capsule being directed antero-ventrally and bulging Jaterally so
that it forms a pronounced swelling on the lateral surface of the
chondrocranium. The ventral edge of the capsule reaches nearly,
but not quite, to the ventral edge of this part of the chondro-
cranium, and the capsules of opposite sides are in contact in the
median line, a septum nasi separating them from each other.
This septum nasi is continuous, posteriorly, with the column
of cartilage that separates the foramina olfactoria, that column
lying in large part posterior to the plane of the foramina and
representing the rostral stalk of embryos of Callorhynchus and
of the Selachii. The septum nasi thus lies morphologically ventral
to the stalk, and is formed either by a subethmoidal ‘keel alone, or
by that keel fused with the contiguous mesial sides of the nasal
capsules, the rostral stalk forming the morphologically dorsal
edge of the septum, as it also does in Mustelus (Gegenbaur,
1872, fig. 1, pl. 5) and Scylliwm (Parker, 1876, fig. 4, pl. 37).
The nasal capsules thus fuse with each other, in Chimera, ventral
to the trabecule, as they do in the Selachu, this confirming the
conclusion already arrived at that they have this position im
Callorhynchus.

With the contact and fusion of the nasal capsules in the
mnedian line ventral to the trabecule, the ventro-lateral trabecular
processes of opposite sides, if they existed in this fish, must also
have been pressed together in the median plane, and their flaring
ventral ends probably form some part of the beak-like prenasal
process, that process being, as already stated, morphologically

Proc. Zeon, Soc 197, No. LX. 9

122 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

subnasal, instead of prenasal in position. ‘The palatine pro-
cesses of the palatoquadrate must, however, also take some
important part in the formation of this beak, for the anterior
dental plates, which it supports, lying as they do posterior to the
primary upper lips (Allis, 1917 6), must belong to the primary,
or palatoquadrate dental arcade. These plates cannot accord-
ingly be intermaxillary (premaxillary) teeth, as Schauinsland
(1903, p. 14) suggests as possible in Callorhynchus, and they must
be either vomerine or vomero-palatine teeth according as the
term palatine is used to apply to teeth developed in relation to
the palatine process of the palatoquadrate or in relation to some
part of the palatoquadrate that lies posterior to that process.
‘The posterior dental plate of either side would then be either
a pterygoid or a’ palato-pterygoid plate, a pterygoid element
quite certainly being included in it. Further facts in favour of
considering the beak of Chimera to be formed in part by the
palatine process of either side are :—

1. That the external surface of the prenasal beak gives
articulation to the anterior end of a cartilage that is quite
unquestionably an anterior upper labial, as will later be explained,
and this anterior end of this labial is frequently, in the Selachii,
in contact with the dorsal surface of the palatoquadrate but
never in such contact with the neurocranium, as is also later
explained.

2. That the beak of Chimcera is traversed, on either side, by a
small canal which, in the specimen used for illustration, begins
on its dorsal surface by a single foramen and opens on its ventral
surface by three small foramina which he internal to the anterior
dental plate. This canal is traversed by a branch of the nervus
maxillaris trigemini which descends over the lateral edge of the
nasal capsule and is evidently destined to innervate the anterior
dental plate and the related tissues. ‘The corresponding nerve in
Mustelus, Chamydoselachus, and Raia, and hence probably in all
of the Plagiostomi, runs forward along the external surface of
the palatoquadrate and then over its ventro-lateral edge, thus
being separated from the trabecule by the full width of the
palatoquadrate, and while it might become enclosed in the lateral
edge of the palatoquadrate it seems impossible that it could
become so enclosed in the lateral edge of any cartilage of trabe-
cular origin.

The mandibula presents no special features that seem to
require consideration, but it may be mentioned that there are
two surfaces for the articulation with the palatoquadrate, the
antero-lateral one being an articular facet and the postero-mesial
one an articular head. It is also to be noted that the line of the
gape of the jaws, when the mouth is closed, is approximately
parallel with the line of the trabecule, the plane of the epal and
ceratal elements of the mandibular arch thus retaining its
primitive perpendicular relations to the trabecule and hence
being directed postero-ventrally instead of ventrally.

THE SKULL OF CHIMAIRA. 123

7 ae Nasal and Labial Cartilages.

The so-called nasal and labial cartilages of current descriptions
of the Holocephali are much more numerous than the similarly
named cartilages of the Selachii, and the conditions in the latter
fishes must fee st be considered.

The nasal cartilages of the Selachit ave limited to the ala nasalis
(Nasenfliigelknorpel), and this cartilage I have recently described
in a coeiaan number of these fishes and compared 16 with the
cartilage in Chimera (Allis, 19176). It is accordingly not
necessary to here consider it in the former fishes,

The labial cartilages of the Selachii are limited to one or two
related to the upper jaw and one related to the lower jaw.
Gegenbaur (1872) called the one or two former cartilages the
auterior and posterior upper labials, and as he at that time
considered the premaxillary and caiscillar y bones, respectively, of

the Teleostei to be dev eloped superticial to, and in relation to,
these cartilages, he also called them the. premaxillary and
maxilary labials. These latter “terms I shall avoid because
of the implied homologies, which I consider not yet established.
The single labial related to the lower jaw ‘Gegenhaur called the
lower, or premandibular labial, the latter term being used by him
because he then considered this labial and the maxillary labial
to together represent persisting remnants of a premandibular
visceral arch. ‘This latter term I shall also nora using in its
place the indifferent term mandibular labial. Gs it should be
later established that this labial and one or both of the upper
labials ave structures related to a premandibular arch or arches,
they can then be given names that will show their relations to
the arch or arches to which they belong.

The hind end of the mandibular labial and the corresponding
end of one or both of the upper labials articulate with each other,
or are connected by ligament, immediately posterior to the outer
end of the line of the apele of the g gaye, and these ends of the
labials there lie at a certain distance from the cartilages of
the upper and lower jaws, separated from them by the thickness
of the anterior edge of the musculus adductor mandibule. This
point of articulation of the labials les at a variable distance
anterior to the quadrato- mandibular articulation, and itis shown
in nearly all of Gegenbaui’s figures of these fishes lying external
to the mandibula.

In Chlamydoselachus there are two upper and one lower labials,
and they have been described or figured by Goodey (1910), K. Fur-
bringer (1903), and Luther (1909 a). The anterior labial gives
attachment, along the dorsal edge of its anterior end, to a
ligament which has its origin on the anterior wall of the orbit
at about the middle of its height. Numerous short ligamentous
strings run from the antero- Sohal edge of this ligament into
the tissues of the upper lip, this seeming to indicate that. the
ligament has been differentiated from an extensive dermal or

124 MR. E, PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

subdermal fascia. The posterior uppér labial lies internal and
aboral to the anterior one and is closely attached to the musculus
levator labii superioris, the tendon of that muscle passing ventral
to the ligament related to the anterior labial and. having its
insertion on the ventro-lateral antorbital process.

In a specimen that I have of Mustelus, probably vulgaris, there
are two upper labials, and they are strikingly similar to those
shown by Gegenbaur in a figure (1872, fig. 3, pl. 11) said, in the
explanations of the plates, to be of Mustelus, but referred to in
the text as of Galews. In this figure the jaws are furnished with
sharp pointed teeth; and Marshall and Spencer (1881) and
Ridewood (1895) have each independently called attention to
the fact that, because of these teeth, the figure is probably
of Galeus, as it is said by Gegenbaur to be in his text. But,
curiously enough, in this figure with sharp teeth, and hence
probably of Galews, there are two upper labials similar to those
I find in my specimen of MZestelus, identified by the presence of
pavement teeth, while in the figure said by Gegenbaur (J. ec.
fig. 2, pl. 12) to be of Galeus, but furnished with pavement
teeth and hence probably of Jfustelus, there is but one labial.
Gegenbaur furthermore says (1. c. p. 214) that both Meckel and
J. Miiller also found but one upper labial in JdZestelus; but
K. Fiirbringer (1903) has since found two of them in d/ustelus
equestris. If these labials do not vary in different specimens
or species of A/ustelus, it is thus probable that Gegenbaur, in
his figures above referred to, interchanged either the labials
or the teeth, as well as the names, of the two fishes.

But, whatever the error in these two figures of Gegenbaur’s
may be, in my specimen, which has pavement teeth, there are
two upper labial cartilages, and they both le in the maxillary
portion of the labial fold. The anterior labial is about twice as
long and much stouter than the posterior one, and lies external
and oral to it, as does the anterior labial in Chlamydoselachus.
Its hind end lies but slightly anterior to the hind end of the
posterior upper labial and is attached to that labial, but not
to the mandibular one, by ligamentous tissues. The anterior
half, approximately, of the anterior labial lies internal to the
ventral edge of the musculus levator labii superioris, in a pocket
formed in the tough connective tissues that cover the external
surface of the palatoquadrate. The labial is freely movable
in this pocket, and its anterior end hes directly upon the palato-
quadrate, in a scarcely perceptible depression in that cartilage,
but is in no way attached either to it or to the chondrocranium.
The walls of the pocket are differentiations of a dermal or
subdermal fascia which is somewhat hgamentous in character,
and which extends antero-mesially and is attached to the
posterior surface of the nasal capsule; this fascia doubtless
representing the one from which the ligament attached to this
labial in Chlamydoselachus is developed.

The posterior upper labial of J/ustelus is bound by ligamentous

THE SKULL OF CHIMAIRA. £25

tissues to the mandibular labial, and ean thus be said to articulate
with it. From near its hind end a ligamentous strand runs
antero-dorsally and joins a stouter ligament which arises from
the median transverse SLi of the musculus adductor
mandibule, at the inner end of the line of the angle of the gape.
The ligament so formed is join, ed by a ligamentous slip from
about the middle of the anterior labial, and then joins and fuses
in part with the internal surface of the dorsal, maxillary portion
of the adductor muscle and in part with the clos sely related
musculus levator labii superioris. <A part of the ligament
continues forward and is inserted on the peer surface of
the nasal capsule at the lateral edge of the large surface of
insertion, on that capsule, of a part of the Mvecuine levator
labii superioris. There ave thus, in this fish, two Hgamentous
structures connecting the upper labials with the nasal capsule.
In Chlama Niners this connection is, as just above stated,
with the antorbital wall.

In Vriakis fasciatum there are two upper labials, and they
closely resemble, in relative size and arrangement, those in
Mustelus. The hind ends of the two labials lie close together,
and both are bound by ligamentous tissues to the hind end
of the mandibular labial, but the posterior upper labial alone
articulates with that labial. ‘The anterior end of the anterior
upper labial rests directly upon the external surface of the
palatoquadrate, as in Mustelus, but it is not enclosed in a
pocket of the connective tissues of the region. A broad stout
ligamentous band arises frem the external surface of the palato-
quadrate, at its oral edge and slightly anterior to the angle
of the gape, and running antero-mesially across the external
. surface of the anterior upper labial is inserted on the internal
surface of the nasal latero-sensory canal, close to the postero-
mesial edge of the nasal capsule. .

In two small specimens of Scylliwm canicula I find, as
Gegenbaur did, but one labial, and it quite certainly corre-
sponds to the anterior upper labial of J/ustelus, as Gegenbaur
concluded. It extends forward along the ventral edge of, or
shightly internal to, the musculus levator labii superioris, and
its anterior end lies, as does that of the anterior upper labial
of Mustelus, directly upon the external surface of the palato-
quadrate, in a slight depression in that cartilage, but 1t is not
enclosed in a pocket of connective tissue. This end of the labial
lies directly internal to the posterior portions of the nasal and
rostral sections of the latero-sensory canals. In one of the two
specimens, but not in the other, the mandibular labial hooked
around the angle of the gape, as Luther (1909a@) shows it in
his figure of Chiloscyllium, this suggesting the possible fusion
of a much reduced posterlor upper ‘labial with the mandibular
labial.

The anterior end of the anterior upper labial is thus, in each
of these few Selachii, either in contact with or closely related to

126 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

the dorsal surface of the palatoquadrate, and it is also either
attached to, or related to, ligamentous or fibrous tissues which
are attached to the chondocranium in the nasal region; and
these are probabiy universal conditions in these fishes.

In Chimera Hubrecht (1877) describes five cartilages that
are called by him nasal cartilages, and four that are called
labials, the nasal cartilages being designated by the letters
da 9, 1, m, and the labial cartilages by. the letters a, c, d, e.
The letter 2 is used by Hubrecht “to designate a process of the
cartilage &, this cartilage accordingly sometimes being referred
to as the cartilage vn.

The cartilage £, with its large process 7, is called by Hubrecht
the Nasenmuschel, and as it certainly represents sume part of
the ala nasalis of the Plagiostomi, it may be referred to as that
cartilage. It encircles the antero-mesial or so-called ingress
nasal aperture, and [ have recently fully described it in this
fish (Allis, 1917 6).

The cartilage /, shown in figure 4 (PI. IT.), is a small and irre-
gular plate of cartilage which lies in the mucous tissues along
the lateral edge of the process 7 of the ala nasalis, and it extends
from that process to the inner surface of the cartilage Fg. Ns
bounds the dorso-mesial edge of the postero-lateral nasal aper-
ture, and is attached both to the process n and the cartilage fy
_by connective or fibrous tissues, its point of attachment to the
latter cartilage lying inmediately beyond the base of the nasal-
fold process of that cartilage, to be described immediately below.

The cartilage m is a thin, flat, curved, triangular cartilage
which is attached by its pointed mesial end to the dorso-mesial
surface of the ala nasalis (cartilage An) near its external edge,
and from there extends ventro-latero-posteriorly in the nasal
portion of the naso-labial fold. A small nodule of cartilage
mmay be found attached to its latero-posterior edge.

The cartilages fand g, said by Hubrecht to be found separate
in Callor haeehae: are fused in Chimera, to form a single
piece called by Hubrecht both a Lippenknorpelti viiger Sed au
Nasenfliigelknorpel. The two parts f and g differ slightly in
coloration and appearance. suggesting that they are of inde-
pendent o1igin, the part g being a flat plate-like superficial
cartilage, and the part f a stout rounded and curved rod, which
arises from the ventro-posterior end of the plate-like portion
of the cartilage and may be called the pedicel of the entire
cartilage. The plate-like portion of the cartilage lies, in the
posterior half of its length, in a nearly horizontal position
along the outer edge of the nasal capsule, Its dorso-anterior
half turns dorso- anteriorly across the outer edge of the nasal
capsule, and there lies’ on the outer surface of that capsule,
passing latero-posterior to the lateral rostral process and being
strongly but flexibly attached to that process by ligamentous
tissues. Approximately at the point where the process turns
dorso anteriorly, there is a prcminent eminence on its internal

THE SKULL OF CHIMERA. Le

surface, and this eminence rests upon the little eminence on the
dorsal surface of the ala nasalis (cartilage kn) that is described
in my earlier work (Allis, 1917 6), the two cartilages there being
strongly but flexibly attached to each other by connective or
ligamentous tissues. The pedicel of the cartilage turns sharply
mesially, in a rounded angle, and passing through a notch iu
the postero-ventro-lateral edge of the nasal capsule runs along
the postero-lateral edge of the postero-lateral nasal aperture and
reaches a smail perforation of the chondrocranium that hes
immediately ventral to the ventro-posterior edge of the fenestra
nasalis. This perforation of the chondrocranium is filled with
ligamentous tissues, and to these tissues the foot of the pedicel
is strongly but flexibly attached, the position of this pedicel
strongly resembling that of the anterior upper labial in L/etero-
dontus (Allis, 19176).

On the ventral edge of the cartilage fy, at about the posterior
third of the length of its plate-like portion, there is a slender
eurved process which projects ventrally into a ridge on the
internal surface of the nasal portion of the naso-labial fold,
this ridge quite certainly representing the tissues that enclose
the process (3 of the ala nasalis of the Plagiostomi (Allis, 1917 6).
Because of its position, this process of the cartilage /y may be
called the nasal-fold process. It is thinner than the body of the
cartilage fg, is flexible, and in many instances seems to be a
primarily independent piece of cartilage that has secondarily
and not completely fused with the cartilage fg. In several
instances there was a foramen between the base of this process
and the body of the cartilage, this foramen giving passage to
a delicate nerve which was ‘apparently a branch of the nervus
maxillaris trigemini. In other specimens this nerve passed
between the process and a crescentic cartilage described imme-
diately below. The cartilage J is attached to the inner surface
of the cartilage fg immediately beyond the base of this nasal-fold
process.

In the hollow of the curve formed by the posterior edge of the
nasal-fold process of the cartilage fg and the ventro-posterior
portion of the body of that cartilage, lies the crescentic piece
of cartilage just above referred to. This cartilage is of the
same consistence as the nasgal-fold process, and les, as that
process coes, in the ridge on the internal surface of the naso-
labial fold, and it is apparently the caitilage e of Hubrecht’s
descriptions of Chimera monstrosa. Both it and the nasal-fold
process of the cartilage fg are shown in one of Luthev’s figures
of the latter fish (1909 6, p. 37), and K. Fiirbringer (1903) also
refers to both of them, the two together being considered by
him to represent the cartilage e of Hubrecht’s descriptions. In
Chimera collier the crescentic cartilage is connected with the
cartilage d, which I consider to be the posterior upper labial,
bya band of tough fibrous tissue which passes across the external
surface of the cartila ge fy, a slip of the tissues being sent antero-

128 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

dorsally along the external surface of the latter cartilage. This
crescentic’ cartilage and the nasal-fold process of the cartilage fy
thus seem to both be chondrifications of this fibrous tissue, one
of them related to the cartilage d (posterior upper labial) and the
other to the cartilage fg.

The cartilage fy is thus a strongly curved cartilage which
encircles the lateral half of the fenestra nasalis, lying against
the external, and not the internal, surface of the edge of the
fenestra, and it either sends a process into the ridge on the
internal surface of the naso-labial fold, or becomes secondarily
fused with a cartilage that is developed independently in that
ridge. ‘The lining femlnon’ of the nasal capsule is not attached
to this cartilage fy, as it is to the cartilage kn (ala nasalis), lying
wholly internal to it. The cartilage is capable of a swinging,
dorso-ventral motion around a line passing through its two
points of attachment to the chondrocranium, the cartilage
passing backward and forward across the outer, and not the
inner, surface of the lateral edge of the fenestra nasalis. The
posterior one of these two motions is impressed upon it by the
musculus levator anguli oris anterior of Vetter’s (1878) de-
scriptions, acting bouts through its own tendon and the long and
slender hg: cient called by aouther (1909 6) the levator carti-
laginis prelabialis, the contrary motion apparently being caused
in part by the simple elasticity of the parts, and in part by the
action of the musculus labialis posterior. The musculus labialis
anterior, which is attached by one end to the dorso-anterior end
of this cartilage and by the other to the cartilage d (posterior
upper labial), would seem to exert its action on the latter rather
than on the former cartilage.

Hubrecht says that the process x of Gegenbaur’s descriptions
of the Selachii, together with that part of the edge of the nasal
capsule that, in ‘those fishes, bounds the mesial edge of the
postero- -mesial nasal aperture, corresponds to the cartilage kn of
Chimera, this latter cartilage thus betng considered by him to be
cut off from the outer edge ‘of the nasal “capsule, and its process 7
to correspond to the process # of the Selachii. The cartilage fy
of Chimera 1s said to correspond to the process 3 of Gegenbaur’s
descriptions of the Selachii, the cartilage e of Chimera to
represent the anterior upper labial of the Selachii, and the

cartilage 1 to be a remnant of that part of the ala nasalis that
primar ‘ily connected the cartilages kn and fy.

Both Fiirbringer (1903) and Luther (1909 6) apparently accept
Hubrecht’s conclusions regarding the homologies of these several
cartilages of Chimera; but Luther nevertheless, calls the car-
tilage fg a premaxillary cartilage, which must mean that he
considers it to be a labial and not a Nasenfliigelknorpel, and
he neither mentions, nor shows in his figures, the cartilage e.
Vetter (1878), who knew of Hubrecht’s work only by title,
describes as a premaxillary cartilage a cartilage that must be
the cartilage fy of Hubrecht’s descriptions, but he makes no

THE SKULL OF CHIMARA. 129

mention of the cartilage e. He shows, in one of his figures,
a so-called Nasenfliigelknorpel, which is said to be longer than
the premaxillary cartilage, to lie directly mesial to it, and to be
derived from the nasal capsule. This cartilage, as shown in
Vetter’s figure, is not found in Chimera colliei, and 1t 1s not
shown in Hubrecht’s figures of Chimera monstrosa. Its dorsal
end corresponds, in position, to the lateral rostral process of
these fishes, the remainder of it apparently being the cartilage a
of Hubrecht’s descriptions, or both that cartil ie and the
cartilage kn.

My conclusions regarding the homologies of these several. carti-
lages differ somewhat prow those of these several authors, and
they are based on my interpretation of the lips and nasal aper-
tures of this fish as set forth in the work already several times
referred to as now in press (Allis, 1917 6), and which should here
be consulted.

In the Plagiostomi it is always that part of the ala nasalis that
encircles the antero lateral and ingress nasa] aperture that is the
most developed, the part that encircles the postero-mesial and
egress aperture always being less developed and in some cases
wholly wanting. In Chimera, on the contrary, it is the part of
this cartilage that encircles the antero-mesial and here so-called
ingress aperture that is the most developed, that part of the
cartilage that encircles the antero-lateral and originally ingress
spertuce having undergone marked reduction. That part of the
cartilage that encircles the antero-mesial aperture is represented
in the cartilage An of Hubrecht’s descriptions, the cartilage /:
representing that part of the ala nasalis of the Plagiostomi that
lies mesial to and between the processes « and /3 of Gegenbaur’s
(1872) descriptions of the latter fishes, and the process » of the
cartilage & representing the process « of the Plagiostomi together
with the process that Gegenbaur eal}s, 7n Mustelus, the process @’.
The process (6 of the Plagiostomi is represented in Chimera in
the little crescentic car tilage that lies in the ridge on the internal
surface of the naso-labial fold, and a remnant of that part of
the ala nasalis that originally lay between this process and the
process & is represented in the cartilage ¢ of Chimera.

The cartilages m and g of Chimera have no homologues in the
Plagiostomi, but they, the nasal-fold process of the cartilage g,
and the little adjacent crescentic cartilage are all evidently of
fibrous origin and all quite certainly chondrifications of a sub-
epidermal layer of fibrous tissue. Just what this layer of tissue
is I have been wnable as yet to definitely determine, but it would
seem to be the fibrous layer of the corium. The nasal-flap carti-
lage of my descriptions of Raia (Allis, 1916) is certainly a
Sy aanincon of this same layer of tissue, and as the process 2
of the ala nasalis of that fish has exactly the same subepidermal
position as the nasal-flap cartilage, that process must also be of
fibrous origin. But, if this process & is of fibrous origin, the alar
ring, of which it is a process, must also be of similar origin, all

130 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

of these cartilages then being chondrifications of a single layer
of subepidermal fibrous tissue. ‘This fibrous layer certainly
passed, originally, beneath the epidermal tissues that were modi-
fied to form the sensory epithelium of the nasal pit, and when
this sensory tissue was invaginated to form that pit, the fibrous
layer must have been invaginated with it. The nasal capsule
might then itself also be a chondrification of this same layer of
fibrous tissue, and hence not a part of the axial skeleton, as it is
usually considered to be; and its development in the Plagiostom1
is decidedly in favour of this assumption.

The cartilage f of Hubrecht’s descriptions of Chimera, although
it lies along the edge of the postero-lateral nasal aperture, has no
relations whatever to the original antero-lateral nasal aperture,
and hence is not a derivative of the ala nasalis, and its position
strongly indicates that it is an anterior upper labial. It has
approximately the position of that labial in /Heterodontus, and
also that of the single labial of Ceratodus (Allis, 1917 6), and
the fact that its anterior end is in contact with a part of the
chondrocranium that is quite unquestionably derived from the
palato-quadrate is in accord with the conditions that I have
above described in several of the Selachii, and would be wholly
exceptional for a cartilage derived from the ala nasalis. If, in
one of the Selachii above referred to, the fibrous or ligamentous
tissues that are related to the anterior upper labial, and that are
attached to the chondrocranium in the nasal region, were to
undergo chondrification, a cartilage would arise that would
closely resemble the cartilage ih of Chimera, one part of this
cartilage thus being of labial origin and the other of independent
fisveuist origin. Furthermore, tie origin of the cartilage is in
accord with its relations to the terminal branches of the nervus
inaxillaris trigemini, for the more important terminal branches
of that nerve pass internal to the cartilage, between it and the
nasal capsule, which is not their relations either to any part of
the nasal capsule of the Selachii or to the ala nasalis of those
fishes, but is their relations to the anterior upper labial and its
related ligaments in those fishes. What is apparently the carti-
lage fin Schauinsland’s descriptions of embryos of Callorhynchus
(1903, n?, fig. 127) has, however, decidedly the appearance of
being a part of the ala nasalis, but the cartilages as there shown
are so different from those in the adult Chimara that I am
unable to make any comparison. Two of the cartilages de-
scribed by Schaninsland, called by him US cartilages 0 “an i”,
are said by him to lie in mucous folds “welche die Schnauze
umgeben ” and to represent preoral visceral arches. Premandi-
bular arches they may represent, as may also the labial carti-
lages of the Selachu, but they certainly cannot represent preoral
arches.

The cartilages c and d of Hubrecht’s descriptions were con-
sidered by him to together represent the posterior upper labial
of the Selachii. They are first said by him to be separate and

THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, Lou

distinct cartilages, capable of a slight motion with each other,
but they are later said to be so completely fused that there ts
even but slight persisting indication of the line of separation
between them. Vetter found them as separate cartilages and
considered them to be, respectively, the maxillary and mandibular
labials. K. Fiirbringer found them more independent of each
other than they are said to be by Hubrecht, but less so than
described and figured by Vetter, and he agrees with Hubrecht
in considering them, together, to represent the posterior upper
labial. Luther shows them as a single cartilage, and they to-
gether form the maxillary, and hence posterior upper labial of
his descriptions. I find them as separate and distinct cartilages
lying immediately posterior to the angle of the supplementary
secondary gape of the mouth and straddling the line prolonged
of that angle, that angle lying near the inner end of the line of
the angle of the gape, as fully described in my work now in
press (Allis, 1917 6). One of these cartilages thus les dorsal and
the other ventral to the line of the angle of the gape, in the
positions respectively of the posterior upper and mandibular
labials of the Selachii, and I accordingly consider them, as
Vetter did, to represent, respectively, those labials, notwith-
standing that they both, and particularly the posterior upper
labial, seem to be chondr ication: of ae same fibrous layer that
has given origin to the cartilages g, m, and e of Hubrecht’s
descriptions.

The posterior upper labial, thus identified, is a small and some-
what rectangular cartilage that les immediately dorsal (morpho-
logically posterior) to the ventro-posterior-lateral end of the
plate-like portion of the cartilage fy. It is strongly but loosely
attached, by its ventral (morphologically anterior) end, to the
latter cartilage, and also strongly but quite rigidly attached, by
the adjoining, posterior (morphologically ventral) edge, to ‘the
dorsal end of the mandibular labial. This latter attachment
allows of but little notion between the two pieces, such little
motion as there is being latero-mesial, The labial gives inser-
tion, on its dorsal (morphologically posterior) edge, to the
musculus levator anguli oris anterior, and either on its external
surface or its Mier (morphologically dorsal) edge, to the
musculus labialis anterior, the other end of the latter muscle
being inserted on the dorso-anterior end of the cartilage /g.

The mandibular labial (cartilage c) is a stout bar of cartilage
with a large triangular process on its anterior edge near its ventr: val
end. The anterior edge of its dorsal end is str ongly attached to
the posterior upper labial, as just above described. Its ventral
end lies in the hind end of the labial part of the naso-labial fold.
Its anterior process passes internal to the hind end of the supra-
mandibular furrow, and les in supporting relations to the sup-
plementary secondary lower lip, this process and the nasal-flap
process of the cartilage g, together with the related crescentic
cartilage above described, thus being opposed to each other in

132 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

these supplementary secondary lower and upper lips. The ante-
vior end of the anterior process of the mandibular labial gives
insertion to a tendon of the musculus levator anguli oris pos-
terior, that tendon passing downward across the internal surface

the labial to reach its point of insertion, as shown in Luther's
figure of Chimera monstrosa. Connected with this tendon, and
as direct ventral continuations of it, there are two small liga-
ments, one of which joins the ligament / of Luther’s descriptions,
to be described immediately below, while the other runs ventro-
mesially along the external surface of the mandibula, internal to
the musculus labialis posterior, and has its insertion in tough
fibrous tissues in the median line. The tendon of the musculus
labialis posterior runs dorsally along the internal surface of the
mandibular labial, internal (mesial) to the tendon of the musculus
levator anguli oris posterior, and has its insertion on the internal
surface of the mandibular labial near its dorsal end, this also being
as shown in Luther’s figures of Chimera monstrosa.

The cartilage a of Hubrecht’s descriptions was considered by
him to be, together with a related ‘* Bandapparat,” the homologue
of the mandibular labial of the Selachii. Vetter does not men-
tion this cartilage. .K. Fiirbringer accepts Hubrecht’s statements:
regarding it as correct. Luther considers this cartilage, alone,
to be the homologue of the mandibular labial of the Selachii,
and, following Gegenbaur’s nomenclature, he calls it the pre-
mandibular labial. The Bandapparat he considers to be an
independent and superficial structure, and he fully describes it
in Chimera monstrosa.

In Chimera colliei, the thick lower lip contains a mass of dense
tough fibrous tissue which extends the full length of the lip and
from its oral edge a certain distance posteriorly. This mass of
tissue completely surrounds the musculus labialis posterior, that
muscle traversing a canal-like perforation of the posterior portion
of the tissue without being in any way attached to it excepting
only at its origin near the symphysis of the mandibles. The
anterior (oral) end of the cartilage a is strongly attached to this
tough fibrous tissue, and it abuts against the posterior surface of
the musculus labialis posterior, the cartilage being grooved to
receive the muscle and the edges of the groove sometimes pro-
jecting to such an extent that the cartilage is decidedly Y-shaped.
External to the symphysial edge of the cartilage, and strongly
attached to it, there is a small piece of strongly calcified cartilage
which is grooved on its external surface to lodge a section of the
mandibular latero-sensory canal. On its symphysial edge the car-
tilage a gives origin to hgamentous tissues which cross the median
line and are attached to the corresponding cartilage of the oppo-
site side, this apparently being as shown in Luther's figure of
Chimera monstrosa, but the musculus Jabialis inferior of that
author’s descriptions of Chimera wonstrosa is not found in my
specimens of Chimera collier.

The ligament / of Luther’s descriptions (19096, fig. 28) is

THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, : 133

found in’ my specimens of Chimera collie arising from the
tough fibrous tissues that cover the ventral surface: “of the sym-
phys sis of the mandibles, and also from the external surface of the
cartilage a. Running latero- -posteriorly in a curved line, this
ligament is joined first by a ligament coming from the median
line posterior to the cartilage a, and then by a ligament coming
from the ventral edge of the mandibular labial and to which
reference has just above been made. The ligament so formed
runs posteriorly across the postero-ventral edge of the mandibula,
in a slight groove in that edge, and then runs upward along the
internal surface first of the mandibula and then of the palatc-
quadrate, and is inserted on a little cartilage which seems’ to
enone to the spiracular cartilage of Hubrecht’s descriptions
of Chimera monstrosa, notwithstanding that it lies mueh farther
from the hind edge of the mandibula. This little eartilage is
probably a persisting remnant of a mandibular branchial ray
such as is frequently found in the Selachii and there currently
called a spiracular cartilage, but 16 cannot be the homologue of
the spiracular cartilage of ae Batoidei, that cartilage being the
extrabranchial, or suprapharyngobranchial, of the mandibular
arch and being represented, in Chimera, in the processus oticus
quadrati, as already stated. The ligament related to this little
cartilage may then represent either certain persisting fibrous
tissues of the mandibular arch, or be a ligament derived from
certain fibres of the primitive constrictor of the arch such as are
found in Astrape (Luther, 1909 a, p. 14), and to which I ie
mde reference in a work now in press on the homologies of
the muscles related to the visceral arches in the enathostome
fishes (Allis, 1917 a). If this little cartilage be a persisting
remnant of a-mandibular branchial ray, thon the cartilage a
would also seem to be such a remnant. Luther (J. ¢. p. 46)
considers the cartilage @ to be a chondrification of the membrane
in which it lies.

3. Rostral Processes.

The three rostral processes of the adults of all of the Chime-
roids are said by Garman (1904) to be attached to the chondyo-
cranium by ligaments ‘in such a way as to admit of considerable
movement of their distal extremities up and down,” the evident
inference being that Garman did not find, in any of these fishes,
the cartilage of these processes continuous Pick that of the hens
drocranium. Hubrecht, however, shows all three of these
processes directly continuous with the cartilage of the chondro-
cranium, and he suggests that the median process may be the
homologue of the emocbeall process of the Selachii, and that
the lateral processes are probably represented, in the latter
fishes, by ligaments. Schauinsland (1903) refers to these pro-
cesses, 10 ono of Callor hynchus, as “init dem Schiadel fest
verbundenen Knorpeln,” and in. his figures he shows all three of
them as outgrowths of the septal cartilage of lis descriptions

134 MR. E, PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

and as directly continuous with it, the processes thus being of
trabecular origin. Schauinsland says that these processes support
the rostrum. Garman (1904, p. 252) says there is no rostrum in
these fishes, but the presence of the rostral processes suggests
that a rostrum existed in ancestral forms and has become ob-
solete. Gegenbaur (1898) says that the three rostral processes
correspond to, but are not directly descended from, the three-
limbed rostral basket of the Carchariide and Scylliide, this
implying that they are directly continuous with the cartilage of
the chondrocranium. Dean (1906) shows the median process
directly continuous with the cranial cartilage in a six-month
embryo of Chimera colliei, but says (J.c. p. 129) that: “I am
inclined to interpret it as an element, 7. e., a fin support, trans-
posed from a hinder position,” which would mean that it-was not
primarily a part of the cranial cartilage. The lateral rostral
processes he says are “later developed into long and separately
jointed elements.” He considers the median bar of the rostral
basket of the Carchariide and Scyllide to be probably represented
in the septal plate of Schauinsland’s descriptions of Callorhynchus,
and hence not in the median rostral process of that author's
descriptions. The lateral bars of the rostral basket of the
Selachi1 are said to be possibly the homologues of the little
processes s of Schauinsland’s descriptions of Callorhynchus, to be
later considered.

In my specimens of Chimera colliei, I find the median rostral
process articulating with and strongly bound by ligamentous
tissue to, but not directly continuous with, a slight eminence
of the chondrocranium that lies on its dorsal surface between
the two anterior openings of the ethmoidal canal. The lateral
process of either side arises from a thin and flexible portion of
the anterior edge of the dorsal wall of the nasal capsule, and it is
apparently directly continuous with the cartilage of that wall,
the surfaces, when the process is removed, always appearing
fractured. The median process runs at first dorso-anteriorly and
then turns somewhat abruptly ventro-anteriorly, and extends ap-
proximately to the level of the outer ends of the lateral processes.
From about the middle of the length of the proximal portion of
the median process a ligament arises and runs antero-ventrally in
the median line until it reaches the level of the lateral processes.
There it spreads dorsally, ventrally and laterally and is lost in
a layer of tough fibrous tissue that lies internal to the latero-
sensory canals on the ventro-anterior surface of the snout, and
forms part of the fibrous layer of the corium, to be later described
in connection with the ampullary tubules. A stout lgament,
which extends mesially from the outer end of each of the lateral
processes, also lies in this tough tissue, and is thus indirectly con-
nected with the median ligament just above described as well
as with its fellow of the opposite side. Gegenbaur (1898) found
these three ligaments represented by cartilage in one specimen
of Chimera, the ligaments of my specimen thus being capable of

THE SKULL OF CUIMERA. pESi5)

undergoing chondrification. The presence of these three liga-
ments connecting the three rostral processes of Chimera, and
their possible chondrification, thus suggest that they and the
processes together represent a rostral basket similar to that
found in the Carchariide and Scylliide, but everted. In
certain specimens of JM/ustelus I find similar ligamentous or
fibrous strands connecting the median and lateral limbs of the
rostral basket, and if ear a basket were to be everted, by
the lateral limbs passing antero-ventrally external to the median
limb, the conditions found in Chimera would apparently arise ;
the lateral processes of Chimera thus representing the basal
portions of the lateral limbs of the basket of the Selachii, those
portions of those limbs being attached to the nasal capsules as are
the processes in my specimens of Chimera.

Garman says that, in Chimera monstrosa, the median rostral]
process “presents the appearance of having originally been
attached near the nasal capsule, as in Callorhynchus, and otf
having the basal portion, for a short distance, brought back
against and fused with the frontal region of the skull.” This is
certainly also the appearance presented by the process in Chimera
colliei ; but it is probable that this apparent folding backward of
this process is due to the marked antero-ventral growth of the
anterior portion of the naso-ethmoidal cartilage, the rostral stalk
being carried forward beyond the base of the median rostral
process. Comparison of Schauinsland’s figure 125 of Callorhynchus,
giving a median vertical sectional view of an embryo of Callo-
rhynchus, with the accompanying figure 2 (PI. I.), giving a similar
view of the adult Chimera colliei, will show that this must be so.
Comparison with Sewertzoff’s figures of embryos of Pristiurus,
and with Dean’s figures of embryos of Chimera colliet, then
further shows that, becatiee of the antero-ventral growth of this
part of the chondrocranium, the antero-ventral half of the
fenestra precerebralis has been carried forward on either side
of the median rostral process, that the edges of the fenestra
anterior to the process have then fused with each other, and that
posterior to the rostral process the fenestra has been closed by
lateral compression of the cranium, the ethmoidal canals of oppo-
site sides coalescing in the median line and their floors forming
the roof of the cranial cavity and their roofs a secondary roof to
the cranium. The fenestra precerebralis is thus completely closed
in the adult Chimera, but in embryos of Callorhynchus a part of
it still persists as the opening ¢ of Schauinsland’s figures.

A stout ligament arises from the dorsal surface of the chondro-
cranium at the posterior edge of the nasal capsule, there lying
postero-lateral to the corresponding lateral rostral process. ‘This
hgament lies at first at right angles to the chondrocranium, and
as it is stout and stiff, it looks like a short ligamentous horn
which extends to the internal surface of the fibrous layer of the
corium above referred to as being related to the tubules of the
ampullary organs and to be described immediately below. There

136 MR. E, PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

the ligament breaks up into numerous branches which spread in
every divection along the internal surface of the fibrous mem-
brane. From the anterior surface of the columnar portion of
the hgament a branch hgament is sent antero-ventrally beneath
the fibrous membrane. The little cartilaginous eminence s, shown
in Schauinsland’s figures of Callorhynchus on the dorsal surface
of each nasal capsule, corresponds approximately, in position, to
this hgament of Chimera.

4. Ampulle.

The ampulle were examined in two specimens. In one of
these specimens there were five large occipital ampullary pores
lying in line along the anterior edge of that portion of the
supratemporal commissure (lateral canal, Cole, 1896) of the
latero-sensory canals that lies between the posterior ends of the
supraorbital and infraorbital canals. The tubules that start
from these pores immediately penetrate a subepidermal mem-
brane which extends over nearly the entire surface of the head,
and, lying in that membrane, between external and internal
layers of it, ran forward dorsal to the orbit and terminate in a
group of five ampulle that le immediately dorso-lateral to the
median rostral process, these ampulle also lying between the two
layers of the subepidermal membrane. Dorso-anterior to the
eyeball, between it and the supraorbital latero-sensory canal,
there is a group of twelve supraorbital pores, the tubules from
which also penetrate the subepidermal membrane and, running
antero-ventrally, terminate in an equal number of ampulle that
lie ventral to the ampullee of the occipital pores and, like them,
between the two layers.of the subepidermal membrane. Anterior
to these supraorbital pores, in the anterior end of the space
enclosed between the supraorbital and suborbital latero-sensory
canals, there are three groups of pores more or less contiguous
one with the other. In the two dorsal groups together there
were thirty pores, and in the ventral group twelve pores. The
tubules from the two dorsal groups penetrate the subepidermal
membrane, and running dorsally, dorso-posteriorly or posteriorly,
terminate in ampulle that le between the two layers of the
subepidermal membrane, close to the ampulle of the supra-
orbital pores. The tubules of the ventral group perforate first
the outer and then the inner layer of the subepidermal mem-
brane and terminate in ampulle that he close against the
internal surface of that membrane, in the region between the
dorsal and lateral rostral processes. Ventral to this latter
group of pores there are numerous pores, many of them minute,
covering that portion of the ventro-lateral surface of the snout
that Jies between the suborbital latero-sensory canal and the
supramaxillary fold, and antero- mesial to the point where the
supraorbital canal. joins the outer buccalis canal. The tubules
leading from these pores all run dorsally between the two layers

THE SKULL OF CHIMERA. 137

of the subepidermal membrane, and apparently all perforate the
inner layer of that membrane and terminate in ampulle that lie
internai to it, in the region between the dorsal and lateral rostral
processes, ‘The tissues were, however, here so dense and tough
that the relations of all of these ap: alle to the membrane could
not be definitely determined.

The ampulle above described are all innervated by branches of
the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis trigemini, these branches
being all given off after that nerve issues from the ethmoidal
canal through its anterior opening, the branches destined to the
ampulle that lie between the two layers of the subepidermal
membrane all perforating the inner layer of that membrane to
reach the ampulle. ‘These ampulle correspond, in position, to
the larger one of the two supraorbital groups of Cole’s (1896)
descriptions of Chimera monstrosa, the smaller group of supra-
orbital pores of that author's descriptions having approximately
the position, in Chimera collier, of a group of ampulle that are
innervated by the nervus buccalis.

Cole says (1896, p. 655) that the ramus oticus facialis supplies
“the most ventral of the ampulle opening on the surface by the
large occipital pores.” No such branches of the ramus oticus
could be found in my specimens of Chimera colliei, and as the
ampulle related to these occipital pores all lie on the dorsal surface
of the snout, at a great distance not only from the related pores
but also from the branches of the oticus shown in Cole’s figure,
this would seem to be an error.

The buccalis ampullze are found in three groups, two inner-
vated by the inner buccal nerve of Cole’s descriptions and one
by the outer buccal. The dorsal group of inner buccalis ampuile
lies on the dorsal surface of the snout, internal to, or slightly
posterior to, the occipital and supraorbital groups of ophthal-
micus ampulle, and, like those ampullew, between the two layers
of the subepidermal membrane, these ampulle having approxi-
mately the position of the posterior group of supraor bital : am pullee
of Cole’s descriptions. The tubules of these ampulle run
postero-ventrally, internal to the ophthalmicus ampulle and
tubules and between the two layers of the subepidermal mem-
brane, and with one exception they all open on the external
surface in the space included between the latero-sensory canals
innervated by the inner and outer buccalis nerves of Cole’s
descriptions, the former canal being the one to which I have
above referred as the suborbital canal. Nine of these pores form
a sub-group which lies in the dorso-posterior corner of that space,
while one of them opens somewhat ventro-anterior to that sub-
group; and associated with the tubules of these pores there is
the one exceptional tubule, which opens by an isolated pore that
lies posterior to the posterior hyomandibular latero-sensory
canal of Cole's descriptions. A second sub-group, of seven large
pores, lies immediately ventral to the inner buccalis suborbital
canal, in a large bend at about the middle of its length, and a

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. X. 10

138 MR. E.,.PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

third sub-group, of ten pores, dorsal to the outer buecalis canal
and postero-lateral to the point where that canal is joined by the
supraorbital canal.

The second, or ventral group of inner buccalis ampulle has the
position of the group B?* of Cole’s descriptions, and it also lies
between the two layers of the subepidermal membrane, about
midway between the median and lateral rostral processes. From
there the tubules run postero-ventrally, internal to the tubules
of the dorsal buccalis ampulla, and open on the external surface
in a long line which begins at the point where the outer buccalis

canal falls into the anter ior one of the two hyomandibular canals
of Cole’s deseriptions and extends along the dorso-anterior edge
of the latter canal until it reaches the postero-ventral end of the
supramaxillary fold. There the line of the ampullary pores
turns dorso-anteriorly along the edge of the supramaxillary
fold, and so continues nearly to the “aiaukens line.

The outer group of buccalis ampulle is Cole’s group B*, and it
lies ventral to the base of the lateral rostral process. The
tubules of these ampulle all run ventrally and pass internal to
the supramaxillary furrow. There two tubules separate from
the others, and running mesial to the external nasal aperture
open on the external surface immediately ventro- mesial to that
aperture. The remaining tubules of the group pass postero-
lateral to the external nasal aperture, and open along the ventral
edge of the nasal portion of the naso-labial fold. These ampullee
and their tubules all lie internal to the inner layer of the sub-
epidermal membrane, but they are surrounded by delicate con-
nective tissues that would seem to represent the corresponding
layer of the corium.

Closely elated to the ampullary pores on the ventral surface of
the snout, there are several patches of small depressions which
are the external openings of little glandular structures that are
of epidermal origin and form little protuberances on the internal
surface of the epidermis, suggesting undeveloped or degenerate
ampullee.

The subepidermal membrane in which, as above described, the
larger part of the ampullary tubules lie is formed by the outer
fibrous layer of the corium. The latero-sensory grooves, and the
calcified cartilaginous rings that partly surround and support
them, all lie external to this fibrous layer, as Wright (1884,
p- 263) says that the latero-sensory canals of embryos of dmaurus
also do to the corresponding layer in that fish. The membrane
passes external to the three rostral processes, and there encloses
a median, three-sided sprce which les between the three pro-
cesses. ‘The membrane is here thick, because of the accumulation
of the enclosed ampullary tubules and sacs, and the inner layer
of the membrane is markedly reticulated, the meshes in the
membrane being traversed by the tubules of certain of the
ampulle and by the nerves that supply the others. The median
portion of the three-sided space is filled with loose fatty con-
nective tissue, and the nervus ophthalimicus superficialis of either

THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, 159

side, after issuing from the anterior opening of the ethmoidal
canal, enters this space and there breaks up into numerous
terminal branches. The two layers of the membrane extend
into the supramaxillary fold, and apparently end in its ventro-
anterior edge. The tubules of the outer buccal group of ampulle
open on the external surface oral to the supramaxillary fold; and
they and the related sacs he internal to the membrane that
lodges. the other tubules, but, as already stated, fibrous sub-
dermal tissues are found im the lips and the naso-labial folds
that seem to correspond to this layer of the corium, but they do
not form a definite membrane.

In my work on Mustelus (Allis, 1901) no attention was given
to the relations of the ampulle to this fibrous membrane, But i
now find, on re-examining wy sections of this fish, that the con-
ditions there are strictly similar to those in Chimera. In the
work on Mustelus I came to the conclusion that each ampullary
pore of the adult fish imdicated, approximately, the place of
origin of the related ampullary organ, the long ampullary tubule
of certain of these organs being formed by an exceedingly rapid
growth of a primarily short tube, that tube being stretched out
between the two relatively fixed points represented by the
surface pore and the point where the sensory nerve enters the
organ. This has been since confirmed by Coggi (1902), and 1s
further confirmed by the conditions that I have sivee found in
Chlamydoselachus, the ampulle of that fish all having short tubes,
and the ampullary sacs all lying immediately beneath the related
surface-pores. This marked difference in the positions of the
ampullary sacs in this fish and those in J/ustelus and Chimera
evidently needs explanation, and it would seem as if it must be
in some way related to the amount of cranial flexure at the time
the ampulle are developed. When the cranial flexure is at its
greatest, those portions of the external surface of the head
on which the ampullary pores are found in the adult must lie
anterior or ventral to the curved anterior end of the central
nervous system, and hence in the region of the future rostrum,
If the ampullary sacs and the related nerves were well developed
at this time, it would seem as if the tendency would be to
hold the sacs there when the cranial flexure was later reduced
and the brain drawn relatively backward. ‘The dermal tissues
would, on the contrary, probably retain their relative relations
to the underlying parts of the brain, and hence also be drawn
backward ; and if the ampulle had already penetrated the fibrous
layer of the corium and continued to he in it, their short tubes
would be drawn out into long tubules lying in the fibrous layer
of the corium, as is actually the case in MWustelus and Chimara,
But if the ampullary sacs were not well developed when the
cranial flexure was at its greatest, thei tubules could not be
stretched, and it would be the related: nerve strands that would
be lengthened, as in Chlamydoselachus. This would not, however,
explain why these organs penetrate the fibrous layer of: the
corium without wholly perforating 1t, nor why these organs alone

10%

140 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

enter this layer, the latero-sensory organs and terminal buds all.
lying external to it, as do apparently also the corresponding
tissues of the ear and eye.

CONCLUSIONS.

In the chondrocranium of the adult Chimera the trabecule
arise from the ventral surface of the parachordals at a con-
siderable distance posterior to their anterior ends, and they
project antero-ventrally at a marked angle to the parachordals.
This shows that there was not only marked cranial fiexure at the
time the trabecule began to chondrify, but also that this flexure
was not, as in the Plagiostomi, later greatly reduced ; for that
there has here been reversion from the conditions found in the
wlult Plagiostomi, the cranial flexure being first reduced and
then later reacquired, seems wholly improbable. 'The Holocephali
must accordingly be descended from some form in which con-
ditions existed similar to those that are now found in embryos
of the Plagiostomi, and as these conditions were probably not
found in any adult form, the Holocephali must be descended
directly from embryos of the Plagiostomi by conservation and
modification of the conditions there found.

The chondrocranium is generally considered to have been
formed as a cast which lies between the brain, as a core, and the
external epidermis, the form of the cast depending primarily
upon the form of the brain. There must accordingly have been
some potent influence determining, in these fishes, the retention,
by the forebrain, of the position imposed upon it by the marked
cranial flexure of embryos. The precocious development of the
eyeballs, and their shifting forward and mesially dorsal to the
forebrain, where they are actually found in the adult, would
doubtless have furnished such an influence; but, unfortunately
for this assumption, Schauinsland’s descriptions of Callorhynchus
show that the eyeballs are still widely separated from each other
in early embryonic stages, and that the midbrain hes between
them. It would accordingly seem as if the determining influence,
whatever it may have been, must have been related either to
a precocious development of the olfactory organs, or to such a
development of the functional mouth.

In all embryos of the Plagiostomi the mouth is at first directed
ventrally, and if it became functional before the cranial flexure
was reduced, it would evidently tend to remain ventral, this
possibly explaining why it is found in this position in the adults
of most of these fishes. If in such an embryo the cranial flexure
were relatively late in being reduced, or, what is the same thing,
if the mouth became precociously functional, the perpetuation of
the conditions then existing might give rise to the relations of
trabeculae to parachordals actually found in the adult Holocephali.
The eyeballs would then naturally tend to shift forward, and
when the head was later compressed latero-mesially they would
lie dorsal to the forebrain. The other peculiarities of the,

THE SKULL OF CHIMASRA, 141

chondrocranium would then arise as a result of the anterior ends
of the trabecule turning dorsally anterior to the forebrain and
between the nasal sacs, and then again forward in their terminal
portions, represented in the median rostral process.

The peculiar form of the chondrocranium of these fishes would
not then be primarily due to developmental adjustments to
feeding habits, but to the acquisition of feeding habits adapted
to anatomical conditions which were wholly independent of those
habits.

literature cited.

Auuts, E. P., Jr.—19091. ‘The Lateral Sensory Canals, the Eye-
muscles, and the Peripheral Distribution of certain of
the Cranial Nerves of Mustelus levis.” Quart. Journ.
Microsc. Sci. vol. xlv. London.

——, 1912. “The Branchial, Pseudobranchial and Carotid
Arteries in Chimera (Hydrolagus) colliei.” Anat. Anz.
Bd. xlu. Jena. .

——. 1913. ‘The Homologies of the Ethmoidal Region of the
Selachian Skull.” Anat. Anz. Bd. xliv. Jena.

——, 1914. “The Pituitary Fossa and Trigemino - facialis
Chamber in Ceratodus forstert.” Anat. Anz. Bd. xlvi.
Jena.

——. 1915. “The Homologies of the Hyomandibula of the
Gnathostome Fishes.” Journ. Morph. vol. xxvi. Phila-
del phia.

——. 1916. “The so-called Labial Cartilages of Raia clavata.”
Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. lxi1. London.

——. 19174. “The Homologies of the Muscles related to the
Visceral Arches of the Gnathostome Fishes.” (In press.)

-——. 19176. “The Lips and the Nasal Apertures in the
Gnathostome Fishes.” (In press.)

3ripan, T. W.—1898. “On the Morphology of the Skull in the
Paraguayan Lepidosiren and in other Dipnoids.” Trans.
Zool. Soc. vel. xiv. part 5. London.

Coaer, A.—1902. “Sviluppo degli organi di senso laterale, delle
Ampolle di Lorenzinie loro nervi rispettivi in Torpedo.”
Archiv. Zoolog. vol. i. fase. 1. Napoli.

CoLE, F.—1896. “On the Cranial Nerves of Chimera moustrosa,
with a discussion of the Lateral Line System and of the
Morphology of the Chorda tympani.” Trans. Royal
Soc. Edin. vol. xxxvili. Edinburgh.

Dean, B.—1906. “‘Chimeroid Fishes and their development.”
Carnegie Institute, Publ. 32. Washington.

Firprincer, K.—1903. “ Beitriige zur Kenntnis des Visceral-
skelets der Selachier.” Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xxxi.
Leipzig.

——. 1904. “ Beitrige zur Morphologie des Skelets der Dipnoer
nebst Bemerkungen iiber Pleuracanthiden, Holocephalen
und Squaliden.” Jenaisehe Denkschriften, Bd. iv.
Jena,

142 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON

Garman, S.—1904. “The Chimeeroids (Chismopnea Raf., 1815
FHolocephala Miill., 1834), especially Rhinochimera wad
its Allies.” Bull. Nae. Harvard Coll. vol. xli.

GEGENBAUR, C.—1872. “ Das Kopfskelet der Selachier.” Unter-
suchungen zur Vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbel-
tiere, Hft. ii. Leipzig.

——. 1898. Vergleichende Anatomie der Wirbelthiere mit
Beriicksichtigung der Wirbellosen, Bd. i. Leipzig. —

. “ A Contribution to the Skeletal Anatomy of
the Frilled Shark (Chlamydoselachus anguineus Gar.).”
Proc. Zoo]. Soc., Part 2. London.

Grett, A.— 1913. ‘ Entwickelungsgeschichte des Kopfes und des
Blutgefisssystemes von Ceratodus forsteri. Zweiter
Teil: Die epigenetischen Erwerbungen wahrend der
Stadien 39-48.” Jenaische Denkschriften, Bd. iv.
Jena.

Husrecut, A. A. W.—1877. “ Beitrig zur Kenntnis des
Kopfskeletes der Holocephalen.” Niederl. Archiv f.
Zoologie, Bd. 111i. Leiden.

KUPFFER, K. v.—1906. “ Die Morphogenie des Centralnerven-

zi - . systems.” Handb, Entw. Wirbelth. Hertwig, Bd. u.

Teil 3. Jena.

LLuraer, A.—1909 a. “ Untersuchungen tber die vom N. Tri-
geminus innervirte Muskulatur der Selachier (Haie und
Rochen) unter Bericksichtigung ihrer Beziehungen
zu den benachbarten Organen.” Acta Soc. Se. Fenn.,
xxxvL No. 3. Helsingfors.

——. 1909 b. “ Beitriige zur Kenntnis von Muskulatur und
Skelett des Kopfes des Haies Stegostoma tigrinum
Gm. und der Holocephalen, mit Anhang iiber die
Nasenrinne.” Ibid. xxxvii. No. 6.

MARSHALL, A. M., & Spencer, W. B.—1881. ‘ Observations on
the Cranial Nerves of Scylliwm.” Quart. Journ. Microsc.
Sci. vol. xxi. London.

Parker, W. K.—1876. “On the Structure and Development of

ays the Skall in Sharks and Skates.” Trans. Zool. Soc.
vol. x. London.

Parker, W. K., & Berrany, G. T.—1877. The Morphology of
the Skull. London.

Ripewoop, W. G.—1895. ‘On the Spiracle and Associated
Structures in Klasmobranch Fishes.” Anat. Anz. Bd. xi.
Jena. Ei

ScuHavuinsLaNp, H.— 1903. “ Beitraige zur Entwicklungsgeschichte

Smad ‘Anatomie der Wirbeltiere. 1. 2. 3.” Zoologica,
Bd. xvi. (Heft 39). Stuttgart.

SEWERTZOFF, A. N.—1899. ‘Die Entwickelung des Selachier-
schiidels. Ein Beitriig Zur Theorie der correlativen
Entwickelung.” -Festschr. C. von Kupffer. Jena.

Verrer, B.—-1878. “ Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden
Anatomie der Kiemen- und Kiefermuskulatur. der

GOoDEY,

THE SKULL OF GHIMASRA, 143

Fische. II. Teil.’ Jenaische Zeit. f£. Naturwiss.
Bd. xi. Jena.

Wricut, R. R.—1884. “On the Nervous System and Sense
Organs of Amiurus.” Proc. Canad. Inst. vol. it. No. 3.
Toronto.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
The figures are all natural size.

Pirate I.

Fig. 1. Lateral view of the head of Chimera colliei, showing the latero-sensory
canals and the ampnilary pores.
2. Median view of the bisected skull.

Puatez II,

Fig. 3. Lateral view of the skull, with the labial and nasal cartilages in place.
4. Lateral view of the anterior end of the skull, with the ala nasalis and the
cartilage Z in place but the other labial and nasal cartilages removed,
5. The same, with the ala nasalis and cartilage J removed,
6. Ventro-anterior view of the end of the snout.

Prafe III,

Fig. 7. Dorsal view of the skull.
8. Ventral view of the skull,
9. Posterior view of the skull.
Index Letters.
a, cartilage a of Hubrecht’s descrip- | 9 md, mandibula.
* 416NS.. - mdl, mandibular labial.
ab, foramen for nervus abducens. mlf, maudibular labial fold.
acy, foramen for arteria centralis n, process of cartilage k.
retin. | ne, nasal capsule.
acv, foramen for anterior cerebral vein. nlf, naso-labial fold.
adp, anterior dental plate. o, foramen for nervus opticus,
aec, anterior opening of ethmoidal obec, outer buccalis latero - sensory
canal, | canal.
ant, antorbital process. | oem, foramen for nervus oculomotorius,
ecr, cavuin cranil. | opf, foramen for nervus ophthalmicus
e, cartilage e of Hubrecht’s descrip- | profundus,
tions. oph, foramen for nervus ophthalmicus
ec, ethmoidal canal. superficialis.
epsb, foramen for efferent pseudo- | pdp, posterior dental plate.
branchial artery. pec, posterior opening of ethmoidal
Jf, foramen for nerve and artery. canal.
’", foramen for branch of nervus pf, foramen for nervus palatinus
ophthalmicus. | facialis.
fa, foramen for nervus facialis. | pfg, perforation for pedicel of carti-
Jn, tenestra nasalis. | lage fg. .
fe, foramen for branchofvenanasalis. | pnb, prenasal beak.
fon, foramen for vena nasalis. pnd, prenasal depression.
g, cartilage g of Hubrecht’s descrip- pq, palatoquadrate.
tions. pre, premaxillary lip.
hme, hyomandibular latero - sensory pst, postorbital process.
canal. ptf, pituitary fossa,
hmf, foramen for neryus hyoideo-man- pul, posterior upper labial.
dibularis facialis. © pv, foramen for pituitary vein.
hy, hypophysial groove. smaf, supramaxillary fold.
k, cartilage & of Hubrecht’s descrip- soc, supraorbital latero-sensory canal,
tions. sos, suborbital shelf.
lrp, lateral rostral process, sube, suborbital latero-sensory canal.
m, cartilage m of Hubrecht’s deserip- t, foramen for nervus trochlearis.
tious, fr, foramen for neryus trigeminus,

land i
i” OMEE Rae a

P2Z51917, 3OULENGER St

3b J. Green del.et lith.
1,2. PHILOCHORTUS 'SPINALIS: 6,4) 2 Rais teres

vee On led a
. \ \

P2ZS.1917 BOULENGER Fi

TOIMALLL LATS

LTTE LS BN neal AAT
LLL, L EKA a RRS

eB) (@}
i J.Green del.et lith.

12,PHILOGHORTUS NEUMANN, 3,4. PD iNT 2 Eines
5. P AAR DEMG GER.

—

ON LIZARDS OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS, 145

On the Lizards of the Genus Philochortus Matschie.
By G. A. Boutenerr, F.R.S., F.Z.8.*

'Received January 27, 1917: Read February 20, 1917. }

(Plates I. & II.)

INDEX.
SYSTEMATIC : Page
Philochortus Matschie, definition and description
of the species mn ore ee ee ls
Ph. intermedius, sp. ., Somaliland .................. 152

PHILOCHORTUS.

Latastia, part., Bouleng. Cat. Liz. 1. p. 54 (1887).
Philochortus Matschie, Sitzb, Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1898, p. 30.

Head-shields normal, save for the occasional absence of the
interparietal. Nostril pierced between two nasals and bordered
by the first upper labial or narrowly separated from that shield.
Lower eyelid scaly, more or less transparent in the middle.
Collar well marked. Back with two to six longitudinal series
of large plate-like scales; ventral plates feebly imbricate, with
Fue LS posterior Borden, smooth. Digits more or less com-
pressed, with smooth or keeled lamellar scales inferiorly.
Femoral pores. ‘Tail long, cylindrical.

Southern Arabia, Eritrea, Abyssinia, Somaliland.

This genus differs from Lacerta and Latastia in the longi-
tudinal series of enlarged plate- like seales on the back, an
approximation to the condition in Por omera, Lach ydr omus, and
HTolaspis.

In all the species the parietal foramen is absent, and a few
small teeth are usually present on the pterygoids.

The subdigital lamellee vary according to individuals; they are
usually smooth or with two series of obtuse tubercles ; sometimes,
however, the tubercles form obtuse keels, and in a female of
P. neumanni there is a rather sharp keel along the middle.
Steindachner has already observed that of the two types of

hardeggeri one has the subdigital lamelle distinctly keeled,
whilst in the other the keels are scarcely indicated.

The species grouped under this genus thus afford another argu-
ment against the unnatural division of the Lacertide into two
main groups, Liedactyli and Pristidactyli, according to the absence
or presence of keels on the lower surface of the digits, which the
state of things in Psammodromus and Seaptira had already led
me to abandon,

* Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum,

+ For explanation of the Plates see p. 157.

146 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LIZARDS

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Dorsal plates smooth or very feebly keeled; interparietal usually absent or
separated from the occipital by the parietals meeting in the middle; usually
4 upper labials anterior to the subocular; 11 to 15 femoral pores on each side.
30 to 42 dorsal plates and scales across the middle of the
body ; hind limb not reaching the ear; foot 14 to 12
times length of head. ee tcee LP. Spinalis Peters.
28 or 30 dorsal plates and scales across the middle of the
body; hind limb reaching the car; foot 12 times
length OF ead. 60... Se5 ovens sinslen'nsshstcenn ems sou! bantlacuha lege aa alle BypaeD UU Iie canemnea heat

II. Dorsal plates more or less strongly, rarely feebly keeled ; interparieta! in contact
with the occipital or separated from it by a small shield; usually 5 upper
labials anterior to the subocular.

38 to 42 dorsal plates and scales across the middle of the

body; 12 to 14 large keeled scales in a transverse

series between the hind limbs; supraoculars 1n con-

tact with the frontal; 29 to 34 gular scales in a

longitudinal series; 14 to 16 femoral pores on each

side; 33 to 35 lamellar scales under the fourth toc.. P. neumanni Matsch.
33 to 40 dorsal plates and scales across the middle of the

body; 12 to 18 large keeled scales in a transverse

series between the hind limbs; supraoculars in con-

tact with the frontal; 21 to 28 gular scales in a

longitudinal series; 12 to 18 femoral pores on each

side; 24 to 30 lamellar scales under the fourth toe.. P. 7itexmedius Bley.
24 to 30 dorsal plates and scales across the middle of the

body; 8 keeled plates in a transverse series between

the hind limbs; supraoculars usually separated from

the frontal by a series of granules; 25 to 28 gular

scales in a longitudinal series; 11 to 13 femoral

pores on each side; 25 to 31 lamellar scales under

the fourth oe... 0.0.0 4:. cgaccnsenese vans cntssuvssaebucs scutes - ce UOMO eInymrties

1. PuiLocHortus sprnanis. (PI. I. figs. 1,.2.)

Lacerta spinatis Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874, p. 369, pl. —-
fig 2.
Latastia spinalis Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ill. p. 57 (1887); Stejneg.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 717; Bouleng. Ann. Mus.
Genova, (2) xvi. 1896, p. 551; Tornier, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. xxii.
1905, p. 375; O. Neumann, t.c. p. 395.

ilead and body feebly depressed. Head 14 to 12 times as long
as broad, its depth equal to the distance between the anterior
corner of the eye and the tympanum, its length 4 to 43 times in
length to vent; snout obtusely pointed, as long as postocular part
of head, with obtuse canthus. Pileus twice as long as broad.
Neck as broad as the head or a little narrower. Hind lhmb
reaching the shoulder or between the shoulder and the ear in
males, the axil or the shoulder in females; foot 1} to 12 times
as long as head; toes slender, feebly compressed. Tail 2 to
24 times as long as head and body.

Nostril pierced between 3 aves nasals forming a suture
behind the rostral, the suture 4 to 3 the length of the fronto-

nasal, which is men broader than long and ee: than the
far ecnactal space ; prefrontals forming a short median suture;
frontal as long as its distance from the end of the snout, 13 to

OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS, 147

12 times as long as broad, angular in front, much narrower
behind, not or but very feebly grooved in front; parietals 1} to
14 times as long as broad, meeting on the median line, the inter-
parietal being small and separated from the occipital, or alto-
gether absent *; occipital small}, triangular. Two large subequal
supraoculars, preceded and followed by a small one (first and
fourth), often broken up into two or more small shields or
eranules, the first in contact with the frontal; 6 or 7 super-
ciliaries, separated from the supraoculars by a series of granules.
Lower eyelid opaque or somewhat translucid, with feebly enlarged
scales in the middie, some of which are deeper than the others.
Rostral not entering the nostril; a single postnasal; anterior
loreal. shorter than the second}; 4, rarely 5, upper labials
anterior to the subocular, which is usually narrower beneath
than above. <A long narrow upper temporal, usuaily in contact
with the fourth supraocular, followed by one or two small shields ;
upper temporal scales small and granwar or hexagonal, lower
larger ; a more or less distinct tympanie shield.

4 pairs of chin-shields, first two or three in contact in the
middle; 21 to 29 gular scales between the symphysis of the chin-
shields and the median collar-plate, granular in front, gradually
or abruptly enlarged and imbricate behind, those of the last row
often as large as the plates of the collar; no gular fold. Collar
with strongly serrated edge, composed of 7 to 10 plates.

Scales granular on the nape; 2, 4, or, rarely, 6, rows of
hexagonal plates along the back, usually smooth, sometimes very
feebly keeled; these plates rather small and usually merging
gradually into the granular, flat, smooth, or obtusely keeled
scales on the sides; 30 to 42 plates and scales across the middle
of the body. Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal and 27 to 32 trans-
verse series, the border of the transverse series notched between
the plates, the median pair of which 1s narrower than the others.
Preanal plates small and irregular, or two median enlarged.

11 to 15 femoral pores on each side. 27:-to 30 lamellar scales
under the fourth toe.

Caudal scales forming Beer longer and shorter whorls,
upper oblique, rather strongly and diagonally keeled, rounded or
obtusely pointed behind, lower feebly keeled. basals aioothi: 24
to 28 scales in the fourth or fifth whorl behind the postanal
granules.

Young dark brown or black on the body, ad 6 yellowish-
white longitudinal streaks, the median pair bifurcating on the
nape, the outer branch extending to the superciliary edge, and
uniting on the base of the tail; the upper lateral streak from the
eye to the tail, passing above the tympanum, the lower from

* Absent in the type-specimen and in most of the 59 specimens from Ghinta
examined by me. J was wrong in thinking the absence of this shield in the type-
specimen to be an individual anomaly.

+ Divided into two in the type-specimen,

ty Absent in the type-specimen.

148 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON LIZARDS

the upper lip to the thigh, passing through the tympanum and
above the fore limb, reappearing on the back of the thigh; upper
surface of head pale brown, wath or without darker mottling;
upper surface of fore limb pale brown, the shields dark-edged, of
hind limb brown with round white spots ; lower parts white; tail
coral-red. ‘These markings may entirely disappear in the adult,
or the dark spaces between the light streaks may be replaced by
longitudinal series of dark brown or black spots on a yellowish-
brown ground,

Measurements, in millimetres.
1. 2. 3.

From end of snout to vent ......... 55. 49 52

‘ PE fore limb ... 19 17 18
Headend base ct elec ones teem, 12 12
Width of herd Pee rn een a ih
Depth of head’ (ie.cccersts oe OO 6 6
Kore limb: o:2.0.sece ccc eee ee 17 17
Fanaclimil: aos... acest eee ho ee 31 31
Ph OOGE Ma ne ee Oe eee Las 16 16
alts bo eee ete SIR Oe es a 122 123

1. &, Rugdeia Sogheira. 2. ¢, Ghinda. 3. 9, Ghinda.

Particulars of specimens examined.

I =2: 8h 24. a6; 6. 7.

6, Rugdeia Sogheira, Adal... 55 34 29 8 26 13-12 29
ee Gruhn akc at ee pS 34 29 9 21 1415 30
a Pm eae tar. repr asses VY) 33 27 9 24. 12 27
as BaD ofS Se ae nat eA 37 29 ef 22 14-15 28
3 se dcaiishsosah anaes Stan ee OO 37 32 8 29 15 29
n Ton -cdesiaduaite: Soceiy eee UDO OGRE coo mene eno 12 28
Ree lu cn eh oe ya igs Babette ae ee aes an

1. Length to vent (in millimetres). 2. Plates and scales across middle of body.
3. Transverse series of ventral plates. 4. Plates in collar. 5. Gular scales in a
straight line between symphysis of chin-shields and median collar-plate. 6. Femoral
pores (right and left). 7. Lamellar scales under fourth toe-—Same tabulation for
the following species.

Habitat. Eritrea. The type-specimen is from Bogos.

I have examined the type-specimen and one from Adal in
the Berlin Museum, two from Rugdeia Sogheira, and 59 from
Ghinda, in the Genoa Museum.

2. PHILOCHORTUS PHILLIPSI. (PI. I. figs. 3, 4.)

Latastia phillipsii Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) i. 1898,
Di Lol:

Head and body rather depressed. Head about 13 times as long
as broad, its depth equal to the distance between the centre of
the eye and the tympanum, its length a little more than 4 times
in length to vent; snout obtusely pointed, as long as postocular
part of head, with obtuse canthus. Pileus twice as long as broad.

OF THE GENUS FHILOCHORTUS, 149

Neck a little narrower than the head. Hind linb reaching the
ear-opening ; foot 14 to 13 times as long as head ; toes slender,
compressed, ‘T'ail 24 to 23 times as long as head and body.

Nostril pierced between 3 shields; nasals forming a suture
behind the rostral, the suture } to 3 the length of the fronto-
nasal, which is much broader than long and broader than the
ferearial space; prefrontals forming a short median suture ;
frontal as long as its distance from the end of the snout, nearly
twice as long as broad, angular in front, much narrower behind,
feebly 2 erooved ; parietals 13 times as long as broad, meeting on
the median line between the narrow or very small interparietal
and the small triangular occipital. 4 supraoculars, first small,
divided into two and in contact with the frontal, second and
third large and subequal, fourth smali and sometimes divided
into two; 5 or 6 superciliaries, separated from the supraoculars
by a series of granules. Lower eyelid transparent in the middle,
with feebly enlarged scales, some of which are deeper than the
others. Rostral not entering the nostril; a single postnasal ;
anterior loreal shorter than second; 4 upper labials anterior to
the subocular, which is a little narrower beneath than above.
A long narrow upper temporal, in contact with the fourth
supraocular, followed by two small shields; upper temporal
scales small and granular, lower large; a distinct tympanic
shield.

4 pairs of chin-shields, first three in contact in the middle;
21 gular scales in a straight median line, granular in front,
gradually enlarged and imbricate towards the collar, which is
formed of 9 plates.

Scales flat, granular on the nape, subimbricate and smooth or
faintly keeled on the body, with the two series on the spine much
enlarged and plate-like, hexagonal, and twice as broad as long ;
28 or 30 plates and scales across the middle of the body. Ventral
plates in 6 longitudinal and 26 transverse series, the border of the
transverse series notched between the plates, the median pair of
which is narrower than the others. ‘Two enlarged preanal plates,
one in front of the other, with smaller plates anteriorly and
laterally.

13 femoral pores on each side. 27 to 30 lamellar scales under
the fourth toe.

Caudal scales forming alternately somewhat longer and shorter
whorls, upper oblique, rather strongly keeled, obtusely pointed
behind; 20 scales in the fourth or fifth whorl.

Young dark brown above, with 5 yellowish longitudinal streaks,
the median bifurcating on the nape, each branch extending to
the middle of the posterior border of the parietal shield; the
lateral streaks occupying the same position as in P. spinalis.
Adult grey above, with 3 lemon-yellow longitudinal streaks, the
median forked on the nape, and with crowded black dots forming
a band from the temple to above the hind limb; limbs speckled
with black. Lower parts white. Tail red in the young.

150 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LIZARDS

Measurements, in millimetres.

From .endiof sioub torventi 5; 4%. nee oe
53 fore lhnb:<..5 see ee,

Haka, waciditteena ds 2 batts dhaln de uanecdi eR MRCP ee ee ae
Widthofihead: 2 da Geseaieiioipe ad Rat Soy HCE oe es EE
Depthrorihend: cc2 4h eeate staat, ata te tae mn
Fore Si pase ace os tos als ae eee ee el
Bind Tiina. % sos cosas wetack po ence ne oon Oe ee ee
1 U0 (0) ra eee RM eye ee dee ei Ta mcd TR

This species is known from two specimens obtained at Berbera,
Somaliland, by Mr. E. Lort Phillips. Distinguished from the
preceding by the longer foot and by the light streaks being in
odd number on the body.

3. PHILOCHORTUS NEUMANNI. (PI. IT. fig. 1.)

Philochortus newman Matschie, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl.
1393, p..30:

Latastia neumannt Anders. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 643,
pl. xxxvii. fig. 1; Steind. Denkschr, Ak. Wien, Ixix. 1901, aa 330,

Latastia hardeggeri, part., Anders. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, i
p. 145.

Head and body feebly depressed. Head about 12 times as long
as broad, its depth equal to the distance between the centre of
the eye and the tympanum, its length 4 to 43 times in length to
vent ; snout obtusely pointed, as long as poctoeal uw part of head,
with ‘bbuse eanthus. Pileus twice as long as broad. Neck as
broad as the head or a little narrower. Hind limb reaching the
collar or between the collar and the ear; foot 12 to 14 times as
long as head; toes slender, compressed. ‘Tail 2 2 to near ly 3 times
as long as ‘head and body.

Nostril separated from the upper labial and the postnasal by a
narrow rim *; nasals forming a suture behind the rostral, the
suture 7 to 4 the length oF the frontonasal, which is much
broader than lone and ioreaves than the iternen ial space; pre-
frontals forming a short median suture; frontal as long as its
distance from the end of the snout, 14 to 2 times as long as
broad, angular in front, narrower behind, not grooved ; parietals
14 to 1$ times as long as broad; interparietal small, usually
separated from the occipital by a el shield. 4 supraoculars,
first small and usually in contact with the frontal, second and

third large and subequal, fourth small and sometimes broken up

into two or three; 6 or 7 superciliaries, separated from the supra-
ocular's by a series of granules. Lower eyelid somewhat trans-
parent, with feebly enlarged scales in the middle, some of which
ave deeper than the others. Rostral not entering the nostril ;
2 single postnasal; anterior loreal shorter than the second; 5

* Exactly as in Lacerta perspicillata.

‘OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS. ED1

rarely 4*, upper labials anterior to the subocular, which is a little
narrower beneath than above. A long narrow upper temporal,
usually in contact with the fourth supraocular, followed by one
or two small shields; temporal scales mostly hexagonal, very
small above, larger beneath ; a narrow curved tympanic shield,

5 pairs of chin-shields, first three in contact in the middle; 29
to 34 gular scales ina straight ne in the middle, granular in
front, gradually or abruptly enlarged and imbricate towards the
collar; no gular fold. Collar with strongly serrated edge, com-
posed of 7 to 10 plates.

Scales granular and smooth on the nape, rhombic, juxtaposed
or subimbricate, and obtusely keeled on the body ; 4 or 6 series
-of hexagonal plates along the back, more or less strongly keeled ;
38 to 42 plates and scales across the middle of the body f; 12 or
14 large keeled scales in a transverse series between the hind
limbs. Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal and 28 to 31 transverse
series, the border of the fetiovet se series feebly notched between
the plates, the median pair of which is narrower than the others.
Preanal plates small and irregular, or two large one in front of
the other, or three large forming a triangle.

14 to 16 femoral pores on each side. 33 to 35 lamellar scales
under the fourth toe.

Caudal scales in alternating somewhat longer and_ shorter
whorls, upper oblique, str ongly and diagonally “keeled, rounded
or obtusely pointed behind, lower keeled ; 26 to 30 scales in the
fourth or fifth whorl behind the postanal granules.

Brown to blackish above, with six yellowish-white streaks, two
along the back, diverging on the nape, and two on each side, the
upper from behind the eye to the base of the tail, passing above
the tympanum, the lower from the upper lp, through the tym-
panum and above the fore limb, to the base of the thigh ; the
dark band between the two light lateral streaks sometimes
spotted with whitish; upper surface of head and limbs pale
brown ; lower parts white; tail pale brown above, yellowish
beneath, orange-red distally i in the young,

Measurements, in millimetres.
i. 2. 3.

From end of snout to vent .......... 73 82 80

5 fore limb .... 29 29 28
ere) TER AUC re Aes Ae Ee a Fs 19 18
Width an nends Re ace Me eetetais Toe 12 dat
Depth or head. co. tcce seni 8'S 10 9
orem iclesces sear ater ccvecs “2O 30 26
Hand Gina) 2.2.3. eo eee 48 53 47
Foot.. ST dha eek sce le A 28 25
As Ss ae Eg be ee 0S 190 200

k. 3.3 Mt. MeniES 2 9 Me Manif. 3. ¢, Lahej.

* Tn the female from Mt. Manif.
+ Anderson’s count, 47, is taken higher up the bedy.

152 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LIZARDS

Particulars of specimens examined.

mE Oe SOs aos 6. 7.

G., Mt. Manif7.... 73 38 30 df 33 «15-16 34
ts x Ae agin p Pats 38 29 ff 29 14 34
Hore tc ) spires 50 39 88 38 a4 hay eee
Or avahe), cniaceeeO 42 31 8 31 16 33
Het.,,,0 sc. 68) 40 (30 10 “932 — aoa

The type-specimen, preserved in the Berlin Museum, has been
compared with the specimens from Lahe}j.

Habitat. This species is only known from South-Western
Arabia inland of Aden, specimens having been obtained at Lahe}j
and in the Wadis below Mt. Manif, near Lahej.

4, PHILOCHORTUS INTHERMEDIUS, sp. n. (PI. II. figs. 2, 3.)

Latastia hardeggert (non Steind.), Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H.
(7) 11. 1898, p.-130.

Latastia hardeggert, part., Anders. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, ii.
p. 145.

Head and body rather depressed. Head 12 to 12 times as long
as broad, its depth equal to the distance between the anterior
corner or the centre of the eye and the tympanum, its length
4 to 44 times in length to vent in males, 44 to 5 times in
females ; snout obtusely pointed, as long as postocular part of
head, with obtuse canthus. Pileus 2 to 2; times as long as
broad. Neck as broad as the head or a little narrower. Hind
limb reaching the elbow or the axil in females, the axil, the
shoulder, or the collar in males; foot 14 to 14 times as long as
head; toes slender, compressed. ‘Tail 2 to 22 times as long
as head and body.

Nostril separated from the upper labial and the postnasal by a
narrow rim; nasals forming a suture, behind the rostral, the
suture } to 2 the length otf the frontonasal, which is broader
than long and broader than the internarial space; prefrontals
forming a short median suture; frontal as long as its distance
from the end of the snout or a little shorter, 13 to 2 times as
long as broad, angular or rounded in front, narrower behind, not
or but feebly grooved ; parietals 14 to 12 times as long as broad ;
interparietal 2 to 3 times as long as broad, in contact with the
occipital, which is usually broader and about half as long.
4 supraoculars, first small, sometimes broken up into 2 or 3, and
as often as not in contact with the frontal, second and third
large and equal or second a little longer, fourth small and usually
broken up into 2 or 3; 6 or 7 superciliaries, separated from the
supraoculars by a complete series of granules, or first in contact
with the first and second supraoculars. Lower eyelid somewhat
transparent, with feebly enlarged scales in the middle, some ot
which may be deeper than the others. Rostral not entering the

OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS. Las

nostril; a single postnasal; anterior loreal shorter than the
second; 5, rarely 4*, upper labials anterior to the subocular,
which is narrower beneath than above. <A long narrow upper
temporal, usually in contact with the fourth supraocular, usually
followed by one or two small shields; temporal scales very small
and granular above, much larger beneath; a curved tympanic
shield.

4 pairs of chin-shields, sometimes followed by a small fifth,
first three in contact in the middle; 21 to 28 gular scales in a
straight line in the middle, granular in front, gradually or
abruptly enlarged and imbricate towards the collar; no gular
fold. Collar with strongly serrated edge, composed of 7 to 10
(exceptionally 4) plates.

Scales granular and smooth on the nape, rhombic and keeled
on the body ; ; 2 or 4 series of hexagonal plates along the back,
more o1 less strongly keeled, avely faintly keeled; 33 to 40
plates and scales across the middle of the body; 12 to 18 large
keeled scales in a transverse series between the hind limbs.
Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal and 27 to 32 transverse series
(27 to 30 in males, 30 to 32 in females), the border of the trans-
verse series feebly notched between the plates, the median pair of
which is narrower than the others. Preanal plates small and
irregular, or two or three enlarged ones in the middle, in a series
or three forming a triangle.

12 to 18 femoral pores on each side. 24 to 30 lamellar scales
under the fourth toe.

Caudal scales in alternately somewhat longer and shorter
whorls, upper oblique, strongly and diagonally keeled, rounded
or obtusely pointed behind, lower keeled ; 24 to 28 scales in the
fourth or fifth whorl behind the postanal granules.

Young black on the upper sur face of the body, with 6 yellow
streaks, the median pai diverging towards the occiput, to em-
brace an additional pair of short eee or each streak bifurcating
just before reaching the occiput; the upper lateral streak ex-
tends from behind the eye to the base of the tail, passing above
the tympanum, the lower from the upper lip, through the tym-
panum and above the fore limb, to the thigh; head and upper
surface of fore limbs brown, hind limbs and tail coral-red, throat
and belly white.

These markings may persist more or less distinctly in the adult,
which vary much in colour: the blackish bands between the light
streaks may be much spotted with whitish, or broken up into
spots, or the upper parts may be grey, brown, or reddish with
7 blackish longitudinal streaks (9 behind the occiput) or merely
with two series of blackish spots on each side, Tail often reddish
towards the end.

* 4 in two specimens only.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1917, No. XT. 11

154

MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LIZARDS

Measurements, in millimetres.

Li 2. 3. 4.
From end of snout to vent ......... ae 68 56 85
~ fore limb... 27 25 20 ae
Head eh 18 1074 13 17
Width of ead Jil 11 8 12
Depth of head 9 8 67519
Fore limb Och ROR eae RL 24. 18 26
aimed him 52 oe pew cee 42, 42 29 45
Foot.. 22 23 16 25
Tail .. Sy SE “175 180 145 200
di . anne 213% as Berbera. 4,5. 2 (gravid), Berbera.
Particulars of specimens examined.
1. 2. 3. 4. D. 6.
Os Wiaeeay nti tO 40 30 9 28 16-14
se os 71 34 2.202 8 %O7 NSSIy
E B2- 36 "428 © 7 bad ial
on 3 SEE Are ro LO 38 30 7 26 =14-16
64 Berberavec® ois oe ae, 43 34 27 9 22 12
» Inland of Berbera ... 68 40 28 9 27 16
‘ a 68-87. 99. 99 | Ob. Neate
. P 56. ©3629 11 eon eed
2 fy 55 39° 29. Bh beat
- 55 6386S 28 10 oak 14
e 5 53 36 29 4. 23 14
53 * 53 34 28 8 23 14-13
Aa 55 ol 40 27 9 26 13
oy . 95) 7) 36. 80, 107 aut
Ke . 85 8%. 82 Bo eee GEIS
. . 80. 868 «80. 30m 24s aroead
. ' 15 B74 30 ae 0 eae Gols
55 a 71 39 31 10 28 17-16
i i 67 40, 30° “ge eae aE
is . 58 34° (30° teow Nenu i a4
. 56 | (80. 31> “Men a oats
: S 63:// 38... 808p7 10. 2b A588
a a 511986 +80 By ~) Bardens

Habitat. Northern Somaliland at and near Berbera.

5, PHILOCHORTUS HARDEGGERI.
Latastia hardeggert Steind. Ann.

Derails (ple: xaL3,

Zeal Jaheb., Syst. xxu. 1905,

(Pl. LL. figs. 4,:5.)
Hofmus. Wien,

vil, 13a,

Bouleng. Zool. Rec. 1893, Rept. P- 23; ‘Tornier,

p. 375.

Eremias heterolepis, Boettg. ae Anz. 1898, ve 115y 193:

Latastia degent Bouleng.

p. 55.

Ann. & Mag. N. FLY (7)

Head and body rather depressed.
long as broad, its depth equal to the distance between the
anterior corner or the centre of the eve and the tympanum,

Head about 12

x1 eta.

times as

OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS, 155

its length 44 to 5 times in length to vent; snout pointed, as
long as postocular part of head, with rather sharp canthus.
Pileus 1? to 2 times as long as broad. Neck as broad as the
head or a little narrower. Hind limb reaching the shoulder,
the collar, or between the collar and the ear; foot 12 to 2 times
as long as head ; toes slender, compressed, Tail 2? to 37 times as
long as head and body.

Nostril between three shields, or separated from the upper
labial and the postnasal by a narrow rim; nasals forming a
suture behind the rostral, the suture ? to 2 the length of the
frontonasal, which is much broader than long and broader than
the internarial space; prefrontals forming a short median suture ;
frontal as long as its distance from the end of the snout or a little
shorter, 14 to 13 times as.long as broad, angular or rounded in
front, narrower behind, distinctly grooved; parietals 1} to 14
times as long as broad, in contact with the upper postocular ;
interparietal extremely narrow, in contact with or narrowly
separated from the very small occipital *. Two large supra-
oculars, subequal or anterior the shorter, entirely surrounded
by a series of granules t, of which larger ones represent the
first and, fourth supraoculars; 5 or 6 superciliaries. Lower
eyelid somewhat transparent, with feebly enlarged scales in the
middle, some of which may be deeper than the others. Rostral
not entering the nostril; a single postnasal; anterior loreal
shorter than second; 5 upper labials anterior to the subocular,
which is narrower beneath than above. <A long narrow upper
temporal, followed by a shorter shield; temporal scales very
sinall and granular above, much larger beneath ; a small curved
tympanic shield usually present.

A pairs of chin-shields, first three in contact in the middle; 25
to 28 gular scales in a straight line in the middle, granular in
front, gradually or abruptly enlarged, and imbricate towards
the collar; no gular fold. Collar with strongly serrated edge,
composed of 7 or 8 plates.

Scales granular and smooth behind the occiput, rhombic, sub-
imbricate, and keeled on the body; 4 or 6 series of hexagonal
strongly keeled plates along the back, 8 between the hind limbs.
24 to 284 plates and scales across the middle of the body.
Ventral piates in 6 longitudinal and 27 to 30 transverse series,
the border of the transverse series feebly notched between the
plates, the median pair of which is narrower than the others.
Preeanal plates small and irregular, or one enlarged.

11 to 18 femoral pores on each. side. 25 to 31 lamellar scales
under the fourth toe.

Caudal scales in nearly equal whorls, upper oblique, strongly

* A small sbield between the interparietal and the occipital in one young
specimen.

+ Inone of the two type-specimens described by Steindachner, the circle of granules
is incomplete, the supraoculars being in contact with the frontal.

+ 30 in the type of Hremias heterolepis, according to Boettger.

156 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LIZARDS

and diagonally keeled, pointed and more or less distinctly
mucronate behind, lower keeled, except the basals; 22 to 28
scales in the fourth or fifth whorl behind the postanal granules.

Young black above with five yellowish-white longitudinal
streaks, the median bifurcating on the nape, the two laterals
as in the preceding species; head and limbs brown above, hind
limbs with round white spots; throat and belly white, lower
surface of hind limbs and tail coral-red. Adult brown above,
with a more or less distinct yellow vertebral streak, bifurcating
on the nape and extending some way down the tail; each of the
dorsal plates with a small blackish spot; sides of body pale
greyish brown, with a series of large blackish spots or bars;
lower parts white.

Measurements, in millimetres.

1 2. 3

From end of snout to vent ......... 70 70 56
3 53 fore limb ... 23 24, 19
Feats) A 9th. tay Moos teehee ote: 14 13
Width-oftherd re eee AO 9 8
Depth rofrhend 1457... a3 08 sent ip 8 6
Hore limbs gy.ssnet et cee eee 22 18
Pindilimnibs.26 2) eee ee eee 38 34
GOOG. fates cd ee eae me 21 18
Pails pean Sareea oaceh ch) 170 105y5)

1. $, Berbera. 2. 9, Berbera. 3. 9, Mandah, type of L. degeni

Particulars of specimens examined.
1B Oo 35 4. 5. 6. Vie

6), Berbera... cen... 70 24, 27 7 25 11 26
OO ed te eee 70 26 30 Us 28 fel 25
ty 0h ORE eet PGS. SEM NES trem OR eal sans
40 Mandal. .2ht0..7 96 24 30 7 26 i 31

Habitat. Northern Somaliland and Abyssinia. The type-
specimens, preserved in the Vienna Museum, are from between
Hensa and Artec, near Harrar.

This species is distinguished from the two preceding by the
lower number of plates and scales across the body, and by
the nearly constant presence of a series of granules between
the supraoculars and the frontal; also by the light vertebral
streak.

List of the Specimens in the British Museum.

Philochortus spinalis Peters.
Tae Rugdeia Sogheira, Adal, Eritrea. Marquis O. Antinori.
2-9. 62 & yg. Ghinda, Eritrea. Signor Ragazzi.
Philochortus phillipsii Blgr.
1-2. g &her., types. Berbera, Somaliland. E. Lort Phillips, Esq.

1-10. 2 & yg,,
types.

ll. ¢, type.

12-30. 62 & yzg,,
types.

1. g, type of La-
tastia degent.
2-6. 62 & ve.

Fig.1. Philochortus spinalis, p. 146, 9. nat. size.
Upper view of head, X 2.

ig.

OV G9 LO LY LO bo po
a 8

OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS.

Philochortus newmanni Matschie.

Lahej, near Aden.
Wadis below Mt. Manif, N. of Lahej.

Philochortus intermedius Blgy.

Wagga, Goolis Mts., 3000-4000 ft.,
Somaliland.

Berbera, Somaliland.

Inland of Berbera, up to 400 ft.

Philochortus hardeggeri Stdr,
Mandah, Somaliland.

Inland of Berbera, up to 400 ft.

157

Col. Yerbury.
A. B. Percival, Esq.

G. W. Bury, Esq.

E. Lort Phillips, Esq.
G. W. Bury, Esq.

Mr. E. Degen.
G. W. Bury, Esq.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Pirate I.

29 2) §

Side - ,,

99 ce}

99 29
Young, nat. size.

99 99
. = Side 8
bb) 39:

3 3 Young, nat. size.

Prats II.

Philochortus neumanni, p. 150, &, nat. size,
intermedius, p. 152, 2, nat. size.
Upper view of head, X 2.

”
bP) 22.
Side

2) CB)
39 22)

phillipsii, p. 148, ¢, nat. size,
Upper view of head, X 2.

Scales in middle of back, x 3.

Scales in middle of back, x 4.

Scales in middle of back, <s.
Young, nat. size.

5 hardeggeri, p. 154, 2, nat. size.

39 29

Young, nat. size.

S ' u
{ of
r 4,
3 = aes
' r : — 2 a
>
. n
i w) ,
1 oe
" . :, {
i” ‘ fi x
i z 7 ie fre p ' H
: ? a ies
a | F a Rr fe
4% {
os a. 7 1 i
7 - BMS 3. ia
res 2 Sy 7
iy 7 ie , q
t a ee be ‘
eo ae | 1 Sol aaa SS aiid .
=! 7: : o : ht Me Ds ee
hye A 7 ,
\ : Ab :
. . / ;
; F .
f ‘ ; ;
4 D : : wt PRE
‘ 1 poe. d i
i i ; : , =
a os i c 1, oan Se S
4 Dan)
“ . t
: f * %
r
+ oa ~*)
ta i . &
i) oe. 2 ’
;
' t 1 a iT
a whe t ! uy
" my F \
a , hy Aa
‘aye \
/ et \ \ rs
‘ sae oe Hed
{ é 3 un .
i at 4
4 * r ,
5 7 ‘
, P . n ,
y = S .
1 e Sy, ‘
f \ ‘ aa 44 .
\ +
' 2
" 7 .
- i B 5
. . 1 s r 4 .
. : Oy, geet ak EY
5 ; yt tae, .
y ¥ A
, i)
5 / ie
bo |
- 3
4 ore
] 5
' A ,
‘ S ' if
. ‘Cs f, <
1 7 2 a oan f
w . q * y *
i ie we Ws, f
4 ¥
- ‘ ' 7
‘ 4
¥ ’ a = ; 1
y t . ‘ Wy
t * 5 iS
\ a
" "
5 - Le Mt i ’ t
7 : .
. 1 7 7 ' t , }
A ae .
y ie 4 - oo ai Ors as,
S : : « 4 -
i" a . v .
. =
i > x
oh a a
i : : r. ‘ : }
oe i" r }
: AT
i f oa
j + rp :
i - =~ ae 4
; ¢ a
\ 4
= 7 — if
y - = \
. 1
iG r fl
hd U " “
aa ‘ a Pata i ;
‘ a
‘ ra se
a a 0
= 7 . , my “g ’
pon ‘
1 wo & £
i yt ) od 1)
it oe a
‘
i
' . oe J r
3 f .
< i wy nd id «
‘
{ * .
Ne fi f "i
. , 4 ‘
: . y } all - ;
ee Nr} < oe .
4 ,
‘ par = {
: fon
’) . Wy, 1 i 1
:
t n y) i - j wy.
ts r . « : , *
: ‘4 ‘ 4 . va es

ON THE MIGRATION OF WOODCOCK. 159

9. An Experimental Investigation of the Migration of
Woodcock breeding in the West of Ireland. By S. R.
Doveras, M.R.C.S8., L.R.C.P. Lond., Captain I.M.S.
(retired), F.Z.8., Ist Assistant Bacteriological Depart-
ment, Medical Research Committee, National Insurance

Act.
[Received February 15, 1917: Read March 6, 1917. ]

To ascertain if the woodeock breeding in the British Islands
are migratory in their habits has from time to time been the
subject of investigations. These investigations have usually taken
the form of marking a number of nestling birds, generally by
means of metal rings placed round the legs, and collecting the
data furnished by the recovery of these birds in various
localities.

The best known of such experiments which have been
published up to the present time are :—

(i.) That made on the Duke of Northumberland’s estate at
Alnwick and reported by Lord William Percy in ‘ Country
Life,’ 1909, Feb. 27th.

(ii.) That made at Baron’s Court, Co. Tyrone, and reported by
Hamilton in ‘The Field,’ 1908, Oct. 17th, p. 717, and
Oct. 24th, p. 745. :

(iii.) Other references dealing with smaller experiments are to be
found in ‘ British Birds,’ vol. iv. p. 280, and vol. v. p. 186;
and also in the report of the Aberdeen University Bird
Migration Inquiry.

The experiment, the details of which are here given, has been
carried out at the instigation of Col. W. W. Ashley, M.P., of
Broadiands, Romsey, Hampshire, and the Palmerston Estates,
Co. Sligo, who has most kindly given me permission to publish
the results obtained up to the present time.

Before giving the actual details of the numbers of birds.
marked year by year and the numbers recovered, etc., it is
necessary to describe accurately the situation where the expe-
riment was carried out, and to give a description of the breeding-
grounds, together with a few notes on the nesting-habits of
woodcock 1n this locality.

Col. Ashley’s property consists of a strip of country lying
between the Ben Bulben range and the southern shore of the
Bay of Donegal in the County of Sligo, the position being almost
exactly 8° 30’ west and 54° 30’ north.

It is composed largely of small holdings which have been
vested in the tenants under the various Land Acts, but it also:
contains a considerable extent of bog-land and some fine coverts
made up of both hard and soft wood trees. These woods during
the winter months harbour a considerable number of woodcock,,

160 CAPT. S. R. DOUGLAS ON

affording excellent sport: in exceptional years large bags have
been made, for instance, in January 1892, 92 and 98 cock were
shot on consecutive days; the more usual bags, however, are
about 120 cock for two guns in a week’s shooting.

Woodcock have only comparatively recently nested regularly in
these parts, for, from information received from a former keeper
of Col. Ashley’s, Mr. R. Bracken, who had been brought up in
this part of the country and who has several relatives keepers on
neighbouring estates, it appears quite certain that a woodcock’s
nest was considered the greatest rarity before the year 1875.
Since that date they have become more and more numerous. On
Col. Ashley’s property, and especially in respect of the principal
breeding-ground described below, woodcocks’ nests were practically
unknown before the year 1900.

The principal breeding-ground is a wood about 150 acres in
extent, situated about the centre of the property. This wood,
which was planted about 1830, consists almost entirely of Scotch
and Maritime fir, and lies within half a mile of the sea. The soil
is very sandy, and the ground between the wood and the sea-
shore ts occupied by sand dunes covered with bent grass.

That part of the wood where most of the woodcock nest is
occupied by well-grown pine-trees, and is practically destitute of
any undergrowth, the ground between the tree-trunks being
thickly carpeted with moss and fallen pine-needles, with here and
there heaps of fallen sticks.

The nests are most frequently placed at the foot of a well-grown
tree ; they consist of a saucer-shaped depression in the moss with
no more lining than a few pine-needles, and are often partly
shielded from view by some fallen dead wood.

The usual number of eggs laid is four, but nests containing
five have been found. One egg in the clutch frequently fails to
hatch out. The average of 50 nests is now found every breeding-
season in this wood.

The nesting-season commences in March, a nest with eggs
having been found as early as the fifth of this month, and
continues throughout the summer until the end of July or the
beginning of August; however, most of the young are hatched
in the months of April, May, and the early part of June.

The young birds grow very rapidly after being hatched out,
and within two or three days leave the locality of the nest, so
that the marking of the young birds has to be carried out very
soon after they are hatched.

No definite proof of a woodcock raising two broods in the year
has been obtained, but all the keepers are of the opinion that this
at any rate occasionally happens.

The young birds remain near the place of their birth until
about the middle of September. About this time, however, they
practically all disappear until the middle of October, when a
number of birds are again seen, and these appear to constitute the
regular winter inhabitants of the different coverts.

THE MIGRATION OF WOODCOCK. 161

‘The experiment was commenced in the year 1910, and has
been continued every year since then. The number of marked
birds that have been recovered varies considerably in different
years, this being mainly due to there being practically no shooting
during certain seasons.

For the first three years the birds were marked by having a
single ring placed on one leg; this ring was made of aluminium
and stamped with the lettering. “ A.C. 10” in the year 1910,
while in 1911 and 1912 the lettering was ‘ W.A A. Sligo, ual ”
and “ W.A. Sligo, 12” respectively.

After the year 1912 two rings were used, one ring being placed
on each leg. The reason for this was that it was ascertained
that the postal authorities would not deliver letters which were
addressed with initials only, a fact that may account for the
searcity of information from outside sources received in the
earlier years of the experiment.

The lettering on these rings was ‘“W. Ashley” on the one ring,
and on the other “ Sligo 13”-14”—15 ”-16,” according as the year
was 1913, 1914, 1915, or 1916.

The following table gives the number of birds marked and the
lettering on the rings for each year :—

TABLE I,
Date. Paes Lettering on rings.
1910. 33 One ring, “ A.C. 10.”
1911. 48 One ring, “ W.A. Sligo, 1911.”
1912. 50 One ring, “ W.A. Sligo, 12.”
1918. 50 Two rings, * W. Ashley” & “Sligo 13.”
1914, 50 | Two rings, “ W. Ashley” & “Sligo 14.”
1915. 50 Two rings, ‘‘ W. Ashley” & “Sligo 15.”
1916. 50 Two rings, ‘‘ W. Ashley” & “Sligo 16.”

This gives a total of 331 bills marked in seven years. All
these birds with the exception of seven were hatched in the large
pine-wood described above. The seven exceptions, consisting of
two in 1910, two in 1911, and three in 1912, were young birds
taken from nests in some of the outlying coverts.

The total number of marked birds that have been recovered
is 55, that is 16°6 per cent.

The following table gives (i.) the number of birds recovered
year by year; (i1.) the locality in which they were found ;
(ii1.) the date the bird was marked ; (iv.) the date the bird was
recovered ; (v.) the method of recovery.

In respect to the various names of places on the estate,
Classiebawn includes the large pine wood and _ its immediate

162

CAPT.

. R. DOUGLAS ON

surroundings, Cloonkeen, Carnduff, Bunduff, and Castlegal being
the local names of various portions of Col. Ashley’s estate, and all
of them lie within 3 miles of the principal breeding-ground, To
simplify the reading of the table the letter (.), signifying estate,
is placed after these place-names.

For convenience the years are reckoned in shooting-seasons.

In the case of birds recovered outside the estate the appnommmaye
distance and bearing are given.

TaBueE LI.

heey ie No. of mtg aes and ta ee Date and method of
July 3st. ag marked. hs ales 8
1910-1911. | 1, Hazlewood, an estate 10 miles 1910. Nov. 1910. Shot.
to the south. :
I *Cloonkeen (WH: exec 5.'4 sacs ees 1910. Feb. 1911. Shot.
ADIT =VO Il, Castlecali(li.)) (gr esavece. esc 1911. .| Nov. 1931. Shot:
i Carnduil (Hoa et ete seas nee: 1911. | Nov. 1911. Shot.
4, Classiebawn (1.).....60.. 0080 crs TOM: Nov. 1911. Shot.
1; Castleral (Ea 75. 1911. Dec. 1911. Shot:
be @lassvepbawMebiain.tenease eae meee 1911. | Jan. 1912: Shot.
TC@loomkeen (Ch ice.cacin sue ete 1911. Jan. 1912. Shot.
le\Castlepalls(W)y cam. it -cccosssoan ee eee 1911. | Jan. 1912. Shot.
i Cloonkeen (6 )s. pesos cee sens 1910. | Jan. 1912. Shot.
1912-19138. | 4, Classiebawn (E.).......0........0000 1912. Dec. 1912. Shot.
3. Cloonkeen (Moje cere ticsss car teres 1912. Dec. 1912. Shot.
| 1, Cloonkeen (E.)..00.0.....nc00.0.| 911.) Jan. 19182 > Shot:
| 1, Classiebawn (KE. ) DORR ee Race 1911. June 1913. Found dead.
lee Classiebawany CH) eter nee ees 1910. | June 1913. Found dead.
1913-1914. | 1, Classiebawn (E.) .............0.c00-+ 1911. | Jan. 1914. Shot.
:8, Classtebawm (H.) 320% tees. cssens 1913. Jan. 1914. Shot,
1, Bunduff (E.) 1912. | Jan. 1914. “Shot.
| re Buna wilds) ees ee tere 1913. Jan. 1914. Shot.
| 1, Hazlewood, an estate 10 miles 1913. Jan. 1914. Shot.
| to the south.
1914-1915. | 1, Morga, Biscay, Spain, about 1914. | Nov. 1914. Shot.
| 800 miles due south.
1, Castlegore, Co. Mayo, about 1914. | Dec. 1914. Shot.
| 40 miles to south-west.
| Lo Glencarss@o. sligOm sa.:.0 cee. cae 1914. Feb. 1915. Shot.
14, Classiebawmt (Ha) ee.1 ie fone: 1914. April 1916. Found dead, killed
| by a hawk.
1915-1916. | 8, Classiebawn (H.) ...........0......-5- 1914. May 1916. Found dead, killed
| by a hawk.
1916-1917. 1, Bridgetown, Co. Donegal, 60 miles} 1918. | Nov. 1916. Shot.
to the north-east.
1, Mullins, Co. Donegal, 15 miles to} 1915. | Nov. 1916. Caught in rabbit-
the north-east. trap.
i @lassiebawim (Mo) strc aceeens 1910. | Jan. 1917. Shot.
lM Classiebawn (ls) 2h0.c8esres oe 1913. | Jan. 1917. Shot.
i Classiebawany (Hi) 02.14. vedas eee heres 1915. | Jan. 1917. Shot.
6;:Classiebawmi (HN)... casccenten ee 1916. | Jan. 1917. Shot.
EP Carnduiii(bs) i o..ccccsccaccoee se 1914. | Jan. 1917. Shot.
1, Carndutff (E.) 1915. “| Jan. 19172-" Shot

THE MIGRATION OF WOODCOCK, 163

Besides these, two other ringed birds have been reported, but
were not actually obtained by any responsible person.

One with one ring only was caught by a cat in 1915, and
therefore was a bird marked in 1910, 1911 or 1912; the other
with rings of the year 1916 is said to have been shot by a
poacher in 1916. |

On looking over this table the most striking fact is the large
number of marked birds which have been recovered on the estate,
the actual number being 48 out of the total of 55 birds recovered,
and of these no fewer than 33 were obtained either in the large
wood forming the.main breeding-ground or its immediate vicinity.

Of the seven birds which have been recorded as obtained in
other situations three were shot within a radius of ten miles in a
southerly direction, two at Hazlewood. and one at Glencar, about
6, 7, and 9 months after being marked.

One was shot at Castlegore, Co. Mayo, which is about 40 miles
to the south-west, about six months after being marked. One
was noticed in the market-place of Bilbao, having been shot at
Morga, in the province of Biscay, Spain, within six months
of being marked, the distance in a direct line being about
800 miles.

It is therefore to be noticed that all the birds which have been _
recovered south of the breeding-place have been obtained within
9 months of their being marked.

Two birds were recovered north of the breeding-place, one
about 15 miles to the north-east in the townlands of Mullins,
Co. Donegal, 14 years after being marked, and the other near
Bridgetown, Co. Donegal, 60 miles to the north-east, 33 years
after being marked.

The small number of birds recovered during the years 1914—
1915 and 1915-1916 is accounted for by the fact that owing to
the war there was very little shooting in these years.

Table II. (p. 164) gives (i.) the year, (ii.) the number of birds
marked, (iii.) the number of birds recovered, (iv.) the date the
birds were recovered. _

This table is imserted so as to bring out some of the data
already given in a more convenient form; one point to which
attention may be drawn is that a bird marked in 1910 was shot
in Jan. 1917, so that it must have been at least 64 years old.

On examining this bird no evidence of old age could be
detected, and its weight, which was 13 oz., was rather above
the average.

With regard to the weight of woodcock, on two occasions when
a considerable number of ringed birds have been obtained, the
weights of these birds have been compared with the weights
of the unmarked birds obtained on the same day. Thus, on
Jan. 2nd, 1914, nine ringed birds and eight unringed birds were
shot.

The weights of the nine ringed birds were :—11, 11:5, 11°5,
11°75, 11°75, 12°25, 12°25, 12°75, and 13 ounces respectively,

giving an average of 11°97 oz.

164 CAPT. 8S. R. DOUGLAS ON

TABLE ITI.

No. of birds: | No. of birds Dates the birds were
marked. recovered. | recovered.

1910. | 33

1, Nov. 1910.
1, Feb. 1911.
1, Jan. 1912.
1, June 1918.
1, Jan. 1917.

1911. 48 13 | 6, Nov. 1911.
1; Dee. 1972,
3, can. 1912,
1, Jan., 1913:
1, June 1913.
1, Jan... 1934;

1912. | 50 8 | 7, Dec. 1912.
| |} 1, Jan. 1914.

1913. 50 12 110, Jan. 1914.
1, Nov. 1916.
1, Jan. 1917.

1914, 50 8 | 1, Nov. 1914,
, 1, Dec. 1914.
1, Feb. 1915.
1, April 1915.
3, May 1916.
| L Jans aon

1915. 50 3 1, Nov. 1916.
2, Jan. 1917.

1916. 50 6 6, Jan. 1917.

The weights of the eight unringed birds were :—10, 11, 11,
11°5, 11°5, 11:5, 11°75, and 12°25 ounces respectively, giving an
average of 11:3 oz.

Again on Jan. 15th, 1917, eight ringed and sixteen unringed
birds were shot. The weights of the ringed birds were :—11°25,
12, 12°25, 12°25, 13, 18, 13°5, and 14°25 ounces respectively,
giving an average of 12°7 oz.

‘Those of the sixteen unringed birds were :—10°5, 11°5, 11°5,
11°75, 11°75, 12,-12, 12, 12°25, 12°25, 12:5, E303, sao,
and 14 ounces respectively, giving an average weight of 12°3 oz.

The following day 31 unringed birds gave an average weight
of 12°1 oz.

Although these numbers are not great, it 1s worthy of note
that on both occasions the average weight of the ringed birds
was greater than that of the unringed birds.

These being the data obtained up to the present time, is it
justifiable to draw any conclusions from them ?

The first point, and this may be taken as conclusively proved,

THE MIGRATION OF WOODCOCK. 165

is that many of the woodcock which are hatched out in this
locality remain there throughout the following winter months.

The second point is that at any rate a proportion of the wood-
cock hatched out in this locality remain in the neighbourhood for
several years, and, even if they at some period or other migrate
to other places, they return to nest: this is indicated not only by
the recovery of several marked birds during the nesting-season,
but also by the fact that on more than one occasion a nesting-
bird flushed from the nest has been noticed to be a ringed bird.

The third point is that five woodcock have been recovered in
localities situated at various distances south of the breeding-
centre, all within a few months of their being hatched out of the
egg, and, although the numbers are few, 1t indicates that some of
the birds tend to migrate south in the autumn months.

A fourth point worthy of notice is that the woodcock appears
to show a decided preference for a large-sized pine-wood free from
undergrowth, as a nesting-ground, £0: any other type of covert.

The fifth point is that on two occasions a number of ringed
birds have given a larger average weight than a number of
unringed birds, indicating that the “resident birds” are rather
heavier than the winter migrants.

In conclusion, the data already collected point to their being
three classes of woodcock in this part of the west of Lreland,
namely :

(i.) Woodcock that are hatched out and remain in this locality,
sometimes for years, that is “resident birds.”

(ii.) Woodcock that are hatched out in this locality and then
migrate in a southerly direction.

(iii.) Woodcock that arrive from the north during the winter
months.

These classes are comparable to those into which Eagle Clarke
divided the starlings of Shetland.

Finally, let me point out most emphatically that any success
which this experiment may have achieved in elucidating the
habits of woodcock is largely due to the care and zeal with which
Col. Ashley’s keepers, Messrs. Jules, Arthur and Walter Bracken
have carried out their work. Their knowledge and powers of
observation have furnished many of the points of interest
recorded in this paper.

,
% a
3
e ;
i ,
7
Fl
‘
3
-
. # , ‘
;
4 =
: ~ .
: =
* ory, a
;..&
\ F iptv
j ;
4 i. .
1
‘
i
i a
,
5 1
y ’
a
j
’
my
t
er \
> Sen
{
f 7 i
- ‘ ;
P. .
' i a
gait tip Oa
*
fy ep
: ‘ t ~~
Be nt
: .
i T
7
n
ba -=*
»
A
g
y
r
«
Pa '
4 ——
5
: 1
= i 4
‘
1e oe
h —~
i
a :
~ 3S ore F
een a4
4 Foe
4 ' ae * o
we *
sf -
y t
t=
J - _
‘ ’
‘
af
’
: -
,
f .
.
.
‘ 4
&
i re
;
—
fie > ~~
i
: os 4

lm?

ON PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS, 167

10. A Sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetrapod
Vertebrates. By D. M. 8. Warson, M.Sc, F.Z.S.,
Lecturer in Vertebrate Paleontology in University
College, London.

[Received February 20, 1917: Read March 20, 1917. ]

(Text-figures 1 & 2.)

INDEX.
SysTEMATIC :— Page
PANNA aeat acer ine mecca ae wear eersicaeeten LOO
Ue Ul etrenter send wrnyrate os Te eee cae eae onnaare tenets Lk

The enormous expansion of our knowledge of early Tetrapods
during the last twenty years, which we owe especially to the
work of Broili, Broom, Case, v. Huene, Moodie, and Williston,
has led to the general realisation of the inadequacy of our existing
scheme of classification.

It is the purpose of this paper to produce a classification of
these animals which, whilst including all existing information
and paying attention to the taxonomic views of other students,
shall be so far as possible a consistent whole expressing my own
view of the relationships of the forms which fall within its
scope.

The difficulties of classification of early Tetrapods are identical
with those which lead to divergence between those classifications
of the early Hocene placental mammals characteristic of the
American and European schools.

Most American authors, for example, follow Osborn in dividing
the Lower Eocene Perissodactyls, which are all very much alike
in structure, between the families of Horses, Tapirs, Rhino-
ceroses, Lophiodonts, Calicotheres, and Titanotheres, whilst
European authorities include them all in the one family Lophio-
dontide, ancestral to all other families of Perissodactyls.

Both methods are quite legitimate, expressing as they do
different aspects of the subject.

Prof. Osborn’s method has the great merit of forcing atten-
tion to the consideration of the small details which persist
throughout families, and of bringing out clearly our knowledge
of actual lines of descent. Its drawbacks are that, without a
very considerable knowledge not only of one animal, but of its
descendants, it is impossible to be certain: of its position in the
system, and that the families are with difficulty, if at all,
definable.

The other method, of having large primitive familics ancestral
to all later lines of an order, has the advantage of emphasising
the great resemblances between all members of an order in its
early youth and of giving readily definable families nto which
any relatively well-known type can be securely placed. It

168 MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON

suffers from the disadvantage that whilst emphasising resem-
blances it is liable to obliterate remembrance or recognition of
differences.

As in my opinion the study of early Tetrapods is at present
suffering from an insufficient appreciation of the differences that
do exist, the following scheme will follow Prof. Osborn’s method,
although I fully realise that this course leads to a multiplication
of Orders and to the placing of many types as incerta sedis.

BATRACHIA. Macartney, 1802

Tetrapods which, either in a larval stage or persistently,
breathe by gills.

Super-Order LABYRINTHODONTIA (Owen).

Amphibia with a roofed skull, a lower jaw consisting of at
least eight bones on each side, and vertebre consisting ote neural
arches aid intracentra in all fone with pleurocentra in addition

in most.

Grade EMBOLOMERI Cope.

Labyrinthodonts with large well-ossified basioccipital and basi-
sphenoid. Occipital condyle single or triple. Pterygoids with
a large palatal part, articulating by movable facets with definite
basipterygoid processes of the basisphenoid. Interpterygoid
vacuities very small. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipitals with-
out occipital extensions.

Family ANTHRACOSAURIDA Cope, 1875.

Embolomeri with a single occipital condyle. No specialised
sacral vertebre. Clavicles flat plates with parallel anterior and
posterior margins. A ventral armour of scutes. Primitively
aquatic. | :

Anthracosaurus Hux. Lower Carboniferous, Scotland.

Pteroplax Hancock & Atthey. L.? Coal Measures, North-
umberland.

Pholiderpeton Hux. M. Coal Measures, Yorkshire.

? Hrpetosuchus * Moodie. U. Coal Measures, Kansas.

Family LoxommMip&, nov.

Embolomeri with triple occipital condyles and enlarged orbits.
Post-cranial skeleton net known. ¢ No ventral armour.

Loxomma Hux. IL. Carboniferous, Scotland.

‘“ Loxomma allmant.” Lower and Middle Coal Measures,
Lanarkshire, Fifeshire, Northumberland, Staffordshire.

Baphetes Owen. Coal Measures, Nova Scotia.

** Loxomma bohemicum.” L. Permian, Ny¥ran, Bohemia.

* Name preoccupied. E. T. Newton, 1893,

PRE-JURASSIC TE!RAPODS. 169

Family PHOLIDOGASTERIDA, nov.

Embolomeri showing a passage to Rachitomi? With clavicles
expanded on the ventral surface. Ventral armour of scutes.
(Secondarily aquatic ?)

Pholidogaster Huxley. Lower Carboniferous, Scotland.

Family Cricotipa Cope.

Embolomeri with elongated skulls. Clavicles expanded on the
ventral surface. Ventral armour of small scutes, (Secondarily
aquatic ?)

Cricotus Cope. Artinskian, Texas, and ? U. Coal Measures,
Tilinois.

Embolomeri incerta sedis.

Diplovertebron Fritsch. L. Permian, Bohemia.

Nummulosaurus ,; - -

Macromeriwm 55 * a
Spondylerpeton Moodie. U. Carboniferous, Illinois.

Grade RACHITOMI Cope.

Labyrinthodonts with ossified basioccipital and basisphenoid.
Occipital condyle triple or double. Pterygoids usually with a
medium-sized palatal part, interpterygoid vacuities of medium
to large size. Pterygoids articulating with both parasphenoid
and basisphenoid. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipitals with
occipital flanges. Paroccipital always visible from behind.

Vertebre rachitomous, 7. e., with small paired pleurocentra
and half-moon shaped intercentra.

Grade STEREOSPONDYLI Cope.

Labyrinthodonts with reduced basioccipital and basisphenoid.
Occipital condyle double. Pterygoids with a reduced palatal
ramus, interpterygoid vacuities large to very large. Pterygoids
supported by the parasphenoid. Exoccipital meeting the occi-
pital flange of the tabular so as to hide the paroccipital in an
occipital view.

Vertebre stereospondylous, 7. e., with very reduced or absent
pleurocentra and enlarged intercentra.

I have discussed the classification of the grades Rachitomi and
Stereospondyli in very great detail in a paper which will, I hope,
soon be published ; it is therefore unnecessary to reproduce the
division into families on the present occasion.

Super-Order PH YLLOSPONDYLIA Credner.

Small, very highly specialised Batrachia with a roofed skull,
palate with very widely open interpterygoid vacuities, palatines
and lower jaw very reduced. Coracoid and pubis not ossified.
Four-fingered hand. Ventral armour of small round scutes.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No, XII. 12

170 MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON

Family BRANCHIOSAURID Fritsch.

With the characters of the super-order.
Lranchiosaurus Fritsch. Upper Coal Measures and Lower
Permian, Bohemia, Germany, and France.

Micrerpeton Moodie. Coal Measures, Llinois.
Melanerpeton Fritsch. L. Permian, Bohemia and Saxony.
Pelosaurus Credner. % Saxony and France.

? Dawsonia Fritsch. - Bohemia.

Super-Order LEPOSPONDYLIA Zittel.

Small Batrachia with a roofed skull aa lepospondylous
vertebre.

Very few members of the super-order are at all completely
known, and these differ in many respects. In the structure of
the skull and lower jaw Batrachiderpeton and Diplocaulus show
clear resemblances to the Labyrinthodontia, perhaps only owing
to a common descent from Crossopterygian fish.

Family Necrripra Miall.

Lepospondyli with the posterior corners of the skull produeed..
Two occipital condyles. Palate with a small parasphenoid and
small vacuities. ‘Tail with long neural and hemal spines, ex-
panded and fluted at the ends. Accessory articulating facettes
between the vertebre.

Keraterpeton Hux. Coal Measures, Ireland and England.

Urocordylus Hux.

Batrachiderpeton Hancock & Atthey. Coal Measur es, En gland.

? Scincosaurus Fritsch. L. Permian, Bohemia.

? Oestocephalus Cope. Coal Measures, Ohio:

? Ptyonius Cope. a 3

? Sawravus Thevenin. U. Coal Measures, France.

? Diceratosaurus Jaekel. Coal Measures, Ohio.

? Crossotelos Case. L. Permian, Oklahoma.

Family DreLocauLip&

Lepospondyli with enormously produced corners of the skull.
Palate with a large parasphenoid and moderate-sized vacuities.
Tail long, with well interlocked vertebre.

Diplocaulus Cope. lL. Permian, Texas; U. Carboniferous,
Illinois.

Family AIsToPpoDID.

Legless Lepospondyls.

Dolichosoma Hux. U. Carboniferous, Ireland; and other
forms not necessarily closely connected.

Batrachia incerta sedis.

Lysorophus (primitive Urodele 2) ; Cardiocephalus,
Gymnarthrus, etc.

PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS. Lél

Class REPTILIA.

It is now impossible to give any definition of the class Reptilia
which, whilst including all members of the group, will exclude
all other Tetrapods. The essential feature of a reptile is that it
can carry out the whole of its life-history on dry land, not pro-
ducing a gill-breathing larva, and that it is not a mammal or a
bird. Reptiles lay a shelled egg except in viviparous forms, in
which the egg is hatched before it is laid.

Super-Order COTY LOSAU RIA (Cope).

Reptiles with a roofed skull and _ plate-like pelvis. The
members of this super-order are merely held together by these
primitive characters, the typical forms also by many other
common primitive reptilian characters lost by the advanced
members of this group.

Order Seymouriamorpha, nov.

Cotylosaurs with a skull resembling in nearly all known
details that of the Anthracosauride. Otic notches small, quad-
vate inclined backward. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipitals
on the skull roof, but with occipital flanges. Pro-otie reaching
the skull roof. Inner ear widely open to the cranial cavity in
the lateral wall of the cranium. Vertebre with very heavy and
expanded arches and very large intercentra.

Limbs very primitive, like those of the Rhachitomous amphi-
bian Hryops in many features.

Seymouria Broili, Artinskian, Texas.

Order Diadectomorpha, nov.

Cotylosaurs with exaggerated laterally placed otic notches and
a vertically placed quadrate.

Super-Family DiApEctip& Cope.

Diadectomorphs with a long low brain-cavity. Tabulars and
interparietal turned down onto the occipital surface, closed post-
temporal vacuities. Inner ear widely open to cranial cavity.
Vertebree with heavy neural arches. Limbs primitive.

Diadectes Cope. Artinskian, Texas.

Diadectoides Case. ‘, ‘

Nothodon Marsh. ? U. Coal Measures, New Mexico.

Animasaurus Williston. _ ,, 59 a

? Desmatodon Case. B Pennsylvania,
Diasparactus Case. ; a New Mexico.

?
Chibonyx Cope. Artinskian, Texas.
? Stephanospondylus Geinitz & Deich. M. Rothliegende,
Saxony.
Peg

2 MR. D. M. 8. WATSON ON

Super-Family Partasaurip#& Seeley.

Diadectomorphs with a long low brain-case. Tabulars and
dermo-supraoccipitals on the dorsal surface. Large post-temporal
vacuities. Otic notch secondarily obliterated. Inner ear sepa-
rated from cranial cavity by bone.

Vertebie with heavy neural arches. Pectoral limb advanced
in the nearly vertical position of the fore arm in life. Pelvic
girdle advanced in the expanded backwardly sloping ilium.

‘Pariasaurus Owen. U. Permian, S. Africa.
Propappus Seeley.
Anthodon Owen. - bs ue
Lradysaurus Watson. M. Permian,
Embrithosaurus Watson - 4
Higinia K. T. Newton. U. Permian, Scotland.

Pariasuchus Broom. < S. Africa.

? Sclerosaurus H. v. Meyer. L. Trias, Switzerland.

ae 29

Super-Family PRocoLopHonip& Seeley.

Diadectomorphs with a short high Sphenoden-like brain-case.
Tabulars partly on the oceipital surface.

Vertebree with heavy neural arches.

Fore limb specialised in the loss of the screw-shaped glenoid
cavity.

Procolophon Owen. LL. Trias, 8. Africa.

Telerpeton Mantell. M. Trias, Scotland.

Koiloskiosaurus v. Huene. L. Trias, Germany.

Order Capitorhinomorpha, nov.

Cotylosaurs with an obliterated otic notch and vertically
placed quadrates.

Super- Family CAPproRHINIDA,

Captorhinomorphs with short high brain-cavity, widened
supraoccipital (inner ear placed low down ?%). Dermo-supra-
occipitals on the occipital surface. Stapes perforate, with a very
large foot-plate articulating with pro-otic, paroccipital, basi-
sphenoid, and basioccipital, and distally reaching the quadrate.

Limbs primitive.

Fam. CAPTORHININ#.
Captorhinus Cope. Artinskian, ‘Texas.
Labidosaurus ,, es a

¢ Fam. PaRioricHID&.
Parvotichus Cope. Artinskian, Texas.
Lsodectes ie - Re
Puercosaurus Williston. Artinskian, New Mexico.

PRE-JURASSIC 'TETRAPODS. 173

Super-Family LIMNOSCELID#, nov.

Captorhinomorphs. Brain-case unknown. With primitive
limbs, carpus and tarsus only partially ossified.
Limnoscelis Williston. U. Coal Measures, New Mexico.

Super-Family PAnryLip&, nov.

Brain-ecase unknown.
With light neural arches and limbs.

Pantylus Cope. Artinskian, Texas.

Super-Order ANOMODONTIA Owen.

Reptiles with a single temporal vacuity. A short high brain-
case with the inner ear placed low down. Supraoccipital very
broad. ‘“Stapes” articulating with the quadrate. Tabulars and
dermo-supraoccipital on occipital surface. In typical forms the
lower jaw laterally compressed and with a notched angular.

Derived from a common ancestor with Captorhinide.

Order Caseasauria, nov.

Doubtfully belonging to super-order.

Skull short, with a single laterally placed temporal fossa, sur-
rounded by the postorbital, squamosal, ? quadratojugal and jugal.

Brain-case not well known but apparently considerably different
from the normal type of the super-order. Stapes extending
nearly to quadrate. Lower jaw showing a projection of the
articular on the inner side and perhaps a lateral compression of
the angular which may lead on to the typical superordinal
arrangement.

Casea Williston. Artinskian, Texas.

¢ Trispondylus Williston. Artinskian, Texas,

Order Pelycosaurias

Anomodonts with the postorbital and squamosal meeting over
the temporal fossa, with a screw-shaped glenoid cavity carried by
scapula, coracoid, and precoracoid, and primitive limbs.

Super-Family PoLrosauRID& Case.

Pelycosaurs with a straight tooth-row and undifferentiated
dentition. A small supratemporal; stapes articulating with the
pro-otic, paroccipital, basioccipital, and basisphenoid round the
fenestra ovale only. Cervical neural arches usually heavy and
with nearly horizontal zygapophysial facets.

Varanosaurus Broili. Artinskian, Texas.

Varanoops Williston. i 5
? Poliosaurus Case. »
Pecilospondylus Case. - ”

¢ Mycterosaurus Williston. ,, 56

174 MR. D. M. Se WATSON ON

-Super-Family OPpHIACODONTIDA.

Pelycosaurs with a curved tooth-row and slightly differentiated
dentition. A small supratemporal. Stapes articulating with
the edges of the fenestra ovale and by a special head with the
under surface of the paroccipital process. Cervical neural arches
not heavy.

Deiopeus Cope. Artinskian, ‘Texas.

Theropleura Cope. e i

Ophiacodon Marsh. U. Coal Measures, New Mexico.

? Stereorachis Gaudry. L. Permian, France.

Super-Family SPHENACODONTIDA.

Pelycosaurs with a curved tooth-row and well-differentiated
dentition.

Stapes of two parts, a small element articulating with the
fenestra ovale and distally with a large element which articulates
with the paroccipital process, the pterygoid and quadrate. A
typieal compressed and notched angular.

- Family CLEPSYDROPID Cope.

Sphenacodontide with a carnivorous dentition and a_pro-
nounced step between the dentigerous edges of the premaxilla
and maxilla.

Clepsydrops Cope. Artinskian, Texas.

Upper Coal Measures, Illinois.

Dimetrodon Cope. Artinskian, Texas.

Sphenacodon Marsh. ‘ New Mexico.

Tetraceratops Matthew. ,, Texas.

?“ Geosaurus cynodus” Gervais. L. Permian, France.

Family EDAPHOSAURID& Cope.

Sphenacodontide with a powerful palatal dentition of small
teeth.
Edaphosaurus Cope. U. Coal Measures and L. Permian, Texas,
New Mexico, Bohemia, Saxony, Urals.
Naosaurus Cope. L. Permian, Texas. |

Super-Family Botosauripé.

Systematic position very doubtful, but as the occiput seems to
be of Anomodont type and the lower jaw is undoubtedly com-
pressed and the angular apparently notched, they may be placed
here.

Skull with large orbits and very short pre-orbital and temporal
region, upper surface passing smoothly into the occiput. Tem-
poral vacuity entirely on the side of skull and placed low down.

PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPOULS, lye

Bolosaurus Cope. Artinskian, Texas.
?Glaucosaurus Williston. Artinskian, ‘Texas.
? Paleohatteria Credner. L.. Permian, Saxony.

Pelycosaurs of undetermined position.

Arribasaurus Williston. U. Coal Measures, New Mexico.
Bathygnathus Leidy. Permian, Canada. (?% Clepsydropid.)

Order Deinocephalia Seeley.

Anomodont reptiles, with unreduced quadrates. No supra-
temporal element. Postorbital and squamosal meeting above
temporal fossa. ‘The basicranium forming a deep wall below the
condyle. Glenoid cavity supported solely by the scapula and
coracoid in typical forms. Limbs modernised.

Super-Family TAPINOCEPHALID.

Deinocephalia with a short skull and shoit mouth.
Tapinocephalus Owen. M. Permian, 8. Africa.

Mormosaurus Watson. 3 55
Pnrigalion Watson. - a
Lamiasaurus Watson. * >
Struthiocephalus Haughton. _,, =
Moschosaurus . "
Moschops Broom. 3 35
Moschognathus Broom. re 7
Taurops m 8 3
Eceasaurus - es ¥
Delphinognathus Seeley. i .
Deuterosaurus Eichwald. Permian, Russia.
etc.

Super-Family TrranosucHID&.

Deinocephalia with an elongated mouth.

Titanosuchus Owen. M. Permian, 8S. Africa.
? Rhopalodon Fischer. . i Russia.

? Cliorhizodon Twelvetrees. __,, ‘ -

? Dinosaurus Fischer. a " -

Order Dromasauria.

Anomodonts with very long slender limbs. Large orbits,
short pre-orbital and temporal region, rounded dorsal contour of
skull, and a T-shaped squamosal.

¢ descended from Bolosauride.

Galechirus Broom. M. Permian, S. Africa.

Galepus 9? 99 9

Galeops ” ” 20

¢ Paleohatteria Credner. L. Permian, Germany.

176 MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON

Order Dicynodontia.

Anomodonts with a reduced quadrate ‘and quadratojugal.
T-shaped squamosal without otic groove. Fenestra ovale carried
down by along process composed of basioccipital, basisphenoid,
prootic, and paroccipital.

Scapula with acromion.

Glenoid cavity borne only on aca and coracoid. Pelvis
with a pubo-ischiac vacuity.

Dicynodon Owen. M. and U. Permian, 8S. Africa and Russia.

Tropidostoma Seeley. 10

Endothiodon Owen. M. Permian, S. Mees,
Cryptocynodon Seeley. U. Permian, =
Prodicynodon Broom. is ri
Pristerodon Huxley. ne a
Gordonia Newton. Be Scotland.
Geikia of x *
Kisticephalus Owen. a S. Africa.

Dielurodon Broom.
Taognathus ,,
Kannemeyeria Seeley. M. Trias,
Lystrosaurus Cope. L. Trias,
Eubrachiosaurus Williston. M. Trias, Wyoming.
Placerias Lucas. M. Trias, Arizona.

Order Theriodontia Owen.

Anomodonts with carnivorous specialisation and reduced
quadrate and quadrato-jugal. Glenoid cavity on scapula and
coracoid.

Sub-Order GorGonopsra Lydd.

Theriodonts with the parietal excluded from the temporal
fossa. Palate with no suborbital vacuities.

Gorgonops Owen. M. Permian, 8. Africa.
Scymnognathus Broom. U. as cs
Arctops Watson. M. ; 3
Galesuchus Haughton. M. ¥ Sipe
Scymnosaurus Broom. M. a a

? Cynodraco Owen. jy cone <f

? Tigrisuchus Owen. linea de
Atlurosaurus Owen. M. ‘ 3,
Arctognathus Broom. Us ss ‘
Inostransevia Amalitzki. U. b Russia.

Sub-Order CYNODONTIA Owen.

Theriodonts with a narrow intertemporal bar formed by the
parietals. Secondary palate with no suborbital vacuities.

PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS, Lid

Fam. CYNOGNATHID&.
Cynognathus Seeley. M. Trias, 8. Africa.

Diademodon ,, se ”
Trirachodon _ ,, 35 9
Cynochampsa Owen. 9

Fam. NyTHOSAURID.
Galesaurus Owen. M. Trias, S. Africa.
Nythosaurus ,, 3 A

Sub-Order Z'vzROCEPHALIA Broom.

Theriodonts with a narrow intertemporal bar formed mainly
by the parietals. No secondary palate. Large suborbital
vacuities. F

Scylacosaurus Broom. M. Permian, 8. Africa.

Lycosaurus es 99 ”

Alopecodon - _ ”

Hycenosuchus ne 5 9

Pardosuchus 3 ” ”
etc.

Sub-Order BAURIAMORPHA.

Theriodonts with short temporal vacuities separated by the
parietals. A secondary palate and large suborbital vacuities.

Bauria Broom. M. Trias, S. Africa.
Microgomphodon Seeley. M. ,, =
Sesamodon Broom. an Oars .
Melinoden Broom. M4; "

Super-Order CHELONTIA.

Reptiles with a roofed skull and the middle eight of the ten
dorsal vertebre provided with widened ribs, supporting a dermal
armour.

Order Eunotosauria.

?if rightly referred.
Chelonia with costal plates not fused with the ribs and the
pectoral and pelvic girdles not within the ribs.

ELunotosaurus Seeley. M. Permian, 8. Africa.

Order Testudinata.

Chelonia with the pectoral and pelvic girdles within the dorsal
ribs. |

Family PLEURODEIRA.

‘Testudinates which withdraw the head sideways.

178 MR. D. M. S. WATSON. ON

Family AMPHICHELYDID&.

Proganochelys Baur. U. Trias, Wiirttemberg.
Proterocherys K. Fraas.

39 99

Super-Order SAU ROPTERYGIA,

Aquatic or semi-aquatic reptiles with a single temporal vacuity.
Neck long, the cervical ribs articulating solely with the centrum,
dorsal ribs single-headed.

A single coracoidal element.

Pelvis with an obturator foramen.

Sub-Order VOTHOSAURLA.

Seml-aquatic Sauropterygia. Paroccipital expanded and reach-
ing the squamosal, pterygoid, and quadrate so as to close the
middle ear behind.

Radius and ulna, tibia and fibula long bones.

Nothosaurus Minster. lL. & M. Trias, Germany.

Cymatosaurus Fritsch. M. Trias, Germany.

etc.

Sub-Order PLACODO NTA’

Shantou ygia with paroccipital not eeiculaneae with ptery-
goid and quadrate. Massive crushing teeth on the palatines.
(Body with a heavy armour of bony scutes.) Limb-bones long.

Placodus Agassiz. M. Trias, Germany.

Cyamodus ,, ..

Placochelys Jaekel. ns Hungary.

Order Thalattosauria Merriam.

Aquatic reptiles with a single lateral temporal vacuity. A
supratemporal present. A single coracoidal element. Occipital ,
region of skull unknown. Humerus twisted with expanded ends.

ae ; : :
Thalattosaurus Merriam. M. Trias, California and Nevada.
Nectosaurus

Order Ichthyosauria.

Aquatic reptiles with a single temporal vacuity, very large
orbits, and much elongated premaxille.

Basisphenoid without definite basipterygoid processes, ptery-
goids underlying much of its lower surface and that of the basi-
occipital. Neck short.

Family M1ixosauRID&.

Ichthyosauria with relatively small orbits and short rostrum.
Upper end of the scapula expanded. Pubis and ischium broad.

PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS. 179

Kpipodials long and separated. Caudal region not much
deflected.

Fam. Mrxosaurin&. With five digits.

Mixosaurus. M. Trias, Italy, Germany, Spitzbergen,
W.N. America. |

Fam. SHASTASAURIN®, Narrow paddles with three or four digits.

Cymbospondylus. >
Toretocnemus.
Merriamia. M. Trias, Nevada.

Shastasaurus.
Delphinosaurus.

Super-Order ARCHOSAURIA.

Reptiles with a skull with two temporal openings. Brain-case
much narrowed between the ears, usually surrounded by bone in
advance of the prootic. Paroccipital process antero-posteriorly
compressed and long, with the fenestra ovale opening on its
lower edge.

A single coracoidal element.

Order Thecodontia.

Primitive Archosaurians with clavicles and an interclavicle.
Pelvis “ plate-like.”

Family ‘“‘ KosucHip.”

Thecodonts with intercentra throughout the column.

* Kosuchus” Watson. U. Permian, 8. Africa.
Youngina Broom. 5 5

Family ERyrtHrosucHID&, nov.

Very large semiaquatic Thecodonts with a twisted humerus’
with much expanded ends. Anterior margin of pubis suddenly
deflected. Feeble dorsal armour.

Lrythrosuchus Broom, M. Trias, 8. Africa.

Family Puyrosaurip# McGregor.

Large Thecodonts, with an elongated rostrum formed mainly
by the premaxilla. Dorsal and ventral scutes.

Mesorhinus Jaekel. L. Trias, Germany.

Palworhinus Williston. M.? Trias, Wyoming.

Phytosaurus Jaeger. U. Trias, Wiirttemberg and U.S.A.

Mystriosuchus Fraas. 3 .

Rhytidodon Emmons. Toe secre

¢*Stagonolepis Agassiz. M. Trias, Scotland.

180 MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON

Family OrnrirHosucHip# v. Huene.

Small, slightly built Thecodonts. Pointed skull without pro-
duced rostrum. Pubis and ischium much produced.

Hinder limbs longer than the fore.

? Directly ancestral to Theropodous Deinosaurs.

Oriithosuchus EK. 'T. Newton. M. Trias, Scotland.

Huparkeria Broom. . S. Africa.

Scleromochlus A.S. Woodward. _,, Scotland.

Sphenosuchus Haughton. U. Trias, 8. Africa.

Family AErosaurRID& Baur.

Small Thecodonts with a pointed skull without rostrum, pubis
and ischium short. Hind limbs not greatly larger than the fore.
A very heavy dorsal and ventral armour.

Aetosaurus Fraas. U. Trias, Wiirttemberg.

? Dyoplax 3 _ cs

¢Stegomus Marsh. * WAS .As

¢ Notochampsa Broom. ,, S. Africa.

Family Howest1p&, nov.

?Theecodonts with several rows of teeth in the maxilla.
Howesia Broom. M. Trias, S. Africa.

? Mesosuchus Watson. a sf

?¢ Proterosuchus Broom. e ss

Family ERPETOSUCHIDA, nov.

Small Thecodonts with a pear-shaped skull, not very elongated
rostrum. Palate ineipiently secondary, with the posterior nares
in a deep groove.

¢ Ancestral to the Crocodilia.

Erpetosuchus E.T, Newton. M. Trias, Scotland.

Order Saurischia Seeley.

Archosauria with the astragalus very closely and immovably
articulated with the tibia. Pelvis with the pubis and ischia long
and projecting downward, usually with an ischio-pubic vacuity.

Thecodontosaurus Riley & Stutchbury. U. Trias, Somerset-

shire, Swabia, 8. Africa, Queensland ;
and very many forms representing numerous families, defined
especially by v. Huene.

Order Rhynchocephalia Giinth,

Reptiles with a two-arched skull, a short, high brain-case not
ossified in advance of the prootic, and large fenestra ovale. Teeth
on the dentary biting into a groove between the maxillary and
palatine teeth.

PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS. 181

Family RHYNCHOSAURIDA.
With plate-like pelvis.
Rhynchosaurus Owen. U. Trias, England.
Hyperodapedon Hux. M.& U. Trias, England, Scotland, India.

Stenometopon Boulenger. M. Trias, Scotland.
? Palacrodon Broom. M. Trias, S. Africa.

Order Proganosauria Baur.

Aquatic reptiles with long tails. Skulls elongated. Vertebrze
with small notochordal centra and very heavy arches and no
intercentra. A single coracoidal element, five distal carpals and
tarsals. Pelvis plate-like.

Mesosaurus Gervais. L.? Permian, 8. Africa, Brazil.

Noteosaurus Broom. S. Africa.

79.
Stereosternum Cope. » . Brazil.

Order Protorosauria Seeley.

Lightly built reptiles with pointed skulls and a single tem-
poral vacuity. A single coracoidal element and a_ plate-like
pubis.

There ig not the slightest evidence that the series of small
Paleozoic reptiles listed below are related to one another. Prof.
Williston believes Arwoscelis to be related to the lizard ancestry.
Broomia may also have affinities with the Squamata. <Adelosaurus
may be related to the Rhynchocephalha.

¢ Protorosaurus Meyer. U. Permian, Germany and England.
2 ( Arceoscelis Williston. Artinskian, Texas.
° 1 Kadaliosaurus Credner, L. Permian, Saxony.
Broomia Watson. M. Permian, S. Africa.
24 Heleosaurus Broom.
Heliophilus a; Pe <3
¢Adelosaurus Watson. U. Permian, England.
? Aphelosaurus Gervais. L, Permian, Autun.

39 wy)

Noves ON THE AMPHIBIAN CLASSIFICATION.

The superordinal a ore of the Labyrinthodontia, Phyllo-
spondylia, and Lepospondylia is based on the fact that the early
members of these groups differ from one another as much as do
their ultimate descendants, despite the fact that in a number of
characters such as the gradual development of large interptery-
goid vacuities, the replacement of basipterygoid processes with
definite articulating surfaces by expansions of the posterior end
of the parasphenoid with which the pterygoids are suturally
united, and the loss of a finger in the hand, the course of
evolutionary change is the same in the first and last group. The
structure ot the skull and lower jaw is known to be similar in

182

TRIAS

DEVONIAN /L.CARBONIFEROUS|U.CARBONIFEROUS| BASAL PERMIAN] M.PERMIAN | U.PERMIAN

SILURIAN

' MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON

Text-figure 1.

-->

oe
SO TEREOSPONDYLI

Capitosaurus

Microphalidce

Lydek'kerinide

1
i]
!
'
‘ t
U
4
U

RACH TOMI,

Eve
Loxommiide )

t
)

ELES?

URO

w--- Oe ee ee ee ee

Phylogenetic tree illustrating the relations of the early Amphibia, each group

being placed in its correct time.

183

PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS.

‘eipyqday Apiva oy} Jo LuasopAyg oy} Suryeaqsnyyt vay,

‘snows _ ; ; peeese eee :
“4. i] LY a sae Ge, wwmey ee ae ae ;
- ‘viuOHIOWIMOWARS XE Noes i Ai ee ee
-NOEYVD ie i ! ae , ‘ % ee Sac oe “SS ae eeane os a ay
; ' x | ee ae 1 SS WINNWSOJAT3d
NVINERE, A, PROSE \ SrTanaaS MHAUOWONIHYOLAVOS ; | SSS RS OON SHEER SREY
i \ Ss dha fapiacoade5 i | ‘ NS \ Seton epidospAsday, :
Se - oy ad fae a Sen Se <s |
WAYS “8 py wireONG 7 (XS HRHVOOHIOR /
VINES VU gSOLOS; ny x
-O1ONNS ! WIGIS dW USK va
uJ a J < § : ‘
Seale | ye Silesk \SasOvie t | i fiwica0ouaAl ‘wBgonoeto3\ ‘
| ‘ 4 i, sme x %. Spunesericy .s ‘ \ \ Nas
em SN a \ vlyoadidan ee:

ae -

a alae rh Ge L.A nh wey ann IO Sy) See : \
eae ay . 4 z A}

SVIGLT 's WIINOGONAZIG ate masta

“SVIMLIN SOR ; <3
ees Ne
WLYNIC | ore
SWIM yeplanesojays
Se Wriqoo0w) VIROSTuRWS
es Lae

'G WNSY-4XO,

184 MR. J. M. S. WATSON ON

the Labyrinthodontia and Lepospondylia, but the resemblance
may easily be due to inheritance from common ancestors amongst
the Crossopterygian fish.

The ordinal division of the Labyrinthodontia marks three
stages in the evolution of that group. It is founded primarily
on the skull, which becomes more and more depressed, the basi-
occipital and basisphenoid being gradually reduced from the quite
large bones they are in Pteroplax to the small slightly ossified
tracts lying on the parasphenoid which represent them in
Stereospondyls. The development of the vertebral column is
used as a check on this classification.

NovreEs ON THE REPTILIAN CLASSIFICATION.

The super-order Cotylosauria is retained simply because of its
use as a dumping-ground for those primitive reptiles which retain
a roofed skull. The orders are also probably somewhat unnatural
groups, and it would perhaps have been more satisfactory to raise
the super-families to ordinal rank.

The real classification, 7. e. that into families, is founded as far
as possible on the characters of the brain-case, which have been
discussed by me in a series of papers.

The separation of the super-order Anomodontia is founded on
its very characteristic brain-case, and for the typical forms on the
equally characteristic lower jaw.

The remarkable animal Casea is obviously ordinally different
from all other well-known forms, its position in the super-order
Anomodontia is very doubtful, but it is not improbable that it
represents a very early offshoot from this stock.

The order Pelycosauria is referred to the super-order Anomo-
dontia with certainty ; in Dimetrodon the brain-case and lower
jaw are absolutely typical, and the other forms included are
obviously allied to this type by the whole of their structure.

The super-family division is founded on differences in the
stapedial articulation with the brain-case, which in the three
suborders seem to form a morphological series.

The order seems to be self-contained, culminating in Dime-
trodon and Edaphosaurus, towards which the other types lead.
At the same time the trend of evolutionary change in the brain-
case is the same as that which, continued in later times by the
South-African forms, leads up to the mammals. |

The super-family Bolosauride is founded for very badly known
reptiles, which it might perhaps have been wiser to leave as
Anomodontia incerta sedis. The position of the super-family in
the super-order depends mainly on the badly preserved lower

AW.
The order Deinocephalia is certainly a member of the super-
order, having the typical brain-case and lower jaw. It is distin-
guished from the Pelycosaurs by its advanced limbs, shown most

PRE-JURASSIC. TETRAPODS. 185

clearly in the loss of the screw-shaped articular surface of the
head of the humerus, and the corresponding restriction of the
glenoid cavity to the scapula and posterior coracoidal element
alone.

It is separated from other Anomodonts with advanced limbs
by the retention of the large quadrate. The mode of articulation
of the stapes shows that it cannot have been derived from any
Pelycosaur more advanced than a Poliosaurid.

The order Dromosauria is referred to the super-order by its
lower jaw and occiput. It is distinguished from all other South-
African types by the short face, very large orbits, slender limbs,
and long tail.

Paleohatteria is only placed here provisionally ; it is certainly
an Anomodont, and in the structure of its temporal region very
strongly recalls Galepus. The absence of the posterior coracoidal
element may only mean that, as in Varanoops, it is unossified,
although present as a cartilage.

It will possibly be found, when fuller knowledge of Bolosaurus
becomes available, that that type is really allied to the
Dromosaurs, and that the two orders should be combined.

The order Dicynodontia includes the first known and typical
Anomodonts. The order is a very compact group, thoroughly
distinct from all others and of uncertain derivation, perhaps from
the Deinocephalian stock.

The order Theriodontia includes many very diverse animals,
still known almost wholly from skulls. Its members are held
together by the presence of a reduced quadrate in all of them and
by a well differentiated carnivorous dentition.

The suborder Gorgonopsida appears to be ancestral to the Cyno-
dontia, the Therocephalia to the Bauriamorpha, and it is probable
that other lines will be distinguished. Each suborder certainly
contains many families, but in the absence of detailed knowledge
of the skull and of all knowledge of the post-cranial skeleton in
most forms, it seems at present useless to found families on the
dentition.

I have recently discussed at length the relations of Hunoto-
saurus to the Chelonia; if rightly referred, it is so much more
primitive than any other Chelonian that ordinal separation seems
justified.

The various animals included in the Sauropterygia differ so
widely amongst themselves, and the whole group is so distinct
from all others, that its ordinal rank 1s unquestionable.

Merriam’s quite distinct order Thalattosauria is still rather
incompletely known, but its members certainly have only a
single arch and the temporal region of the skull is reminiscent of
the early Pelycosaurs.

The Ichthyosaurs form a very compact group, whose origin is
quite unknown.

The inclusion of the two arened reptiles in one super-order is
now commonly accepted. I have excluded the Rhynchocephalia

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No. XIII. 13

186 ON PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS.

from the super-order because of certain differences in the brain-
case, Which may, however, be due to the small size of Sphenodon,
in which alone is the region known. The exclusion is really for
the purpose of drawing attention to the extreme smallness of our
knowledge of early two-arched reptiles.

The small aquatic J/esosaurus and Stereosternum are still un-
represented by well-preserved skulls. They seem to be definitely
ordinally distinct, but their affinities are quite obscure.

Finally, the order Protorosauria is retained merely because it
is already in existence. Included in it is a series of small
Permian reptiles which resemble one another in having slender
limbs and a single coracoidal element. There is no evidence that
these animals are in reality in any way related. -

In this classification I have refrained from throwing weight on
the peculiarly modified 5th metatarsal which occurs in Chelonia,
Rhynchocephalia, Thecodonts, Crocodiles, Deinosaurs, and Squa-
mates, because it is difficult to believe that all these forms can
have beew derived from the same advanced Cotylosaurian ancestor.
It is perhaps an arboreal adaptation, which may have originated
separately. Possibly the broadened ribs of Hunotosaurus, which
recall those of sloths, are also to some extent an arboreal
adaptation.

This classification is on the whole consciously conservative,
but contains many new features, chiefly in the definitions and the
super-ordinal grouping. An attempt has been made to make
the structural differences separating orders approximate, having
regard to the total variation, to those used in separating the
orders of mammals, but in many cases suborders should perhaps
be raised to ordinal rank. Super-orders are used to group together
orders which seem to have had a common origin,

ON THE VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 187

11. Notes on some of the Viscera of an Okapi (Okapiu

.johnstont Selater). By R. H. Burng, M.A, F.ZS.
[Received March 9, 1917: Read April 3, 1917.]
(Text-figures 1-23.)

INDEX.
Page
Structure or Morphology ..scci.0...5sccasavasseoseeeese LST

During the winter of 1915-1916 certain parts of the viscera of
an Okapi were sent by Dr. Cuthbert Christy to the Royal College
of Surgeons for investigation.

They included the tongue and the soft parts of the anterior end
of the throat, the contents of the thorax, the stomach, and the
colic coil of the intestine.

A superficial examination revealed, as was to be expected, a
general similarity to the corresponding viscera of the Domestic
Ruminants, but a more detailed comparison with other genera *
made it clear that underlying this general Ruminant type of
structure were many small and individually unobtrusive pecu-
liarities that pointed definitely to a very close relationship
between the Okapi and the Giraffe.

The Tongue (text-figs. 1 & 2).

The tongue of the Okapi, though of the Ruminant type,
resembles most nearly that of the Giraffe, both by reason of its
great length and slenderness (it measures some 14 in, in length
by from 14 to 2 in. in breadth) and its sharp pointed extremity
and smooth base. It is thus distinguished from the tongues of
Antelopes and Deer, the tip of which is as a rule either blunt oi:
broadly spatulate, and in which the surface of tte elevated base
or intermolar fixed portion 1s covered with large fleshy papuille.

It is manifestly dificult to state with accuracy the relative
measurements of a tongue or the proportions that its different
parts bear to one another, as they depend on its degree of exten-
sion; but after comparison with numerous tongues of Antelopes
and other Ruminants, both fresh and preserved, it seems fairly
clear that the free part of the Okapi’s tongue is considerably
more developed relative to the base than is that of other
Ruminants, with the exception of the Giraffe.

The form and disposition of the various papille upon the sur-
face of the tongue differ little from those in the Giraffe, and are

* Tam indebted to the Zoological Society for material for use in the comparative
study of the throat and tongue,—Giraffe, Crowned Duiker, Indian Antelope, Black
Buck, Scemmering’s Gazelle, and Gazella rufifrons.

Use was also made of preparations in the Royal College of Surgeons Collection of
the tongue and larynx of many Ruminants, of the heart and lungs of Ox, Sheep, and
Goat, and of the stomach of a young Giraffe and of several Antelopes and the
Domestic Ruminants.

MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE

188

‘QA1OU [BSSOTSodAFT “TTX ‘oAdou pvosutreyd-ossopy "XJ “oAtou jeusury “A
‘gonp Ss, Wowel AA “PA § [Isuoy “2 Soposnut plorkgy-ouI94ys “w-y7'7s + aPOSMA
jvoSufreyd-op{ys “wyd'gs Sayosnut prokyorsys Sw hy'7s Soposnut prosy-ou.to4s “wrys Spwkyorsys “y'7s foposnut snssopsopAys
“wm bys ‘ pueps Aleypixeurqus Jo syoup Surqoo[foo “pews * purps Areppixvugus “op eu's §pueps pensuryqns 747s £pueys [eusuty
-olqjad “76774 § anSu0} Jo vaay poyuwusid Jo qty “d £ eposnut snapropA4s-091d1990 “2U"78"0 faposnur prosyop dua See'ue £ SULOA [RNOUTT
Gary $spuvps-ydurky "7 $ Srojre peusul| “py Faposnut snssopsody “eps 'y + aposwut ploxqoiuas “wyh faposnul sussopsorues
uO Suda perry “af Sapided [ensuly [v10yv] JO asury cdf ¢ Saaqae perorg Cos * oposnut plorkyyoorts Sw yzda § L1oyAB prIyoreo “yo

-wuogsuyol vrdvyoO jo xufieyd pus onsuo} oy} JO MELA [B.10}UT

‘] oansy-} 297,

VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 189

characteristically Ruminant. ‘The dorsal surface and sides are
clothed with a close layer of sharp-pointed filiform papillee which
are more or less cornified, particularly so upon a central area of
the dorsal surface close behind the tip, where they form a patch
of small horny recurved spines.

Fungiform papille are scattered sparsely all over those parts of
the free extremity and base that are coated with filiform papille
except, as one frequently sees among Ruminants, along the
central line of the dorsum.

Circumvallate papille, to the number of 15 ox so on either side,
are arranged in two indistinct irregular rows far back upon each
side of the base of the tongue. This is the normal Ruminant
position and arrangement, but the indistinctness of the individual
papille and of the limits of the group asa whole recal] more
particularly the condition in the Giraffe.

There are no foliate papille, and, as previously mentioned, the
base of the tongue is smooth, as in the Giraffe.

Text-figure 2.

Lingual papille of Okapia johnstoni.

In a large number of Ruminants (nearly all Antelopes, the
Giraffe, some Sheep and Oxen, but not in Deer) parts of the
free extremity of the tongue are deeply pigmented. This also is
the case in the Okapi, where the pigmented area includes the
extreme tip of the tongue and extends some way backwards on
either lateral surface, gradually fading away (text-fig. 1, p.).

In the valley between the base of the tongue and the gums,
there is in all Ruminants a fold of mucous membrane fringed by
a number of sharp-pointed papille similar in character and
probably also in function to the conical papille that clothe the
inner surface of the cheeks.

A similar fringe of fleshy papilla les beside the base of the
tongue of the Okapi; but whereas in all the other Ruminants
examined the papille are simple conical processes flattened from
side to side and usually recurved like the thorns of a rose, in the
Okapi they have quite a peculiar shape, being swollen and blunt
with two three or more short, sharp horny spines projecting
from their rounded free extremities (text-fig. 2).

190 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE

The Muscles of the Tongue and Pharyna.

The muscles of the tongue conform in general to the common
Luminant type, but in the details of their arrangement and
individual development disclose more points of agreement with
the Giraffe than with any of the other Ruminants examined.

A comparison of the accompanying figures (figs. 1, 3, 4,5, 6)
shows more readily than a verbal description how close the
similarity between the Okapi and Giraffe in respect of these
muscles is. Attention may, however, be drawn to the following
particulars.

Digastric, Mylohyoid, Geniohyoid, and Genioglossus Muscles.

Blending of the various muscles in the floor of the mouth to a
varying degree is typical of Ruminants in general. In the
majority, 1f not in all genera, the anterior belly of the digastric
muscle and the mylohyoid are so closely united that where they

Text-figure 3.

Outline of the tongue and pharynx of a Giraffe, for comparison with text-fig. 1.

Lettering as in text-fig. 1.

blend in the superficial sheet of the mylohyoid it is impossible to
distinguish the one from the other. The deeper muscles (genio-
hyoid and genioglossus) are, as a rule, more independent.
Generally the former has a weak fibrous attachment along the
central line of the mylohyoid, and very occasionally (e. g. Antilope
cervicapra) it unites with the genioglossus close up to the sym-
physis menti, but as a rule it is a well-developed paired muscle
independent of its neighbours.

In the Okapi and Giraffe, not only is the association of the
digastric and mylohyoid peculiarly intimate, but there is also a very
close fibrous union between the deep layer of the mylohyoid and
the geniohyoid and a blending of the geniohyoid and genioglossus,

The geniohyoid is also very much reduced in both these

VISCERA OF AN OKAPI, 191

genera, and can only with difficulty be separated into its two
component halves.

Tne condition is shown in text-figs. land 3. It will be noticed
that the belly of the geniohyoid extends only about halfway
from the-hyoid to the symphysis menti, and is continued upon
the ventral surface of the genioglossus as a flat tendon from
which a large part of the latter muscle arises.

Text-figure 4.

SRPHM HLM
be

\
‘ M4

HY PHM

THe S.LK THY

TRAY

GV,

ORTH PL

ST.TH.M
Dissection of the pharynx of Okapia johnstoni.

er.c., cricoid cartilage; c7r.ph.m., crico-pharyngeal muscle; h.l.m., hyoideus latus
muscle; hy.a., hyoidean branch of lingual artery; hy.ph.m., hyopharyngeal
muscle; /.g., cervical lymph-gland ; s./.a., superior laryngeal artery; st.g.m.?,
lesser styloglossus muscle; st¢.ph.m., slips of stylo-pharyngeal muscle ;
th.c., thyroid cartilage; th.b., thyroid body; th.hy.m., thyro-hyoid muscle
th.ph.m., thyro-pharyngeal muscle.

X!_ Pharyngeal branches of vagus. X2. Superior laryngeal branch of vagus.

Other lettering as in text-fig. 1.

Stylohyoid Muscle.

The round tendon of origin of this muscle differs a good deal
in length in different genera of Ruminants. It is relatively short.
in Antelopes, considerably longer in the Okapi and Sheep, and
longer again, though not by much, in the Giraffe.

192

cr.ar.m., crico-arytenoid muscle ;

MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE

Text-figure 5.

nyetim STPAM

ST.TH.M
Outline of the pharynx of a Giraffe, for comparison with text-fig. 4.

h.tr.m., hyoideus transversus muscle. Other lettering as in text-fig. 4.

Text-figure 6.

OT PMP

CRAR LT:

CR TY py
Superficial dissection of the larynx of Okapia johnstoni.
cr.ph.m., crico-pharyngeal muscle; ¢7.th.m., crico-

thyroid muscle; hy.ep.m., h yo-epiglottidean muscle; hy.ph.m., ‘hyo- pharyngeal
muscle; s.d.a., superior laryngeal artery ; st¢.ph.m., stylo-pharyngeal muscle ;

t., tonsil; th.c., thyroid cartilage; th.ph.m., thyro-pharyngeal muscle.
IX. Glosso- pharyngeal nerve. X}. Phar yngeal branches of vagus. X?. Superior

laryngeal nerve. .

VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 193

Occipito-styloideus (text-figs. 7, 8, 9, 0.st.m.).

This muscle is peculiar to Ungulates, and extends from the
styloid process of the occipital to the upper portion of the styloid
bone.

In the Giraffe and Okapi it was far larger than in any of the
other Ruminants examined (Antelopes and Sheep), and offers in
these two genera a striking contrast to the same muscle in
Antelopes, particularly as regards the area of the styloid bone
covered by its insertion. |

In connection with the insertion of this muscle it should be
noted that the styloid bone of the Giraffe and Okapi differs
markedly from that of other Ruminants in the form of its upper
extremity (text-fig. 10). :

Text-figure 7.

O.oT.™M

The upper end of the stylohyal of Okapia johnstoni, inner surface, showing
the insertion of the occipito-styloideus muscle.
o.st.m., occipito-styloideus muscle ; s¢.i.m., tendon of stylohyoid muscle ;
st.ph.m., stylo-pharyngeal muscle.

In Ruminants in general, the posterior margin of this bone,
close to its upper end, is produced to form a prominent angular
process, to the tip of which is attached the tendon of the stylo-
hyoid muscle. This process stands out more or less transversely
to the length of the bone and shows a tendency to a downward

194 . MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE

curve, forming in some Antelopes (text-fig. 10, B) a veritable
hook, and in all cases offers a very broad surface for the insertion
of the occipito-styloideus muscle.

In the Giraffe and Okapi (text-fig. 10, A) and in the Camels
and the Perissodactyl Ungulates the process is relatively small,
and is directed upwards, forming a simple swelling or tuberosity
of the upper end of the styloid bone.

Text-figure 8. Text-figure 9.

0.ST.™M

BSUS
Ur oxS 2

3
U

- aie Yyy cy
[ZB

-32

Text-fig. 8—The stylohyal of a Giraffe, showing the occipito-styloideus muscle.

Text-fig. 9.—The stylohyal of Scemmering’s Gazelle, showing the occipito-
sty loideus.
Lettering as in text-fig. 7.

Salivary Glands.

The submaxillary gland (text-figs. 1, 3, smaxgl.) is similar in
position, form, and relative size in the Giraffe and Okapi, and
is closely comparable also to the same gland in Antelopes and
Domestic Ruminants.

In the Giraffe and Okapi the-.gland gives off two main
tributary ducts, one from its posterior and one from its anterior
end. The parts drained by these two collecting ducts can be
.readily and completely separated from one another in the Giraffe,
but this is not the case in the Okapi.

VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 195

The two tributary ducts unite in the Giraffe ne junction was
destroyed in the Okapi) close in front of the gland to form a
single Wharton’s duct (text-fig. 3, Wd.), and there is no reason to
think that the separate lobule drained by the anterior tributary
is anything but a part of the submaxillary gland, for the retro-
lingual gland, which at first sight it might be supposed to be, is
represented in Ruminants, including the Okapi and Giraffe, by
a mass of gland-tissue surrounding the anterior extremity of
Wharton’s duct close behind the symphysis of the jaw, between
the origin of the genioglossus muscle and the sublingual mucous
membrane (text-figs. 1, 3, rl.gl.).

The sublingual sland calls for no comment. The parotid gland
had been removed with the skin.

Text-figure 10.

A B

Upper end of stylohyal of (A) Okapia and (B) Scmmering’s Gazelle.

The Blood-vessels of the Tongue (text-figs. 11, 12, 13).

In his description of the anatomy of the Giraffe, Owen *
mentions a peculiar plexiform arrangement of the veins close in
front of the body of the hyoid bone. In this position there is
generally among Ruminants a large venous anastomosis uniting
the lingual veins of either side. This anastomosis was strongly
developed in the Giraffe’s tongue (text-fig. 11, v.a.) dissected for
comparison with that of the Okapi, and in front of it, upon the
left side (text-fig. 11, v.pl.), there was some slight branching and
reunion of the veins, suggesting the plexus mentioned by Owen.
There was no indication of a plexus i in the Okapi (text-fig. 12).

Posteriorly, the lingual vein passes through the substance of
the submaxillary gland, and where it emerges again to the sur-
face receives the facial vein (text-fig. 1, fv.). At this spot lies a
very definite lymph-gland, which in the Giraffe lies embedded in
the substance of the salivary gland, and by its dark colour forms
a very striking object when the surface of the gland is exposed.

* Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. 1841, p. 223.

196 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE

In the Okapi, Antelopes, and Sheep this lymph-gland is not
so deeply embedded as in the Giraffe, and in the Okapi (text-
fig. 1, 2.g.) consists of two globular masses separated from the
submaxillary gland by a capsule of fibrous tissue.

Text-figure 11.

SLAYV 66L.M

» CLM G.HAY.M

Blood-vessels at the root of the tongue of a Giratte.

g.gi.m., genioglossus muscle; g.hy.m., geniohyoid muscle; h.gl.m., hyoglossus
muscle; hy.a., hyoidean branch of lingual artery ; /.a., lingual artery ; La,
lingual vein; s/.a. & v., sublingual artery and vein; st.gl.m., styloglossus
muscle; v.a., venous anastomosis; v.pl., venous plexus.

XII. Hypoglossal nerve.

The lingual arteries of the Okapi and Giraffe agree in many
particulars and show several, though small, differences from those
of Antelopes.

In both, the lingual artery arises from the carotid independently
of the facial (text-figs. 1, 3, f.a.), as it is stated to do normally

VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 197

in the Sheep* and Goat, and occasionally in the Ox. In
Antelopes, on the other hand, a common trunk (the arteria
maxillaris externa) intervenes between the carotid and the lingual
and facial arteries, dividing to form these two arteries about the
middle of the submaxillary gland.

Text-figure 12.

G.HY.M

Blood-vessels at the root of the tongue of Okapia johnstoni.
m.m., mylohyoid muscle turned back.

Other lettering as in text-fig. 11.

In passing the hyoid region of the tongue, the main trunk of
the lingual artery may lie either deep or superficial to the hyo-
glossus muscle. In the Antelopes (text-fig. 13, /.a.) and Sheep
it lies deep to this muscle, and in this position forms in ‘the
Antelopes a strong anastomosis (text-fig. 13, aa) with its fellow
of the opposite side, from which are given off the continuation of
the main lingual artery, the sublingual artery, and branches to
the muscles of the hyoid region.

* In the Sheep dissected it vas given off from an external maxillary trunk as in
the Antelopes.

198 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE

In the Okapi (text-fig. 12) and on one side in the Giraffe (text-
fig. 11), the lingual arteries, after giving off a large branch to the
hyoid region, passed superficially to the hyoglossus muscle, and
in neither case was there any anastomosis between the vessels in
this region. Nor was I able to trace in either of these genera
the large connection between the lingual arteries at the com-
mencement of the free portion of the tongue described by Owen
in the Giraffe.

On the other hand, I can corroborate the fact mentioned by
Owen that in the Giraffe the left lhngual artery greatly exceeds
the right in size (text-fig. 11), and carries practically the whole
blood-supply to the free part of the tongue.

Text-figure Lay

Blood-vessels at the root of the tongue of an Indian Antelope.
a.a., anastomosis of the lingual arteries.

Other lettering as in text-fig. 11.

This is not, however, the case in the Olapi or among Antelopes
and Sheep. In them the two lingual arteries are of equal size,
but it should be noted that in the Okapi the left artery divides at
the commencement of the free part of the tongue into a large
ventral and a small dorsal branch, and thus provides the chief
source of supply to the ventral parts of the extremity of the
tongue, as it does in the Giraffe, the dorsal parts being supplied
by the right artery and the smaller branch of the left.

The Laryn« (text-figs. 14, 15, 16).

The larynx of the Okapi presents a remarkably close resem-
blance to that of the Giratte, and by its structure suggests that
the animal, like the Giraffe, 1s practically mute. In general it

VISCERA OF AN CKAPI, 199

Text-figure 14.

CAP.

FS Reoeeers

; io CRAM | THAN HY.EM,
ERT 14

Mascles of the larynx of Okapia johnstoni.

a.m., arytenoideus muscle; c.a.dm., crico-arytanoideus lateralis muscle; c.a.p.m.,
crico-arytenoideus posticus muscle; e.ph.m., crico-pharyngeal muscle ;
c.th.m., crico-thyroideus muscle ; e¢.g/., epiglottis; hy.e.m., hyo-epiglottidean
muscle; th.a.m., thyro-arytenoideus muscles; s.c., cartilage of Santorini.

Text-figure 15.

Longitudinal section of the pharynx and iarynx of Okapia johnstoni.

a.c., arytenoid cartilage; a.p.ph., arcus palato-pharyngeus (posterior pillar of fauces) ;
er., cricoid cartilage; ws., wsophagus; p., soft palate; ¢f., tonsillar fossa ;
th.c., thyroid cartilage; v.c., vocal cord.

Other lettering as in text-fig. 14.

200 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE

has the simple form common to Ruminants. The eminence sup-
ported by the arytenoid and Santorini’s cartilages is peculiarly
large and prominent (text-fig. 14, s.c.). The general cavity (text-
fig. 15) is quite simple, without recesses or pouches of any kind,
and, as in the Giraffe, the vocal cords (text-fig. 15, v.c.) are

Text-figure 16,

Longitudinal section of the larynx of Okapia johnston, showing the cartilages.

Lettering as in text-figs. 14 & 15.

extremely rudimentary, represented only by minute folds con-
necting the ventral extremities of the enormous arytenoids to the
mid-line of the thyroid cartilage. The cartilages (text-fig. 16)
closely resemble those of the Giraffe. The muscles (text-fig. 14)
are similar to those of other Ruminants, and call for no special
comment.

VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 201

The Tonsils (text-figs. 1, 4, 6).

The tonsillar fossa of the Okapi lies in the usual position (text-
fig.15, ¢.f.), between the anterior and posterior pillars of the fauces
somewhat in advance of the hinder free margin of the palate. It
is a simple oval pit, with its fundus subdivided into two or more
subsidiary recesses. The fossa and the area surrounding it are
covered externally by a nodulated mass of tonsillar tissue, which
is encapsulated by a thin longitudinal sheet of muscle derived
from the muscles of the palate.

The tonsils are thus of quite a usual Ruminant type, and very
similar to those of the Giraffe. It is interesting, however, to
note that in many Ruminants the single fossa is replaced by a
row of separate incisions, which no doubt represent the subsidiary
recesses in the fundus of the common fossa of the Okapi.

The Palate.

In 1915 the Royal College of Surgeons purchased the roughly
prepared skeleton of a young male Okapi collected by Dr. Christy,
in which the soft tissues covering the hard palate had not been
removed. They are shown in the accompanying photograph
(text-fig. 17).

In front of the molar region the palate is extremely narrow,
and throughout this region is traversed by a series of about 15
major palatal ridges. The anterior three or four are weak and
do not extend across the entire breadth of the palate; they
are succeeded by some twelve or so more complete ridges bowed
forward in the centre and with their free papillate edges directed
backwards. In the middle line these ridges are interrupted, the
right half of each being situated in the majority of cases slightly
posterior to the left. Behind the level of the anterior molar
teeth, the palatal ridges become less and less pronounced and
more nearly transverse in direction and gradually fade away,
leaving the greater part of the intermolar area of the palate
quite smooth.

Between the major palatal ridges are series of papille arranged
transversely, forming minor ridges.

As in the Giraffe, there is no papilla incisiva, but at the
extreme anterior end of the palate, in front of the palatal ridges,
are two little longitudinal slits—the openings of the naso-palatine
canals.

The soft palate terminates posteriorly in a simple curved
border, without any indication of a uvula. Its lateral parts are
prolonged, as the posterior pillars of the fauces, and become con-
fluent upon the dorsal wall of the pharynx, forming, as in the
majority of quadrupeds, a complete circular lip (arcus palato-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XTV. 14

202 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE ~

pharyngeus) (text-fig. 15, a.p.ph.) through which the nasal passage
communicates with the pharynx,

Text-figure 17.

Palate of Okapia johnstoni.
The Thyroid Body.

The thyroid body, as in many other Ruminants (Sheep, Ante-
lopes, Giraffe), consists of the lateral lobes only, without a
connecting portion or isthmus between them.

Each lobe is an oval body measuring 47 mm. in length x
16 mm. in breadth, and occupies much the same position as in
Domestic Ruminants in the angle between the cesophagus the
hinder part of the larynx and the trachea.

The Lungs (text-fig. 18).

The chief subdivision of the lungs follows the plan common to
Ruminants, there being two lobes to the left lung and three and
an azygos lobe to the right. The upper lobe of the right lung
is partially divided into two minor lobes, the upper of which
(text-fig. 18, 7.a./.") is the larger of the two, and is bent in the

VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 203

characteristic Ruminant way transversely across the front of the
heart. The lower (text-fig. 18, 7.a./.*) is leaf-like and resembles
the same lobule in the Sheep or Goat, but is relatively larger. The
middle and lower lobes and the azygos lobe resemble very closely
those of the Goat.

Text-figure 18.

RAL

B.R.AJ

RPL

Rib

The lungs of Okapia johustoni, ventral aspect.

b.l.a.l., bronchus of left apical lobe; 6.r.a.l., bronchus of right apical lobe;
l.a., azygos lobe; J.a.l.1, left apical lobe, longitudinal process; J.a.l.?,
left apical lobe, transverse or cardiac process; J.i.1., left inferior lobe;
Li.l.a., cardiac appendage of left inferior lobe; 7.a.0.!, right apical lobe,
transverse process ; r.a.l,*, right apical lobe, cardiae process; 7.7.2., right
inferior lobe; 7.m.U., right median or cardiac lobe; ¢7., trachea.

The upper lobe of the left lung is very similar to that of the
‘Goat or Sheep, except for the greater length of its anterior
14*

204 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE
°

(text-fig. 18, /.a.0.‘) (longitudinal) lobule. The lower lobe (text-
fig. 18, 2.2.2.) is remarkably prolonged at its upper and outer angle,
forming a long finger-like cardiac process (text-fig. 18, J.i.l.a.) that
lies alongside the lower (transverse) lobule of the upper lobe
(text-fig. 18, /.a./.*), bound to it by a fold of pleural membrane.
In the natural position these two elongated lobules embrace the”
left side of the heart.

The trachea, chief bronchial tubes, and pulmonary veskele call
for no particular notice, as they resemble closely those of the
Sheep.

The Heart.

The heart has a long narrow form, and measures 140 mm. in
total length from base to apex, and 95 mm. in breadth at the
upper part of the ventricles. The length of the ventricular
portion is 120 mm.

It is of the same type as that of other Ruminants. In
dissecting it, the musculi papillares of both atrio-ventricular
valves gave one the impression of being more than ordinarily
developed, particularly as regards the muscular swelling that
forms the foundation of those of the anterior cusp of the mitral
valve. The wall of the left ventricle seemed also to be thick for
a heart of the size.

The moderator band in the right ventricle is noticeably small.
The great arteries spring from the arch of the aorta by a single
large innominate trunk, as in other narrow-chested Ungulates.
Between the aorta and pulmonary artery is a large vestige of the
ductus arteriosus.

There is at the root of the aorta in Ruminants a very cha-
racteristic splinter of bone (os cordis) supporting the attach-
ment of one of the cusps of the aortic valve. In the Okapi
this bone is represented by a plate of cartilage, but whether its
unossified condition is a permanent character or is due to youth
it is difficult to say definitely, but it should be noted that in the
calf ossification * sets in almost immediately after birth, and that
in Antilocaprat the os cordis is permanently cartilaginous.

The Thymus Body.

The thymus is a relatively small triangular mass of tissue
attached by a fold of membrane to the antero-ventral surface of
the pericardium. It measures 64 mm. in length x 55 mm. in
breadth at its posterior end.

The Stomach < (text-figs. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23).

In its general forin (text-fig. 19) the stomach of the Okapi
resembles that of the Giraffe and many Antelopes more nearly

* Vaerst, ‘“ Herzknochen bei Wiederkauern,” Deutsch. Zeitschr. f. Thiermedicin,
Bd. 30, 1888, p. 53.

+ Maurie, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 348.

t Garrod, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 5.

VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 205

than that of the various other Ruminants figured by Cordier *.
All four chambers (rumen, reticulum, psalterlum, abomasum)
are fully developed.

The paunch (rumen) is subdivided by folds into secondary
chambers in a manner similar to that of Domestic Ruminants,
and is lined throughout by coarse papiile (text-fig. 20), mostly of
large sizeand flattened lanceolate form, like those in the rumen of
the Giraffe. Upon the free edges of the dividing partitions the
papilla are reduced in height and resemble flat scale-like plates
rather than papille.

Text-figure 19.

SPL oe eT

gy
é : ) 4 es ; pet ene
ISTE e
ae pe ee LER AS os
cB Seas ar ag, 5 o,

SSS eT ep se

Re aecaek

Outline of the stomach of Okapia, with the cavities opened.

ab., abomasum; duo., duodenal dilatation; cs., cesophagus; cs.g., cesophageal
gutter; psal., psalterium; pyl., pylorus; 7., longitudinal ruge in aboma-
sum ; ret., reticulum seen through opening from the rumen ; ret.’, outline of
the reticulum ; spl., spleen.

The reticulum is a roomy, oval chamber, and is remarkable, like
that of the Giraffe and Antilocapra ty, for the extreme shallowness
of its cells (text-fig. 21). In this particular it is approached by
the reticulum of many Deer, and offers a striking contrast to that
of Domestic Ruminants and the majority of Antelopes.

The psalterium is large, of about the same size as the reti-
culum, and contains some 14 chief lamine. The spaces between

* Cordier, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xv. 1898, pl. 6.
+ Murie, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 349.

206 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE

the chief lamine are occupied by others of less height, consti-
tuting according to their size and position secondary, tertiary,
and quaternary series.

The position and height of the different series are shown to scale
in the accompanying diagram (text-fig. 23). It is to be noticed
that of the quaternary series those only interposed between the
secondary and tertiary series are represented by definite lamine.
Those between the tertiary and primary, when they are repre-
sented at all (and they apparently are not in every case), are
indicated only by a row of minute papille (text- fig. 23, p.), as
the whole ee ee series is in the Giraffe and certain other
Ruminants*

Text-figure 20. Text-figure 21.

Text-fig. 20.—Papille of rumen, x 2.

Text-fig. 21.—Cell of reticulum, nat. size.

Text-figure 22.

Specialised papille of cesophageal gutter, nat. size.

1., lamina of psalterum ; cs.g., roof of esophageal gutter.

Towards the esophagus the lamine gradually fade away, and
are succeeded by rows of enlarged papillee similar in character but
not in size to those that cover the surface of all the lamine. Some
of these papille are enormously developed (text-fig. 22) and form,
when the cesophageal gutter 1s closed, a coarse filter to prevent
unsuitable food from passing into the psalterium.

Papille similar to these, though fewer in number and smaller
in size, are present in the stomach of the adult Ox, at the entry
of the cesophageal gutter into the psalterium.

* Garrod, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, pe 5.

VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 207

In the Okapi each of these special papille of the cesophageal
gutter consists, like those on the free margin of the leaves of the
psalterium, of a fleshy base and a horny apex. The separation
of the base from the apex is quite abrupt and clear, giving to the
papilla the appearance of a long horny rod set upon the summit
of a rounded fleshy boss.

The digestive stomach (abomasum) calls for no particular com-
ment. Its walls become gradually more and more muscular
towards the pylorus, béyond which the commencement of the
duodenum is marked, as in other Ruminants, by a sudden
dilatation. The lining membrane, towards the cardiac end, is
longitudinally folded.

Text: figure 23.

Diagram, to scale, of laminze of psalterium.

1, 2, 3, 4, laminee of primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary series.

p., lamina of quaternary series represented by row of papille.

In the small portion of cesophagus preserved there was found
amass of partly masticated food. This was composed of small
fragments of the leaves of trees. Though the fragments were too
small to offer much likelihood of detailed identification, Mr. L. A.
Boodlé, of the Jodrell Laboratory, Kew Gardens, most kindly
undertook to examine them. He reports that they “ consist,
chiefly at any rate, of fragments of Dicotyledonous plants, grasses
being apparently absent. A few specimens show considerable
resemblanee to leaflets of certain Leguminose, but these and the
fragments of other plants present have not been identified. No
definite opinion has been arrived at as to the stature of ulate plants
concerned.”

This report, in the apparent absence of grass, agrees =n the
field observations made by Dr. Christy. He says that the animal
‘‘feeds chiefly on the small leaves and twigs of trees.” ‘It does
not’ eat grass, but does browse on the coarse herbage on the
outskirts of the forest” *.

* Quoted from ‘The Field,’ July 10, 1915, by Sir H. H. Johnston, ‘ Nature,’
Aug. 16,1915, p. 714; see also to the same effect, Wilmet, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris,
1913, vol. 156, p. 2007.

208 ON THE VISCERA OF AN OKAPI.

The Spleen.

The spleen (text-fig. 19, spd.) is massive and wedge-shaped, and
is situated, as in other Ruminants, upon the left anterior surface of
the paunch, adherent by its thick end to the diaphragm and with
‘its narrow edge projecting freely to the left into the abdominal
cavity.

The Colic Coil.

The colic coil is flat, not conical as in the Giraffe, and is almost
circular, measuring 190 mm. in diameter. The gut of which it
is constituted is relatively narrow (20 mm. in diameter), and is
arranged in 33 concentric and 33 excentric coils. This number
appears to be high. In Antelopes of which I have seen records *
it apparently varies from 1 to 3, in the Ox it is 14, in Antdlo-
capra 37, and in the Giraffe may be as many as 4.

In judging of the bearing of the above anatomical facts, it must
be borne in mind that they are records of one individual only,
but assuming that they fairly represent the condition normal for
the species, the following points seem to be most worthy of
note :—

A. In comparison with the Giraffe :

1. The form and superficial anatomy of the tongue.
2. The condition of the geniohyoid and _ genioglossus
muscles.

3. The occipito-styloideus muscle and the form of the
styloid bone.

The structure and form of the larynx.

. The arrangement of the lingual arteries.

The general form of the stomach, and particularly the
character of the reticulum.

B. As more or less characteristic of the Okapi:

1. The papille of the sublingual fringe.

2. The cartilaginous os cordis.

3. The elongation of the upper angle of the left lower lobe
of the lungs.

4, The specialised papillee in the cesophageal groove of the
stomach,

* Beddard, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1909, i. p. 181; Mitchell, Trans. Zool. Soc. xvii. 1905,
p. 473.

+ Beddard, JZ. e.

t Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. 1841, p. 227.

ON THE ‘* DEATH-WATCH” BEETLE. 209

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
March 20th, 1917.

Dr. A. SmirH Woopwarb, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Srecrerary read the following report on the Additions
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February
1917 :— :

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of February were 101 in number. Of these 36 were
acquired by presentation, 44 were received on deposit, 19 were
purchased, and 2 were born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by death

. and removals, was 115.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
Oh

1 Allamand’s Grison (Grison allamandi) from Le Quiacea,
Bolivia, presented by A. 8S. Hume on February 10th.

1 European Bison (Bison bonasus) 3, born in the Menagerie
on February 22nd.

2 Golden Eagles (Aquila chrysaétus) from Ross-shire, presented
by Lady Bignold of Rosque on February 16th.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals, ex-
hibited a young Lion Cub recently deposited in the Gardens, and
also a Galago from German East Africa presented by Commander

R. J. N. Watson.

April 3rd, 1917.

Prof. E, W. MacBripg, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

Mr. C. J. GAHAN exhibited a living example of the “ Death-
Watch” Beetle (Anobiwm tesselatwm), and demonstrated its
response to sharp taps, such as could be made with the point
of a pencil on the table.

210 MR. ALFRED EZRA ON BIG-GAME SHOOTING IN INDIA.

Mr. C. Davies SHERBORN, F.Z.S., exhibited an autograph of
Captain Bligh of ‘The Bounty.’

Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.8S., exhibited a Piraya (Serra-
salmo piraya) from the Amazon, and gave a short account of
the habits of this ferocious fish.

Big-Game shooting in Cooch Behar, Assam, and the Bhutan
Duars, India.

Mr. Aurrep Ezra, F.Z.S., gave a lantern exhibition illustrating
Big-Game Shooting in Cooch Behar, Assam, and the Bhutan
Duars, India, and made the following remarks :—

On account of the heavy grass- and reed-jungle, sometimes well
over 20 feet high, so common in these districts, it is impossible
to do any shooting on foot. All big-game shooting is done here
with the aid of elephants, which are thoroughly trained for the
purpose. During the shooting-season the country is generally
burnt in patches, and here one follows the method adopted in
covert-shooting in England. Two or more guns are sent in with
the line of elephants, while some guns are posted forward as
‘“‘stops,” and the patches are beaten up to them. The elephants
used for the ‘ stops” are generally very steady and well-trained
animals and are most valuable. The shooting arrangements at
Cooch Behar are reduced to a science, and the men in charge of
the line are so well trained that a tiger can invariably be beaten
out to any particular “stop,” should the Maharaja wish a special
guest to have the first shot. My favourite way of shooting in
this country is to go alone on a pad-elephant with an intelligent
mahout (driver) who is a good tracker. In this way you go
through the thickest parts of the jungle without disturbing the
game, and you see the animals in their natural haunts, sleeping,
grazing, or w allowing in the muddy streams. Being accustomed
to always seeing wild elephants, the animals do not take the
slightest notice of your mount, and you are able to get within a
few yards of them. At such close quarters the sportsman can
pick and choose his head, only shooting something that is worth
having as a trophy. The game found in this country consists of
tiger, leopard, bear, rhino, buffalo, bison (gaur), sambur, swamp-
deer, wild pig, and hog deer,

ON THE PLUMAGE OF THE FEMALE JAPANESE PHEASANT, Date

April 17th, 1917.

Dr. A. SmirH Woopwarp, F.R.S8., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Srcrerary read the following report on the Additions
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March
1917 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of March was 149. Of these 21 were acquired
by presentation, 125 (chiefly small Finches) were received on
deposit, 2 by purchase, and 1 was born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 101.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
tO :-—

1 White-handed Gibbon (Hylobates lav), from Pahang, deposited
on March 29th.

1 Bushy-tailed Galago (Galago crassicwudata), from Mafia I.,
Kast Africa, presented by Commander R. J. N. Watson, R.N., on
March doth.

1 White-toothed Shrew, from Albert, France, new to the
Collection, deposited on March 23rd.

Mr.C. Davies SuErgory, F.Z.S., exhibited the piece of hairy skin
of a Gorilla, which specimen was torn off the freshly killed beast,
and posted to Richard Owen, by P. B. Du Chaillu, from the interior
of the Gaboon. ,The envelope is postmarked ‘+ Etablissements du
Gabon, 1 Sept 1864,” and was the precursor of Du Chaillu’s long
letter of August, 1864, from the Fernand Vaz river on the coast,
announcing that six skins were being shipped to London among
other specimens. These were registered at the British Museum

1 Dec. 1864.

My. D. Sers-Snrtu, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited a female
Japanese Pheasant (Phasianus versicolor) which had assumed
the very nearly complete plumage of the male. The ovaries
were found on dissection to be very atrophied.

A male specimen of the Carolina Dueck (#w sponsa) was also
shown in which the colour of the soft parts were similar to
those of the female. When living, this bird was thought to be a
female in male plumage, but on dissection proved to be a male
with atrophied testes.

Mr. Seth-Smith also showed some specimens of the trachea of
various species of Ducks.

ANI THE SECRETARY ON AN ABNORMAL CAPE LOURIE.

My. EK. Heron-Auen, F.L.S., P.R.M.S., F.Z.S., described the
Mussel-fishery and Foraminifera of Esnandes (La Rochelle), and
the early work of Alcide d’Orbigny. .

A series of slides was exhibited illustrative of the early studies
of Alcide d’Orbigny at Esnandes (near La Rochelle), and the
Mussel-fisheries established there since the year 1035. The
experiments of Prof. W. A. Herdman on the West Coast of
England were referred to, and those of Prof. A. Meek at Holy
Island on the East Coast. A further series was shown illust-
rating some of the notable d’Orbignyan species found in the
neighbourhood, not recorded from there by d’Orbigny in 1826,
but recorded from other localities at that date, and from distant
seas between 1839 and 1846. A third series of slides illustrated
well-known species from the locality which had been recorded and
described by earlier authors, but were not apparently identified
by d’Orbigny from the neighbourhood of La Rochelle.

May 1st, 1917.

Dr. A. SmrirH Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Srcrerary, Dr. P. Coatmers Mircue t, F.R.§., announced
with the deepest regret that Mr. Henry Peavot, the Society’s
Librarian and Clerk of Publications, had been killed in action.
Mr. Peavot had entered the service of the Society in 1896, and,
after passing through various departments, was appointed
Assistant Librarian and Clerk of Publications in 1908, and was
promoted to the post of Librarian and Clerk of Publications in
1912. In every way he had gained the esteem and regard of
the Scientific Fellows of the Society, and was one of the most
valuable and competent members of the Society’s staff.

The Srecrerary exhibited a coloured sketch of an abnormal
Cape Lourie (Z'uracus corythaix Wagl.), kindly sent to him by
Mr. E. C. Chubb, F.Z.S., the Curator of the Durban Museum,
Natal. The specimen, which was the property of the Durban
Museum, was normally coloured on the head and neck, but the
rest of the plumage was pale grey or dirty white, with the
exception of a portion of the wings, which retained the normal
red colour. The example could not be exactly described as an
albino, inasmuch as the red colour was known to be due to a
pigment, the ‘‘ Turacin” originally described by Professor Church,
and the green colour of the head and neck, unlike that in most
species of birds with green feathers, was due also to a green
pigment.

THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 203

A Gynandromorphic Specimen of the Karwig ( Forficula
auricularia). -

Prof. J. P. Hitu, F.R.S., F.Z.S., remarked as follows :—

The specimen (a photograph of which was exhibited) attracted
attention by reason of the asymmetry of its forceps. The right
limb of the latter measured 3°25 mm. in length, and is unmistake-
ably of the male type, being stout and distinctly curved. ‘The
left limb measured 2°75 mim., and is just as unmistakeably of the
female type, being slender and only slightly curved.

Dissection of the specimen revealed the presence of a well-
developed testes, containing fully formed sperms, on the right
side. The left gonad was not observed and was probably either
absent or very rudimentary. It is certain that a well-developed
ovary was not present on this side.

Dr. A. Smira Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, exhibited
enlarged models, made by Mr. Frank O. Barlow, of the first
lower molar tooth of a large Chimpanzee, Melanesian Man, and
Piltdown Man (Loanthropus dawsoni). He maintained that the
latter tooth was of the megadont human type.

Mr. D. M. 8S. Warson, F.Z.8., exhibited and explained by

diagrams, models of the teeth of fossil horses.

Professor H. Maxwextui Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S., described the
Silkworms and Silk industry of India, illustrating his account

with lantern-slides and specimens of the Silk Moths, Cocoons,
and Silk.

May 15th, 1917.

Dr. 8S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Srcrerary read the following Report on the Additions
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of April
1917 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of April were 130 in number. Of these 46 were acquired
by presentation, 33 were received on deposit, 48 by purchase,
1 in exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens.

214 THE EVANESCENCE OF PATTERN IN THE SKINS OF ZEBRAS,

The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 93.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
to:

1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes) 9, from West
Africa, presented by Lieut.-Comm. J. W. Rainier, R.N., on
April 16th.

1 Demidoff’s Galago (Hemigalago demidoffi) 3, from Obuassi,
Ashanti, presented by Dr. G. H. F. Spurrell on April 5th.

2 Pandas (“lurus fulgens) $ 9, from Nepal, purchased on
April 12th.

Dr. P. CHatmers MircuHe.y, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society, showed the behaviour of a large series of Birds and
Mammals in the presence of living Serpents, and demonstrated
that, except in the case of the higher Monkeys and a few kinds
of Birds, there was no trace of instinctive dread of Serpents.

Mr. D. Seru-Smitu, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, gave a lantern
exhibition of Birds now. or recently living in the Society's
Gardens.

June 5th, 1917.

Dr. 8S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

My. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Curator of Mammals, exhibited on
behalf of Messrs. Rowland Ward Ltd. the skins of two Zebras,
shot by Mr. David Mackenzie at Gil-Gil in British East Africa,
which showed remarkable evanescence of pattern affecting the
body, neck, and head and to a less extent the legs. The oblitera-
tion of pattern was carried to a much greater extent than in the
skin described by Prof. Ridgeway as representing a new variety
named Hguus quagga goldfincha.

The two specimens were secured from a herd of normally
coloured Zebras of the East African race Equus quagga granti.

ON EGG-PRODUCTION AT THE POULTRY EXHIBITION. 215

Mr. R. E. Hotpine exhibited and made remarks on a Cirriped
(Coronula diadema) which occurs in considerable numbers on the
Humpbacked Whale (Megaptera nodosa Bonn. ).

Mr. Holding also exhibited two curiously malformed eggs in
which the inner membrane only remained, the shell and yolk
being absent.

Mr. D. Sera-Situ, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, gave an account
of the Poultry Exhibition which the Society is now holding for
the second season with a view to the encouragement of poultry-
keeping for egg-production. The method of keeping hens on the
intensive system was explained, as well as the lines to be followed
in the breeding and selection of heavy-laying strains. Mr. Seth-
Smith called attention to the value of certain strains of ducks,
especially those known as ‘** white runners,” for egg-production.

eu *

INDEX.
1917.—Pages 1-215.

[New names in clarendon type.
(z.8.1.) indicates additions to the Society’s Menagerie. |

Systematic references in italics,

Abraxas grossulariata (Zz, 8. L.):

logy, 96.
Ailurus fulgens (4, 8. u.), 214.

Aéschna grandis (Z. 8. L.) : ethology, 97.

juncea (4. 8. L.): ethology,
/Ex sponsa: exhibited, 211.

etho-

lord

D1.

Agrion puella (z. s. u.): ethology, 97.

Anatomy. See STRUCTURE.

Anobiuin tesselatum ; exhibited, 209.

Anseranus semipaliuata: variat

ion, 96.

Anthropopithecus troglodytes (z. s. L.),

214. ;
Aquila chrysaétus (z. s. u.), 209.
AVES:

Archeopteryx: (fossil) structure, 1 ;

Hybrid between male

Thrush

and female Blackbird, 95; Trachea
of a male Anseranus semipalmata,
96; Migration of Woodcock, 159;
Plumage of Japanese Pheasant,

211; Soft parts of male specimen |
of Carolina Duck, 211; Trachea of’ |

various Species of Ducks, 211;

Sketch of an abnormal

Cape

Lourie in the Durban Museum,.

212; Behavicur of Birds
presence of living Serpent

in the

s, 214;

Lantern-exhibition of birds from
the Society’s Gardens, 214; Mal-

formed eggs: structure,

215 ;

Poultry exhibition in the Society’s

Gardens, 215.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XV.

Bison bonasus‘(z. 8. u.), 209.

. * rey + cA ‘y .
c =) ° e . °
Brachytron pratense (z. 8. L.)

logy, 97.

Capricornis argyrochetes, 22,
— collasinus, 23.

milne-cdwardst, 22.

rocherianus, 23.

vidianus, 22.

Cervus dugennianus, 19.

hanglu (z. 8. L.). 99.
Cinnyris afer (z: Ss. L.), 96.
Cis alni, 89.

— bidentatus, 89.

—- hilamellatus, 87.
boleti, 88.

castaneus, 91.

—- dentatus, 89.

—— elongatulus, 91.
JSestivus, 91,

—— hispidus, 89.

—— jacquemarti, 87.

-—— latifrons, sp. n., 89.
lineatocribratus, 86.

--— lineatosetosus, sp. n., 87.

—— jicans, 88.
nitidus, 87.

oblongus, 90.

—— punclulalus, 90.
—— setiyer, 88.
vestitus, 91,

etho-

X1V

CLASSIFICATION:
Pre-Jurassic Tetrapods, 167.
Cobus defassa (z. s. u.), 95.
Coronuia diadema, exhibition, 215.
CRUSTACEA:
Palamonide : mouth-parts, 37 ; Coro-
nula diadema (exhibited), 215.
Cryptorrhynchus harrisoni,
sp. n., 93.

Donacia linearis (z. 8. L.):
97.

Duthiersia elegans, 79.

expansa, 80.

— finbriata, 79.

ethology, |

Ennearthron affine, 92.
-— cornutum, 92.
EKoanthropus dawsoni: exhibition, 213.
Equus quagga granti: exhibition, 214.
Eremias heterolepis, 154.
Erinaceus albiventris (z. 8. 1.), 96,
ErnoLoey.

Mammauta: Behaviour in presence of |

living Serpents, 214; Pattern on

skins of Zebras from British East
Africa, 214.

AVES: Woodcock, |
159; Behaviour of Birds in pre- |
sence of living Serpents, 214.

Insecta: British Cissid Beetles,
83; species bred in the Society’s |
Gardens, 96.

Migration of

Forficula auricularia : photograph, 213.

Galago crassicaudata (z. s. L.), 211.
GEOGRAPHICAL:

MammautA: Heude’s collection of

pigs &c. in Sikawei
SHanghai, 7; Big Game-shooting
in India, 210; Zebras from British
East Africa (skins), 214. |

Aves: Migration of Woodcock breed- |
ing in the West of Ireland, 159.

Piscus : Exhibition of a Piraya from |
the Amazon, 210.

Moutusea : Mussel-fishery &c. of Es-
nandes, 212,

Museum,

INDEX.

Grison allamandi (z, s. L.), 209.

Hemigalago demidoffi (z. s. u.), 214.
Hyla pulchella (z. s. 1.), 96.
Hylobates lar (z. s. t.), 211.

InsEcTa:
British Cissid Beetles, 83; Insects
bred in the Caird Insect House,
96.
Coleoptera : Anobium
exhibition of living example, 209.
Coleoptera: Cissidve found in Britain :

tesselatum :

systematic, 83.
Dermayptera : Forficula auricularia,
213.
Lepidoptera: Silk Moths, Cocoons
and Silk (exhibition), 213.

Lacerta spinalis, 146.

Latastia degeni, 154.

hardeggeri, 150, 152, 154.

—— neumanni, 150.

-— phillipsit, 148.

spinalis, 146,

Libellula quadrimaculata (z. s. L.);
ethology, 97.

Mammalia.

Chinese: systematic, 7; work of
Beavers in the Society’s Gardens,
100; Okapia johnstoni (viscera) :
structure, 187; Pre-Jurassic Te-
trapods: classification, 167; Lion
Cub, 209; Galago from German
East Africa, 209; Big Game-
shooting in India, 210; Piece of
hairy skin of a Gorilla, 211; Molar
tooth of a Chimpanzee &c.: struc-
ture, 213; Teeth of horses (fossil) :
structure, 2138; Behaviour in the
presence of living Serpents, 214 ;
Pattern on sking of Zebras from
British East Africa, 214.

Merula merula: variation, 95.
Moxuusca: Mussel-fishery of Esnaudes,
exhibition of slides, 212.
MorrPuo_oey.
Nemorhedus arnouxianus, 2d.

See STRUCTURE,

INDEX. | XV

Nemorhedus caudatus, 26.

cinereus, 25.

griseus, 25.

henryanis, 25.

—— niger, 25.

raddeanus, 26.

Octotemnus glabriculus 93.

Orthetrum ecerulescens (z. s. L.): etho-

logy, 97.

PaTHOLOGY.
Animals in the Society’s Gardens,
2:
Phasianus versicolor, exhibited, 211.
Philochorius hardeygeri, 154.
intermedius, sp. n., 152.
— neumanni, 150.
— phillipsii, 148.
spinalis, 146.
PISCEs :
Chimera colliei: L055
Serrasalino piraya, exhibited, 210.

structure,

Reptiia:
Lizards of the Genus Philochortus:
systematic, 145.
Rhopalodontus fronticornis, 92.
—— perforatus, 92.

Serrasalmo piraya: exhibited, 210.
Solenophorus fimbriatus, 79.
STRUCTURE,

Mamnauia: Chinese, 7; Work of
Beavers in the Society’s Gardens,
100; Chimera colliei (skull), 105;
Okapia johnstoni (viscera), 187;
Mcdels of molar tooth of Chim-
panzee &c., 213; Models of teeth
of fossil horses, 213.

Aves: Archxopteryx (fossil), 1;
Ducks (trachea), 211; Malformed
egos, 215,

Insecta: Forficula auricularia (Gy-
nandromorphic specimen), 213;
Silkworms and Silk industry of
India, 213.

CrustacHa : Palemonidee (mouth-
parts), 37.

Vermipea: Duthiersia, 73.

Sus coreanus, 15.

gigas, 14.

—- meles, 1d.

—— moupinensis, 138.
paludosus, 12.

Tetropium gabrieli (z. s. L.): ethology,
SH

Trimerorhinus triteniatus (z. s. b.), 96.

Turacus corythaix: sketch exhibited,
22,

Turdus musicus: variation, 9d.

Ursus horribilis (z. s. u.), 95.

VARIATION,

Mammaria: Pattern on skins of
Zebras from British East Africa,
214,

Aves: Hybrid between Thrush and
Blackbird, 95 ; Trachea from An-
seranus semipalmata, 96; Plumage

hile
Colour of soft parts of male Caro-
lina Duck, 211; Cape Lourie in
the Durban Museum, 212.

VERMIDEA:

Duthiersia :
73.

of Phasianus _ versicolor,

structure, systematic,

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREKT,

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF 1-0 NON,

1917, pp. 217-338,

witH 5D PLATES and 33 TEX't-FIGURES.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,,
PATERNOSTER ROW.

kes

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

WM ee

Patron.
. His Masesry THe Kina.

COUNCIL.

His Grace THe Duxe or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President.

THe Hon. Crecit Barina, M.A.
R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A.
ALFRED H. Cocks, Hisq., M.A.

Li.-Cout. S. Moncxron Copes-
MAN, M.D., F.R.S.

CHARLES Drummonb, KEsq.,
Treasurer.

ALFRED Ezra, Esq., Vice-
President.

Cart. Huau S. GLADSTONE,
M.A.

Tue Viscount Harcourt, P.C.

SIDNEY FrepERIC HArRMER, KsqQ., |
Vice- |

MrAy Seb oR.
President.

Proressor J. P..H1t1, D.Sc.,
EBS:

WiLiiAM Huntsman, Esa.

Sik HoMunp Gites Lopmr, Br.,
Vice-President. ;

Con. Sir A. Henry McManon,
G.C.M.G., C.8.1.

E.:G. B. MerApE-WaAtzpo,
Esq., Vice-President.

P. CuatmMers MircHey, Esq.,
M.A., D.Se., Li, a
Secretary.

THe Marquis oF Suiao, F.S.A.

_ OLpFrELD Tuomas, Esq., F.R.S.

AUBYN Trevor-Batrys, Esq.,
M.A.

ARTHUR SMITH WoopwarD,
Ksq., LL.D. F.R.S., Vice-
President.

Henry Woopward, Esq., LL.D.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.
P. Caatmers Mircurtt, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S.,

Secretary.

R. I. Pocock, F.RS., F.L8., Curator of Mammals and
Resident Superintendent of the Gardens. ~

D, Seru-Smiru, Curator of Lirds and Inspector of Works.

Lieut. Epwarp G. BouLencer, Curator of Reptiles.

Prof. H. Maxwetu Lerroy, Curator of Insects.

JOHN Barrow, Accountant.
W. 4H. Corn, Chief Clerk.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1917, pp. 217-338.*

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the months of May, June, July,
August, and September, 1917....... SA Une err e e cir

Prof. F. Woop Jonss, M.B., D.Se., F.Z.S. Exhibition
of the skull of a Lioness, showing the effect of
Seay HIS CN RR Nn Pers a Rana a esau la oa ihasue Tad edousledinnss

Miss E. CHEEsMAN. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the
feeding habits of the Long Water -Scorpion, on
the burrows made by the Mole-Cricket, and on the
formation of the case by the Caddis-worm Phryganea
grandiosa, based on observations made in the Caird
Imeect Itouse:. (Vexb-tigure: Lo iiewwesssnecceden sen sneene

Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Description of
the present state of knowledge regarding the life-
history of the Common Eel, illustrated by means of
PMMA D Ge oh exes iae icin tonics takeie Mieaels teeta 345

Mr. Rk. H. Burne, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a Common
Frog showing the Spalteholz method of preparation .

Prof. F. Woop Jones, M.B., D.Sc., F.Z.S. Exhibition of

a series of brains prepared in the Prosectorium ......

Dr. P. Coatmers Mircue tt, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the
Society. Exhibition on behalf of Mr. D. Seru-
SmirH, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, of a set of lantern-
slides prepared from photographs of mammals.........

* (Parts III. & IV. (P. Z.S. 1917, pp. 217-388) were published
together. |

Page

331

333

339

336

Page
The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of October, 1917......... 336
Mr. R,- I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L:S., F.Z:8., Curatormen
. Mammals. Exhibition of the head of a castrated
Bushbuck, and of three successive pairs of antlers of
an adult. Pére David's Deer 2!.......2.....0. eee Be
Prof. J. P. Hitu, D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Lantern exhibition
of new-born Marsupials, with an account of the mode
of parturition and external characters .................. 330
PAPERS. .
12. Note on a Hermaphrodite Dogfish. By Rutan C.
BamBer, M.Sc. (Plates 1. & ©.) 2.25 217

13. On the Use of the Names VPlestosauria and Sauro-

pterygia. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.S8. ...... 221

14. Some Additions to the known Dragonfly Fauna of
Borneo, with an Account of new Species of the Genus
Celiccia. By F. F. Latpuaw, M.A., F.Z.8. (Text-

foures T-2O.) 9125 a ccbeaas sat cel yo ane eee 223
15, Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W.
Feather in British East Africa, 1911-138. By Lt.-
Col. J. Mo Fawenpie (Plate 1) er aes 9. ht eee 233
16, Deformity of Os penis in a Seal (Phoca caspica Nilsson).
By Srereius ALpHiRAKY. (Text-figure 1.) 23.0) 2. 251
17. Some Observations upon Concealment by the apparent
Disruption of Surface in a Plane at Right Angles
to the Surface. By J. C. Morrram, M.B.(Lond.).
(Text-feures Loa Wn; voici tess ee beexe eer eee ee 253
18. New South-American Rhopalocera. By J. J. Joiczy,
PLS. F.Z.S., EHS, and) “Gl SPALson, ibe:
(Plates) 3.00 suki ete treet ie 259

19, New South-American Arctiide.. By Joek J OICEY, .
F.ILS., F.Z.8., F.E.S., and G. Tarsor, F.ES.
(Platte Di ence. Re, ae nee ae 26

and

Page
20. -New Butterflies from Africa and the East. By J. J.
Jorcny,. HES. h Zs: EES. and G. Tarsor,
F.E.S. eovreereeer et POF FH HH OHHH HTC FOF SHH EHH HOHE HHH HOOT EHH HHO REO OD PG
21. A Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron Hbn. By
J.J. Jorcey, F.LS., F.Z.8., F.E.S., and G. Tapor,
He Bees 4( Plated) ...... BS Dit are cola ie citi den ipl 273
22. Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera. By J. J. Jorcry,
Has. F.Z.5., FES. and G. Tarsor, FES.
(Blate wl, fig. 3.)- si..6s- Ree Sem R ee Eesisclee hers es oeaianrgatan cinta 275
23. Ant-like Spiders from Malaya, collected by the
Annandale - Robinson Expedition, 1901-2. By
H. D. Bapcock, M.A. (Text-figures 1-12.) ......... 277
24, The Structure of the Orbito-temporal Region of the
Skull of Lemur. By F. Woop Jones, M.B., D.Sc.,
Boe (Rempneures. LD.) cccesssseisievetwessetes cx cans 323
Alphabetical List of Contributors ................0cseccsneeseoeeee vil

BUTS Ge ee ey sect he isn ag ives v'sluo ok WeE Sod we UW edad doxadedeoaseseeen’s xi

é
o
-
‘
.
'
>
‘
oa

wie A Db iE hCG A bal St
OF THE
CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

(1917, pp. 217-338.)

Page

ALPHERAKY, SERGIUS.

Deformity of Os penis in a Seal (Phoca caspica Nilsson).

(lextstioure’ 1.) 3.05... ER Ore er een Cee 251

Bavcock, H. D., M.A.

Ant-like Spiders from Malaya, collected by the
Annandale-Robinson Expedition, 1901-2. (Text-figures

L212 eon eee ne Set ae aCe rca tn a eee ena Pre

BamsBer, Ruts C., M.Sc.
'

Note on a Hermaphrodite Dogfish. (PlatesI.&II.)... 217

Boutencer, G. A., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

On the Use of the Names Plesiosauria and Sauro-
TOSELED TG CRP seh at OBE A EEL eee ene ee ee eee 22

Burne, R. H., M.A., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a Common Frog showing the Spalteholz
method of preparation

vill
} Page
CHEESMAN, Miss EK.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the feeding habits
of the Long Water-Scorpion, on the burrows made by
the Mole-Cricket, and on the formation of the case
by the Caddis-worm Phryganea grandiosa, based on
observations made in the Caird Insect House. (Text-

figure 1.) wi sassi canes causes esuinn e> delncleleesiese see see see eee 333

Fawcett, Lt.-Col. J. M.

Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W.
Feather in British East Africa, 1911-13. (PlateT.) ... 233

Hint, Prof. J. P., D.Sc., F.B.S., F.Z.S.

Lantern exhibition of new-born Marsupials, with

an account of the mode of parturition and external

Characters. scot. cbecy sees cs de ole cesar eee eee 337
Jorcey, J. J., F.LS., F.Z58., F.E.S., and Tatsot, G,, FBS:
New South-American Rhopalocera, (Plate I.)......... 259
New South-American Arctiide. (Plate I.) ............ 265
New Butterflies from Africa and the East............... 271
A Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron Hbn.
(Plates i c5o ist A ae te ue e eee APA Be te eee 273

Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera. (Plate I. fig. 3.). 275

Jonges, F. Woop, M.B., D.Sc., F.Z.S.

The Structure of the Orbito-temporal Region of the
Skull‘of Lemur. o(lext-tigures 1=5;) 0). e eee 323

Exhibition of the skull of a Lioness, showing the
efiect of captivity: is.2501...c:caaseaseoueean eh eee ae tee a eee 333.

Exhibition of a series of brains prepared in the
Prosectorium

LAIDLAW, F. F., M.A., F.Z.S.

Some Additions to the known Dragonfly Fauna of
Borneo, with an Account of new Species of the Genus
Colca. WWext-houres! 10.) cose. cect eres een uote eae

MircHei, P. Cuatmers, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.,
Secretary to the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the months of May, June, July, August, and

EC DUCINIO CI MMO -guharns ia atomasn Setter nce soagteas ates

Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. D.’Sern-Smira, F.Z.S.,
Curator of Birds, of a set of lantern-slides prepared
frome PhoOtvopraphs OL MAM MGS i656 s.0c.sscateeccaeaneeassaees

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of October, L917 .....0c..-...ecscssevess eee

Morrram, J. C., M.B. (Lond.).

Some Observations upon Concealment by the apparent
Disruption of Surface in a Plane at Right Angles to the
murmiaeer o(Text-feures 1-4.) (crise. cccceseecseossincrsosceess

Pocock, RecinauD I., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., Curator of
Mammals.

Exhibition of the head of a castrated Bushbuck, and
of three successive pairs of antlers of an adult Pere

David’s Deer .......... Be er ee era SMM ei cinterg 4 Vit Aa tact eB tae

Re@an, C. Tats, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Description of the present state of knowledge regarding
the life-history of the Common Eel, illustrated by means

WimlaMiberMeslIGOe es 7. .c cadet coud cics ub ad dabwsdedsce vaceereaeses

Taupot, G. See Jorcey, J. J.

Proc. Zoou. Soc,—1917, 6

Page

223

dod 1

336

253

Jol

be
‘Pa ae . 3
i
I a
1
a Hk
Fi ie,
he F i
- .
a .
¥ ‘
‘ \
y eee
tig es Es 7
. . z
= t
5 o ias + “Wie =)
5 H
ed iY
4 : -
s
fe
“A 5 x oa me) 38
. , «es
\ ,
.
mS “
a Oo Ope ip ¥ i pe
a : as
; t
E ~~.
ees
Th *
, *
¢ ms :
: “ ft aeen > r oy ava g
te
\
J a \
' fe
oe - .
fe a]
4 ie
S i ”
ON
:
2 pte BO reg pet
pL OD © ae w= ty Savy res,
re,
- f)_I-s
. ee
a
7 a
‘
ty,
7,
-
i
’
ie
4
J :
- = a
: i
’
. P]
*

ae
Ay
:
aa
a
<x
IX
ro
OD
ese
o
N
0.

ano een pain ori Sen alas ea DANES

Y a \ Nan) is} &
8 cs . 8 S38 ‘
S NES ae S Re a R
8 any nN % 8 Ss
iS Ve oe G S s §

a ~ ye 4

y 8

PW Ue Fleece

R.C.Bamber del.

SCYLLIUM CANICULA. HRRMAPHRODITE CONDIMGR

P.Z.8.1917.BAMBER PLII.

f)
yas
ae

a:
so:
: PEG

oy
x
5

aes
a ‘
By

=
2940
CG
< @
o 4
Js

or
Soh + ~,
Seine

R.C. Bamber del,

CANI CUuLA. HERMAPHRODITE CONDITION.

SCYLLIUM

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PAPERS.

12. Note on a Hermaphrodite Dogfish.
By Ruru ©. Bamser, M.Se.*

[Received August 8, 1917: Read October 23, 1917.]

(Plates I. & II.*)

INDEX. Page
AVG EVEN GUO) 01. Meg rcunayes cat ak! hg on Sn hee ED) Bo

A case of hermaphroditism in Scylliwm canicula L. has recently
come under my notice whilst demonstrating in the Zoology
laboratories at the University of Liverpool, and, as the condition
is rare in Selachians, it may be of interest to record the details.

In 1914, Vayssiére and Quintaret ¢ described a hermaphrodite
specimen of Scyllium stellare L. from the Gulf of Marseilles, but
it was quite unlike the one I have seen. Their specimen had the
left pelvic fin like that of a normal female, and the right like
that of a male, with the clasper well developed. Internally an
ovary and both oviducts were present. Also there was one
testis, the right, united with the posterior end of the ovary, and
the male ducts were normally developed on the right side only.

* Communicated by C. TatE Rrean, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

+ For explanation of the Plates see p. 219.

f~ A. Vayssiére et G. Quintaret, “Sur un cas d’hermaphrodisme dun Seylliwm
stellare L.,” C. R. Ac. Sci. Paris, 158. pp. 2013-2014, :

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XVI. 16

218 MISS RUTH C. BAMBER ON

The urinary system was not connected in any way with the
genital system, the right and left ureters joining together to
form a short common canal which opened separately into the
cloaca, on a papilla behind the female genital opening.

There does not appear to be any other record of hermaphro-
ditism in Seyllium; but Semper*, in 1875, recorded a rudimentary
testis in a female Hexanchus.

The specimen which is described below came from Port Erin,
Isle of Man. It was unfortunately so badly damaged that the
description 1s necessarily incomplete.

Externally the animal was a typical male; the claspers were
well developed, and the pelvic fins were united together along
almost the whole length of their inner edges.

Internally, both male and female organs were present. Both
testes were developed, and except for the lobate character of the
left testis, looked normal when seen from the ventral surface
(Pl. I. fig. 1). On the dorsal surface, however, the right testis
showed a small mass of ova developed at the anterior end, on
the inner side. Dissection showed that the ovarian part formed
about half the thickness of the right gonad, and was confined to
the anterior end (Pl. II. fig. 4). The oviducts were normal, and
each had an oviducal gland. The right duct and gland were con-
siderably larger than the left. The ducts opened together into
the coelom anteriorly as in a normal female. Posteriorly they
were united together by their adjacent walls for about 2 cm.,
but their cavities remained distinct (Pl. I. fig. 2). The external
opening was not seen.

The male ducts were well developed. The vasa efferentia
were not seen because of the damage to the mesentery, but on
each side there was a well-defined epididymis, and a long, narrow,
convoluted vas deferens, increasing in diameter posteriorly to form
the straight vesicula seminalis. Sperm-sacs were not present
(fig. 2). Posteriorly each vesicula seminalis united with the dorsal
wall of the oviduct of its own side, and for a short distance
after uniting, the right one ran parallel with the oviduct and
then opened into it. The left one, however, ran obliquely in the
wall of the left oviduct towards the median line of the body until
it reached the wall separating the two oviducts, and then opened
into the right one, side by side with the opening of the right
vesicula seminalis (PI. II. fig. 3). No papilla was formed, but
a little fold of the wall of the oviduct surrounded the two male
genital openings, so that they lay in a slight depression.

The interrelationship of the genital ducts, as also the complete
development of the oviducts coupled with the absence of sperm-
sacs, might suggest the possibility that the sperm-sacs are
normally developed from the posterior ends of the degenerate
oviducts. The specimen deseribed by Vayssiére and Quintaret,

* Semper, “ Das Urogenitalsystem der Plagiostomen und seine Bedeutung fiir das
der titrigen Wirbelthiere,” Arb. Inst..Witizburg, Bd. 2, 1875, pp. 195-509 (see
p. 278 & Taf. xiv.).

A HERMAPHRODITE DOGLISH. 219

however, conclusively disproves any such homology, for it had
both oviducts well developed and also the sperm-sac of the
right side.

The ureter of each side was attached to the inner side of the
vesicula seminalis, slightly in front of the point where the latter
became united with the wall of the oviduct; behind this point
it was united also with the wall of the oviduct. The ureter
opened into the vesicula seminalis of its own side immediately
before the latter opened into the oviduct. The small duct from
the posterior end of the kidney opened separately into the vesicula
seminalis on a level with the opening of the ureter.

It will be seen that, except for the absence of sperm-sacs, this
animal had the complete genital systems of both male and female,
and thus showed the completion in the adult of the primitive
embryonic condition in which both male and female genital ducts
are potentially present.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pruate I,

Fig. 1. Gonads, from ventral surface: about natural size.
2. Urinogenital ducts: semi-diagrammatic: about natural size.

Puate [T,

Fig. 3. Diagram of posterior part of urinogenital ducts. Ventral view.

Figs.3a,36, & 3c. Diagrams of transverse sections of urinogenital ducts at a, 5,
& c respectively.

Fig. 4. Anterior end of right gonad, dissected to show hermaphrodite character of
that region. Ventral view. The gonad has been split along the inner
edge, and the ventral half turned back to show tl.e ovarian region: about
1} natural size. :

. ON THE NAMES PLESIOSAURIA AND SAUROPTERYGIA. 220

13. On the Use of the Names Plesiosauria and Sauropterygia.
By G. A. Boutenesr, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

[ Received October 6, 1917: Read November 6, 1917.]

INDEX.
SYSTEMATIC: Page

On the names Plesiosauria and Sauropterygia ......... 221

I wish to point out the misapplication, or rather inverted
application, of the names Plesiosauria and Sauropterygia by some
of the most recent writers on the classification of fossil Reptiles.

The order Plesiosauria was so named, and properly defined, by
de Blainville in 1835 *; the genus Plesiosaurus was then its only
representative.

When, in 1839, Owent accepted the name Hnaliosauria
(Conybeare, 1821) for the marine Reptiles known as Plesiosaurs
and Ichthyosaurs, which were associated in one order, he desig-
nated the former as Plesiosawit and the latter as Jchthyosaurt.
After the relationship of the Nothosaurs to the Plesiosaurs had
been recognised by Hermann von Meyer, they were placed
together as Plesiosauri by Quenstedt in 1852 f.

Plesiosauria (1835-1852) is the earliest name for the order in
question, it is open to no objection, and it should therefore be
used, as it has been by Huxley, Gegenbaur, Cope, Baur, Hay,
and myself,

In 1859, Owen§, dropping the artificial group Enaliosauria,
proposed to call Sawropterygia and Ichthyopterygia the two orders
on which he had already bestowed names which there was no
need to change. The Sauropterygia were defined as long-necked
marine Reptiles with fin-like limbs with not more than fiv
digits. Owen insisted on the character of the limbs as distinctive
of the order and, although accepting the proposition that the
Nothosaurs should be included, remarked, rather inconsistently :—
‘““T continue, as in my former Report of 1841, to regard the fin-
like modification of the limbs as a better ordinal character than
the number of vertebre in any particular region of the spine
, ee The Plesiosaurus, with its very numerous cervical
vertebra, sometimes thirty 1n number, may be regarded as the
type of the Sauropterygia or pentadactyle sea-lizards.”

It is therefore perfectly clear, and beyond discussion, that the

* Ann Mus. Paris (3) iv. p. 241.—Reference to this important contribution to
the classification of Reptiles has unfortunately been omitted from O. P. Hay’s most
useful bibliography, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. no. 179, 1902.

+ Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1839, p. 45; also 1841, p. 60.

{ Handbuch der Petret faktenkunde, pe 130:

§ Rep. Brit Assoc, 1859, p. 159.

222 ON THE NAMES PLESTIOSAURIA AND SAUROPTERYGIA,

earlier name Plesiosauria, also the better from its non-committal
meaning, should stand for the order in its wide sense; and that
the later name Sauropterygia should only be applied, in accordance
with Owen's definition and express designation of the type, as
well as with its etymology, to the suborder including the
Plesiosauride, Pliosauride, and Hlasmosauride, in which the
limbs are transformed into hyperphalangeal fin-like paddles.

ON BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. Dire

tel hl

14. Some Additions to the known Dragonfly Fauna of
Borneo, with an Account of new Species of the Genus

Celiccia. By F. F. Latpiaw, M.A., F.Z8:
[Received September 4, 1917: Read November 6, 1917.]

(Text-figures 1-10.)

INDEX.
MorPHoLocy : Page
A feature in the structure of the prothorax of Celiccia sp., 2 ... 229
SYSTEMATIC:
COMCCUG {LADOSLIIGTA, SP. Dy. saiciy22c55 ska vee ess ava edits wasann evs syn caesea, 2D
of CONUPUOMU SIs Us. Vice nntncees ts vancetm sens vat cbs soap sater ares eM
55 RUA CTOSELGIN Gs SP Wie 2 0864.5 x95 ee seas talesdwatennetdennnoveeccss S20
4 TWUOCONCMALE ASD Ms: kia tusks Saks tie a SO
ZYGOPTERA.
Family AGRIONID& (=Ca@NAGRIONINE Kirby),
Legion PLATYCNEMIS.
CaELICCIA FLAVOSTRIATA, sp. n. (Text-figs. 1, 2.) ‘

25 $. Mt. Merinjak, 21-28.v.14, (The second specimen is
the type.)
1g. Mt. Matang, 4. xii. 13.
Length of abdomen 35 mm., of hind wing 21°5 mm.
M, rises at level of subnodus, Rs a little after *. Three cells
between quadrilateral and subnodus. Costal margin of quadri-

lateral three-fifths the length of anal margin in fore wing ; three-
fourths in hind wing.

Text-figure 1,

Wings of Celiccia flavostriata Laidlaw. Type g.

Pterostigma dark brown, sides approximately parallel, covering
rather more than one cell. 12-13 postnodals on fore wing.
(Text-fig. 1.)

* The veins are indicated by the Comstock-Needham notation,

294 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON

Head: Lower lip yeliowish white, otherwise the head is black
except the anteclypeus and extreme base of upper lip, which are
white, and a pair of transverse marks, cuneiform in shape, on
either side ef the hinder ocelli, these marks being yellowish
white.

Prothorax: Anterior and posterior lobes black, middle lobe
yellow, with a very fine median black line.

Thorax black above, yellow at the sides and underneath, a
pair of orange-yellow antehumeral stripes, and at the top of
either shoulder, just outside the stripes, a fine yellow spot. On
the side of the thorax a black line on the second lateral suture,
incomplete below.

- Abdomen: Segment 1 yellow, with median line of black.
Segments 2—5 brown, paler below, each with a black terminal
ring. The remaining segments progressively darker, the last
two bronze-black.

‘The youngest of the three males has a whitish, diamond-shaped
spot on the dorsum of segment 10.

Text-figure 2

Celiccia flavostriata, 3g.

Anal appendages, seen from above.

Anal appendages black, upper pair longer than segment 10,
lower pair one-third: longer than upper pair. Upper pair mode-
rately stout, incurved, flattened dorso-ventrally towards the free
extremity; each carries an internal tooth at the end of its basal
third. In the youngest specimen the flattened part of the
appendage is yellow. The lower pair are slender, cylindr ical and
incurved, (Text-fig. 2

Legs: Femora sllon with black stripes ; tibie brown, tarsi
and spines black.

Type 3 in the'British Museum. Paratypes, one in my own
collection, and one to be returned to the Sarawak Museum.

C@LICCIA CAMPIONI, sp. n. (Text-figs. 3, 4.)
1g: lio Matu;, 31. x54,

Length of abdomen 37 mm., of hind wing 21 mm.

Postnodals on fore wing 13.

Closely allied to the preceding species (C. flavostriata). It
differs as follows :—

Colour: No cuneiform markings on vertex.. Markings on

BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. Pia,

prothorax and thorax bluish white, possibly blue in life. The
black lateral line on thorax relatively longer.

Venation: The pterostigma is more oblique, its inner and outer
margins more definitely parallel than is the case in C. flavostriata.
(Text-fig. 3.) :

Prothorax: The posterior lobe carries a very fine projecting
point at either lateral angle, not present in C. flavostriata.

Text-figure 3.

Wings of Celiccia campioni Laidlaw. Type.

Text-figure 4.

See ee
Coliccia campioni, g.
Anal appendages, seen from above.

Anal appendages (see text-fig. 4): Upper pair a trifle longer
than lower, stout and a little incurved; hooked sharply down-
wards at the extremity ; each carries at its middle an inwardly
directed spur. Lower pair stouter and relatively much shorter
than in C. flavostriata ; hooked in towards each other distally.

Type ¢ in the British Museum.

These two small species, characterized by their open reticula-
tion and antehumeral stripe, would appear to form an independent
section of the genus. ‘

CG@LICCIA MACROSTIGMA, sp.n. (Text-figs. 5, 6.)
I-¢- Baram; Borneo, 20.x.10 (1 2, Baram, 19.x. 10).

Length of abdomen, ¢ 35 mm., of hind wing 21 mm.

” ” » (¢@ 33 mm., - 22) mm.)
; ace Louie 14 | 14.
Postnodals it) 15" ( e) ae)

226 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON

M, rises at subnodus, Rs a little distal. Three cells between
quadrilateral and subnodus. Costal margin of quadrilateral
three-fourths the length of anal margin in the fore wing, four-
fifths in the hind wing. :

Pterostigma brown, with fine pale margin, rather large, dis-
tinctly broader than the cells of the postnodal costal area. In
the front wing it lies over a single long and narrow cell, in the
hind wing it covers one cell and a half. (Text-fig. 5.)

Head: Upper lip and anteclypeus black, gene and lateral parts
of postclypeus yellow, the latter black in the centre. rons
and vertex black, base of antenne and a minute spot on either
side of the posterior ocelli yellow. Occiput black, with yellow
postocular mark.

Text-figure 5.

Wings of Celiccia macrostigma Laidlaw, . Type.

Text figure 6.

Caliccia macrostigma, 6.

Anal appendages.

Prothorax: Anterior and posterior lobes black; middle lobe,
ventral and lateral surfaces whitish (probably blue in life).

Thorax: Dovsum black, with broad (biue ?) antehumeral bands.
These are indented at the middle by a black mark projecting
from the inner side. Laterally the thorax is bluish white, .
ventrally yellowish whlate ; a fine black line runs along the second
lateral suture.

BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. PAE

Legs yellowish white, the joints, spines, and a line on the
femora black.

Abdomen: Segment 1 yellowish white with dorsal brown spot ;
segments 2-7 brown, becoming darker posteriorly, with narrow
black apical rings, 2 has a small pair of basal lateral blue (?)
spots; segment 8 is black above, yellowish white below, 9 and 10
yellowish white. During life the light colouring on these seg-
ments is probably blue; 9 and 10 have fine black basal rings.

Anal appendages yellowish brown (? blue) tipped with black.
Upper pair a trifle longer than lower pair, each with a large
triangular projection inwards and downwards, scarcely visible in
profile. Lower pair cylindrical, slightly incurved, and with a
distinct elbow at the middle. (Text-fig. 6.)

The presumed female of this interesting species has most un-
fortunately been completely destroyed whilst in my possession.
I have, however, in my possession an account of the specimen
which I append here.

Colouring in general very similar to that of the male. It
differs as follows :—

1, Antehumeral band of thorax completely divided by the
black projecting mark into a broader lower part, which is
rounded below and pointed above, and a narrower upper
part, which is linear.

2. Abdomen: Segment 1 entirely yellowish brown above; 8
pale above (probably blue during life); 9 black, with a
pair of pale marks above on either side of the middle line ;

10 black.

The structure of the prothorax is very remarkable. A curious
crescentic projection stands out on either side of the middle lobe
attached to the prothorax by its convex border. When looked
at obliquely from above, each of these projections shows like the
moon at the end of the first quarter, but when viewed directly
from above each shows as a single outstanding spur.

In addition the black posterior margin of the prothorax carries
a fine black spur mid-dorsally. This is nearly -5 mm. in length,
and projects forwards and upwards at an angle of about 45° to
the long axis of the body. Oni either side of this projection lies
a small lappel, also black, directed backwards,

I do not know of any structure in the Legion Platycnemis
that can be compared to the crescentic structure on the pro-
thorax, except in the females noted below.

This female was taken in the same locality as the male, and
the two specimens were captured on two consecutive days. ‘They
agree In size and wing-characters, and closely in colouring, though
in this respect they are by no means identical. The evidence
that they belong to the same species is not conclusive, though
enough to justify the assumption that they may do so.

Type 3 in the British Museum.

228 MR, F. F. LAIDLAW ON

CG@LICCIA NIGROHAMATA, sp. n. (Text-figs. 7, 8.)

6 gd. Mt. Merinjak, Borneo, 21-28. v. 14.

Length of abdomen 38 mm., of hind wing 24 mm.

M, rises from subnodus, Rs a little distal. Three cells between
quadrilateral and subnodus. Costal margin of quadrilateral
about two-thirds the length of anal margin in fore wing ; four-
fifths in hind wing. Postnodals 17-18.

Pterostigma black, covering 14-2 cells. (Text-fig. 7.)

Head: Upper surfaces black, except for a pair of yellow marks
on the gene, and a pair of minute yellow spots on the vertex on
either side of the hinder ocelli.

Prothorax black, with lateral and ventral parts yellow.

Text-figure 7.

Wings of Celiccia nigrohamata Laidlaw, g. Type.

Thorax: Dorsum bronze-black; on either side of the mid-
dorsal carina are two silver-blue spots, the lower large and
elliptical, the upper small and linear. The black colour extends
to the level of the first lateral suture, beyond this as far as the
second lateral suture the side of the thorax is of a dull purple-
blue colour. Below this the thorax is yellowish white, delimited
by a black line along the second lateral suture.

Legs yellowish brown; the articulations and spines black, as
are a line on the posterior surface of the femora and on the
anterior surface of the tibie.

Abdomen: Segments 1-7 black, 1 with yellow on the sides;
segment 8 is black dorsally and blue below; segments 9 and 10
are blue.

Anal appendages black; the upper pair shorter than the lower
pair, obliquely truncate, with two internal ventral teeth on each,
Lower pair slender, incurved, pincer-like (see text-fig. 8),

Type o in the British Museum.

BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 229

Cauiccia sp. (Text-fig. 9.)
3 9 2. Kuching, Sarawak.

These specimens belong to a species probably closely allied
both to C. macrostigma and to C..nigrohamata. ‘They may even
belong to the latter species, but as there is no definite evidence
on the subject I note them here separately.

Length of abdomen 22 mm., of hind wing 34 mm.

M3; rises at or immediately before subnodus, Rs distal; costal
margin of quadrilateral two-thirds length of anal margin in the
fore wing, four-fifths in the hind wing. Three cells between
quadrilateral and subnodus.

Head black, upper hp with paired yellow spot at its base;
frons with yellow line from eye to eye. Yellow marks between
ocelli, antenne, and eyes, small linear postocular mark of the
same colour.

Prothorax: Anterior and posterior lobes black, middle lobe
yellow, with median longitudinal black stripe. On either side of

Text-figure 8. Text-figure 9.

Text-fig. 8—Celiccia nigrohamata, $. Anal appendage.
Text-fig. 9.—Ceeliccia sp., 2. Prothorax, seen from above.

the lateral lobe is developed a small projecting spur, similar: to
that found in the presumed female of C. macrostigma, but not so
largely developed (see text-fig. 9). Posterior margin with fine
median spine about -25 mm. long.

Thorax black above, with large concentric antehumeral bands,
concave inwards, blue in colour. Sides and under surfaces yellow ;
a fine black band on the second lateral suture, incomplete below.

Legs yellow; spines and articulations, and a band on the
posterior surface of femora, black.

Abdomen brownish black above; segment 1 yellow; segments
9 and 10 black. Ventral side brownish yellow. Pale, small
antero-lateral lunules on segments 3 and 4.

Ca@LICCIA sp.
1 $. Platang Rd.

There remains to be noted this specimen, which is unfortunately
: a

230 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON

incomplete, being without the head. It is evidently very closely
allied to C. mgrohamata, but differs in the following respects.
Segment 8 of the abdomen bas its terminal quarter ringed with
blue, the blue mid-dorsally has its margin indented with black.
The upper anal appendages are brownish black, more abruptly
truncate than is the case in C. nigrohamata, and distinctly
though very little longer than the lower pair. The lower pair
are relatively stouter than in C. nigrohamata, and are brownish
yellow (probably blue in life).

The three species, C. macrostigma, nigrohamata, and that to
which this male belongs will probably constitute another distinct
section of the genus Cliccia, characterized by small size, rather
dense reticulation of wings, as opposed to the open venation of
C'. flavostriata; by the shape of the upper anal appendages of the
male; and probably by the prothoracie structure of the female.

To this group I believe it will be found that the species called
Trichocnenis octogesima albicauda by Forster (which I suggest
should. be named C. albicauda (Forst.)), also belongs.

C@LICCIA MEMBRANIPES (Ramb.), race NEMORICOLA Laidlaw.

CO. nemoricola Laidlaw, Journ. R. Asiat. Soc. Str. Br. no. 63,
p. 95 (1912); id. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1915, p. 37.

L have re-examined the examples of this form from Mt. Kina
Balu, and have come to the conclusion that they may fairly be
taken as representing a local race of the widely-spread C. mem-
branipes (Ramb.). The character most readily empioyed for
separating males of nemoricola from the typical membranipes is
afforded by the colour of the upper anal appendages, which are
blue in membranipes, black in nemoricola.

The Kina Balu specimens show marked variability in size and
in venation.

Measurements of 5 males taken at random from amongst the
15 male specimens that I have received from Mr. Moulton are as
follows :—

Length of abdomen 47 mm., 43 mm., 41 mm., 45 mm., 45 mm.

- hind wing 30 mm., 28 mm., "26 mm. 30 mm. 30 mm.

The number of postnodal costal nerves ranges from 16 to 21.

The point of origin of M, and Rs varies greatly, as shown in
the following table taken from the same males.

M,, rises at subnodus.

¢=") Re distal.

is M, rises proximal to subnodus.
Rs distal.

a bia o.- ala

ieee la” i b |b

BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES, 23

C@LICCIA OCTOGESIMA (Selys). |

C. octogesima Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 128 (1890).

TO. Matang Rd:, 3.1. 10.

This specimen, unfortunately much damaged, agrees well with
the description of the type female in the Synopsis.

It differs from other females of the genus I have seen in the
ereater length of the spine developed on the posterior margin of
the prothorax, which projects forward at an angle of about 45° to
the main axis of the body and is approximately 1 mm. in length.

I have not been able to identify any of the species I have seen
with (. borneensis Selys, and as the Bornean species are evidently
numerous, and often very similar in appearance, it will be difficult
to redetermine Selys’ species.

Legion AGRION.

SrENAGRION DuBIUM (Laidlaw). (Text-fig. 10.)

Pseudagrion ? dubium Laidlaw, Journ. R. Asiat. Soc. Str. Br.
Noe Oo, 1912. p. 97, pl. fig. d.

Stenagrion dubiwm Laidlaw, Proc. Zool. Soe, London, 1915,
Pp: ov. ;

I take the opportunity of figuring here the venation of the
type maie of this interesting species (text-fig. 10). It shows a
development which parallels with remarkable exactitude that
of Celiccia. Iam indebted for the photograph of the wings of
this species, and of all the new species of Caliccia described in
this note, to Messrs. H. and F. E. Campion, to whom I desire to
tender my best thanks.

Text-figure 10.

Wings of Stenagrion dubium Laidlaw. Type g.
Mt. Batu Lawi, Borneo, 27. v.11.

‘TEINOBASIS SUPERBA (Selys).

Teinobasis superba Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 157 (1890); Ris,
Nova Guinea, xiil. Zool. pp. 100, 101, 122 (1915).

1 S$. Lio Matu.

The specimen belongs, I think, to the typical race of this species.

2.32 ON BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES.

ANISOPTERA.
AVSCHNIDA.

GOMPHIN#.

HETEROGOMPHUS SUMATRANUS Kriger.

Heterogomphus sumatranus Kriiger, Stett. Entom. Zeit. 1898,
p. 294.

5 $6 d. Retuh, 15-16.v. 14.

Mi. J. C. Moulton tells me that this species has blue eyes.
It is otherwise remarkable for the rich chestnut-brown colouring
of the thorax and abdomen. ‘The latter has the apices of seg-
ments 2—9 ringed with black.

Lhe species is quite distinct from H. icterops Martin.

| Nore.—Owing to the great difficulty of setting the wings of
these very fragile insects, some distortion of the wing-base has
occurred in the specimens photographed. ‘This is especially the
case with the types of C. macrostigma and C. nigrohamata, con-
sequently the figures of the wings of these species (text-figs. 5
and 7) do not exhibit clearly the course of the “anal bridge”
vein, which is, however, that normally found in the genus. |

eo She SUSIE Fawcett. Pia

J. M. Fawcett, del.

HETEROCERA FROM BRITISH BAST ABNICA
AND SOME OTHER EOCALITIES:

MENPES PRESS, WATFORD.

ON MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. Doe

15. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by M-. W.
Feather in British East Africa, 1911-13. By Lt.-Col.
J. M. FAwWceErTtT *.

"Received October 10, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. |

(Plate I.+)

INDEX. .
GEOGRAPHICAL : Page
Localities at which collections were made .............ceeceseeeeeeeeene ene 23
SYSTEMATIC:
era COm COMa Mem we ans coutsns ccateh staat. etareaanes ish sab seb esieddi'stsen's 240
Page Page
Syntomis polyxo, sp. UN. ............6.. 284 | Lacipa albula, sp. ne... cee. BAZ
PLUTO AGANACE, SP. Me... 0. ose. cc ees ves 235 | Hylemera lepta, sp. n. ............... 248
Cladocerotis ceneus, Sp. Ne... .....6 +. 230 |) Eheterocrita Metis, Sp... 7 icis.sss30. 244
Odontestra avitta, sp. Mn. ............ 236 DPROSEAUNOCSH, SP Wyo iecceess.eceesten GAN
HAVESUICRLIS OFY1US, SP». N....... 0. 237 LPhOSCA Pervsets, SP. Ne... .c0ecceerses+. BAA
Porastichtis lysis, sp.N. «........... 288 | Thosea chloris, sp. un. ...............-.. 245
Giaura arethusa, sp. N................ 238 | Rhodoneura bryavis, sp. n. ......... 246
Brevipecten icarus, sp.u............. 240 | Surattha rufistrigalis, sp.n. ...... 247
Cynisca thisbe sp.n............. ..... 240 | Ancylolomia chrysolinealis, sp. n.... 247
Pteronycta cervicornis, sp. n. ...... 240 | Ancylolomia gracilis, sp. n. ......... 243
Rhodesana mintha, sp. n. ............ 241 Anthela nigristigma, sp. Me ...... 60 248
PAleteronygmia aurelia, sp. un. ...... 242 | Nyctipao acuta, sp. 0. .......0...... 249
EHuproctis rubricosta, sp. n. ......... 242 d
et

The object of the third memoir on this subject is to describe
a few more of the remaining forms of this collection in my
possession, and to figure some of the forms described in my
second memoir, published in 1916, of which I was unable to give
figures from want of space on the plate.

The forms dealt with in the present memoir were taken at
Kedai (altitude 2500 feet) and Masongaleni (altitude 3000 feet)
in B. E. Africa, with the exception of a few specimens taken by
Lady Colvile at Meru, B. H. Africa, At the end I have described
two new forms from India and Australia, which have been some
time in my possession awaiting an opportunity of publication.

It will be noticed that among the forms from B. EK. Africa
there are a good many which are typical of the desert, of which
Euphiusa hermione, Ctenusa psamatha, Galactomoia berenice,
described in my former memoir, and Cynisca thisbe, in this one,
are notable examples, which seem to occur along with darker,
richer-coloured forms such as we should expect to meet with
in a country of considerable rainfall. Not being acquainted
with the district myself, and having no notes on the subject
by Mr. Feather, I regret [ cannot offer an explanation of this
curious phenomenon.

I notice that my first memow on this subject, published in

* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
+ For explanation of the Plate see p. 250.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No. X VII. Ih

234 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON

P. Z.S. 1915, has evoked a certain amount of criticism, and
that from a quarter from which I did not expect it, as one of the
writers was good enough to help me in the thankless task of
working out my specimens amongst the vast material in the
British Museum Collection, and to agree with me at the time in
the conclusions I arrived at.

These criticisms refer to my descriptions of what I consider as
new forms of Sphingide, and I would remark that until the pre-
liminary stages and life-history of the specimens are known (and
we are still in ignorance of them), I do not see how anyone,
even the highest ‘author ity on the subject, can say as an absolute
fact that such a specific name is a synonym of one already
described. Such an assertion is merely a matter of opinion.
In any case, it is desirable that undescribed forms from an
extensive country like British East Africa, which has not been
worked out to any great extent, should receive names in these
days, when the Lepidoptera of each separate island in the
Eastern Archipelago are being given distinct names as geo-
graphical forms—even when obviously belonging to well-known
previously described species. The reader has only to refer
to Seitz, ‘Macrolepidoptera of the World,’ to verify what I say.
In making the above remarks I do not, for a moment, deprecate
criticism ; on the contrary, it is most interesting to me to read
it, and, as I am a correspondent to the press on sporting subjects
during the winter months, I get my fair share of it.

The figures in the accompanying plate are drawn by myself to
represent the exact size. In this memoir B.M. stands for
British Museum, and C. L. P. for ‘ Catalogue of the Lepidoptera
Phalenz,’ by Sir George Hampson.

My best thanks are due to Lord Rothschild, Mr. Louis Prout,
and Mr. J. H. Durrant, for their kindness and ever ready help
in the British Mnseum.

HETEROCERA
Family SYNTOMID&.

249. SyNTOMIS PoLYxo, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 10.)

Description.— $. Black, shot with coppery suffusion in certain
lights. Antenne black with white tips; frons orange-yellow ;
collar biack; patagia with orange-yellow stripes ; metathorax
with an orange patch ; abdomen nee with six yellow bands.
Fore wing with the following white diaphanous spots :—one
below base of cell; an oblique diamond-shaped spot below middle
of cell and vein 2; a spot in end of cell; an elongate spot above
vein 6, and two spots between veins 3 and 5. Hind wing with a
large basal spot between median nervure and inner margin, and
a smaller one beyond end of cell, above vein 3.

The plan of markings is similar to that of S. humeralis Butler,
from North Australia (C. L. P. i. pl. it. fig. 15, p. 63); but this

MOTHS FROM B. BE. AFRICA. 2935

form is much smaller, and the spots are white, and not yellow
as in that species.

This is the smallest form of Syntomis that I am acquainted
with, and the figure is slightly larger than natural size.

Hahitat Kedai, 3lst December, 1911, 2 9; 15th March,
Pies. | xpanse, ¢ 13, 9° 15 mm.

Family ARCTIADAZ,
Subfamily ARCTIANZ,

250. ESTIGMENE TENUJSTRIGATA Hampson, Ann. S. Afr. Mus.
i. peo (1900); C. L./P. pl. xiviil. fig. 16.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 18th April, 1911, 1°

250 a. Estig@MENE LeMNiscata Distant, A. M. N. H.° (7) i.
pe Vi6(1898)3) C.L. P. pl. xivii. fig: 20:

Habitat. Meru, B. E. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 ¢.

This specimen is much more heavily marked, as regards the
black bands, than the figure above quoted, and, moreover, has a
black band along the costa.

250 6. EstigMENE LINEA Walker, Cat. il. p.671 (1855); C. L. P.
ple xlvil. fig. 2.

Hubtiat. Meru, B. BE. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile, 2 3.

These specimens agree fairly well with the figure in C. L. P.,
but one example is much lighter in tone than the other, whilst
both have more heavy black : markings.

251. TERACOTONA SUBTERMINATA Hampson, C. L. P. iil. p. 471,
ple. ie. 16 (1901),
fabitat. Masongaleni, 18th April, 1911, 1 ¢.

Family Hy psip@.

252. BITHRA AGANICE, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 11.)

Description.—-9 . Head and thorax pale grey-brown ; antenne
black, and pectinate for half the length, filamentous thence to
tip. ali black spots on collar, two on euch of the patagia, and
one on metathorax. Abdomen pale orange, with a dorsal row of
black spots on first three somites, and a interval series on each
somite. Fore wing pale grey- on with the following black
points: two basal; two subbasal, one of which is near the base
of costa, and one below base of cell; two antemedial one of
which is below cell, and one above vein 1; one in cell before
middle, and one in interspaces 3, 4, and 6, near base, and beyond
cell. Hind wing dull yellow. Underside similar to upperside,
uninarked.

This form is nearest to Bithra aganois Felder, which has only
one basal black spot and one in cell.

Habitat. Kedai, 7th January, 1912,1 29. Expanse 86 mm. *
Lie

236 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON

Family NocTUID..
Subfamily AGROTINE,

253. CLADOCEROTIS GNEUS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 12.)

Description.— $. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing pale
red-brown. Head and thorax densely covered with thick long
hair ; abdomen with lateral tufts of hair. Fore wing with the
veins, orbicular and reniform pale ochreous; reniform defined
outwardly by black lines. Interior of cell dark red-brown, with
a black line below costa from base to middle. Claviform very
elongated and black, from base to beyond middle. An irregular
series of black wedge-shaped spots subterminally between veins 4,
5, and 6, double the size of those between the other veins. A
fine black terminal line. Ciba ochreous on both wings. Hind
‘wing with the basal area ochreous and the terminal area pale
fuscous.

This form seems fc be allied to C. optabilis Boisd., from Europe,
but is larger than the figure in C. L. P. and Sawek darker, the
claviform is black, not ochreous defined by black, the marginal
spots are irregular, and the hind wings ochreous and pale fuscous
instead of white as in that species.

Habltat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 2 ¢, 19. Expanse
36 mm.

The 2 specimen is darker in colour, the markings are more ill-
defined, and the antenne are not so highly pectinated.

254, PorosacGroris CAFFRA Hampson, ©. L. P. iv. p. 658,
pl. Ixxvul. fig. 29 (1903).
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 9.

255. ADISURA ATCINSONI Moore, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 368, pl. xxxvii.
fiee6;

Habitat. Kedai, 6th March, 1912,1

This form is very variable, and the specimen under notice has
darker hind wings than some specimens in the B.M. from
British East Africa.

256, CHLORIDEA OBSOLETA Fabricius, Ent, Syst. 3, 1. p. 546
(1793).

Habitat. Kedai, 16th March, 1912,1 3.
Formerly known as armigera Hiibner, Samui, is Schmett.

fig. 370 (1827).
Subfamily HapvEniInz&,

257, ODONTESTRA AviTTA, sp, n. (PI. I. fig. 15.)

Description.— 8. Head, thorax, and abdomen pinkish brown.
Fore wing pinkish brown, chestnut in the medial area, Sub-
basal and antemedial lines represented by a single thick black

MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, yaae

line, Claviform short and thick, black. A black line on inner
margin from base below vein | to antemedial line. No ochreous
white fascia on medial part of inner margin. Orbicular and
reniform large, extending over costa, pinkish defined outwardly
by indistinct ochreous. Postmedial line excurved round reni-
form and thence straight to inner margin—a thick black line.
An indistinct subapical spot below costa. Hind wing white with
some ochreous irroration near the apex. Underside pale ochreous,
with discocellular spots and diffused postmedial lines.

This form differs from vittigera Hampson, from Mashonaland
and Natal, in being without the ochreous-white fascia on medial
part of inner margin, that part of the wing being concolorous
with the remainder; also in the following characters :—-the
orbicular and reniform are larger and spread out over the costa,
and are pinkish in colour; the ante- and postmedial lines are
thick black single lines, not double lines filled in with ochreous ;
the subterminal area beyond the postmedial Jine is plain pinkish
brown, without a trace of any marks save a small subapical spot
below the costa.

It also differs from albivitta Hampson (C. L. P. v. p. 206) in
being without the whitish fascia above the claviform, which
species is also recorded from British East Africa.

Habitat. Kedai, 8th December, 1911, 1 ¢. Expanse 30 mm.

Subfamily AcRoNYCTINA.

258, PERIGEA CAPENSIS Guén. Noct. 1. p. 213 (1852),
ITabitat. Masongaleni, 22nd June, 1911,1 ¢.

259, LapHyema ExempTa Walker, Cat. x. p. 855 (1856).

Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 24th November, 1 ¢ ; 25th November,
2G

260. PARASTICHTIS OXYLUS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 22.)

Description.— 3. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing dark
red-brown with black-brown markings. Fore wing: subbasal
and antemedial lines only represented by strigeze on the costa.
Orbicular and reniform defined by fine black lines with a dark
shade on and below the costa between them; an irregular dentate
postmedial line angled inwardly above veins 4 and 6, and out-
wardly at veins 4 and 3, with some black lines running from it
to the outer margin. A black band starting from base under
vein 1, angled up to vein 2, and running below it to postimedial
line, and thence on to outer margin. Hind wing pale ochreous
basally and fuscous towards the apex. Cilia of fore wing black
and ochreous chequered, of hind wing whitish. Underside pale
ochreous.

Habitat. Kedai, 19th November, 1911,1 ¢. Expanse 34 mm.

238 LY.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON

261. PARASTICHTIS Lysis, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 25.)

Description.— 3. Head and thorax bright ferruginous, abdo-
men reddish ochreous. Fore wing bright ferruginous, the sub-
terminal area beyond the postmedial line pale ochreous. Orbicular
and reniform defined outwardly by fine black lines and with a
dark shade below the costa between them. Subbasal and ante-
medial lines obsolete. A black line from the base of interspace 1
to middle, where it is recurved upwards and then inwards.
Another black line from base below vein 1, with a small black
spot on inner margin below it. Some black streaks with bright
red edges between the veins on the subterminal area. Post-
medial line highly dentate. Hind wing pale ochreous, darker
towards the termen. Underside pale ochreous, with fuscous
discocellular spots and diffased postmedial bands.

Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 10th November, 1 ¢ ; 18th November,
1 g. Expanse 34 mm.

Of the large number of species (39) of the genus Parastichtis
given in C. L. P. vil., only one is recorded from Africa, nigri-
costata Hampson, which is a totally differently-coloured insect.

The first of the forms under notice may always be known by
the prominent curved black band below vein 1,and the second by
its bright ferruginous colour.

Subfamily SARROTHRIPIN &.

262. GIAURA ARETHUSA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 14.)
_ Description.— $. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey. Fore
wing grey, minutely irrorated and striated with fuscous. Subbasal
line represented by a V-shaped striga on the costa, Antemedial
line represonted by another costal striga which gradually becomes
obsolescent in the cell, with a dark shade beyond it. Postmedial
line outwardly oblique to vein 4, then bent inward, and becoming
obsolete before reaching the inner margin. A highly dentate
submarginal line with diffused fuscous shading beyond it, from
apex to near tornal angle, where there is a black spot before it.
A fine marginal black line. Cilia grey. Hind wing pale ochreous
at the base, terminal area fuscous black. Cilia ochreous. Under-
side of fore wing ochreous, thickly irrorated with fuscous towards
the margin ; hind wing white with a black subterminal band.

Habitat. Kedai (date not recorded), 1 g¢. Expanse 34 mm.

Subfamily HRAsTRIANz.
263. OZARBA SUBTERMINALIS Hampson, P. Z. 8. 1910, p. 407;
Cie. x. pl. clayton:
Habitat. Kedai, 27th November, 1912, 1 3.

264. OzarBa vARIA’ Walker, Cat. xxxill. p. 772 (1865).

Habitat. Kedai, 5th January, 1912, 1 ¢.
This specimen has orange hind wings in contradistinction to

MOTUS FROM B. E. AFRICA, 239

some specimens in the B. M. Collection ; but the species is exceed-
ingly variable.

265. OZARBA SINUA Hampson, C. L. P. x. p. 414, pl. clx. fig. 31
OES LT).

Habitat. Kedai, 18th November, 1911,1 ¢.
‘This specimen represents a very light form of the species.

266. OzarBA ABscissA Walker, Cat. xv. p. 1764 (1858).
Habitat. Kedai, 9th December, 1911, 1 ¢.

Subfamily ACONTIAN A.

*148. Leocyma CANDACE Fawcett, P. Z. 8S. 1916, p. 712.
GE fie, 20.) ;

As promised in my former paper, quoted above, I am now
able to give a figure of this species, which the reader is requested
to compare with the woodcut figure of camila Druce, in C. L. P.
x1. p. 663, and that of discophora Hampson, pl. exci. fig. 19.

Subfamily CaTocaLin®.

*152, CreNUSA RECTILINEA Fawcett, P. Z. S. 1916, p. 713.
PBI ities 3.)
A figure is here given of the typical form : no. 2 form psamatha

was figured in my memoir published in 1916 (P. Z. 5S. 1916,
Fawcett, Pl. I. fig. 21).

*162. Cortyta minyas Fawcett, P. Z. 8. 1916, p. 715. (Pl. I.
ie. 1%) te
CorTYTA GRISEACEA Fawcett, P. Z. 8. 1916, p. 718. (PI. I.

fig. 18.)

Figures are now given of the above species. As both minyas
and griseacea have been taken in December 1911 at Kedai, they
can hardly be seasonal forms of the same species, and [ am now
of the opinion that they are distinct forms.

267. PLECOPTERODES MODERATA Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon.
iv. p. 174 (1860).
Habitat, Masongaleni, 22nd April, 1911, 1 6.

Subfamily Nocruinz.

*181. PLECOPTERA POLYMNIA Fawcett, P. Z.S. 1916, p. 722.
(PL. I. fig..23.)

A figure is here given of this form. The reader has only to
compare it with the figure of polymorpha Hampson, P. Z. 8.
1916, pl. 1. fig. 3, to see how it differs from Hampson’s species,
which is clearly a desert form.

* These numbers refer to my paper in P. Z. 8, 1916, p. 707 et seq.

240 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON

268. BREVIPECTEN ICARUS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 24.)

Description.— 6. Head and thorax grey; abdomen ochreous.
Fore wing with the basal half grey, the costa tinged with ferru-
ginous. Subbasal line represented by two black spots below
the costa and on the median nervure. Antemedial line very
faint and indistinct. A square black patch before end.of cell,
with two small black spots above it on costa, separated by
a, patch of ferruginous suffusion, and with a patch of ferru-
ginous suffusion below it on interspaces 1, 2, and 3, before
the postmedial line. Reniform large, represented by a
grey patch, beyond which the postmedial line is angled out-
wardly at vein 6, and is then evenly curved inwards to inner
margin, A black patch on costa before apex with ferruginous
suffusion before it. Subterminal area pale brown, with a mar-
ginal row of indistinct wedge-shaped spots between the veins.
Hind wing ochreous, darker towards the margin. Cilia ochreous.
Underside: medial areas of both wings grey, subterminal area
pale fuscous ; costa ochreous, with some black strigz on that of
hind wing, and a discocellular spot.

Habitat. Kedai, 28th November, 1911,1 ¢. Expanse 32 mm.

Genus Cynisca, nov.

Type, C. thisbe, sp. n.

Allied to Calpe. Proboscis fully developed. Palpi long, porrect,
the 2nd and 38rd joints fringed with long hair above and below.
Antenne eiliate; metathorax with slight tufts of hair, which also
appear on dorsum of abdomen on first three somites. Costa of
fore wing straight, not arched. Apex rectangular, not acute.
Outer margin crenulate, evenly rounded. Inner margin with
a very pronounced lobe at middle, and a smaller lobe at tornal
angle. Venation as in Calpe.

269. CYNISCA THISBE, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 13.)

Description.— 2. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous white.
Antenne red. Fore wing pale brown, shading into pale purple
on the centre lobe and the area above it, and witha purple shade
on outer margin. Antemedial line red-brown from costal ner-
vure to inner edge of lobe, with ashort line beyond it. A medial
line from end of cell to outer edge of lobe, where it is bent
inwards and becomes double. A very indistinct dentate post-
medial line from before apex to outer lobe. Cilia pale brown.
Hind wing white, with a pale ochreous shade on the veins on
outer margin. Cilia white. Underside ochreous white, marked
only by the postmedial band of the upperside showing through.

[fabitat. Kedai, 9th March, 19138, 1 9. Expanse 42 mm,

This is clearly a well-marked form of the desert.

270. PrERONYCTA CERVICORNIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 21.)

Description.— 3. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing pale
pinkish grey. Fore wing: subbasal and antemedial lines only

MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, 241

indicated by a couple of black spots. Orbicular stigma, a fine
black point with a fine black line round it. Reniform indistinct.
Postmedial line represented by a double row of black points
bent in to inner margin. <A broad red-brown band from base
along median nervure to end of cell, where it is bent up into a
tooth, then curving down to outer margin at vein 4. The area
below this band reddish towards base. Some small ferruginous
stripes between veins 3, 4, and 5 submarginally. Hind wing
grey, the terminal area fuscous. Cilia ochreous. Underside
pale ochreous, with a fine striga at end of cell of fore wing.

Habitat. Kedai, 13th January, 1913, 1 6. Expanse 40 mm.

IT have named this form cervicornis, from a fancied resemblance
of the broad red band to a stag’s antler.

The only species in the B. M. Collection which seems to be
near this form is the recently described Pteronycta Jasciata
Hampson, from Zomba in Nyassaland, which is a much larger
insect.

Subfamily Hypenina.

*189,. Hyprena sussaALis Walker.
Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 29th December, 1 ¢; 30th December, 1d.

HYPENA STRIGATA Fabricius.

Habitat. Kedai, 25th November, 1911, 1 6; 3rd January,
Poe lis.

In my former paper I mentioned that the specimens of Hypena
in the Feather collection represent two forms, a grey and a
brown form. I now find that the grey form is jussalis Walker,
and the brown form strigata Fabricius.

Family LYMANTRIAD&.

271. CASAMA VILIS Walker.

Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th June, 1911,1 9.

Specimens of this species in the B, M. Collection are nearly all
from Ceylon and Arabia, but there are a few from the Red Sea
littoral which agree with this specimen. Clearly a desert form.

272. RHODESANA MINTHA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 19.)

Description.— 6. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing
chestnut red-brown. Antenne bipectinate. Abdomen with
dorsal tufts. Fore wing thickly irrorated and striated with
black. A subbasal black line from costa to vein 1. Antemedial
line irregularly waved and bent inwards on vein 3, and thence
more or less straight to inner margin. A line of wedge-shaped
‘red-brown submarginal spots between the veins. before termen.
Cilia red-brown, whitish at the extremities of the veins, Hind
wing ochreous, irrorated with red-brown atoms, with a somewhat
indistinct medial line across the dise. Underside ochreous, with
indistinct brown medial band.

242 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON

Habitat. Masongaleni, 27th March, 1911, 1¢; Kedai, 27th
November, 1912, 2 ¢. Expanse 32 mm.

This form is nearest to /t?. crenulata Bethune Baker, but is
much smaller and redder than that species. It also differs in the
postmedial line being angled in on vein 3, and there being
a medial line across the disc of the hind wing.

273. HETERONYGMIA AURELIA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 16.)

Description.— 3. Head and thorax golden yellow, abdomen
ochreous. Antenne bipectinate. Palpi long, thickly covered
with long hair. Tore wing golden yellow ; no antemedial lines.
Three oblique lines, red- Drown: and leading in the shape of a
V from the costa to a dark red-brown shade at end of cell. A
narrow waved oblique postmedial line from costa just before apex
to middle of inner margin. A subterminal line of black points
between the veins. Cilia reddish yellow. Hund wing ochreous ;
a fuscous spot at tornal angle with a fuscous striga above it, and
three fuscous discal spots between veins 3, 4, 5, and 6.

Underside: fore wing bright ochreous, with a fuscouse band on
discocellulars, and a thicker fuscous postmedial band than that
on the upperside ; hind wing bright ochreous, with medial band
and discal spots as on the upperside.

Habitat. Meru, B: KE. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile. Expanse
o8 mm.

There are no specimens of this genus in the B. M. Collection,
but there is a figure of Heteronygmia stigmatica Holland, from
Gaboon, which appears to be near this species, but it has no
black oblique postmedial line as in this species.

274. EupRoctris RUBRICOSTA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 7.)

Description. 3. Head, thorax, and wings pure shining white;
antenne bipectinate and ochreous, base of shaft white; legs
thickly covered with long white hair. Abdomen with the first
three somites white and the terminal three golden yellow.
Underside white, with a red-brown band along the costa from
base to Just before apex.

Habitat. Masongaleni, 1911, 28th May, 1 ¢ ; 25th December,
12. Expanse 32 mm.

274 a. LACIPA ALBULA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 8.)

Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and wings pure shining white.
Antenne ciliate. Abdomen golden yellow with the exception of
the first somite and the anal extremity, which are white. Fore
wing unmarked, save for a shade on the costa beyond cell, and
on inner margin before tornal angle. Hight black points on the
margin between the veins, seven of which also appear on the hind”
wing. Underside: fore wing with the basal and internal area
white, the costa and half of cell occupied by a red-brown band,
and short reddish bands between the veins distally, above vein 3.
The black marginal poimts more distinct than on the upperside.

“MOTUS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 243

Habitat. Masongaleni, 1911, 24th March,1 ¢; 29th December,

1 g. Expanse 24 mm.
This form is near to Lacipa sexpunctata Distant, but is with-

out the black spots and yellow ante- and postmedial lines.

Family GEOMETRID4&.
Subfamily BOARMIANA.

275. KYLOPTERYX ARCUATA Walker.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 21st June, 1911,1 ¢.

9276. HonorANA EREBARIA Guen.
Habitat. Kedai, 30th December, 1911, 1 9.

277. HyLEMERA LEPTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 29.)

Description.— $. Head and pectus yellow. Thorax and first
three somites of abdomen white above, yellow below, and con-
colorous with the terminal somites which are yellow. Fore wing
white ; the costa fuscous, and a broad apical fuscous fascia the
inner margin of which is angled outwardly between veins 3 and 4.
Hind wing white, with a very narrow fuscous border, which is
almost linear, between veins 2 and 6,

Underside as on upperside.

Habitat. Kedai, 1911, Ist December, 1 ¢ ; 12th December,
19. Expanse 36 mm.

This species differs from doleris Plotz, accra Swinhoe, and
ansorgei Warr., from Uganda, in the black band of the hind wing
being narrow and continuous, the above forms having a large
black spot on the apex of the hind wing: from dexithea Druce, it
differs in not having the inside of the fascia of the fore wing
evenly curved, and a black spot below apex of hind wing.

278. EURRANTHIS PENNIGERARIA Hubner.
Habitat. Meru, B. BE. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile.

Subfamily ACIDALIIN#.
279. ACIDALIA SAGITTILINEA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 219 (1897).
Habitat. Kedai, 8th April, 1912, 1 ¢.

280.. MIcROLOXIA RUFICORNIS Warr.
Habitat. Kedai, 29th December, 1912, 1 9.

Subfamily GEoMErriIn #.

231. TRIMETOPIA ZTHERARIA Guén.

Hubitat. Kedai, 1911, 4th January, 1 9 ; 23rd November,
1 $; 25th November, 1 2 ; 17th December, 1 3.

One of the most beautiful forms of Geometride.

244 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON

282. HetTERocrita METIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 30.)

Description.— 2. Head pinkish brown, the vertex between the
antenne white. Antenne white above, pink beneath. Thorax
and wings bright grass-green. Abdomen pale pinkish brown
above, ochreous on the under surface, the first two somites
bright pinkish. Wings unmarked except for a bright pink-.
brown marginal line, inside which are two minute white spots
defined inwardly by pinkish brown between veins 5 and 7, and a
large one of the same colour at tornal angie of each wing. The
inner margin of the hind wing also defined by a pinkish-brown
line. Cilia pale pink, Underside glaucous grey.

Habitat, Kedai, 20th February, 1912, 19. Expanse 30 mm.

This form is near to, and may, perhaps, be a local race of
Heterocrita deprensa Prout, from which it differs in (1) having
no discoidal spots, (2) the spots at the tornal angles of both
wings are much larger, and (3) the abdomen is much more pink-
coloured.

283. HURYTHECODES FLAVEDINARIA Guén.
fTabitat. Meru, B. E. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile.

Mr. Prout informs me that this is a common and very variable
species, but I have only one specimen of it.

Family LIMACODIDA.

284. 'THOSEA GANALE Pagenstecher.
Habitat. Kedai, lst December, 1911, 1 ¢.

285. THosEA UNDOSA, sp. n. (PI. I: fig. 6.)

Description.— 2. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous
brown. Fore wing with the basal area as far as the postmedial
line red-brown, the distal area beyond it pale ochreous brown.
Subbasal and antemedial lines absent; a black point at end of
cell. A broad, dark brown oblique postmedial line, waved and
irregular, from costa to inner margin at middle. <A fine dark
brown subterminal line from costa to tornal angle, where it
almost meets the black marginal line. Cilia pale brown in both
wings. Hind wing ochreous brown, with a brown marginal line.
Underside ochreous brown, irrorated with red-brown atoms, .

Habitat. Kedai, 4th December, 1911, 1 2. Expanse 30 mm.

This form is nearest to 7. cana Walker (=transversata
Walker) from India, in which the dark line is antemedial, less
oblique, and straight without waves; the subterminal line is
straight, and not curved, and the basal area is not so dark as in
this species.

286. THOSEA PERSEIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 4.)

Description.— 3. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing red-
brown minutely irrorated with black atoms. Subbasal and ante-

MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 245

medial linesabsent. A white pointatend of cell. A black highly-.
waved postmedial line from costa before apex to middle of inner
margin, which is inwardly diffused into black patches below end
of cell, and from vein 2 to inner margin. ‘This line is outwardly
defined by a prominent white line, with dark shades beyond it
between veins 2 and 3 and 6and/7. An irregularly curved sub-
terminal line followed by a black marginal line. Cilia of both
wings red-brown. Hind wing ochreous. Underside ochreous,
with indications of a postmedial line.

Habitat. Masongaleni, 30th April, 1911,1 ¢. Expanse 30mm.

This form is nearest to 7’. syrtis Schaus, from Salisbury and
West Africa. It differs in the lnes being waved and not
straight, and that species has not the dark patches inside the
postmedial line. When at the B.M. I submitted the above
specimens to the inspection of Lord Rothschild, who said the
forms were unknown to him, and differed from described forms
mainly in their undulating lines.

287. THOSEA CHLORIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 5.)

Description.— $. Head and thorax red-brown beneath, frery
orange dorsally. Abdomen red-brown, with some fiery-orange
hairs on the dorsum. ‘Tibi fiery orange, with long red-brown
hairs to the tarsi. Fore wing red-brown with pinkish suffusion.
A white point at end of cell. No subbasal or antemedial lines.
Postmedial line dark brown, from costa before apex to middle of
inner margin, Subterminal area paler. Subterminal line from
costa before apex to outer margin at vein 3, Two whitish spots
between veins 2 and 3: one outside the postmedial line, and
one on inside of subterminal line, near its junction with outer
margin. Hind wing red-brown paling to ochreous at base.
Underside pale red-brown unmarked.

Habitat. Ashanti, W. Africa (4. Norris), 1g. Expanse
30 mm.

This form is nearest to 7. rara Swinhoe, from Thyetmyo.
Burma, but is darker red, and has fiery orange head and thorax
which rara has not. In the B. M. Collection there is an unnamed
specimen from the Gold Coast, which may or may not. be refer-
able to this species.

288. CoSUMA MARGINATA Holland.

Habitat. Masongaleni, 7th April, 1911, 1 3.
This form seems near to the following which I have from
W. Africa.

289. CosuMA RUGOSA Walker.
Habitat. Ashanti, W. Africa (A. Norris), 1 3.

290. APLUDA INCINATA Hampson.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 1911, 2 3.

246 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON

291. GAVARA VELUTINA Walker.

Habitat. Kedai, 1912, 16th March, 13 ; 10th December, 1¢.

I identified these specimens in the B. M. as above; there are
however, two forms of Limacodide which have passed as “ velu-
dina,” and are given by Hampson in Faun. Brit. Ind., Moths, i.
pp. 3882 & 398, which are very different-looking insects from
the present form. :

292. ALTHA LACIDES Druce.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 1911, 25th December, 1 ¢ ; 2nd April,
LO

Family ARBELIDA.

293. ARBELODES TETRASTICTA Hampson.

flabitat. Kedai, 12th January, 1912, 1 ¢.

This specimen only differs from the specimen in the B. M.,
which is also from British Hast Africa, in the body being on
what shorter, and the pale markings of the wings being larger.

Family Coss1pD&.

*228. Duomitus. pInDARUS Fawcett, P. Z. S. 1916, p. 733.
GEL he. 20:)

I am now able to give a figure of this species, which was
omitted from my last paper fron want of space in the plate.

Comparison of fignre 27 with that of D, stewiptera Hampson,
PZ. IS. 9OiG: plate u. fig. 31, will show how much it differs -
from that species both in colour and size,

Family THYRIDID4&.

294, RHODONEURA BRYAXIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 9.)

Description.— 9 . Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused
with rufous. Fore wing reddish ochreous profusely striated
with rufous. Antemedial line indistinct. Postmedial line bifid
on the costa, originating from two costal spots, and bent in
obliquely on veins 2 and 3. Subterminal line very prominent,
from costa before apex, angled outwards to outer margin at
veins 4 and 2. Hind wing with a medial double line, a post-
medial line, and a Sabecrminal line angled to outer margin at
veins 4 and 2.

S. Smaller and paler in coloration, being pale ochreous.
The postmedial line on the fore wing and the medial line on the
hind wing double and filled in with rufous ; otherwise as in @.

Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 26th November, 1 ¢ ; 15th December,
loo 1D 3th January, 1 ei ; 12th March, 1 ©; Sth Decem-
ber, 1 ¢. Expanse, 6, 287mm 230 mm:

This form differs from all the specimens of Rhodoneura in the
B. M. Collection in its prominent subterminal line angled to
outer margin at veins 4 and 2.

MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. : 247

295. DysoDIA INTERMEDIA Walker.
Habitat. Kedai, 5th January, 1912, 1 ¢.

The; above example agrees with B. K. African specimens in
the B. M. Collection which were collected at Taveta by Rogers in
October and at the end of December, and named flavillula by
Warren, and which Sir George Hampson evidently regards as
forms of Walker’s South African species.

Family PyrawuipDa,

Subfami'y CRAMBIN&.

296. SURATTHA RUFISTRIGALIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 3.)

Description.— 3. Head, body, and legs ferruginous. Fore
wing brownish ochreous, ferruginous on costa. Highly dentate
medial and postmedial ferruginous lines from costa to imner
margin, angled outwardly at vein 5. A ferruginous terminal
line with dark wedge-shaped spots between the veins. Median
nervure and inner margin defined by bright ferruginous bands ;
the interspaces between the veins defined with fuscous irroration.
Hind wing ochreous, with ferruginous irroration in the subapical
area: cilia ochreous.

Habitat. Kedai, 18th November, 1911, 13. Expanse 24 mm.

The figure is slightly Jarger than natural size.

This form is nearest to S. africalis Hampson, but has no dark
medial area; the postmedial line is more dentate, and the
coloration is brighter ferruginous.

297. ANCYLOLOMIA SIMPLELLA De Jaan.
Habitat. Meru, B. EB. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 9.

298, ANCYLOLOMIA PECTINIFERA Hampson.

Habitat. Kedai, 9th January, 1913,1 9.
Also recorded from Somaliland.

299. ANCYLOLOMIA CHRYSOLINEALIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 2.)

Descripiion.— $. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing very
pale ochreous. Fore wing with eight golden stripes in the inter-
spaces between the veins in the distal area beyond the cell, of
which those in interspaces | and 7 are shorter than the remainder.
Each golden stripe is defined beneath by a yellow fascia with
streaks of black scales on it. A minutely dentate silvery sub-
marginal line on which are some dusky points. Cilia silvery.
Hind wing pure white; cilia white. Underside as on upperside,
with silvery suffusion.

Habitat. Masongaleni, 26th December, 1911, 1 ¢. Expanse
34 mm.

This form is nearest to A. chrysographella Kollar, from: India,

248 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON

but is distinguished by having the golden stripes of the fore
wing confined to the distal area, and it is considerably larger than
chrysographella.

300. ANCYLOLOMIA GRACILIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 1.)

Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous
brown. Fore wing bright ochreous, unmarked; the interior
marginal area below vein 1 thickly irrorated with fuscous scales.
A series of black points at the end of the veins on the outer
margin. Hind wing silvery grey, with ochreous suffusion on the
subapical area. Cilia ochreous. Underside as on upperside, with
silvery suffusion.

Habitat. Meru, B. E. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 ¢.
Expanse 28 mm.

There is a series of unnamed specimens in the B, M. Collection,
which appear to be very near this species.

Subfamily ANERASTIANZ.

301. EMATHEUDES LENTISTRIGALIS Hampson.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 6th June, 1912, 1 9.

New Forms from other Regions.

Family LYMANTRIADA,

302. ANTHELA NIGRISTIGMA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 28.)

Description.-— 3. Vertex of head and collar ferruginous ;
thorax pale red-brown ; abdomen ochreous. Wings pale ochreous
with golden suffusion in certain lights. Base of fore wing and
internal area of hind wing clothed with long pale red-brown
hair. Fore wing with a round black spot in centre of cell, and a
larger quadrate black spot on discocellulars. A somewhat in-
distinct line of submarginal black points cn the veins in the
subterminal area. Hind wing with a quadrate discocellular
black spot, and a submarginal series of black points on the veins.

Underside concolorous with upperside, with an additional black
spot in the cell of the hind wing which does not appear on the
upperside, and all the black spots have whitish centres. Cilia

ochreous.
Habitat. Townsville, Queensland, Australia, August 1913,1 ¢.

Expanse 36 mm.

The above specimen was sent to me by Mr. Feather in a small
collection from Australia. In the B. M. Collection there is a
series of unnamed specimens which may, or may not, be referable
to this species. In some of them the cellular spots are a good
deal larger and the submarginal series “more distinct. This
species is near to ocellata Walker, which has ‘the submarginal
spots black and prominent.

MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, 249

Family NocruipD4.
Subfamily CATocALIN#,

303. Nycrrpao acuta, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 26.)

Deser iption.— 3d. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown.
Fore wing with the basal two-thirds very dark red-brown
the subterminal third pale red-brown with pinkish suffusion,
profusely striated with red-brown. Apex of fore wing acute.
Antemedial line obsolescent, and hardly distinguishable. An
inverted comma-shaped discoidal whorl with bilobate head defined
by black, and its head by silvery blue with a red-brown patch
beyond it; its centre reddish brown with an ochreous line on
inner side of tail. Medial line black, arising below the costa,
excurved round the discoidal whorl, and angled inwards below it
on vein 2, and then erect to inner margin. This line is defined
outwardly by a pale round ring beyond the whorl. Postmedial
line curved, starting from a large triangular black patch below
the costa and continued as an indistinct fuscous line to below
vein 2, where it forms the outer edge of the basal dark area
to inner margin. ‘This line is defined outwardiy by a narrow
ochreous line from costa to below vein 7, and thence to inner
margin by an indistinct line of the ground-colour. Subterminal
line obsolete. Hind wing with the basal two-thirds dark red-
brown, the terminal third pale red-brown with pinkish suffusion ;
the postmedial line represented by double fine lines of the ground-
colour; subterminal line represented by an indistinct, waved,

subterminal shade. Cilia pale red-brown.

Underside of both wings fuscous brown; fore wing with a
white postmedial patch from below costa to vein 6, where it is
broadest. A subterminal series of white oblong spots, incurved
in interspace 4, excurved in interspace 3.

9. Similar to gd, but the comma-shaped discoidal whorl is
somewhat larger, and there is a pale ochreous postmedial patch
from costa to just above vein 6, diffused outwardly.

This form has, I think, been overlooked by later writers; I
say this because I cannot find amongst the described forms in
C. L. P. vol. xii. (published in 1913) a description and figure
that absolutely tallies with my specimens. ‘The nearest to it
is Vyctipao gemmans Guén. It differs from all the forms of
Nyctipao which I have seen in having the apex of the fore wing
acute. The form crepuscularis Linn. is nearest to it in this respect,
but its outer margin is highly crenulate, whereas in this species
it is evenly rounded. From gemmans in particular it ‘differs in
the absence of the white postmedial line, which is represented by
a short ochreous striga below the costa.

Habitat. Hills E. of Toungho, Burma, May 1896, 13,1 @.
Expanse 74 mm.

The above specimens were taken by some native Lepcha col-
lectors sent to the Burma hill-country to collect Lepidoptera by
Mr. F. Moller, Mr. J. Apcar, and myself,

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No. XVIII. 18

250 ON MOTHS FROM B, E. AFRICA.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

Fig. Fig.
1. Ancylolomia gracilis, 3. 17. Cortyta minyas, 6.
2. Ancylolomia chrysolinealis, 8. 18. Cortyta griseacea, 3.
3. Surattha rufistrigalis, g. 19. Rhodesana mintha, 6.
4. Thosea perseis, g. 20. Leocyma candace, 6.
5. Thosea chloris, 6. 21. Pteronycta cervicornis, g.
6. Thosea undosa, &. 22. Parastichtis orylus, &.
7. Euproctis rubricosta, &. 23. Plecoptera polymnia, ¢ .
8. Lacipa albula, g. 24. Brevipecten icarus, &
9. Rhodoneura bryaxis, &.' 25. Parastichtis lysis, 6.
10. Syntomis polyxo, 8. 26. Nyctipao acuta, 6.
11. Bithra aganice, 2. 27. Duomitus pindarus, 6.
12. Cladocerotis ceneus, 8. 23. Anthela nigristigma, 6.
13. Cynisca thisbe, 9. 29. Hylemera lepta, 3.
14. Giaura arethusa, 8. 30. Heterocrita metis, 2.
15. Odontestra avitta, @. 31. Clenusa rectilinea, g.

16. Heteronygmia aurelia, o.

DEFORMITY OF OS PENIS IN A SEAL. 251.

16. Deformity of Os penis in a Seal (Phoca caspica. Nilsson).
By Seretus ALPHERAKY *,

[ Received October 5, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. ]
(Text-figure 1.)

My friend Mr. T. N. Arnold, our well-known ichthyologist,
has kindly lent me for description an abnormal os penis of an
adult Phoca caspica he himself shot a few years ago on the
Caspian Sea.

This abnormality is evidently due to an accidental fracture at
about the first third part of the total length of the bone. ‘That
the. bone has here been broken in some way, and has again
united with the portions in a distorted position, can clearly be
seen from the accompanying drawing, made by my son Dmitry
Alpnéraky. The drawing shows the bone from above, and as it
is very exact in form and size, I think it gives a better idea
of the malformation than could be given by any amount of
description.

Text-figure 1.

The fractured part is so strongly and solidly united with the
main part of the bone, that the fracture must have taken place a
long time prior to the animal’s death.

It is dificult to find a satisfactory explanation of the cause of
such a fracture, and Mr. Arnold thinks that it may have been
the sequel of some violent movement of one of the animals during
the act of copulation.

As far as Mr. Arnold remembers, the penis outwardly had no
signs, or scars, to show that anything was amiss inside, and
the deformity was discovered only during the cleaning of the
bone. This was not an easy thing to do, as the apical part of the
bone hal the cavernous integument round it strongly adherent.
This apical part of the bone has now a very rough, porous,
uneven surface, showing that the erectile tissue had been deeply
embedded.

* Communicated by Mr. O. Tuomas, F.R.S,

CONCEALMENT BY THE APPARENT DISRUPTION OF SURFACE. 253

17. Some Observations upon Concealment by the apparent
Disruption of Surface in a Plane at Right Angles to
the Surface. By J. C. Morrram, M.B. (Lond.) *.

[Received October 22, 1917: Read November 6, 1917. ]

(Text-figures 1-4.)

INDEX.,
MorPHOLOGY: Page
FAMALY SIS OF PALLETS iiss sessacnstsronssirrncncaiseraecsecess 920M
ETHOLOGY :
Concealinge power of patterns. (1s. ..cvises drecsncvscescnsnses «200
2

The forms of animals are often rendered inconspicuous by the
methods which the artist usually employs in the representation
of three dimensions on a flat surface. “

Attempt is here made to show, first, what use the artist
makes of Simultaneous Contrast for the apparent disruption of
the surface of his paper or canvas: and subsequently to ascertain
whether similar arrangements occur in the patterns of animals.

The Artist's Use of Simultaneous Contrast.—When a dark
object is viewed against a light background or vice versa, it will
be seen that where the dark and light areas join, the dark tone
appears darker than the rest of the dark area, and the light,
lighter than the remainder of the light area.

The same appearance will be seen on the artist’s paper if
he copies exactly the tones of the original. If, however, he
exaggerates the contrast by surrounding dark objects with dark
lines and light objects with light, then the objects will appear to
stand out from the background, and different portions of his
paper to occupy different planes. For this purpose, foreground
figures are often surrounded with dark lines, clouds are edged
with light tone, and trees against the sky are outlined with black,
whilst the neighbouring sky is greatly heightened in tone.

It is not uncommon to find a series of receding hills outlined
with dark lines of gradually decreasing intensity: it is remark-
able how realistically distance is thus represented,

The introduction of dark tone between coloured areas results
in disruption of surface for another reason. On viewing the
junction of two coloured areas, there will be seen for a short
distance a flowing-over of each colour into its neighbour. This
is well seen by drawing a narrow white line across red and blue
surfaces: where the white lies on the red, it appears reddish,
where on the blue, ight blue. If the white line be surrounded
on both sides with black lines, then this flowing-over is prevented
and the white line retains its purity. By thus preventing this

* Communicated by the SECRETARY.

254 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON CONCEALMENT BY

blending, coloured areas in juxtaposition have the appearance of
standing out, one from the other, and occupying different planes.

These appearances may be explained in another manner. ‘The
mind largely recognises objects by their outline, and to some
extent judges their distance by its sharpness. If in representing
objects on a flat surface, they be edged with white or black lines,
then the sharp outline thus given will make them appear nearer
the eye than their surroundings, and the flat surface appear to be
disrupted in a plane at right angles to the surface.

Surface Disruption in Animal Pattern.—Concealment in the
animals consists chiefly in the hiding of outline, solidity, and
surface. Outline is largely concealed by ‘“ Disruptive Coloration,”
solidity by ‘‘ Counter Shading.”

‘Disruptive Coloration” conceals outline in the following
manner: when an animal covered with a number of large
patches of different tone and colour comes to rest on a back-
ground which harmonises with any one of the components, then
its characteristic outline will be broken, as shown in text-fig. 1.

Text-figure ie

Disruptive Coloration: A, a pattern of three components which largely interrupt
the margin. B, the appearance when seen against a background harmo-
nising with the spotted component, C and D when seen against a striped
and a plane background.

The disruption is in the same plane as the wings of the insect,
and is dependent upon a pattern breaking out over a large portion
of the margin.

Disruption of surface consists in an arrangement of pattern
and coloration, which causes some portion of the surface to
appear close to the eye, and others far away. In this case the
disruption is in a plane at right angles to the plane of the object.
As has already been shown, this can be produced by the use of
Simultaneous Contrast and, thus brought about, may be termed
Surface Disruption -by Contrast. ‘Outline Disruption” and
“Surface Disruption by Contrast” are often combined as shown
in text-fig. 2A (compare text-fig. 1). Text-fig. 2B illustrates
an insect showing only Surface Disruption.

An examination of RBiitish Lepidoptera is now made in order
to estimate to what extent this method is employed for purposes

THE APPARENT DISRUPTION OF SURFACE. 955

of concealment. It may be said with confidence, that the whole
of the Geometers in respect of the dorsal surface of their wings, of
the Noctuas with regard to the dorsal surface of their anterior
wings, and of the Rhopalocera in respect of the ventral surface of
their posterior wings, present concealing pattern and coloration,
Here, therefore, ‘‘Surface Disruption by Contrast” may be
looked for.

Text-figure 2.

A B

A, a pattern similar to that shown in text-fig. 1, but with the addition of Surface
Disruption produced by light and dark lines between the components ;
in C the surface is further disrupted by the representation of solidity.
B shows “Surface Disruption by Contrast ’’ not associated with disruption
of outline. This is rarely found: Thyatira batis is a good example.
D shows the combination of Surface Disruption by Contrast with Surface
Disruption by Solidity. Large ocelli generally appear to be of this nature.

Text-figure 3.

Shows in diagram seven types of pattern commonly found in Geometers and other
Lepidoptera, in which Surface Disruption by Contrast is combined with
Outline Disruption. Many variations occur of type no. 6; in some cases the
bands are wavy or zigzag, more especially in the fore wings of Noctuide.

An examination of the Geometridee (Newman) shows that
surface disruption occurs, associated with well-marked types of
outline disruption. ‘These are illustrated diagrammatically in
text-fig. 3, and are seen to consist of well-defined bars of tone
interrupting the margin and which are separated from the rest of

256 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON CONCEALMENT BY

the insect’s wing by distinct black or white lines (only black lines
are shown in the diagrams).

The distribution of these types is given in the Table on p. 257,
where it can be seen that “Surface Disruption by Contrast” occurs
in the Geometers in 69 out of 276 insects. In the Noctuas the
patterns occur 34 times in 311 insects, in the Cuspidates 11 in 33,
and in the Rhopalocera 10 in 60.

It follows that this method is often used for purposes of con-
cealment amongst the Lepidoptera ; numerous examples are also
to be found in the patterns of Vertebrates.

Surface disruption can also be produced by the representation
of solid objects on a flat surface: this, indeéd, is the method
chiefly employed by the artist. This method is very often found
in the pattern of animals generally combined with “Outline
Disruption ” and “Surface Disruption by Contrast.” Examples

Text-figure 4.

The Oleander Hawk-Moth (Cherocampa nerii). From ‘The Natural History of
British Butterflies and Moths,’ by Edward Newman, F.L.S., F.Z.S. See text
below : reference is made only to the fore wings; the hind wings are more or
less concealed by the fore wings in the position of rest.

ave shown in text-fig. 2, C and D; in C all three methods are
combined, in D surface disruption by solidity with contrast. No
better example of snch combinations of methods can be found
than Cherocampa nerw illustrated in text-fig. 4; 1u this insect
the components of the pattern break out at the margin, are shaded
to represent excrescences and depressions, and are separated from
each other by well-defined white and black lines.

Opportunity is here taken to call attention to the fact that
many small details of pattern are of value in concealment; it
would seem dangerous therefore to conclude on negative evidence,
that small differences such as often distinguish species can have
no value in the struggle for existence.

THE APPARENT DISRUPTION OF SURFACE.

: |
species. J

a
|

|
|

* Compiled from Newman, ‘The Natural History of British Butterflies and

P.Z.S. 1917. TALBOT, & [OICEYeRlaae

Horace Knight, del. MENPES PRESS, WATFORD.

LEPIDOPTEROUS ABERRATIONS,
NEW SOUTH AMERICAN ARCTIIDE.

ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN RHOPALOCERA. 259

18. New South-American Rhopalocera. By J. J. Joicry,
F.L.S., F.Z.8., f.H.S., and G. Tatsot, F.1.S8,

[Received June 20, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. |

(Plate 1.*)
INDEX.

SYSTEMATIC : Page
Papilio erlaces chinchipensis, subsp. Nn. ....6..+...... 259
Papilio iphidamas ayabacensis, subsp. n. eee ee 3),
Papilio harmodius tabaconas, subsp. n. ... ........... 260
Leodonta zenobia monticola, subsp. n. .................. 260
Catasticta philone nimbata, subsp. n. .................. 260
Catasticta flisa tamboonsis, SUDSPe Ms. ( hcteeqar cates 200
Catasticta lathyi,sp.n. ...... etic 2 Ok
Catasticta nimbice peruviana, subsp. Mee hago Ok
Vila eueidiformis, sp. n. ....... Hess ll
Vila eueidiformis ab. radiata, new ‘aberration .. ...... 262
Polygrapha cyanea G. &S., Qo... ccccce cece tees ee ees 268

eee

“ila eueidiformis and lewis CONIG CS a vieahce akon on 263

The types of the forms herein described are in the collection
of Joicey.
PAPILIONIDAE,

PAPILIO ERLACES CHINCHIPENSIS, subsp. n.

3. Upperside like typical erlaces Gray. Underside with spots
as in lacydes Hew.

2. Resembles lacydes but with no post-discocellular spots.

This race connects erlaces erlaces with lacydes through
canthias R. & J.

Hab. North Serer tae River, Sept., li did, 62°;
Charape, 4000 feet, 29 9; Tabaconas, 6000 feet, 2¢ ¢. These
places are on the eastern slopes of the Andes. Collected by
A, t,, & H Pratt.

PAPILIO IPHIDAMAS AYABACENSIS, Subsp. n.

Nearest to the race calogyna Roths. & Jord., from West Ecuador
and Colombia.

3. Upperside with reduced green patch on the fore wing.
Hind wing with three red spots, all separate.

Underside of hind wing with the spots smaller and more
widely separate; ground-colour not so black and browner than in
ealogynda.

2 similar to calogyna 2, but band of hind wing much whiter
and with an extra spot in cellule 6, similar to a specimen in the
Tring Museum from Zaruma, S.W. Ecuador, which has the band
of the hind wing half white.

Hab. North Peru-—Ayabaca Mtns., 6 od, 2292; River
Tabaconas, 6000 feet, 1g. Collected by A. E., & F. Pratt.

* For explanation of the Plate see p. 276.

260 MESSRS. J. J. JOICEY AND G. TALBOT ON

PAPILIO HARMODIUS TABACONAS, subsp, n.

Near the race weniades Hew., from Ecuador.

3 like harmodius Doubl., but with a narrower white patch on
the fore wing, straighter on its proximal edge.

2 with no constant difference.

A og in the Tring Museum from Zamora, -S.W. Ecuador,
occurring as an aberration with typical weniades.

The 2 presents a strong resemblance to the Q of P. erlaces
chinchipensis found in the same. district.

Hab, North Peru—River Tabaconas, 6000 feet, 12 ¢ ¢6, 19
(types); Charape, 4000 feet, 27 g ¢; Ayabaca Mtns., 1 9 ;
Rentema Falls, Upper Maranon, 1000 feet, 1g. Collected by
A. E., & F. Pratt. . |

PTERT Da.

LEODONTA ZENOBIA MONTICOLA, subsp. n.

3g. A larger race with deeper yellow markings.

Upperside of fore wing with the two post-discocellular spots
-farther from the cell, there being a wider space between the
Jower spot and the one in 3; the subterminal spot in 3 is
larger.

Underside with a larger cell-patch, which extends basad beyond
vein 2; patch below vein 2 slightly more extended basad. Hind
wing with no constant difference.

Length of fore wing 80-34 mm.; in zenobia zenobia it averages
29 mm.

Hab. Uruhuasi, §8.E. Peru, 7000 feet, April to May, 1910.
H.& C. Watkins. 5 3 ¢.

CATASTICTA PHILONE NIMBATA, Subsp. n.

3. Upperside very similar to philone Feld. from Colombia,
but basal markings less well-defined.

- Underside of fore wing with the three anterior spots of the
Aieal band smaller. Mind wing with the discal white band
much narrower in the cell and below it; the yellow spots deeper
in colour.

This race is not well differentiated.

Hab. Peru, 1 @.

This and the following forms of Catasticta were received from
Monsieur E. Le Moult of Paris.

CATASTICTA FLISA TAMBOENSIS, subsp. n.

3. Upperside more brown than black. Hind wing with the
band narrowed in the cell and postdiscal spots minute.

Underside of fore wing with cell-spot larger; spots of post-
discal row larger and nearer the margin, distally concave, form-
ing lunules. Hind wing with precostal area white, discal band
widened costally ; outer subterminal area more washed with

NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN RHOPALOCERA. 261

white; marginal spots yellow, large, and triangular, their apices
almost touching the postdiscal spots.

Hab. Peru, 1 ¢.

This form is probably the same as the specimen recorded as
flisa H.-Sch. by Weymer & Maasen, Lepidoptera, p. 73 (1890),
from Tambo Almirante. We do not know another record of this
species from Peru.

CaTASTICTA LATHYI, sp. n.

Allied to philais Feld., from Colombia.

g. Colour above nearly as in manco Doubl. and pattern
similar, but easily distinguished by the brown margin of the
hind wing and different underside. Differs from philais above
in colour, philais being brown; the pattern is the same, but the
dark margin of the hind wing is broader.

Underside of fore wing with reducel cell-streak; marginal
spots smaller but more produced proximally, forming streaks ;
the spots of the postdiscal series are smaller. These markings,
which are brown in philats, are here grey-white. Hind wing
with markings very much as in philais, but the yellow intra-
neural distal streaks longer.

Length of fore wing 26 mm.

Hab, Loja, Ecuador, 1 g. Also in the Tring Museum from
the following places: Loja; Zamora, Ecuador, 3000-4000 feet ;
Cushi, Huanuco, Cent. Peru, 1820 m.

CATASTICTA NIMBICE PERUVIANA, subsp. n.

3. Distinguished by the more rounded wings and _ paler
markings. ‘Lhe discal spot in 4 on the fore wing is much
smaller than the spot above it; spots in 7 and 8 absent ; post-
discal spot in 3 shifted inwards; no marginal dots. Hind wing
with the pale band widened and its outer edge nearer the post-
discal spots; spot in 3 shifted inwards; spots in 2 and 4 farther
from the band than the others.

Underside of fore wing with the band, cell-spot, and lower five
postdiscal spots pale straw-colour. Hind wing with the discal
band reduced distally, the spot at base of 2 being smaller, and
widened proximally; postdiscal and marginal spots larger. ‘The
markings which are orange-yellow in numbice are bright yellow
In perwviand.

Hab. Peru, 1d,

NYMPHALIDA -

A remarkable new species of the Nymphaline genus Vila.

VILA EUEIDIFORMIS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 1, 1a.)

3. Upperside black-brown. Fore wing with pale yellow mark-
ings. A basal wedge-shaped streak in lower part of cell; a
wedge-shaped spot in end of cell, placed transversely, its pointed

2O2, MESSRS. J. J. JOICEY AND G. TALROT ON

end posteriorly ; a large, somewhat quadrate spot beyond end of
cell divided by vein 5, the lower part in 4 larger than the upper,
the inner edge slightly curved ; a small spot above it in the angle
of 6; an elongate oval spot below it at base of cellule 3. Hind
wing paler in the costal area. A black patch of androconia in
base of cellule 7, 9 mm. long. Red basal streaks in la, 6, c, and
in the cell. In a second specimen, from Bolivia, they are a little
reduced, but in a third, from the Upper Amazon, the red streaks
are greatly enlarged and more extended, the one in the cell filling
its base and whole upper part, forked at the end and forming two
short streaks in 4 and 5; there are also two additional short
streaks in 2 and 3,

Underside with paler ground-colour. Fore wing with markings
as above, and a white dot at base of costa. The black patch of
androconia, common to all members of the genus, is longer than
in other species and does not touch the median vein; it is placed
obliquely in the submedian area, whereas in other species it 1s
parallel to vein 2; the inner margin is shining grey; a white
subterminal line from tornus to vein 2 and represented above
this vein by a few scales. In the species with increased red on
hind wing above, the basal fore-wing stripe is only represented
by a few scales. Hind wing with brick-red stripes between the
veins; base of costa and precostal area brick-red, joined to a
stripe bordering vein 8 in 7; stripes in lc, 2-6, nail-headed
distally, the one in 4 joined to a broader cell-stripe, stripe in la
filling the cellule; a subterminal seriés of white spots between
the veins. In the specimen with increased red on hind wing
above, the stripes are broader below.

Antenne black-brown, club and inner surface yellow-brown ;
palpi black, first and second segments white at sides; head,
thorax, and abdomen black, collar with white dots; abdomen
below dark brown, legs dark brown, coxe with white tufts.

Length of fore wing 35 mm.

Hab, Jurua River, Brazil (type and paratype); Bolivia (1d).
This latter locality is doubtful.

We propose the name radiata for the aberration with increased
red rays on the hind wing above (PI. I. fig. 1a). .

This species agrees in structure with other species of the genus,
possessing the characteristic inflated basal part of the costal vein
of the fore wing, and also the curved lower discocellular touching
the cell before vein 3. In pattern, its relationship with other
species may perhaps be traced in the fore-wing cell-streak, the
white mark at base of costa on fore wing below, the white sub-
terminal mark near tornus, the red subcostal stripe on hind wing
below, and the series of white spots which may represent the
subterminal line. The colour of the palpi and antenne also
shows affinity with other species.

The chief feature of this species lies in its remarkable mimetic
resemblance to the Heliconine genus Hueides as represented by
E. eanides Stich. and its form aides Stich., which inhabit the same

NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN RHOPALOCERA. 263

region. The form eanides is mimicked by the specimen with
increased red rays on the hind wing above. The hind-wing
underside, with its rayed pattern and marginal row of white
spots, shows the greatest resemblance. It also bears a strong
likeness to Pericopis mimica Feld., a day-flying Hypsid moth,
which occurs from Colombia to Peru. In a lesser degree, the
species also resembles two forms of the Nymphaline genus Hresia,
represented by the darker specimens of 4. perilla Hew. and
cornelia Stgr. The diversity-of co-existent mimetic forms, seen
in the species of Hresia, is analogous to the wide departure from
the normal form now seen to occur in the genus Vila.

The typical forms of Vila possess a somewhat Ithomiine-like
pattern, but more nearly resemble some white-banded forms of
Eresia, the likeness being marked on the underside of the hind
wing. Ithomiines would probably serve as models for Vila on
the wing, and in such a white-banded association would be
included Adelpha epione Godt. Another Adelpha, coryneta Hew.,
resembles Vila azeca D. & H. on the hind wing below, as also
does Hresia clio L.

We have, therefore, a mimetic association of Vila eweidiformis
with Hueides, Hresia, and Pericopis, and another association of
Vila azeca with Ithomiine species and the Nymphalines Adelpha
and Hresia. It would appear probable that the resemblance of
Vila to Ithomiines and Adelpha would be most marked when on
the wing, whilst presumably the resemblance on the hind wiug
below between Vila azeca, Hresia clio, and Adelpha coryneta
would be sufficiently marked when at rest.

No doubt the white-banded Ithomiines, probably of the genus
Leucothyris, have served as models, as they are more abundant
than the Nymphalines. Adelpha is fairly common, and so are the
white Hresia, but Vila is comparatively rare.

The Female of PoLYGRAPHA CYANEA G. & 8.
(PI, 1. fig. 2.)

The male of Polygrapha cyanea Godm. & Salv. is not rare in
collections, but no description of the female seems to have been
published. We describe it from the only specimen which we
believe to exist in collections. This specimen, which is much _
damaged, was taken by Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg’s collector,
Mr. G. Palmer, at Alpayacu, Rio Pastaza, E. Ecuador, 3000 feet,
and was found drowned in a native “ Chicha” pot outside a
house. The collection containing the specimen was acquired by
the late Mr. Herbert Druce.

Upperside with dark brown ground-colour. Fore wing with
yellow-brown oblique band from vein 4 to the inner margin near
tornus; the band is much broader in cellules 2 and 3 and its
inner edge is incurved in cellule 2 and in 10, the outer edge
is evenly curved outwardly ; a pale brownish streak at base of
cellule 6, and beyond this the costal area whitish brown, not

264 ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN RHOPALOCERA.

extending to the base nor distally beyond the streak in 6; a small
triangular brown spot in 5 in the distal area. Hind wing with a
yellow-brown costa] edge and apical suffusion ; a-series of yellow-
brown subterminal spots, well-defined proximally, but distally
suffused ; outer margin narrowly edged with yellow-brown.
Underside marked as in the 3, but the specimen being rubbed
we cannot distinguish any differences in colour.

Head and antenne missing. ‘Thorax and abdomen black-brown.

Length of fore wing 41 mm.

The completely different pattern presented by the female of
this insect suggests some sort of mimetic resemblance. It pre-
sents a great similarity to the pattern of many species of the
Brassolid genus Opsiphanes, four species of which, with brown
bands on the fore wing, are recorded from Ecuador and Peru.
Mr. W. J. Kaye informs us that Opsiphanes fly round the houses
at dusk, and this observation, coupled with the fact that the
female Polygrapha was found in a water-pot near a house, points
to the possibility of the two insects flying in company.

ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN ARCTIIDA. 265

19. New South-American Arctiide. By J. J. Joicey,
ELS: 1:Z.S,, FHS... and G. Tarsor, F.E.S.

[Received June 20, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. |

(Plate I.*)

INDEx.
SYSTEMATIC: Page
RIC AUUSIAVELNOFAD, SY. /Is bers0scesdevserenesias ss sesgsesds ate, 200
Neonerita metapheenica, sp. nN. ......... cee cece eee eee ees 265
Areéomolis nigripuncta, SP. Me... .cccce cece cece teens eee 266
PARMLOMOLIS AGNIVENA, SPs Ne .aseie..-bep-2cncvececseos seems 200
Automolis ochreogaster, SP. De ....0.0.c.ccbeeveceeeeesene ess 267
Automolis ochreomarginata, Sp. ...... ce. ce cece 267
Glaucostola maroniensis, Sp. Ne 2... ..c cece cee eee. 268
UMICLCSeIAVESCENS"SP)sNe 5x2 rede. tcads xe oreoreradeicien 9208
OphOTUS OCHRACEA, SPeMe res cteneie: cemnes tesco vex 209
Neritos purpureotincta, Sp. Ve... .....0cc ccc ceccee eee 269

The types of the species herein described are in the collection
of Joicey. Our thanks are due to Sir G. F. Hampson for kind
help given.

1. IDALUS FLAVITHORAX, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 4.)

Nearest flavoplaga Schaus.
6. Both sides of fore wing pale purplish brown ; veins white.
A large pale-yellow distal costal patch, extending to below vein 4
and filling end of cell, its outer edge parallel to margin and as
long as its costal edge. Inner margin with a yellow stripe on its
outer half, the edge of the stripe curved above the submedian.
Hind wing pale yellowish white, costa and margins more deeply
tinted.

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous-yellow, three end seg-
ments of abdomen above black fringed with grey, below yellow
excepting end-segment. Antenne white above, brown below.
Palpi greyish-white. Legs white, coxe of fore-legs yellow.
Length of fore wing 15 mm.

Hab. 8. Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul. A single specimen.

2, NEONERITA METAPHENICA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 5.)

Nearest to yahuase J.& T., Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 8, vol. xviii.
p. 54, pl. xiv. fig. 3 (1916) (Peruvian Amazon).

3. Differs from yahuase in its smaller size, broader band on
the fore wing, and hind wing washed with crimson except over
the apical area. Antenne, thorax, and abdomen above crimson,
the thorax being much duller with a greyish admixture. Length
of fore wing 9 mm.

Hab. French Guiana, St. Jean du Maroni, 1 ¢.

* For explanation of the Plate see p. 276.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XIX. 19

266 MESSRS. J. J. JOICEY AND G. TALBOT: ON

3. ARHOMOLIS NIGRIPUNCTA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 6.)

Near sanguinea Hamps.*, but more strongly irrorated with
yellow, the discal line strongly curved, and the three subapical
spots placed in a curve.

3. Upperside of fore wing crimson, strongly irrorated with
yellow. Costal edge greyish white for proximal two-thirds,
Markings yellowish grey tinged with crimson. Three ill-defined
basal spots edged with blackish outwardly, the upper one in the
cell; a discal band of spots, its Inner edge strongly curved and
defined by blackish dots, its outer edge irregular, though the
upper part defined by blackish dots forms a curve to below
vein 3; below this the band is much narrower and reaches the
tornus ; anteriorly it is limited by the subcostal and is composed
of a double spot in the end of the cell, three outside the cell and
five below it; three subapical spots forming a curve, and below
the third two smaller and darker spots parallel to the margin ;
the termen marked by black dots at the ends of the veins.
Hind wing with distal area salmon-pink, the discal and basal
area being hyaline.

Underside of fore wing with basal area to vein 2 grey tinged
with crimson, costal edge grey, distal area crimson strongly tinged
with yellow, markings of upperside faintly showing. Hind wing
paler than above.

Antenne grey-brown except basal two-thirds of shaft, which is
crimson above; palpi crimson inside and grey-brown on outer
side; frons grey-brown; head and thorax crimson irrorated with
yellow ; abdomen above salmon-pink, basal two segments and
anal tuft grey-white; thorax and abdomen below grey-white ;
legs grey-white marked with crimson, anterior coxze crimson on
inside, Length of fore wing 16 mm.

Hab. French Guiana, St. Laurent, Maroni River, July—Sept.
J ui raueh tole

Whilst Sir George Hampson regards this as an Arcomolis, it
may be useful to point out that it differs from his original
diagnosis of that genus. The fore wing has vein 10 originating
before 7, and the hind wing has 3 and 5 on a short stalk, and 6
and 7 from the cell. The fore wing has a patch of androconia
below the cell in the median area. The hind wing has the costa
lobed, and bears a small patch of androconia on the upperside
above the cell; on the underside of the inner margin is a fold
containing a brush of androconial hairs which are club-shaped.
The antenne are serrate and fasciculate.

4, AUTOMOLIS IGNIVENA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 7.)

Near ditissima Walk. from 8. Brazil, but larger and with a

difterently shaped apical patch.
2. Upperside of fore wing fuscous-brown irrorated with

* Areomolis sanguinea Hampson, A. M. N. H. ser. 7, vol. xv. p. 442 (1905)
Cayenne).

blackish, darker on the inner margin, basal area paler; apical
patch pale yellow, extending to vein 3, outwardly defined by pale
orange, which also colours the veins traversing it; the part filling
cellule 4 is half the length of the areas in 3 and 5; a discal zigzag
crimson line from the costa at vein 6 to the middle of inner
margin, outwardly curved to vein 3, then directed basad to sub-
median, thence distad to margin on the black area, being here
much thickened and enclosing a yellow spot; anteriorly the teeth
formed in cellules 3-5 are filled in with pale orange; some
reddish suffusion at the base; a short crimson basal streak below
cell; costa pale orange; veins crimson. Hind wing dark brown,
also fringes; apex produced and a short anal lobe.

Underside of fore wing dark brown, apical patch as above ;
basal two-thirds of cell and a stripe below it pale yellow. Hind
wing with a pale-yellow subbasal spot below costa.

Antenne brown, white anteriorly; palpi with first segment
white, the rest grey on outside, black on inside; frons grey-white;
head pale orange; thorax yellowish white marked with orange,
two black dots at base; abdomen crimson above, white below;
pectus white; legs white, fore-legs marked with pale orange.
Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab, North Peru, Charape River, Tabaconas, 4000 feet: A. E.
Prawb 1912: 12.

5. AUTOMOLIS OCHREOGASTER, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 8.)

¢. Upperside silky-white; underside similar with the veins
brownish. ¢

Head, tegule, patagia, and base of abdomen silky-white ;
antennee with shaft white above, brown below, serrate and fasci-
culate; frons with a tinge of ochreous; an ochreous line at side
of eye; abdomen pale ochreous; legs grey-white; palpi white,
ochreous on inside.

Hind wing with 3 and 5 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 from
middle of cell.

Length of fore wing 17 mm. —

flab. Sapucay, Paraguay, July 1902, 1°.

Similar to albescens Roths., but differs in neuration of hind
wing.

6, AUTOMOLIS OCHREOMARGINATA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 9.)

Nearest sicilia Druce, from Mexico and Panama.

d. Upperside.—Vore wing orange-yellow, the apex thinly
scaled with black. A narrow terminal buff margin widening
posteriorly. Hind wing paler yellow than fore wing, darker
along outer and inner margins. .

Underside as above.—Vore wing with apex and costal edge
narrowly black to within a quarter from base. Hind wing
deeper yellow on costal area. .

13%

268 MESSRS, J. J. JOICEY AND G. TALBOT ON

Head and thorax orange-yellow; frons metallic blue, anteriorly
ochreous; vertex with a metallic-blue spot: palpi black, ochreous
on the outside; antenne black, serrate and fasciculate ; ; legs
ochreous striped with black; abdomen black above, first and
second segments orange-yellow, segments 4-6 with a metallic-blue
dorsal spot, a lateral and sublateral series of metallic-blue spots
reaching terminal segment, ventral surface ochreous with narrow
black bands. Length of fore wing 16 mm.

Hab. French Gian St. Jean du Maroni, 1 ¢.

7. GLAUCOSTOLA MARONIENSIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 10.)

3. Upperside.—fore wing blackish brown, greyish between
the veins; two large irregularly-rounded white spots, one sub-
basal, the other subapical; inner margin at the base narrowly
orange. Hind wing pale orange with black outer margin, which
is widest at angle of the wing and narrows posteriorly.

Underside.—- ore wing with basal area white and fovea bearing
a tuft of white hair. Hind wing as above.

Head orange, a black spot on vertex, frons black; palpi black,
paler on outside; antenne black, serrate and fasciculate ; tegule
orange with mesial black spot; thorax grey-black; abdomen
orange, paler below, segments 5 and 6 black dorsally and later-
ally, a lateral row of black spots; legs grey-black and ochreous.
Length of fore wing 13 mm.

Hab. French Guiana, St. Jean du Maroni, 1 3.

Differs from typical Glaucostola in antenne being serrate aud
fasciculate, and in fore wing having vein 3 from before angle of
cell. Near metaxantha Schs.

8. MELESE FLAVESCENS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 11.)

This distinct species belongs to Sect. 11. of Hampson’s diagnosis,
and the antenne are serrate and fasciculate.

3. Upperside of fore wing fuscous-brown irrorated with
yellow. A yellow dot at the base, a yellow spot below the celi on
the submedian, another boyoud it touching submedian and vein 2,
one at the base of cellule 2, a rounded yellow spot beyond the
cell in 5. Hind wing hyaline, costal and inner margins pale
yellow, veins yellowish, fringes yellowish white.

Underside of fore wing paler than above, grey-white in the »
basal area.

Antenne brown; palpi and lower part of frons pale orange-
yellow, upper part of frons fuscous, vertex yellow ; tegule fuscous,
rest of thorax yellow mixed with fuscous; abdomen yellowish
brown, fringed at base with yellowish-white hair; pectus and
fore-coxe pale orange-yellow, femora and tibize fuscous, tarsi
grey-white. Length of fore wing 17 mm.

Hab. Argentine, September, 1 3.

bo
(or)
eo)

NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN ARCTIID®,

9, OPHARUS OCHRACEA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 12.)

This distinct species has no near ally.

©. Fore wing pale ochreous-brown with white markings. A
small patch at the base with two black dots; a median band, its
upper part directed distad, its lower part below cell narrower and
directed basad to Inner margin; a broader discal band broken at
cellule 2, its upper part formed of an oblong patch at right angles
to costa, its lower part below vein 2 narrower and parallel with
median band; a narrow postdiscal band of spots, its upper part
to vein 4 at right angles to costa and composed of four spots
joined together, the fourth much smaller, its lower part curved.
basad to inner margin and composed of four separate spots
smaller than the upper first three; a subterminal series of
irregular spots, the first in 7 the second in 6, and nearer the
margin, the third and fourfh joined in 4 and 5,and below the
first, the fifth in 3, the sixth and seventh joined in 2 and 1, the
last being curved and close to tornus. Mind wing semi-hyaline
with a pale ochreous subterminal band, narrowing posteriorly and
not reaching inner margin.

Antenne rufous, basal segment white with a black dot; palpi
pale ochreous, black at sides; frons pale ochreous, anteriorly with
a black spot ; vertex white with a black spot; tegule white, bear-
ing two black spots; patagia white with black spots and fringed
with ochreous-brown ; abdomen pale orange above, grey-white
below, with a dorsal and lateral series of black spots; pectus
grey-white ; legs ochreous-brown, fore-coxe bearing a black spot
on inside. Length of fore wing 25-27 mm.

Hab. North Peru, Charape River, Tabaconas, 4000 feet: A. E.
Pratt. £912. 2 O° 2.

10. NeRITos PURPUREOTINCTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 13.)

This distinct species belongs to Sect. 111. of Hampson’s diagnosis,
and the antenne are serrate and fasciculate.

3. Upperside of fore wing pale purple, with a darker brownish
basal area; a crimson dot at extreme base, another at base of
eell, another, encircled by black, in upper basal part of cell ;
black line strongly curved outwards, from origin of vein 2 to
inner margin and bordering a rounded crimson inner spot;
heyond it a second curved blackish line below vein 2; some
blackish sealing in outer part of cell; a crimson basal str eak on
inner margin; a broad postdiscal semihyaline band of pale
amber-yellow, its inner edge straight and oblique, margined with
crimson, the distal edge curved inward, also margined with
crimson, cutting off a rounded apical patch; veins traversing
apical patch crimson near margin and blackish behind ; costal
edge crimson except on the band; fringe of outer margin pale
yellow. Hind wing pale orange-yellow, costa pinkish,

Underside of fore wing similar to upperside, basal area darker,

*
270 ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN ARCTIID.

paler in the median space; crimson edging to the band better
defined ; apical area darker, more invaded by crimson. Hind
wing with costa pale crimson.

Antenne reddish brown, crimson in basal part; palpi crimson,
second segment marked with brown, first segment white in outer
and basal part; head and thorax crimson and with a blackish-
brown patch; abdomen orange-yellow above with a white basal
dorsal spot; pectus and abdomen below white; legs white, fore-
and mid-tibie and tarsi pale yellow. Length of fore wing
13 mm.

Hab. French Guiana, St. Jean du Maroni, 1 ¢.

&
ON NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM AFRICA AND THE EAST. 271

20. New Butterflies from Africa and the Hast By J. J.
Jorn | tes.e BP AS.. FLES.,.and G. Tapor,

[Received June 20, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. ]

INDEX.

SYSTEMATIC: Page
Papilio illyris hamatus, subspe Ny ......s0cececesccreres 201
Charaxes maudei, sp. n. San eda DEA,
Charaves smaragdalis or senate. saber Tih see eeee oe ee
Papilio polydorus ulawaensis, subsp. n. or aberr.n.... 272

The types of the forms herein described are in the collection
of Joicey.

PAPILIO ILLYRIS HAMATUS, Subsp. n.

So. Upperside with broader bands. Sore wing with band
straighter on its outer edge. ae wing with a bar at the end
of cell, almost cutting off a cell-s

Underside with reduced red on ae hind wing; the red line
fringing the black spot in 7 is very narrow, and the black spot is
reduced to a straight bar; white spot beyond cell enlarged and
entering the cell.

Hab. German East Africa (British “Cecupaoh )s. ex coll.
Suffert, 1 ¢.

Ciranaxns MAUDEI, sp. n.

Allied to atphares Cram. and citheron Feld., and perhaps
linking these two species together.

8 “The upperside resembles, citheron and the underside more
like wiphares. Much larger than any females we have seen of
these two species.

Upperside of fore wing with a broad white discal band, broken
where 1c, 2, and 3 cross it, the spot in 3 larger than the others,
in le smaller than the spot below it; 3 subapical spots as in
citheron, followed by 6 spots in 5, 4, 3, 2, le and 1b, forming a
subterminal series of fulvous spots, the two upper ones being
white proximally, the two lower ones placed close to the lower
median white patches. Mind wing with a broad white discal
band formed as in citheron, its distal edge with diffuse purplish
scaling ; a postdiscal series of 5 fulvous spots in cellules 2-6,
the anterior one touching the discal band; a subterminal series
of small violet spots; marginal lunules thicker than in the two
allied species, the anterior 3 fulvous, the posterior 3 dull green.

Underside with greener ground-colour than in the. allied
species. More wing with discal band continuous, its proximal
edge indented so that the black line is strongly curved in the

272 ON NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM AFRICA AND THE EAST,

lower median space, and in 2 and 3; black post-discocellular line
much thicker than in the allied species; subterminal fulvous
spots much brighter than in citheron, some faint whitish scaling
distally of the upper 5 spots, which is seen completely developed
in xiphares; black subterminal spots in 2 and below it as in
citheron, and not so large as in xiphares. Hind wing with discal
white scaling from costa to vein 4 more developed than in
citheron, but much less so than in wiphares; other markings as
in citheron.

Length of fore wing 57 mm.

Hab. German East Africa (British occupation),—Lindi, 1 92,
ex coll. Suffert.

CHARAXES SMARAGDALIS ORIENTALIS, subsp. n.

d. Differs from the type-form in reduced blue on both wings.
The patch below vein 2 on the fore wing is reduced distally and
is indistinctly divided by a curved line between vein 2 and the
submedian, a line which sometimes appears in the typical form.
The blue band of the hind wing does not extend basad beyond
the point of origin of veins 3 and 4; ‘it is also reduced distally
and the spot in 6 is only about two-thirds the typical size; the
submarginal spots have only the faintest trace of a white dot.

Underside more yellowish, the yellow subterminal lunules
thicker and without any white scaling.

Hab. Kast Africa—Kericho, July 1903 (Jackson), 1 5. In
Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Rau, Nandi, 12. 2.98 (Dr. Ansorge).

PAPILIO POLYDORUS ULAWAENSIS, subsp. or aberr. n.

Near the race polydemon Math. The hind wing with discal
patches obsolete above and much reduced below.
Hab. Ulawa Island, North Solomons, 1 2? , ex coll. Grose-Smith.

+
ber
+

7
= ra
.
.

=m)

PZ.5. 1917, TALBOT & |@l@zieuiaaNe

Horace Knight, del. MENPES PRESS, WATFORD.

GYNANDROMORPH OF PAPILIO LYCOPHRON. HBN.

A GYNANDROMORPH OF PAPILIO LYCOPHRON, 273

21. A Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron Hbn. By
Jao sorony, f.iis., HZ.5.; f.B.S., and G, Tatsor,

[Received June 20, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. }

(Plate II.*)

This remarkable specimen is a well-marked example of gynan-
dromorphism, the right hind wing above being normal. It
belongs to the race phanias Roths. & Jord.

Both fore wings are asymmetrical and each shows a large spot
in the end of the cell. The right fore wing has the band inter-
rupted between the submedian fold and vein 3, two small spots
being left below vein 2; the outer part of the spot in cellule 3
remains and the inner portion of it is nebulous, the spot in 4 is
indented distally, the spot in 5 is only represented by a streak
above vein 5, the spot in 6 is reduced distally, also the spot in 7.
The left fore wing shows some traces of the band in the median
area, and on the inner margin the spot in 4 is reduced as on the
other wing, the spot in 5 is slightly reduced anteriorly, that in 6
is represented by a curved proximal line and a distal dot, the one
in 7 reduced toa proximal dot. The right hind wing is normal
except for some orange scaling at the lower angle of the yellow
band. The left hind wing has the band invaded by streaks of
brown ground-colour, and notably a broad stripe filling the lower
part of the cell fromthe base to the end; there is some orange
scaling at the lower angle of the band. The distal area is
damaged, but there is some green scaling in cellules 3-5; the
apical spot is much larger than on the other wing.

The underside of the right fore wing is normal. The left fore
wing is darkened over the inner and median area and lower half
of the cell. The right hind wing has the red discal spots larger
than usual. The left hind wing is more strongly darkened than
above, leaving a yellow streak in the cell, in 7, and in 6, with
other minor traces of the band. The red spots are a little larger
than on the other wing, especially the apical spot.

The abdomen bears some scattered dark-brown spots.

This specimen was obtained by Mr.’ A. E. Pratt at the
Rentema Falls on the Upper Amazon, North Peru,

* For explanation of the Plate see p. 276.

is!

Cap

Pare

ine)

ON THREE ABERRATIONS OF LEPIDOPTERA, 275

22, Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera. By J. J. Jotcry,
Hit, beZioss, Le tise, and G., LAnBon,, WH.8.

[Received June 20, 1917; Read November 20, 1917.]
The specimens described herein are in the collection of Joicey.

A Melanie Aberration of CATAGRAMMA CYNosuRA Hew.
(Pl: I. fig.:3.)

Upperside of fore wing with distal red band much obscured by
dark scaling and showing faintly; apical spot absent. ind wing
with red basal patch reduced and limited by vein 6.

Underside of fore wing with blue subterminal line thickened
and forming a series of 6 proximally pointed spots; subapical
yellow streak represented by a thin and shorter line. Yellow
diseal band narrower and reduced proximally. Hind wing much
blackened ; yellow costal patch reduced, yellow band encircling
the disc only represented by a short streak before vein 2, discal
transverse streak absent, distal series of blue spots nearer the cell
and smaller.

The specimen bears the locality ‘‘ Peru.”

PHILOSAMIA CYNTHIA Drury.
Aberration.

This remarkable aberration is a 2 specimen bred in Trinidad,
B. W. I:, and received from there by Mr. Ernest Swinhoe.

The ground-colour of the wings is much darker and in the
distal area is nearly black, excepting the grey marginal border.
The white bands are very broad. On the fore wing the post-
discal band is united as the basal bands at vein 4 and the
submedian, the space between these being white; the distal
widening of the lower basal band leaves only a small patch of
ground-colour on the inner margin; similarly the widening
of the upper basal band and the proximal widening of the post-
diseal band reduces the discal lunule to a small ovate spot which
is obsolete on the left wing.

The bands of the hind wing are united anteriorly so that the
space between costa and origin of vein 5 is white; the discal
lunule is very small on the left wing and minute on the right
wing. The distal normally pink scaling on both wings is replaced
by grey.

Abdomen wholly white; head and tegule white.

PAPILIO NEOPHILUS PARIANUS R. & J.
Dichromatic Aberration.
This is an example of erythrism in a ¢. specimen which hag
the patches on the fore wing salmon-pink instead of green; the

276 ON THREE ABERRATIONS OF LEPIDOPTERA,

anterior spot is translucent, and the scales on the underside in
the area of this spot are also pink. The scales have suffered no
displacement; those forming the anterior spot are longer and
narrower than the more ovate ones of the lower patches, and are
-mostly tridentate, like those of the underside, this being normal.
Hab. Las Quiguas, Esteban Valley, N. Venezuela, Nov.-March.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. & II,

PuateE I.

Fig. 1. Vila eueidiformis.
aa f. radiata.

. Polugr apha cyaneaG. & 8S. Q.
. Catagramma cynosura Hew. Aberration.
Idalus flavithorax.
Neonerita metapheenica.
Areomolis nigripuncta.
Automolis ignivena.

a5 ochreogaster.

=. ochr comarginata,
10. Glaucostola maroniensis.
11. Melese flavescens.
12. Opharus ochracea.
13. Neritos purpureotincta.

Die Ses A

PLATE IT.

Fig. 1. Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron Hbn. Upperside.
2. a 5, Hi a Underside.

ON ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA, 277

23. Ant-like Spiders from Malaya, collected by the
Annandale-Robinson Expedition, 1901-2, By H. D.
Bapcock, M.A.*.

| Received July 7, 1917: Read October 23, 1917. |

(Text-figures 1-12.)

INDEX.
SysTEMATIC. Page Page
New names :— Descriptions of species previously
described :-—

Myrmarachne cornuta ............... 291 aaa
a COP UORMIUS. acces 296 | Strigoplus albostriatus K. Sin. ... 280
, CUNEUUA. mucun sede ener: 300 | Amyciea forticeps O. P. Camb. ... 283
is TAMOSA ......0.00..... 803 | Hpidius longipalpis Thor......... sac 280
a albicrurata .......5 306 | Myrmarachne maxillosa C. L.
se VACeralis oases SLO ICOCISe ret ec eee enone ase:
Fs biseratensis ......... 812 | Agorius gracilipes Thor. ............ 318
Bt gedongensis............ 316

The Spiders here described were collected by Dr. Nelson
Annandale and Mr. H. C. Robinson in the Malay States in the

years 1901-2, and are now under the charge of the British
Museum, South Kensington.

The specimens examined were :—

THOMISID&.
IDET OPUS akaen Gna p ia cease 1
AMIN CURD, aicchiawihi tee ayuicins 1
DEUS ete ctovtarc aunistaar gra es 1
SALTICIDA.
Myrmarachne ..........4. DO
AG OTUU Sin. 038s werastooe net sat 1

Many of these were accompanied by ants which have been
numbered for reference, but which have not been identified.

The species of Thomiside and of <Agorius are known. Of
Myrmarachne, with the exception of J. mawxillosé, of which there
are 13 specimens, all seem to be new species. Material in the
British Museum available for comparison is, however, scanty, and
the descriptions and especially the figures dealing with known
species are so scattered and often inadequate, that certainty on
this point is at present impossible.

Myrmarachne maxillosa female was very common, and it is
curious that no male was found. In general shape M. biseratensis
is very much like it, but it differs in teeth and tibial spines from

all previous descriptions of the male of that species. It may
ultimately prove to be a variety.

* Communicated by the SECRETARY.

208 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

M. turriformis is a very distinct species of the Plataleoides
group.

M. cornuta is distinguished from all other species fibno
described by the excess of length of the second over the first
joint of the pedicel.

The distinction between M. albicrurata and M. lateralis is not
very satisfactory, and one specimen occurs which suggests that
these are only varieties of a single species.

The males If. ramosa and M. gedongensis are well marked,
but there is no information to suggest to which (if any) of the
females they belong.

The chief diagnostic differences between the various species of
Myrmarachne are given in the key preceding the descriptions.
The group is a difficult one. In general shape the prosoma falls
into three classes, viz., somewhat squat with a narrow and shallow
thoracic groove and thorax falling rapidly behind it (mawillosa,
biseratensis), caput towering high above thorax (turriformis),
and caput and thorax separated by a wide groove of moderate
depth with caput not much higher than thorax (all the rest).
The prosoma is further characterized by the presence or absence
of a wedge of white colour below the thoracic groove, but this is
liable to be almost obliterated.

Constriction of the opisthosoma or the absence of it seems a
constant character, though its depth and the extent of light
coloration about it are variable. The shape of the unguis and
armature of the falces in the male are always characteristic. .

The shape of the sternum, though in cases “appearing very
definite, is certainly variable to a considerable extent and except
in extreme cases is a doubtful guide. The epigyne appears to
differ in the figures, but it 1s probably more due to differences in
condition than specific differences. ‘The male organs all consist
of a fine coiled spine of about 13 turns with slight, if any,
specific differences ; but distinction may be based on the relative
lengths and shapes of the last three palpal joints and the terminal
process of the tibia, none of which, however, is particularly
striking.

In both sexes the number of spines below the patella and tibia
afford marked distinctions and are probably as good a first guide
as anything. They are, however, liable to be rubbed off and are
not absolutely constant.

In every case the practice adopted has been to start wih a
detailed description. This has been followed in the case of
Myrmarachne by a short description or diagnosis. Finally a note
is given stating the place where and circumstances under which
specimens were taken, any particulars concerning them and any
measurements made. In the case of these last it must be
remembered that the specimens, having been in spirit for years,
were very brittle and difficult to measure with accuracy, and that .
the figures given must only therefore be taken as approximate.

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 279

In the following descriptions I have used Lankester’s terms
“prosoma” and ‘ opisthosoma ” for the main divisions of the
body, while retaining “ caput” and “thorax,” employed by Cam-
bridge, as convenient terms for the two parts of the former.

The ‘thoracic groove” is the depression between caput and
thorax. ‘Cephalic wedge” the wedge of white hairs or colour
at the side of the prosoma reaching downwards from the groove.
“Width ” or “height ” means greatest width or height.

The eyes are referred to as 1, 2, 3, 4 in the order—central of
front row, lateral of ditto, central of back row, lateral of ditto; the
small eye of the Salticide being considered as 3 in this series.

The intervals between the eyes are expressed as 1.1, 1.2, de.
When the shape-of a quadrilateral of eyes is mentioned it is con-
sidered as the quadrilateral circumscribing the eyes in question.
The letters f, b, 0, u referring to an eye indicate that it is
directed forward, backward, outward, upward.

The basal end of the groove of the falx is the end nearest the
roct of the unguis.

The joints of the legs are referred to as c¢, tr, f, p, ti, m, and
ta, with a subscript letter to denote the particular leg where
necessary; thus tr, means ‘trochanter of third leg. oo ele
refer to joints of pedicel.

In describing the prosoma the order adopted has invariably
‘been: (a) as seen from above, (>) from the side, (c) from in front.
In the case of the falces and opisthosoma it has been (a) from
above, (6) from the side, (c) from below, though in none of these
has it always been thought necessary to describe from all these
positions.

The upper margin of the groove in the falces is always that
furthest from the maxille, even though this in the case of
Amyciea and some female Salticids may more correctly be
described as ‘“ outer.”

Key to Myrmarachne mentioned in this paper.

1. a. Second joint of pedicel much greater than first. Opistho-
soma constricted . eases haa cornuta,
b. Second joint of ret ae in or more sothen ntehi 1es8

than first .. Wes ee 2
2. a. Opisthosoma not poerricrede shee eet rahe eek ec Seeder 3
_ 6. Opisthosoma aes ee AUR ak ere ee ok seta ce 5
Dre OCC OL SN ONG ston baw Zits soa ticasactdce oBe as (4eeaa hoomaedonc eins, foveie 4
b. Pedicel aioree Maton cep ete aaa pane canton Hesse, CULT LOTICIS:
4. a. Spines on Ist fabs B4o pairs. Sera a ere anata esa MINCE IL LOGO =
6. Spines on Ist tibia 5 pairs .. Pobdsescendota? eee aiass ess csnene | DISCLALENSIS O «
5. a. Ist patella no spines, Ist aie! pairs.. Sis Seeetncesue PALOTCHULALO 2s
b. 1st patella 1 spine ........ er ee 6
c. 1st patella 1 pair of spines, ae aw bt to 1) ATES oat ii
Sara statis, A VSpimegpAMS 2:20...) avaes.sccbecheasie ise see< slic sascee’ LAMOSA Os
ByalststibtaowtOuG pails eat nct arnt Meher eslanesteaease lateralis Q.
7. a. White wedge on side of prosoma . ME eet elmeata: 2.
Do NOs Waniber Wiel Omer ean heey dec art hi. etnencsiicheiicceel these” GE@ONGENSIS<S.

280 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

THOMISID4.
Srrtcopius E. Simon, 1885.

@. STRIGOPLUS ALBosTRIATUS E. Sim. (Text-fig. 1.)

S. albostriatus K. Sim. Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1885, p. 144.

Peltorhynchus rostratus Thorell, K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxiv.
pe2 (1891):

Prosoma.—(a) Clypeus nearly straight or very slightly recurved,
with fringe of stiff red hairs projecting forward slightly; notch
on sides behind clypeus then swells out to § and then inwards,
ending in a truncation slightly narrower than width of clypeus.
Thorax and caput cannot be separated except by colour. Clypeus
and a triangle from outside eyes 4 to centre of cephalothorax is

Text-figure 1.

“ity

‘ue N
AY
“bay tlife om er ren

NGAI la Wy

aN | Wg

Strigoplus albostriatus E. Sim., ¢.

a. Prosoma from above. 6. Do. profile. e¢. Do. from in front. d. Sternum &c.
e. Opisthosoma from above. f. Do. from below.

light yellow (caput), remainder darker yellow-brown (thorax),
Caput has a still lighter fine line proceeding forward from apex
of triangle and stopping just beyond line of 3.3 at a transverse
line of stiff hairs similar to those on clypeus. ‘This line is
slightly expanded into a dot immediately after its start. A
similar light line crosses this at right angles between 4.4, the
two lines together forming a faint but distinct cross. Eyes 2 and
4 are on tubercles with a distinct blue tinge which is striking.
Line centre to eye 4 is marked by two light dots similar to that
on central line, and these dots form approximately the line of
demarcation between the light and dark portions (caput and

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 28]

thorax) of prosoma. There are also less distinct dots or streaks
radiating from centre and marking other thoracic divisions.
Dark portion is bordered by a thin white marking at hind
corners, and there is a very thin darkening at outer edge.
Cephalothorax is practically free from hairs except the bristle
fringes and a very slight thin pubescence at edges.

(b) Clypeus slopes very gradually backwards and upwards with
convex section, and on this view is equal in length to eye-cliff,
its rise being very slight. Portion of face containing eyes 2 now
rises vertically or rather slightly overhanging, and from here to
centre of cephalothorax (which is well behind eyes 4) top is flat
with slight rise; thence 45° slope to rear. White marking is
prominent at rear end and can be traced round to front as a fine
white line. Hyes 2 and 4 are also prominent on side view.

Cephalothorax has somewhat the appearance of a death’s head.

Eyes.—\|st row distinctly procurved.

1.1 nearly =2x1.2, on slight tubercles of bluish tinge,
Onued:

2=2x 1, largest of the 4, on blue tubercle connected by valley
with tubercle of 4, the whole markedly blue, o. u. f.

3=4 x1, smallest of all, u.

4 very slightly <2, blue most marked and tubercle most pro-
minent, o. b. u.

2.3 very slightly <1.1; 3.3=4.4 approximately.

Total length of 2nd row greater than Ist. Trapezium 1.3.3.1
is narrower behind than before and approximately as ai as
long.

Falces nearly horizontal, projecting forward and very pro-
minent from above, broad at base and rounded, rapidly reducing
to apex and curving slightly apart on inner side so that there is
a distinct space between. Short tooth-like spines from about
3 to apex, one on top near commencement being distinctly
stronger than the rest. Lower side free from hairs. Groove
indistinct and toothless. Outer margin has a thin scopula of
moderate hairs.

Maxille.—Long, nearly = falces, broadest at base, slightly con-
eave without and within round labium and tapering to a blunt
point, greatest slope being on outer edge. Short spines all over
lower side. Serrula on outer edge after concavity. Scopula
strongest at angle but also slight on inner side.

Labiwm shaped like a Florence flask, length = maxilla =
3 breadth ; blunt-pointed.

Palpi—One missing, other broken after patella. Light-
coloured. stout, cylindrical.

Legs.—Mostly detached and damaged.

lst. One missing, other broken after femur. Light especially

on top of f, which is marked with ‘somewhat indistinct
longitudinal series of white spots.

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XX. 920

‘

282 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

2nd. Two detached legs are probably 2nd. These have :—

f dark with distinct large white spot at centre and one at
apical end on each side, and a fainter one at basal end
on one (% both) sides. p dark.

ti=f=3 p, a little lighter and with white annulation about
centre; basal } darker and < apical.

m < ti, deve at Hae) then a white spot followed by hight
end.

ta light, <m, and distinctly lighter for basal half.

Claws Zs pectinated with about. 5 teeth.

3rd. Only one remains. Much lighter, no distinct rodent
Slight hairs thickest on m & ta.
4th. Both missing.

There are three detached legs resembling 3 and three resem-
bling 2; presumably, therefore, 3 and 4 are much alike and 2
and 1, though the detached one is not much like the attached 1.
In-any case none has any spines, though all have considerable
hairs on ti, m, ta. All joints are cylindrical except f, and f,,
which are slightly bow-shaped though not angular.

Sternwm.—Broad, nearly an equilater al triangle, with fore
side straight, sides slightly convex, and hind end a blunt point.

OprstHosoma.— Light and dark brown.

In front a slightly recurved narrow transverse white line with
short central white line projecting back and rather indistinet
returns at ends. .

About middle a white line, whole width of abdomen, waved
doubly at centre.

About same interval another straight line broken on each side
of centre.

4th line wavy and shorter.

5th shortest, just above spinners.

The darker brown is more or less bounded in front by the
white line, light after 3rd.

Shape an amphora with spinners for neck. Sides have some
more or less irregular white splashes or spots which bound lower
surface ; a pair on each side of lung-sacs and a shortest pair at
base of spinners are very marked.

Below, brown. Lung-sacs small, light, fairly wide. Epigastric
fold marked, pr ocurved.

Spinners. —1st Gacelishanod ; 3rd longest and thinner; all
hunched.

Note.—Description from a single ? somewhat damaged, from
Sungkei, found in company with ant no. 2. The prosoma and
opisthosoma were separated and the legs were not ‘measurable,

Prosoma 1-2 long x 1:2 wide x 1:1 mm. high.

Opisthosoma 270 x 1°8 x 1:4 mm.

ae prosoma is widest and highest at 2 3, the Ppleclere a widest
at 3, highest at 3.

Total length estimated at 3 mm.

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 283

Amycr@A KE. Sim., 1885.
@. Amycr#a ForticEPS O. P. Cambridge, 1873. (Text-fig. 2.)

Amycla forticeps O. P. Cambr. P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 122.

Amyciea forticeps Thorcll, Spid. Burm. p. 282.

Prosoma.—(a@) From above truncated but slightly recurved
in front, the same but slightly procurved behind, sides slightly
convex, widest a little behind centre.

(6) Nearly as high as long, very convex, very steep in front to
eye 2, then shghtly and convexly rising to highest point over
eye 4, then with a more gradual and very slightly convex slope
to hind end.

Colour reddish yellow, with a few black hairs on front edge and
between eyes. Very faint traces of fovea immediately behind
eyes and striz therefrom.

Text-figure 2.

Amyciea forticeps O. P. Camb., 2.
a. Profile. 6. Prosoma from in front. c. Sternum &c.

Hyes.—¥irst row straight and subequally spaced, 1.1 being
possibly very slightly <1.2. 2 large on bluish tubercle = 4x 1.
‘2nd row strongly recurved so that 3.3 is well in front of 4.4.

Quadrilateral 1.3.3.1 is very much wider behind than before.
3 considerably <1.

Quadrilateral 2.2.4.4 slightly wider than long, a rectangle.
4 large on blue tubercles but slightly < 2.

Falces not longer than clypeus, slightly stouter at base than
apex, which is cut square. On side view rather more tapering.
Unguis small. A weak scopula below unguis, and inner sides of
falces with short, dark, stiff hairs in a regular row, longest at
unguis. :

20*

284 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

Maxille.—Narrow at base, at first parallel then curving in-
wards to rounded points facing each other in front of labium.
On inside curves closely round labium. Serrula from well on
outer side round end to point, very weak. Scopula very weak
just inside point.

Labiwm.—Length = maxilla. Breadth <4 length. Sides .
slightly constricted immediately after base and then convex to a
round point.

Palpi.—Spring from base of maxilla. All joints cylindrical.
f much longest, >c, ; p, ti, ta increasing in length, but all short ;
‘ta has a single simple claw.

Legs.—2.1.4.3, with 2 and 1 practically equal and marked
differences between the others. All are cylindrical except coxe,
which are rather rectangular on section. Proportions of joints
much the same in all, f, ti, m, ta being in decreasing order
with m about 4 ti or 2 ta. Femurs of 1, 2, and 4 have a weak
short spine above near apex, otherwise there are no spines.
Tarsi have two claws, pectinated, with more teeth on one than
the other ; teeth close together and extending threughout.

Sternum.—Shield-shaped, cut straight and broad in front, and
with a short point behind. Nearly as broad aslong. ¢;,1 whole
width of sternum, ¢c4,4 close but not in contact.

The colour of the prosoma including appendages is a dull
orange-yellow.

Pepicet.—Moderate, distinctly visible from above, slightly
tapering forward, single-jointed, covered at top with a long
narrow lorum. Nearly white.

OpristHosoma.—Length nearly = 2 width or height. Some-
what flask-shaped from above, distinctly widest at %. Light grey
or mouse-colour, with two longitudinal sets of white spots, rather
irregular in disposition, proceding from front to widest place and
spreading outward. These terminate each in a large black spot.

Below plain. Lung-sacs very dark and wide apart. LEpi-
gastric fold distinct.

Epigyne.—Rosette-shaped. Not noticeable.

Spinners.—All short; 1st and 3rd pair making a rectangle
considerably breader than long; 2nd pair between 3rd, so that
3.2.2.3 is a straight line. All spring from sockets in a
common projection, all 2nd joints very small.

Ist stout barrel-shaped. 2nd shortest, cylindrical, thinnest.
3rd cylindrical, intermediate.

Anus.-—Tubercle rather broad and thin, nearly as high as 3rd
spinners.

Note.—Description is from a single 9 dropped from a tree in
the jungle at Biserat.

The following are the measurements :—

PROSOMUG Re Hin Siete: 2°0 x 1:5 wide x 1°6 mm. high.
Opisthosoma ...... 27 < LSeeee x aled Pe
Palpus see. ne. rian ae

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 285

Legs.—1 ...... c+tr 0°6, f 2:2, p+ti 2:2, m+ta 22 =7:2
yA ts 0°6, SRE DMs tls 2-2, al Oe ua dee
Dilip tees cc OSG sia Leo, ptr +m+ta2°4 =4°5
ov ney poe OF Om eel IE F 37 =5°4

Ant accompanying, none.
Eripius Thorell.

3g. Eprpius tonerpaueis Thor. (Text-fig. 3.)
E. longipalpis Thor. St. Rag. Mal. i. 1877, p. 152.

runcated or very slightly convex in
front, swells out slightly and concavely at sides to thorax, which
is much wider and rounded at sides and slightly concave at rear.
Caput is cut off above by strong striz, and there is a deep fovea
and thoracic striz. Caput has a central longitudinal indentation
from fovea to 2nd line of eyes, Colour dirty brown, lighter at
indentations and rear of thorax.

(b) Clypeus vertical, gradual slope up from Ist eyes to mid-
thorax, then more abrupt slope to end.

(c) Clypeus nearly = face, very slightly procurved. Caput
convex above and at sides, thorax convex at sides and flattened
above.

Text-figure 3.

Epidius longipalpis Thor., 3.

a. Prosoma from above. 6. Do. from in front. c¢. Sternum &c.
d. Tarsus. e. Palpus.

Eyes.— 1st row recurved, 1.1 =1.2, 1 = 42. 2nd row re-
curved as viewed from above but ace s0 than “Tat row, slightly
procurved as viewed from in front, considerably longer than Ist.
3.3 very slightly >3.4, 4 very slightly > 3.

Trapezium 1.3.3.1 longer than broad and nearly twice as
broad behind as before.

Falces.—Vertical or very slightly sloped forwards, parallel

286 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

sides with very oblique long truncation, groove distinct. Upper
margin, one small tooth at angle with one smaller above it, and one
or more very small below. Lower margin, one tooth half way to
angle and two at angle, one of which is fairly large; these two
may, however, be really one with two cusps. <A strong and long
scopula of light hairs on outer margin.

Maxilla.—Moderate, length =14 breadth, subparallel, being
shghtly wider in front than at base. Outer apex rounded, inner
obliquely truncated with scopula. Serrula from well before
outer rounding to truncation.

Labium.—Length > maxilla, broader than long, strongly
barrel-shape.

Palpi.mRemarkably long = about % leg 4. Tr simple, much
broader than long, breadth = nearly least width maxilla; f length
= prosoma, cylindrical, slightly S curved; p very short, <+ ti;
p+ti>f, ti<f and shghter, S curved; four steut bristles at
lower apex pointing directly forward and reaching beyond base
of fovea; a short sharp apophysis pointing directly forward at
lower outer apex. Ta a little >p, very short, subelliptic, with
blunt point and fovea occupying about half of it. Organs have
largish but flat bulb ending in blunt-pointed extension forward.
Style springs from centre and points forward over extension of
bulb, ending in a sharp black spine-lke point.

Legs.—Only Ist and 38rd on one side remain, Ist being much
stronger and about twice as long as 2nd.
lst. ec length = nearly 2 breadth.

tr, a few short dark hairs at ridge, fore section distinctly < aft.

f, 2 or 3 spines at top in longitudinal row, a very few
smaller at side.

p. =} ti, hairless.

ti slightly curved, slenderer than f; 3 or 4 spine pairs and
a few spines along upper sides.

m nearly =,ti, two spine pairs below but stronger and a few
at sides.

ta = 3 m, hairless, 2 claws with 5 teeth and fasciculus.

3rd. General proportions as Ist, but much shorter and f

stronger. Spines on back of f and p, others as Ist.

Sternum.—Cordiform, as broad as long, very smooth, front
corners rounded, rear point rounded. c.; = full width of
sternum. c4y,4= width of c,.

PrpiceL.—Short and stout, with a darker narrow lorum above.

OpistHosoma.—Very much damaged, but appears to be almond-
shaped from above, with two or more pairs of spots in a longi-
tudinal series at the fore part above. On a side view very high
in front, rising vertically or with a slight overhang from pedicel
and falling with a straight slope to spinners.

Spinners compact, short. Ist stout at base, tapering, 2-
jointed. 2nd slender, longer, cylindrical. 3rd in shape and
proportions between Ist and 2nd.

Anal tubercle.—Wide and noticeable.

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 287

Note.—Description is from a much damaged ¢ specimen from
Biserat, Jalor, in company with the Salticid spider M/yrmarachne
biseratensis ¢ @ and three ants of species 2 and 17.

The following measurements were taken :—

WE OSOMUG! Gee vic. es +s 1-7 long x 1:7 mm, wide.

Opisthosoma ...... 2°0 or longer, damaged.

Palpi::..<.. f 1:8, p very short, p+ti2°0 =abt. 4:0.

Legs.—1...... e+tr+f 3°6, p+ti 3°9,m+ta40 =11'5
om ae 55 Oi ay AO ge PLO, ae Org)

SALTICIDA.
MyRMARACHNE Macleay, 1839.

Q. MyrMaracune MAxILLOsA C, L. Koch. (Text-fig. 4.)
Toxeus maxillosus C. L. Koch, Die Ar. xii. p. 19, tab. cecelxxvi.
fig. 1090.
Synemosina procera Thor. Ann. Mus. Genov. x. p. 538 (1877).
Toxeus procerus id. ibid. xxv. p. 346 (1887), xxxi. p. 220 (1892).
Salticus modestus id. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, ix. p. 235
(1892), Q jun.
Toxeus maxillosus id. Spid. Burm. 1895, @.

Text-figure 4.

Myrmarachne mavillosa C. L. Koch, 2.

a. Profile. 6. From below.

Prosoma.—Length = patella + tibia of 4th leg, slightly longer
than opisthosoma. Greatest breadth and greatest height each
nearly 4 length. Caput = or very slightly < thorax. Front wall
straight or very slightly recurved and stepped back at eye 2. Side
walls straight or very slightly convex. Back wall somewhat pro-
curved as it slopes down to the groove, where the cephalothorax

288 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

is narrowed above but not at base. Thorax swells out again
behind groove towards width of caput, being strongly rounded,
and terminates in a truncated or even slightly hollowed end of
about half greatest width of thorax.

Clypeus very low, top of caput flat and sloping very slightly
upward to eye 4, over which it is convex. Groove is very shallow,
hardly reaching as low as bottom of eye 4. Thorax rises very
slightly behind it, and then falls with an even but slightly convex
slope to rear end, where it rises concavely into a rim which can
be traced along sides to caput.

Colour dark mahogany, with black eye-frame broken in front
of eye 4 and terminating just below the level of eyes 2 and 4.
Scanty short grey hairs all over (Text-fig. 4, a.)

Hyes.—1st row straight by summits. 1.1 in contact, 1.2
close but not in contact. 2=41 and slightly behind it. 4= or
very slightly > 2.3 < 4 2, very slightly nearer 2 than 4 and on
the upper tangent to 2 and 4. Hye square slightly broader than
long, with eyes 4 projecting prominently at hind corners and
4.4 very slightly > 2.2 and > distance between itself and rim
of cephalothorax.

Falces.— Very nearly as long as caput. Length > 2 breadth.
Project horizontally forward. Sides subparallel, with inner edge
straight to about § and then rounded off to base of margins,
outer edge very slightly convex. On side view straight at lower
edge, upper edge strongly convex making falx very much thicker
at + to 4 than elsewhere. Unguis ==4 falx, sickle-shaped with
base much thicker than tip and curve with a tendency to being
straight in the middle with angle inside near base. Groove is
marked. Upper margin has typically 8 teeth, of which the first
three are close together at base of unguis, increasing rapidly in
size from 1 very small to 3 large, 4-6 are large teeth, 7, 8 rapidly
decreasing till 8 is very small. 4-8 evenly spaced. 1 and 2 and
8 are sometimes missing. Lower margin has 8 to 10 or more
very small teeth close together and reaching from base of unguis
to a little beyond angle, but always terminating before the upper
ones. They or at any rate the middle ones are alternately large
and small. There is a strongish scopula of long grey hairs on
upper margin, largest at angle, and of short dark scanty hairs on
lower margin.

Colour dark mahogany as cephalothorax. The falces are
glabrous and somewhat rough.

Maaille.—Length = coxa + troch. of 1st = falx nearly. Outer
edges parallel from base to apex of labium, then still remain
straight but incline slightly outwards. Outer corner is well
rounded and end square, a serrula following the edge from about
middle of outer side to end of straight portion. Inner corner very
slightly rounded and truncation straight and nearly parallel axis
runs back more than half way to labium. Hence slopes slightly
outwards and follows labium back to base, being hollowed out to
enclose it. . Truncation has a strong scopula of black hairs which |

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 289

is extended towards labium and also outwards to inner angle at
termination of serrula, where hairs are grey and as long as width
of maxilla.

Width at end = lJabium. Colour light mahogany except for
outer edge, which is as dark as cephalothorax.

Labium.—Iin length % maxilla, terminating half way up it.
Breadth 4+ length. Tapers very slightly from base to apex, which
is square. Sides straight. Apex has a scopula of dark hairs.
Colour as dark as outer portion of maxilla except for apex, which
is ight.

Palpi.Spring from near base of maxilla. Trochanter length
=width maxilla. Dark brown except for light yellow on inner
basal side. Femur > half length of caput, flattened, narrow
at both ends where its width > 4 length. Patella < 4 femur,
wedge-shaped, broadening at apex from narrow base. Tibia
broadens from base to apex, where it is twice width of patella
apex. ‘Tarsus slightly longer than patella, with rounded point.
Tibia and tarsus together form a lanceolate plate, glabrous below,
nearly twice femur in length, with strong fringes of hairs on
both sides and round point. All joints except patella have short
grey hairs on back. General colour dark brown-green, except
as mentioned for trochanter. Total length of palpus where
extended = 2 falx, the basal end of tibia being about level with
apex of falx.

Legs.—Order 4.1.5.2, with 4 and 1 practically equal and
likewise 3 and 2. In the lst leg patella + tibia and in the 4th
metatarsus + tarsus are notably long compared with the other
legs.

Ist. Coxa length = 23 breadth, very slightly tapering, light yellow
except for brown patch at lower outer vertex.

Trochanter = ¢ coxa, narrower, light yellow except for con-
tinuation of coxal brown patch strengthened.

Femur strongly clubbed at base, < patella + tibia > tibia,
dark except below at apical end.

Patella > 3 tibia, slightly curved downwards. No spines.
Dark at sides, hght above and below.

Tibia. Has normally 7 spines on the inner and 6 on the outer
side below, but there are frequently 6 pairs. The spines
are evenly spaced from base to apex, but the largest are
in the middle and they get rapidly shorter, so that the
apices of the last 3 or 4 are all about level near the end of
the joint. Dark at sides, light above and below.

Metatarsus > patella, with two pairs of strong spines longer
and stronger than those of tibia, the last of which reach to
beyond the middle of tarsus. Dark.

Tarsus < 3 metatarsus, with claw-tuft and 2 claws.

2nd.c equally broad and long, swollen near base, < 3c,. Dark.
brown with a touch of light at apex.

tr short = 3c, cylindrical, brown with light patch below.

f slightly clubbed at base, brown with light below at apex.

290 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
p =¢# ti, curved downwards, no spines, Light above and
below, dark sides.
3 pairs of feeble spines evenly spaced, with a 4th pair
extremely short and feeble at extreme apex often missing.
Light above and below, dark sides.
m> ti. 2 spine pairs stronger than on ti, but much weaker
chan on m,, basal is lar hea apical only just reaches ta.
Light oowe fail below, dark at sides.
ta< 3m. Light.
ards Ca nae larger and move cylindrical than 2nd Cc, buowall
tr short, cylindrical, brown.
f brown, slightly clubbed at base.
p short, curved downward, brown except for light patch
above at basal end.
ti brown except at tip where light above.
m. feel) = = ti, light above and ‘below brown sides.
ta > 3m, light.
4th. c > ec, but not more than § ¢,, cylindrical, brown.
tr larger and a little slenderer than ¢, cylindrical, light.
f long and slightly clubbed at base, pravent

Peep
ti brown throughout, slender.
m very long, nearly = ti, slender, brown except for very

small hghter patch at upper apical end.
ta = ¢ m, light above and below, dark at sides.

In Eee appearance the posterior legs are much darker than
the anterior, and the light (almost white) Ist ¢ and tr and 4th tr
are very noticeable.

Sternum.—Lanceolate, short-pointed between C1. 1, which are
; their width apart. Widest from C1.2 to C2. 3, thence tapering
to a long point in front of ¢4,4, salvich are in contact. Sides
undulate to accommodate coxe but do not run into points
between them. Broad for the genus, being > width of middle
cox. Gaps c),2 and c2,3 about equal and not materially greater
than ¢3,4. Colour mahogany, lighter than cox 2,3, 4. (Text-
fig. 4, 6.)

PrpicEL.—Short but visible from above. First joint covered
by brown plate overlapping second. Second joint longer and
covéred by longitudinal narrow plate. Whole length of pedicel
not greater than its w dth. It is received into a short projecting
socket in abdomen. |

OpisrHosoma.—EHee-shaped from above, widest about 3 back.
From side overhangs in front and about same level for first 3.
Above, general colour a dark green-brown. Below, general colour
the same but coarser, and at “sides distinctly composed of darker
lines separated by light spaces. Lung-sacs very wide apart and
dark red-brown, space between around epigyne lighter red-brown.
A smoother and darker longitudinal band from epigastric fold to
spinners, slightly wider at spinners.

Kpigastric fold procurved.

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 291

Epigyne.—A pair of white oval spots with a darkish mahogany
bridge between expanded at both ends. The whole ou a ground
of the same colour. (Text-fig. 4, 6.)

Spinners.— 1st stout, subconical, light green-brown. 2nd very
thin, white, slightly longer than Ist. 3rd a little stouter and
darker than 2nd, much thinner than Ist, slightly longer than Ist.

All have 2nd joint very much longer than Ist.

Anus on a tubercle of two joints.

Suort Descriprion.

2. Prosoma = opisthosoma. Caput = thorax. Groove very
slight, with thorax not rising appreciably behind.

Falces project horizontally forward, nearly as long as caput,
giving the appearance of ¢. Teeth, upper 8 strong at centre,
subevenly spaced ; lower 8 small, alternate sized, close.

Legs 4.1.3.2, with 4 and 1, 3 and 2 nearly equal pairs. c,
and tr, and tr, are very prominently white. Ti, has 6 spine pairs
or more often 6 and 7 spines, m, 2 pairs., p, none, p, none, ti,
3 pairs, occasionally a 4th, m, 2 pairs stronger than on ti,.

Sternum rather broad. Gap c2.3 not > others.

Pedicel short but visible from above.

Opisthosoma squat, much thicker than usual in the genus.

Note.—Description based on 13 9 from Biserat, K. Mahek,
c. Patani. It was found practically everywhere and is much the
commonest. '

2. The ¢ is possibly JZ. biseratensis.

Length varied from 3°5 (imm.) to 7°0 mm., the normal length
being 5 to 7.

The accompanying ants were numbers | and 2.
Legs of a specimen, 2 :—
| aes e+ti 1:2, £2°5, p+ti2°9, m+ta 16

==8°2
7 apa c--f 2°0, p-ta 2:9 =4°9
Barrer c-f 2:0, p-ta 3°2 = D78
es e+til4, £2°7, p+ti2°9, m+ta2°3 =9'3
Legs of another specimen, length 6:0, 9 :—
Tee ae c-f 3°6, p+ti3:2, m+tal4 =8-2
Dianne Ree os tne oie p-ta 2°8 =U)
teh ate ee See 3 —)".)
LS ee » 26, p+ti2-7, m+ta26 =89

MYRMARACHNE CORNUTA, Sp. n. (Text-fig. 5.)

2. Prosoma.—(a) Length = opisthosoma. Greatest breadth
very slightly >‘greatest height and each nearly 2 length. Caput
= thorax. Front wall straight, slightly stepped back to eyes 2.
Side walls slightly convex. Rear wall procurved where it slopes
back to groove where p.s. is narrowed above but not at base,
though white wedge makes it look as if strongly constricted.
Thorax swells out again behind groove to width of caput and
then narrows with straight or almost concave edges to base,

292, MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

which is cut nearly straight and about 4 greatest width of
thorax.

(6) Clypeus very low. Caput slightly convex. Groove shallow
and broad. Thorax rises behind it to nearly height of caput and
then falls with convex and concave slopes to rim, which is slight
but can be traced round to caput.

Colour mahogany moderate to dark, with black eye-frame
broken in front of eye 4 and terminating just below the line of
eyes 2and 4. In dark species this frame is hard to distinguish.
Thorax a shade lighter than caput. Between the two on each
side a wedge of white hairs broadest below.

Text-figure 5.

Myrmarachne cornuta, sp. n.

a. 6: Profile. 6. ¢: Right falx from below, unguis omitted; ¢. Do. from above.
d. $: Right palpus from below. e. 9: Epigyne.

Eyes.—1st row procurved by summits. 1.1 subcontact,
1,2>1.1 but very close. 2>41 and slightly behind it. 4=2.
3< 72 and very slightly nearer 2 than 4 and on the upper tan-
gent to 2.4. Hye square broader than long and 4.4 distinctly
> 2.2and much > 4-rim. Hye 4 projects over edge of prosoma
but not at all prominently so, and the prosoma is not convex over
it in either view.

Falces.— Length < 4 caput =14 breadth, nearly vertical with
slight forward slope. Outer edge convex, inner more markedly
sloping inwards from about ? to root of unguis. On side view
strongly convex above with almost an angle at 4 so that basal
portion is horizontal and apical nearly vertical; straight or
very slightly convex below. Unguis regular curve and regular
diminution in thickness from base to apex. Teeth on upper
margin 5 or 6, of which 3 above angle evenly spaced and of

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 293

moderate size, others below angle and smaller. Lower teeth 7
or 8, close, about same size from end to end, but alternate ones
possibly smaller. Long thickish light scopula largest at angle on
outer margin. A few long dark hairs along lower margin.

Colour mahogany lighter than cephalothorax. Unguis at base
darker, at apex lighter than paturon.

Maville.—Length > ¢,, nearly = falx. Narrow at hase, outer
side curving strongly and concavely outwards beyond labium to
bold rounded corner, truncation shortish and at about 45° with
axis of body. Inner side slopes outwards from truncation, being
strongly hollowed in front of and at side of labium. Dark serrula
from outer corner to angle. Light scopula along truncation.
Width at base =+ labium, at end > labium.

Colour mahogany, markedly lighter at inner end.

Labiuwm.—Length > 3 maxilla. Breadth at base > 3 length.
Sides parallel at base, slightly inclined towards each other at
apex, which is cut off square and has thin scopula of dark hairs.
Colour darker than darkest part of maxilla except at apex
where light.

Palpi.Spring from close to base of maxilla. Trochanter <
width of maxilla. Femur = + caput, flattened, reduced at ends,
greatest width = + length. Remainder as I. macillosa,

Colour = caput with end joints darkest.

Legs.—Impossible to measure lengths.

Ist. Proportions as mawillosa except patella =4 tibia. Patella
has 1 spine below towards outer side. Tibia 4 spine pairs,
subequally spaced and nearly of equal size but with
basal slightly the greater. Apex of last spine just reaches
end of joint. Metatarsus 2 spine pairs, basal strongest
and somewhat stronger than tibial, apex slightly beyond
end of joint.

Colour very light throughout except small dark splash °
on outer side of trochanter and larger dark splash towards
outer basal end of femur and slight darkening on outer
side of metatarsus. In a light specimen all these dark
markings are absent or merely shades.

2nd. e¢ nearly as broad as long, markedly swollen on inner side
about centre.

tr = 4c, barrel-shaped.

f slightly thicker at base than apex, > ti < p+ti.

p = 3 ti, ti 2 spine pairs. m=p, 2 spine pairs.

Colour light throughout except strong dark longitudinal
marking on outer sides of c and tr.

3rd. Proportions as far as patella = mazillosa. Dark brown
c to f, light beyond.

Ath. c > ¢,, cylindrical or very slightly wider at base.

tr = 3¢, slightly barrel-shaped, both these joints are brown
with longitudinal light centre line below.

f brown, slightly thicker at base.

Remainder missing.

294 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

The white or very light yellow anterior legs are very noticeable,
as also the proportions of c, and tr,.

Sternum.—Sharply but shortly pointed between c,,1 which are
in subcontact, short-pointed at sides between ¢;.2 which are close,
curves cut strongly between c2,3 which are wider, narrows again
before c, and then proceeds with straight parallel sides to ¢,, in
front of which it ends in a moderately long point. ¢4.4 in
contact. At widest sternum about =c,. Colour dark mahogany.

PrpiceL.—Length > caput. 2nd joint considerably longer than
Ist (as. seen from above j, = 2j,). Ist plate broader than 2nd
and procurved behind. Pedicel received into very short projecting
socket of opisthosoma.

OpistTHOosoMA.—Subcylindrical with constriction at +, widest
at 3, pointed at spinners. Dark green-brown above, with white
marking at constriction starting at top of sides and widening
below. In front of epigastric fold and behind the white marking
colour is as above. Epigastric fold straight ; lung-sacs wide apart
—and dark.

Epigyne.—An equilateral triangle with base along epigastric
fold and vertex forward. Edges red, inside white, with central
darker bridge and darkest spots at its edges. Not very distinct
but more characteristic than others of the genus. (‘Text-fig. 5, e.)

Spinners. — Proportions as maillosa. All a light brown
colour.

3. The chief differences from @ are:—

Prosoma.—Cephalothorax = # abdomen. Groove sharper at
bottom and thorax does not rise so much behind it, so that
it is considerably below caput and general shape not unlike
maxillosa. Rim as well as wedge has grey hairs.

Falces = cephalothorax. From above inner edge straight at
first, apical half concave, outer edge convex. Width = length.
End cut off square, with strong concavity and very strong tooth-
like projection forward and inward from inner angle, with blunt
end. From side falces project straight forwards, with upper and
lower edges almost parallel, granulated.

Groove not well defined. Upper margin has 6 teeth. Ist
smallish close to base of unguis, remainder subequally spaced
over basal half of falx, 2-5 being very large, 6 small = 1.

Lower margin has 9 teeth, mere dots subequally spaced.

Unguis darkest and strongest at base, S curved with slight
swelling of tip-curve. Length = paturon. (Text-fig. 5, 6, c.)

Macille.—Rather straighter outer edge and stronger serrula.

Palpi.—Trochanter = width maxilla. Femur = 4 caput, less
flattened than in 2. Patella < trochanter, curved downwards ;
from above, sides almost parallel, apex distinctly wider than
base. Tibia length = patella, much wider at apex. A very
small blunt process on outer apical corner visible from below.
Some longish hairs on inner side. Tarsus longer and broader than
tibia, oblong, with short hairs on inner side. Fovea reaches to

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 295

about 3. Organs have a black spine springing from near inner
apical end, encircling fovea outwards and backwards and termi-
nating in a fine point pointing outwards at about middle of apex
‘after completing somewhat more than a circle. (Text-fig. 5, d.)

Legs.—4 considerably > 1; 3 missing but up tof = 2. Gene-
rally as Q except that in 2 anterior pairs there are strong black
lines along sides of joints which are much strongest in femurs.
and the white centre lines of c, and tr, occupy the whole of the
lower side, and ti, has 3 spine pairs instead of 2.

OpistHosoma.— Abdomen longer and narrower. Width = 1
length. White marking at sonstnicuen only at sides. Above
and below central brown coriaceous lines running nearly the

whole length of the body.

SuHortr DEscrRIPrion.

Cephalothorax = abdomen in 2 = ?abdomen in 3. Caput=
thorax, moderately high, with broad but shallow groove and
thorax lower. Strong white-haired wedge at sides of groove, and
3 white hairs along rim.

@ falx: upper teeth 5 or 6, subevenly spaced, 3 above angle,
moderate, remainder small; lower 8 or 9, close, small.

J falx = cephalothorax, subparallel edges, inner concave near
apex and terminating in strong bow. Unguis, § curve, slight
swelling near point, =paturon. Upper teeth 1 at base of unguis,
5 evenly spaced over basal half, of which 2-5 very strong.
‘Lower 9 dots evenly spaced with dark ridge at base.

Sternum narrow, rounded between ¢2,3, short points in front
and between ¢}. 2, longer point behind, ¢c;,; about + their width

apart.
Legs.— First 2 pairs white, black side-lined in ¢. Posterior
dark with c¢, and tr, dark helow, > .c,. tt, = = 3¢,. Order 4.1

(2. Bh P, 1 spine ‘below towards outer side, ti, 4 spine pairs,
m, 2 spine pairs, ti, 9 2 spine pairs (¢ 3), m, 2 spine pairs.

Pedicel: 2nd joint notably longer than Ist.

Abdomen cylindrical, narrow, gently constricted at 4, with
white oblique lines down side, in 2 extending below. has
brown longitudinal centre above and below.

Kpigyne an equilateral triangle.

3 palpus: very small process at outer apical angle of tibia.
Organs are encircled by a black spine pointing outwards at centre
of apex.

General colour of prosoma dark mahogany with even darker
eye-frame, of opisthosoma dark grey-brown.

Mote The description is based on 1 ¢ and 2 9, one of the
latter being much lighter in colour. The ¢ and this 2 were
both found at Bukit Besar, alt. 2500 ft., on tree-trunk 35 ft. from
ground on 6 Sept. 1901; the other 2 at Bukit Besar.

Ants accompanying, nos. 12 and 16.

296 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

The following measurements of the ¢ were taken :—
Length 8-0 mm.,__p.s. 3:1x2°0x2-0, 0.8. 4:0 x 1:0.

ihegs ae e+f 2:2, p+ti2d, m+tal2 = 5-5

7 Aes AU). miele » hth is

ened Sa aes missing

ers e-etr 15.0 a ls (Pies woe Soke, Oe ee meee
No measurements of 2 legs were obtainable; total lengths of

the two 2 5:8 and 5:0 mm.

MYRMARACHNE TURRIFORMIS, sp.n. (Text-fig. 6.)

2. Prosoma.—(a) Length considerably > p+ ti of 4th =
p+ti+m-+ta of 3rd = 24 width = 23 height. Caput < thorax.

Front wall of caput straight or very slightly recurved, and
stepped back at eye. Side walls straight. Back wall procurved

Text-figure 6.

Myrmarachne turriformis, sp. i.

a. 6: Profile. 6. g: Sternum. ec. ¢: Left palpus from below.
d. 9: Epigyne.

as it slopes down to groove, which is narrowed above but prac-
tically full width at base. Thorax straight behind groove with
slightest undulations to # where it narrows with straight edges to
end, which is cut nearly straight and 4+ to 3 width of thorax.

(6) Front wall straight. Caput slightly convex and distinctly
sloping upwards from eye 2 to 4, well rounded and steeply sloping
to a broad groove, top of which is generally only about 4 height
of caput. Thorax rises slightly behind groove to 4 where it is

ANT-LIKE SPID#RS FROM MALAYA, 297

much lower than caput, and then with convex and concave
slope to hind rim, which is weak but can be traced well towards
caput.

Colour mahogany, slightly darkest on caput, which has black
eye-frame sub-broken in front of eye 4 and terminating just
below the line of eyes 2-4. Slight indication of grey- haired
cephalic wedge.

Clypeus very low.

Eyes.—\st row straight or very pape recurved by summits.
1.1 subcontact, 1.2 considerably > Poe. 2 land ‘behind, 1b.
2.3 very slightly < 3.4, Eye square much broader than long
and 2.2 distinctly > 4.4 > 4-1im. 4 projects over edge of
prosoma but not at all prominently, and the prosoma is not
convex over it on ES view.

Falces —Length < 3 caput = 2 breadth. Hdges parallel, trun-
cation somewhat short and square. Groove marked: Unguis
hight, with regular curve and oe diminution from base to
apex, not very strong, length = paturon. Upper teeth 5 to
angle, not quite in contact, with i or 2 dots wider spaced below.
Lower teeth 6, as strong as upper, close, largest in centre, but no
great difference in size.

Maaxille.—Length = c, = falx. Narrow at base, outer edge
curving strongly and concavely outwards beyond labium to bold
rounded corner. Hnd square, truncation shortish, steep with
strong hght scopula, longest at apex. Inner edge slopes outwards
from truncation, being strongly hollowed in front of and at side
of Jabium. Dark serrula from about middle of outer edge to
angle. Colour light.

Labiwm.—Length > 3 maxilla, parallel sides, cut off square
at end, a little darker than maxilla except at end. A slight dark
scopula at truncation.

Palpi.—Spring from near base of maxilla. Trochanter length
= 4 maxilla. Femur < # caput, flattened, breadth in centre

=1 length. Patella narrow at base, broad at end. Tibia
== 1h ae at base = width patella, at apex very much wider.
Tarsus = 2 tibia. The tibio-tarsus plate a little > femur, with
inner ge rather short. Colour = labium, with hairy parts
of tibio- tars sus br wre ereen,

Legs.—4.1.3.2, abl marked steps between each.

Ist. c white, length < 2 breadth, very slightly tapering.
tr white, cylindrical, length = breadth < least width of ec,
faint.
f light yellow, lightest at apex, dark-lined cn outer side,
length > 2(e+tr), clubbed at base.
p= sti, light, thin oe line each side, 1 spine pair below.
tif; coloured as p, D spine pairs evenly spaced and about
equal strength.
m light, dark-lined on side, 2 spine pairs in basal half, at
least as strong as ti spines, last reaching well on to ta.
ta = 2 ti, light, m+ta = $(p+ti).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. X XI. wil

DW)

ivy)

298 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

2nd.c white, length = $c, > breadth, considerably stouter at
base.
tr as tr,.
f helt: slightly clubbed at base, > 2 (e+ tr).
p = ti, light, faint dark side-lines.
ti < f, light with dark side-lines, 3 spine pairs evenly spaced
nearly as strong as on ti,.
m slightly > ta, light, 2 spine pairs nearly as strong as on ti.
ti light, ti + ta slightly < ti.
3rd. c brown, cylindrical, > c,, length = 2 breadth.
tr = 3 ¢, brown, length slightly > breadth, slightly wider at
apex than base.
f lighter brown, = f,, very slightly clubbed at base.
p brown, light at base, < } ti.
ti light witn dark lines at sides, p + ti > f.
m & ta light, m+ta < p+ti.
Ath. ¢ light with dark above and sides, length = 2 breadth,
>c,, very slightly wider at base than apex.
tr cylindrical, light with dark above and sides, nearly as long
as c and much > any other tr.
f = 2(c+tr), brown, very slightly wider at base than apex.
p light with apex dark above, = 4 ti.
ti light brown, p + ti > f.
m hghter, nearly as long as ti, light.
ta = +m, light.

In general appearance the anterior legs are lighter than the
posterior.

Sternum.—Truncated between c;.; and stoutly and bluntly
pointed between ¢),9, spreads out into an advanced point between
€2.3, Which are rather widely separated, a long point in front of
c4.4, Which are in subcontact. Greatest width > width of Cs,
c:,; = nearly width of ¢,. Colour mahogany, darker than any
other part of prosoma. (Text-fig. 6, 0.)

Prepicet.—Slightly < caput; lst joint brown, slenderer and
very much longer than 2nd, hight with dark sides and front, very
short, inserted into socket on opisthosoma.

OPpIstHosoMA = or very slightly > prosoma. Breadth and
height nearly 3 length. Pear-shaped, widest at 4. White belt
at about 3, distinctly in front of widest part. Lung-sacs brown,
wide apart, lighter brown rest in front of epigastric fold, which is
slightly procurved. General colour brownish green.

Epigyne.—No distinct formation, but in some specimens a light
circle with faint brown bridge ending basally in a dark bifurcate ;
general appearance is sometimes something like the ace of clubs.
(Text-fig. 6, d.)

Spinners.—I|st pair stoutest. Basal joint short, thick, light
with dark longitudinal markings; 2nd joint larger, slightly
barrel-shaped, thinner. 2nd pair white, thinner. 3rd _ pair
darker than 2nd, 2nd joint much longer than Ist.

Anus.—Iwo segments, rather prominent.

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 299

3. The chief differences from 9 are :—

Prosoma.—Caput very much higher and back wall nearly
vertical, so that caput is about three times as high as groove and
twice as high as thorax, standing up like a square tower (text-
fig. 6, a).

Hyes.—4-rim = 4.4 or very nearly.

Falces.—Longer than prosoma, after an initial sharp con-
striction at top they curve outwards to 2 and then in; end cut
square but somewhat pointed forward at inner corner in con-
tinuation of straight inner edge. On side view guise edge is
convex, widest at. centre, lower straight. Width = + length.
Nearly horizontal. Unguis, length slightly < paturon, S curve
with branches much flattened but sharp curve at tip, considerably
thicker and darker at base than tip. Groove not defined. Upper
margin contains 7 teeth, of which the first 2 are close to base of
margin, the 4 at least are strong and subevenly spaced, the last a
little weaker. Lower margin 6 or 7 teeth, very small, and much
further apart at apical than basal end, but teeth a little variable.

Palpi.—Tibia only a little larger than patella, with moderately
strong pointed black-tipped process on upper outer apex. Tarsus,
has fovea large and extending nearly to the end, with a fine spine
encircling rather more than once.

Legs.—The contrasts of colouring are not nearly so distinct
‘as In 2,

OpistHosomMA.— White belt missing. Upper and centre of
lower sides coriaceous.

SHort DESCRIPLION.

Prosoma = opisthosoma. Caput = thorax. Caput very high
with nearly vertical walls, tower-like in ¢, not so marked in °.
Occasionally faint white-hsired cephalic wedge.

2 falx. Upper teeth 5 to angle with 1 or 2 dots beyond;
Jower teeth 6, as strong as upper, close.

$ falx. Longer than prosoma, width + length, outer edge
convexly curved on upper and side aspect. Upper teeth 6 or 7, of
which first two comparatively close to root of unguis. Lower 6
dots wider spaced at root of unguis. Unguis slightly < paturon,
flat S curve with rather sharp curve at point.

Orpalp. Tarsus =, 2 tibia.

$ palp. Tibia has moderate, black-pointed, slightly curved
process at outer upper apex. Organs surrounded by circle and a
bit of thin black spine.

Legs 4.1.3.2, with marked difference between each 2; anterior
pairs lighter than posterior, bnt not always in 6, dark side-lines
in some joints. p, 1 spine pair; ti, 5 spine pairs, evenly spaced,
not very strong; a 2 spine pairs; ti, 3 spine pairs nearly as
strong as on ti,; m, 2 spine pairs nearly as strong as on ti,.

Pedicel nearly as long as caput, 2nd joint very short as

compared with Ist.
Pil

300 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

Opisthosoma. Fusiform, not constricted. White belt at about.

2 in 93 missingsim, oC .

General colour of prosoma lightish mahogany with black eye-
frame, of opisthosoma dark greeny brown.

Note. —The description is based on 12 2 and 8 Q, all from
Bukit Besar and Talum. Nos. 93 2 and 94, 95 ¢ were all in

same tube, and this fact as well as the general resemblance is.

evidence of identity of species.
The followi ing measurements were taken :—

250mm. ps. 2°3x1:2X1-2, 0.8. 24% 14% 1-2,

iesss le e+, et+tr+f 17, p+til5, m-+tal:l ee hs
De eace iy leOe pt+titm+ta 2°5 =oo
Oise obe 1-4, p+til-0, m-+ta missing
Ai ios e+tr 0: Os fal 8, oi alee or allel ='5-7
Gg OFZ mms p.s. 2°4 x 1:4 x 2:0} 2°4.,

Legs. 1... e+tr+f2:2, p+ti 2°4, meta 18
25 ie ': 136; ee ale8, 5 heeled
San 2k, 5, 188, 5 mellem
2 eS e+tr Tl, f 2-0, ees oe yy bee

The lengths of the specimens varied from 5:2 to 3°7 mm., the

3 being on the average slightly longer than @.
Ants ‘accompanying, nos. 4, 14, 15, 1%

Q. MYRMARACHNE CUNEATA, sp. n. (Text-fig. 7.)

Prosoma. — (a) Length = p,+tr,+m,+ta, nearly, slightly
> opisthosoma. Caput = thorax. Front wall slightly projecting
in centre and stepped back to eyes 2. Side walls straight, very
slightly approaching backwards. Back wall strongly projecting
at centre into bridge. Bridge narrowed at top, only very slightly
at base, though it. is liable 1 to appear so owing to white wedge.
Thorax edges « curve very slightly outwards to 4, then inward to
rear, which is cut off convexly straight.

(b) Front wall vertical, top of caput straight and level, groove
shallow and broad, bottom not below eye 4. Thorax rises behind
to above half way up eye 4 at 4and then slopes convexly back-
~ wards to rim, the final concavity before rim being negligible.
Rim rather marked and traceable round to caput.

Colour medium mahogany, lightest at sides and much darkest.
at top of caput. Eye-frame black, rather broader than usual and
very distinctly broken between eyes 3 and 4, A very strong
white wedge on either side of bridge, smooth and not due to
hairs.

Eyes.—\st vow straight by summits, 1.1 and 1.2 subcontact,
2 slightly behind 1. 2=431. Eye square slightly broader than
long and sides‘slightly approaching backwards. 2.3 very slightly
< 3.4,.4= or very slightly > 2. 4 projects but not markedly
so, and 4-rim very much < 4.4.

Faices.—Project nearly horizontally forward by lower edge,

‘

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA, 301

visible from above, length > 3 caput, upper edge strongly convex
being subangular at 3, length = 2 breadth. From above edges
subparallel, outer being slightly convex. Upper teeth 6, 1 basal
close to root of unguis, small and liable to be missed; 2.3.4.5
largest with increasing spaces, 6 beyond angle very small. Lower
teeth 6, strong, close, from base of unguis to level with 5 of
upper. Thickish light upper scopula longest at angle; thin dark
lower. Unguis rather strong. Colour hghter than cephalo-
thorax, glabrous. .
Text-figure 7.

Myrmarachne cuneata, sp.n., 2.

a. Profile. 6. Epigyne.

Maxille.—Length =c,+tr, =falx nearly. Outer edges parallel
to end of labium, then inclined straight outwards to rounded
outer corner. Serrula at end only, which is slightly rouffded.
‘Truncation long, very oblique, with very strong black scopula.
Below scopula inner edge hollowed in front and at side of labium.
Colour light.
Labtum.—Length > 2 breadth, parallel sides, slightly con-
stricted at middle; strong dark scopula.

Palpi.—Spring from near base of maxilla. Tr = width
maxilla; f = 4 caput, parallel sides, rounded ends, flattened,
length < 3 breadth; p = 4 f, broadening to apex from narrow
base. Ti < 2p, broadens from base to apex, which is 2 width p
apex. Ta very slightly > ti, rounded end; the two together
making a plate =2f, hairy on both edges. Total length of
palpus when extended =2 falx.

Legs.—Order 4.1.3.2, with all differences marked.

Ist. c white, length = 24 width, parallel or very slightly
tapering. ;
tr white, with sometimes dark patch on outer side ; breadth
— length = 7¢,

302 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

f le, strong black side-lines, clubbed at base, = ti.
p= L ti, white with dark side- lines, 1 spine pair.
ti white with dark side-lines, 7 spine pairs, or 7 and 6, last
3 or 4 pairs all terminating about level at end of joint.
m light, > p, 2 spine pairs, of which last reaches to middle
of ta.
ta light = 3m.
2nd. ¢ brown, strongly swollen at centre, length = breadth.
tr broader than long, brown except for patch of white on
fore side.
Other joints, proportions, and colours as Ist, but are slightly
greater in proportion, and ta only slightly < m.
ti has 3 spine pairs, -m 2 pairs.
ord. c a little > c,, brown.
tr short, cylindrical, brown.
f > ti < p+ti, brown, very slightly clubbed at base.
p = 7 ti, curved downward, light except above apical end.
ti brown, slender, slightly lighter at end.
m nearly = ti, light, darker shading at basal sides.
ta = 4m, light.
4th. ec < c, brown except for light below.
tr much longest, white with dark basal side-markings,
cylindrical, > c. :
f brown, slightly clubbed.
p white except for brown above at base and apex, =j ti.
ti brown, lightest at apex.
m brown, nearly = ti.
ta white, < 3m.

The light ¢, and tr, and tr, are very noticeable, as also the dark
side-lines on the light anterior legs.

eee .—Blunt-pointed behind ¢;.;, which are about } their
width apart, and between c2.3. Wider and pointed close behind
c,, attempt at a point at c,, and then tapers to long point in
fr ont of c4,4, which are in contact. At widest point =c,. Colour
dark mahogany.

PrepiceLt.—Short = 4 caput, rather stout. Joints about equal,
first very slightly longer.

OpistHosoma.—Middle thickest, constricted at +. Brownish
green with white transverse band at constriction, somewhat
lighter below, with longitudinal central portion bordered by faint
white lines from epigyne to spinners. Lung-sacs dark, wide
apart. Epigastric fold procurved.

- Kpigyne.—A lighter semicircle in front of epigastric fold, in
the centre of which is a dark marking somewhat houtrglass-shape
(text-fig. 7, 6).

Spinners. —1lst brown, thickness slightly eveater at base than
apex. 2nd longer, thinnest, lighter, cylindrical. 3rd as light as
2nd, slightly thicker, subeylindrical.

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 303

SHort DESCRIPTION.

Prosoma very slight, longer than opisthosoma. Cephalic groove
broad and shallow, caput not very much higher than thorax. <A
strong white wedge not due to hairs at sides of groove.

Falces nearly horizontal by lower edge. Upper teeth 6, with
4 middles much largest. Lower teeth 6, strong, close. Ta of
palp = or very slightly > ti.

Legs 4.1.3.2, with all differences marked. Ist has white c
and tr, and 4th white tr larger than c. The anterior legs are
light with strong dark side-lines f to ti. p, has 1 spine pair, ti,
7 pairs or 6.7, m, 2 pairs. Ti, has 3 spine pairs, m, 2.

Pedicel shortish, with j, very slightly > j.,.

Opisthosoma has thin white belt at 7 and is widest at % back.

Notes.—Description based on 4 @ found at Bukit Besar
3500 ft., Talum 4000 ft., and Gedong. One of the specimens only
(from Bukit Besar) is accompanied by its mimicked ant of species
no. 2. The type-specimen is rather lighter than any of the
others. Differences from specimen to specimen are very slight.
In one tr, has a distinct dark exterior marking not visible in the
others. The sternum point is rather unusually far from the base
of the labium. The cephalic wedge is always very noticeable and
serves as a recognition mark,

This species is in many ways very like Wyrmarachne macillosa,
bunt it may be distinguished without difficulty by general shape of
prosoma and opisthosoma, which are less squat, teeth of lower
margin, white cephalic wedge, larger pedicel, and shape of
sternum, which is pointed instead of undulated between coxze and
constriction of opisthosoma.

Total lengths 7:3, 7°6, 7:3, 6-2 mm.

Legs of specimen 6°2 mm. long :—

tise e+tr 1:0, £1:9, p+ti2°3, m+tal-l] =6:3

Ditch e+tr+f 1:8, Repel ee me Oa ail

Basen: e ra eae ye ek pO

1 eee e+tr 11, f 2-1, Os Ty eo) ely ae
Ants accompanying, no. 2.

3S. MyrMARACHNE RAMOSA, sp. n. (Text-fig. 8.)

Prosoma.—(a@) Length = p,+ti,+m,-+ta, nearly, slightly >
opisthosoma. Caput=thorax. Front wall recurved, not stepped
back to eye 2. Sides straight or very slightly convex, parallel.
Back wall straight with well rounded corners. Thorax joined
across groove by distinct paralled-sided bridge which appears
from above as a sharp constriction, though groove at base is
nearly as wide as caput. Thorax swells out at sides to about 3,
and then narrows with slightly convex and concave slopes to end
which is cut square.

(6) Front wall of caput nearly vertical but with very slight for-
ward batter, top straight sloping very slightly up to eye 4, over

304 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

which it is rounded. Back wall slopes straight down to narrow
groove, height = 4 caput. Thorax slopes slightly up to z and
then convexly and concavely to end where is rim, which can be
traced round to caput.

Colour mahogany, darkest on caput. Black eye-frame widely
broken between 3 and 4. Faint light-haired wedges at sides of
groove. f

Hyes.—I|st row slightly procurved by summits. 2=21. 1.1
an appreciable gap, 1.2 slightly wider. Eye square markedly.
wider than long and very slightly. wider at 4.4 than 2.2. 2.3
distinctly <3.4, 3 below upper tangent to 2.4, 4>2 and lighter
in colour, projects over edges. 4-rim < 4.4.

Text-figure 8.

S > SS!
ce SS
—
Die

Myrmarachne ramosa, sp. n., 3.

a. Profile. 6. Sternum &c. c. Right palpus from below.

Falces.—-Longer than caput < prosoma. Length = 3 width.
Inner edge straight with black ridge, outer convex with black .
ridge. End hollowed, with onter angle sharp, inner chamfered.
On side view much deepest just beyond base, decreases consider-
ably to apex, upper edge being straight and lower slightly hollow,
Unguis long and tip reaching beyond end of maxille, flat S curve,
with short branch or knob at 3. Groove non-existent and upper
and lower teeth liable to be mixed up. Upper teeth 9, of which
that nearest to unguis is strongest, the next 5 are spread over the
paturon with gap in centre largest, last teeth closer, smaller, and
overlapping maxille. Lower teeth about 10, small, spread over

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 305

length of paturon but closer at apical end. The two rows of
teeth are notably crooked (text-fig. 8, 6).

Maxille.—Length =c,+tr,. Outer edges parallel to end of
labium, then inclined outwards to well rounded corner and
slightly convex with truncation 45°; strong dark scopula. Below
scopula inner edge hollowed in front and at sides of labium.
Serrula. Colour light mahogany.

Labium.—Length > 2 breadth, parallel sides, broadly and very
slightly constricted near apex, end slightly hollowed, dark scopula.
Dark mahogany, light at apex.

Palpi.—Spring from near base of maxilla. Tr > width
maxilla. f = 4 caput, parallel sides, somewhat reduced at ends
and slightly flattened. p < tr < $f, broadening to apex from
narrow base. Ti only a little > p above, = nearly 2p below,
slightly broadened from base to apex; short, small, blunt, light
straight process at outer lower apex, largish hairs on inner edge.
Ta a little > ti, blunt, suboblong. Fovea occupies little more
than basal half. Organs have a fine black spine springing from
outer basal rim of fovea passing backwards and inwards with
double spiral, and finally pointing forward rather on inner apical
rim (text-fig. 8, c).

Legs.—4.1.3.2, with difference between 3 and 2 only slight.
Ist. ¢ length > 2 breadth, rather markedly tapering, brown.

tr narrower, slightly tapering, < 3c, brown.
f clubbed at base, = ti, brown, darkest above.
p = 3 ti, slight, curved, light, shaded at sides.
ti 4 spine pairs, with sometimes a fifth very small, light,
dark at sides.
m= 13 p, 2 spine pairs near base and apex, basal much
largest.
ta < 3m, dark.
2nd.c¢ much shorter, NON at base, lighter.
tr cylindrical, < 4c, light with shaded sides.
fi OnLy 2 little thicker at base than apex, lighter, but
side-lines darker especially fore.
-p=nearly 3 ti, strong especially at apex, slightly curved,
light.
ti light, 3 spine pairs.
ls Ps 2 spine pairs, Rep:
ta < $m, light.
SLGeAC Or ' as 2nd, but dark all over. pp, ti, m, ta slightly
lighter than these. p = 3 ti nearly, m = ti, ta < 4m.
4th. c =c,, cylindrical, very slight tapering.
tr = c, cylindrical, both ¢ and tr lighter than 3rd and dark
at sides.
f brown, nearly = p + ti.
p > ¢ ti, light, with dark apex above and at sides.
ti, bro a ti nearly, slenderer, and back lighter at apex.
a < im, ‘light.

306 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

On the whole the legs strike one as dark, none of the coxe or
trochanters being really hght.

Sternum.——Blunt-pointed between c;.1, which are about 4 width
apart, blunt-pointed between c,.2, which are not in contact,
swells out with straight edges between c2,3, which are wide, and
tapers to moderately long point in front of 4.4, which are in
contact. Widest =c,. Dark mahogany as coxe.

PEDICEL nearly equals caput. j, brown, longer than j,, below
=2j,. j, light with black fore end.

OPISTHOSOMA = prosoma. Thin and round with broad con-
striction at ¢. Brown above and below in front of epigastric fold,
which is slightly recurved. General colour very dark.

Spinners.— 1st light, stoutish, barrel-shaped. 2nd lige
slenderer, cylindrical. 3rd longest, darker, slender, oy nieneal

Anal tubercle. —Prominent, 2-jointed.

SHort DESCRIPTION.

Prosoma = or slightly < opisthosoma. Cephalic groove rather
narrow, with thorax about half height of caput and wedge of
white hairs not very strong.

3 falx longer than caput < prosoma, flattened above. Unguis
as long as paturon, flat S curved, with very short knob-like
branch. Upper teeth 9, lower 10, but lines liable to be confused.

3 palp = or nearly = falx. Tibia has short blunt process at
outer lower apex. Organs have a spine twisted spirally twice
and terminating pone straight forward at inner apex.

Legs 4.1.3.2 with difference 3.2 slight, no very marked
colour contrasts. Tr, 4 spine pairs, m, 2 pairs, ti, 3 pairs, m,
2 pairs.

Pedicel nearly = caput, with lst joint markedly greater than
2nd, especially below.

Opisthosoma widely constricted at 4, with longitudinal brown
coriaceous marks above and below and in front of epigastric fold.

Note.—Description is based on 4 ¢ from Bukit Besar and
Biserat, two of the specimens from the latter associated with '
ants nos. 9 and 16 respectively. There is not much difference
between specimens except some variation in intensity of leg
colouring.

Measurements :—

Total lengths 5:0, 5:2, 5:4, 5°8 mm. ex falces.

Legs of specimen 5:2 mm. long :—

LS acess e+tr0°8, £1:°2, p+til9, m+tal-2 =51
ee yO 1Os aise Bes Bais ces » 10 Sao
Sees you 2a bee tae a iw lice, oo
Aes Bede le al AY ne ee). a ES a9, 215

Q. MyRMARACHNE ALBICRURATA, Sp. n. (Text-fig. 9.)

Prosoma.— Length = opisthosoma = p,+tr,+m,; Greatest
breadth distinctly > greatest height. Gaput = or slightly <

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA, 307

thorax. Front very slightly recurved, slightly steppedgback to
eyes 2. Side walls very slightly convex and tapering outwards
towards eyes 4, Back wall strongly procurved at groove, which
is strongly constricted above and much less so below. Thorax
curved rather strongly outwards from groove to slightly in front
of centre and then inwards to rear, which is cut nearly square.
Rim dark.

Caput somewhat convex and higher behind than before. Slopes
at moderate angle behind, with groove low and < half height of
caput and broad. Thorax rises to about 3 and then falls convexo-
concavely to turned-up but not abrupt rim, which is dark and
traceable round to caput. <A slight white wedge at thoracic
groove. The general shape is well rounded at angles.

Colour light mahogany, with black eye-frame broken in front
of 4 and with lower boundary not so well defined as usual.

Text-figure 9.

Myrmarachne albicrurata, sp.n., 2. M. lateralis, sp. n., 2.

a. Sternum &c. of WM. albicrurata. b. Do. of M. lateralis.
ce. Epigyne of IZ. lateralis.

Hyes.—\st row straight, intervals 1.1 and 1.2 slight and
about equal. Kye square broader than long, parallel sides.
3 midway between 2and 4. 4>2. 4.4 distinctly > 4-rim.

Faices.—Length = § caput, nearly parallel with inner edge,
very slightly convex, length = 24 breadth. Side view strongly
convex or rather angular at nearly 4, base almost horizontal.
Groove marked, both outer and inner scopule lighter and thinner
than usual. Upper teeth 8 or 9, slightly irregular in size and
spacing; lower 8 or 9 closer, especially away from root of unguis.

308 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

Maxille = cornuta, very light in colour; scopula dark, strong.

Labium = cornuta, very slightly darker than maxille; scopula
light, strong.

Palpi.cSpring from near base of maxilla. Length of tro-
chanter = narrowest width maxilla. Femur < 3 caput, flattened .
with rounded ends, of which basal is slenderer. Patella about =
trochanter. Tibia slightly < tarsus. Usual shape, but tarsus
slightly more pointed and hairs even on inner edge rather scanty.
Joints to femur white, patella to end much lighter than usual.

Legs.—4.1.3.2 with 3 nearly = 1.

Ist. c cylindrical, length = 2 breadth, white.

tr length < width c, narrower, white with sight brown
longitudinal marks on inner side.

f nearly = caput, shghtly widened at base but not clubbed,
white with dark longitudinal side-marking near basal half
of ous side.

p = 3 ti, light with dark side-lines, no spines.

ti te 4 spine pairs moderate, evenly spaced and subequal,
but 3rd rather the strongest, white with dark side-lines.

m = p, 2 spine pairs of which first is as strong or stronger
than 3rd of ti, white.

ta very sightly < m, white.

2nd.c length =} c, = breadth, gibbous, white.
tr length = 3c = breadth, white.
f < f,, white.
p > ti, white.
ti 2 spine pairs, p+ti = or < f, very slight dark side-line,
white. ;
m 2 spine pairs, white.
ta very slightly < m, white, m+ta = pt ti.
3rd. ¢ shehtly > ¢,, brown, less gibbous.
tr > s¢, oe davies at sides.
{> f , slightly broader near base, brown.
bo ‘ti, light with brown above distally.
ti light with dark sides most marked at base, p+ti slightly
Sk
m slightly > ti, white.
ta < m, m+ta distinctly > p+ti.
Ath. c distinctly > c¢,, with same proportions, light with dark
sides.
tr nearly = c, slenderer, white with dark markings at side,
of which fore much the stronger.
f long, sightly clubbed, brown.
eae ti, white, brown above distally.
ti brown except for slight white continuation of p below.
p+ti distinctly > f.
m long, light except for slight darkening at basal sides in
continuation of ti.
ta = 3m and very slightly darker.

AN'tT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 309

Sternum.—Short-pointed between c;,1;, which are < 7 width
apart, and between cj .2, extends to sides between c2_3, which are
very wide apart, contracted between c3,4, and the point, which is
not well marked, is met between cy,4, which are not quite in
contact, by a very fine-pointed projection from the fore Jorum of
the pedicel. Greatest width =c,. Brown.

PEDICEL = 4 caput. j, >jJ,, very much so below; above the
fore lorum is slightly broader and longer than the second, below
“much stronger and broader and extended forward into a very long
fine point.

OpistHosoMA.—Subcylindrical, length = 3 or 4 breadth, broadly
but not deeply constricted at 3. Dark green, with faint white
oblique markings at constriction and suggestion of white mark-
ings below. Lung-sacs brown and wide apart. Epigastric fold
recurved, very clear cut.

Epigyne.—Immature.

Spinners.—1st much thickest, barrel-shaped, dark. 2nd about
same length, very thin, white. 3rd about same length, very
shghtly thicker than 2nd, darkest.

Anal tubercle.—Moderate.

SHORT DESCRIPTION.

Prosoma = opisthosoma, Groove rather deep but broad, and
thorax not rising much behind it. Constriction appears rather
sharp from above, cephalic wedges slight and with a very few
white hairs,

Ta of palp a little > ti.

Legs 4.1.3.2 with 1 and 3 nearly equal. The anterior legs
are almost white as are the coxe of 4. tr, as long as c, but
thinner, white with dark sides. c¢, greatest coxa. p, no spine,
ti, 4 spine pairs, ti, 2 pairs. The backward point of sternum
met by a very long and narrow point reaching forward from
under side of pedicel. Legs 1 about 7 their width apart; legs 4
not quite in contact.

Pedicel = { caput. j,> ],-

Opisthosoma subcylindrical, broad but shallow constriction
at 3, with faint oblique white markings sometimes evanescent.

WVote.—Description based on 3 immature 9 from Ban Sai Kau,
Nandock, and K. Mahek, Jalor, only one of which was in good
condition.

Measurements 5:7, 5-6, and 4°5 mm.

Legs of specimen 4°5 mm. long :—

Tere, e+tr+fl-l, p+til4, m-+talO =3°5
ES lia +3 TOF es 4 es:
2 eee A a 1 i pra clclle 4) Pd .=3:3
Ae e+tr 1:0, f£0°9, a alanis a Or © S01

No ants accompanying. :
It is quite possible that, this species and the following one may

310 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

be identical; the grounds on which I keep them apart provision-
ally are
(1) Shape of sternum (text-fig. 9, a, b).—-In MW. lateralis legs 2
are as close to one another as legs 1; in IM. albicrurata
they are normal.
(2) Spine pairs.—alhicrurata, p, no spines, ti, 4 prs., ti, 2 prs.
lateralis, p, 1 spine, ti, 5 prs., ti, 3 prs.
(3) albicrurata light in colour, lateralis dark.

Of two specimens, however, which were much damaged and
cannot be certainly identified, I found in the first (collector’s
number 4) agreement with albicrurata in (1) and (3) and with
lateralis in (2); while the other (collector's number 92 A) agrees
with albicrurata in (1) and (2) and with lateralis in (3).

2. MyRMARACHNE LATERALIS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 9.)

Prosoma.—Length < opisthosoma = ti,+m,. Caput = thorax.
Caput hardly stepped back at eyes 2, well rounded at rear corners.
Bridge rather broad at top and only very slightly constricted
below. Thorax spreads out behind to widest at 3, well rounded.

Groove shallow but broad, with rim thin. ‘Thorax considerably
lower than caput.

Colour dark, almost black on caput, strong wedge of white hairs.

Hyes.—1st row procurved, intervals slight but perceptible.
1=3 times 2. 2.3=3.4, 3 very small and rather above inner
tangent to 2.4. 4=2,. 4.4> 4-rim. Eyes 2 and 4 rather
pr ominent.

Falces.—Length = 3 caput, nearly horizontal, sides subparallel,
slightly convex outside at distal end. On side view straight below,
strongly convex above, with angle at 3 to 4. Teeth 7 or "8, largest
at centre, falling in size both ways. Lower 8 or 9 close, largest
at centre, smaller than upper. Moderate greyish outer scopula.
Inner a few dark hairs.

Mawxille, labiuwm = cornuta.

Palpi.Spring from base of maxilla. Tr = width of maxilla
at narrowest; femur flattened, < 3 caput, reduced and rounded at
ends, greatest width = 3 length. p very slightly larger than tr,
expands distally. Ti and ta form flat plate, hairy especially on
inner edge. Ta > f > ti, but differences not great.

Legs.-—4.1.3.2.

Ist. ¢ claviform, length < 2 breadth, brawn.

tr < width of ¢, light with strong dark side-markings.

f long, claviform, light with dark side-marks very broad at
tee

DiSes 1 ti, ight with dark side-marks, | spine below at 2

biel; light with dark side-marks ; spines 5 pairs, or 5 fore
and 6 ae. the 3rd considerably strongest.

in much < ti and darker, 2 spine pairs of which 1st is very
strong.

ta = 2m, dark at base, light at tip.

ip)
4

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. By al

2nd.c white, < ¢,, gibbous.
tr white, <4.
f white.
Other joints marked as Ist but much lighter.
= iti, ti 3 pairs of spines, m> 4 ti 2 prs., ta > 3 ti.
3rd. c & tr considerably stronger than in 2nd, dark brown.
f slightly clubbed, dark brown.
p brown but very slightly lighter, = } ti, a long hair above
at distal end.
ti dark brown, stout, < f.
m slightly > ti and slenderer, dark at base, lighter toward
apex.
ta heht,. > = m.
Ath. ¢ largest, light centre strip below, otherwise dark.
tr light with dark sides, at any rate apically, cylindrical, =c.
f long and dark, very slightly clubbed at base.
p light except for apex above, = j ti.
tiecdank. < 4.
m dark, slightly < ti and thinner.
a = +1, lighter.

Sternwm.—Short-pointed between 1.1, which are very close,
and between 2.2, very strongly contracted between 2.2, which
are very close, swells out with boss between 2.3, which are well
separated. ‘Tapers between 3.3 to a point in front of 4.4, which
ave as far apart as 1.1. Greatest width =c,. Dark brown.

PEDICEL = caput. j, much > j.. ‘

OpistHosomA.—Fusiform, slightly constricted at 3, widest a
little behind middle. Dark greenish, with thin oblique white
markings at sides of constriction extending well back below.
Epigastric fold straight to procurved ; lung-sacs wide and region
between them hairy.

Epigyne.—A dark horseshoe enclosing a central fork. (Text-
tig. 9). ¢:) .

Spinners.—I|st barrel-shaped, dark. 2nd lighter, longer,
thinner. 3rd cylindrical, < 2nd, darkest.

Anal tubercle.—Two-jointed, not very marked.

SHorRtT DESCRIPTION.

Prosoma well rounded, with broad shallow groove and caput
considerably higher than thorax. Cephalic wedge of strong white
hairs but not very broad.

Falces nearly horizontal, with teeth upper 7 to 8 and lower 8
or 9, the latter close and much smaller than the upper.

Legs 4.1.3.2, with 4 much the longest. p, has a single spine,
ti, 5 pairs on 5 and 6, m, 2 prs., ti, 3 prs., m, 2 prs. 2nd legs
white, lst white except coxe,

Sternum well rounded, both e2.3, ¢1.1 very close, more so than
Ci 4, €2.8 wide.

Pedicel = caput. j, much > j,.

BHO: MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

Opisthosoma = prosoma, fusiform, constricted at 7 and with
oblique narrow white stripes commencing at sides of constriction.

Note.— Description based on 2 2 from Bukit Besar and
Sungkei. Lengths 6°2, 6°3 mm.

The following measurements are from the specimen 6-2 mm. in
total length :—

lepers e+ti0°9, £1:2, p+til'8, m+tall =50
rey oi 0: eS Bee) oa ae jd a Rees
ee ee poe eee |). le 5 iA
A ae oy elo Lgataee ella or Pre eh 350 | 20} eel

No ants accompanying.

3. MyRMARACHNE BISERATENSIS, Sp. n. (Text-fig. 10.)

Prosoma.—(a@) Length slightly > opisthosoma = p, + ti,
+m,+ta,. Greatest height and greatest breadth each = 4 cach:
Caput = ‘thorax. Fr ont wall very slightly recurved and stepped
back at eye 2. Side walls strongly convex. Groove narrow and
slightly recurved. Thorax well rounded at sides and terminated
with almost square end of % full width. Rim strong.

(6) Top of caput flat. Chinon narrow and-shallow. Thorax
rises slightly behind it and then falls with strongly convex slope
to end with strong concave rim.

Text-figure 10.

Myrmarachne biseratensis, sp.n., 3.

a. Profile. 06. Palpus. c. Sternum &c.

Dark, especially on caput, but eye-frame traceable, black.

Eyes.—\st row straight by summits, 1.1 very close, 1 . 2 close. |
2— 31, 3 slightly nearer 2 than 4 and on upper tangent,
4 hehe > 2. Hye square broader than eee 4.4 very slightly
> 2.2 and about = 4rim.

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. ole

Falces = cephalothorax, length = 5 breadth, straight inner
edge, outer slightly convex, broadest at %. End concavely trun-
cated and facing slightly outwards so as to make inner end rather
pointed but not projecting. Upper edge at first flat, then rises
with strong convexity so as: to make it much higher at §. Lower
edge at first flat, then a convex step downward and flat to end.
Lighter colour and stippled.

Unguis not as long as falx, reaching only to end of flat, doubly
curved and with distinct prominence (not, however, to be called
a branch) at 4. Groove rather distinct, but not deep. Upper
teeth 4, 1 at base of unguis strong but very close and liable to
be missed, perhaps rather a process at end of falx; the other 3
equally spaced along 2nd basal quarter. Lower teeth 15, evenly
spaced, stronger than usual and, at any rate, some of them
alternate in size.

Masxille.—Shape as maxillosa. Scopula very strong, but grey.
Outer portion dark, inner equally wide, light.

Labium.— Proportions and colouring as masillosa.. Slightly
constricted in middle, parallel sides, and apex concave with dark
scopula.

Palpi.Spring from near base of maxilla. Tr > width maxilla,
dark sides, light. below; f = 2 tr, dark, with grey hairs slightly
curved ; p < tr, parallel sides. Ti nearly = f, short process at
fore, outer, lower corner, widens apically. Ta a little > ti,
oblong. Both ti and ta are hairy, with a strong fringe on inner
edge. Tita below. Fovea occupies a little more than basal half
of ta, and is surrounded by a dark hairy edge. A spine springs
from basal inner edge, coils up inner side round 12 times and
terminates in a fine point facing forwards. Style long and looped
backwards from bulb in front.

| Legs.— 4.1.3.2, with differences more or less equal.
Ist. c ovate, lighter than falces.

tr < width e¢, lighter with dark at sides.

f clubbed, dark, long.

p curved = 4 ti, no spines, dark.

ti dark, spines difficult, but apparently there have been
5 pairs all weak, of which first two are basal and medial
and last three fairly close at apical end.

m = # ti, dark, 2 spine pairs much stronger than ti.

ta = 3m, dark,

2nd.c¢ a little longer than broad.

tr short, dark sides.

f dark, more clubbed than f,.

p = 3 ti, curved, dark at apex above and sides, no spines.

ti dark at sides, 2 spine pairs.

m nearly = 3 ti, light except for dark marks on sides at
base, 2 spine pairs.

vas zm, hight.

The tibial spines of 2nd are very strong compared with
those of Ist. |

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1917, No, XXII. 22

aod

314 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

3rd. ¢, tr, f, dark and all a little longer and stronger than 2nd.
p == ulboth dark,
m nearly = ti, light.
ta = 3m, light.
Ath. ¢ < c,, stout, length = 14 greatest breadth, dark.
tr > c, much longest tr, light with dark sides.
f long, clubbed, dark.
p= 1 ti, dark.
tr dark, cylindrical.
m = ti nearly.
ta = +m, light.

Sternum.—Truncated between c,.1, which are about 4+ width
apart, swells out between other c, especially between c2,3, which
are only a little wider than the others, tapers with undulating
sides to a sharp but rather short point in front of c4.4, which are
in sub-contact. |

PepiceL.—Short but distinctly visible from above. j, as seen
from above distinctly longer than j,. 1st upper lorum decreases
backwards, where it is procurved, much broader than 2nd.
Whole length of pedicel < 2 greatest width. Itis received into
a short socket projecting from opisthosoma.

OpistHosomA.—Egeg-shaped, widest about §.° Above general
colour dark greenish brown, below somewhat light, the front of
epigastric fold yellowish, corneous, behind a longitudinal lighter
band to spinners, widest at fore end, whence it reduces suddenly
and then parallel.

Spinners. — 1st stout, subconical. 2nd longest, lightest,
thinnest, cylindrical. 3rd very slightly stouter, shorter, and
darker than 2nd. All spring from projections of abdomen and
are 2-jointed, with 2nd joint very short.

Anus on a strong tubercle.

SHORT DESCRIPTION.

Prosoma very slightly > opisthosoma. Caput = thorax,
Groove narrow and shallow. Thorax well rounded behind and
only slightly lower than caput. Sides ef caput convex. Falces =
cephalothorax, subparallel, on side view much thicker towards
apex. Unguis slightly < paturon and with distinct prominence.
Teeth, upper 4 all in basal half and are close to base of unguis ;
lower 15 partly alternate in size.

Palpi.—Tibia = tarsus. Fovea only occupies basal half of
tarsus, a spine springing from basal inner edge coils 13 round and
terminates pointing forward.

Legs 4.1.3.2, with moderately equal intervals. Spines of
ti, noticeably weak but probably 5 pairs, m, 2 pairs, tr, 2 pairs,
very strong for 2nd leg, m, 2 pairs. tr, and tr, are distinctly
lighter than other joints.

Sternum rather broad. 2nd and 3rd coxe only a very little
further apart than the others.

aud

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 315

Pedicel shortish.

Opisthosoma, as whole spider, rather squat.

Note.—The description is based on a single ¢ from Biserat,
length 6°2 mm. Its general shape reminds one of M. mazil-
losa 9. |

The following are measurements of the legs :—
ila pttr 13, £1°9, p+ti3°0, m+tal‘9 =81

Riaaee MPC TeOn Gee yee 1) oe eis! 22557
Be, Pie iG 8) 9:0. 6-7
At ers ok OG, , 26 =89

This spider was found in company with ants nos. 2 and 17.
It is very probably a do of MM. maxillosa, which it strongly
resembles in general shape and colouring, all its features being
those of maxillosa exaggerated even to the falces. The only
distinct difference is in the spine pairs. It is the only ¢ in the .
~ collection the least like the 9 mawillosa, which is so common,
and I should not have hesitated to claim it as the ¢ did it not
differ so strongly as regards teeth and tibial spines from Thorell’s
3g M. (Toxeus) maxillosa. It was found in company with
3 Enpidius longipalpis described above.

3. MyYRMARACHNE GEDONGENSIS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 11.)

Prosoma.—Length a little > opisthosoma = p,+t, Caput >
thorax. Front wall slightly projecting in centre and stepped
back to eyes 2. Side walls straight, very slightly approaching
backward. Back wall nearly straight. Groove not marked from
above, but walls of thorax going on nearly straight with slight
convex and then concave slope to rear, which is cut nearly square ©
and about 4 greatest width and strongly rimmed.

On side view caput flat but convex near eye 4, back slope
steep, groove about = caput, the broad thorax rises convexly to 3
and then falls gradually convexly and concavely to rim, which is
shallow.

Kyes.—1st row straight by summits, 1.1 in contact; 2 subcon-
tact with 1 and a little stepped back, = 31. Eye square broader
than long, parallel. 3 slightly nearer 2than 4. 4>2. 4.4=
4-rim.

Falces.— Length = cephalothorax, breadth = 7 length. From
above inner edge straight, outer convex, being widest at %, end
cut square. From side shghtly concave above, below a double
flat step to 3, then straight to end. Lighter colour and granu-
lated. Unguis > 2 paturon, bisinuate, with basal curve nearly
flat, simple. Teeth, upper 6 or 7, of which Ist is very strong at
root of unguis and pointing forward, 2 or 3 close to it, and
remaining teeth at other end of groove and wide. Lower 7 to 9,
subequally spaced and decreasing from base to apex of unguis.
Groove well marked.

Maxille.—As turriformis, but outer corner sharp. Length =c.,.

22%

316 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

Labium.—As turriformis, but base is very distinct, terminating
in a short point well in front of sternum. Apex very slightly
concave and scopula light.

Palpi.Spring from near base of maxilla. Tr > width maxilla;
f slightly > tr, < ¢,, rather strongly curved; p slightly < tr, very
slightly widening for ward. Ti a little longer and much stronger
than patella, much wider apically and with strong pointed outer,
lower, apical process. Fringe of long dark hairs on inner edge.
Ta broader at base, cut off square at APEX, slightly longer than ti,
hairy. Fovea occupies about %. A spine springs from outer
base of organs and ‘passes round on inner edge of fovea, term1-
nating with a slender forward point at about middle of apex.

Text-figure 11.

Myrmarachne gedongensis, sp. n., 3.

a. Profile. 6. Sternum &c. ec. Palpus.

Legs.—4.1.3.2, with considerable differences.
Ist. c longest, length = 23 breadth, parallel or very slightly

tapering, light, slightly dark at base and sides.

tr long, nearly $c

f slightly clubbed at base, dark.

p = 4 ti, 1 pair spines, light.

ti, spines from 6 and 7 to 8 and 9, strong, and last 4 or 5 all
terminating at end of joint, light.

m, 2 spine pairs, of which Ist very long and both terminate
about middle of ta, darker.

tari, ame idark:,

AN'T-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 317

2nd. ¢ very short and gibbous, dark.
tr very short, light.
f ae clubbed than f,, light with daik sides.
p—ti, no spines.
ti, 2 ov 4 spine pairs.
m, 2 spine pairs, all spines are very strong for 2nd leg.
ta < 4 ti, hght.

3rd. ¢ & tr ae ger than c, and tr,.
f Cems ehabbed slightly.

= iti.
ti ice
Pee tl, tar m.

Ath. ¢ a little See, | but much < ¢, slightly tapering. |
tr much longest, >c, <c¢,, cylindrical, light with dark sides.
f long, slightly clubbed, dark.

= 1 ti, shghtly curved, dark.
ti cylindrical, dark.
m shghtly < ti, darkest at end sides.
ta = 4m.
Colour contrasts of legs very slight.

Sternwm.—Short-pointed between ¢;,1, which are about 4% their
width apart, and between ¢ .2, shaip-pointed between c2.3, aan
are only very slightly further apart than the others, and thence
undulating to a not very long point in front of c4,4, which are
not quite in contact.

PrpiceL.—Shortish, j, > j,, [st lorum parallel-sided and con-
cave behind, slightly wider than 2nd. Below lorum is continued
forward by a narrow projection towards sternum, but not te
meet it.

Sat —Ovate, thickest at middle, very slight con-
striction at 4, which is marked by slight oblique aite. lines at
sides. General colour brown-green. Below, central longitudinal
wide lighter marking from epigastric fold to spinners, slightly
constricted near front. Epigastrie fold procurved, with area in
front yellow-brown and corneous.

Spinners.—As biseratensis.

Anus.—Distinctly protuberant, with two joints.

SHort DESCRIPTION.

Prosoma very slightly > opisthosoma = p,+t,. Caput > thorax.
Groove and thorax moderate.

Falces = cephalothorax, unguis > 4 paturon. Upper teeth 6
or 7, of which | very strong at root of unguisand 2 or 3 adjacent,
remainder distantly spaced at other end. Lower teeth 7 to 9.

Palpi.—Trochanter rather long, tibial process strong. Ta
distinctly > ti. Fovea occupies more than half tarsus: organs
have spine springing from onter base and passing round inner
edge to peu ale in fine point in front.

‘Legs 4.1.3.2, considerable intervals. Spines of ti, from 6.7

318 MR, H. D, BADCOCK ON

to 8.9, p, 1 pair, tr, 3 or 4 pairs. c, and tr, much larger than
the others.

Pedicel shortish, with long and narrow point reaching forward
between cy,4 towards but not reaching sternum.

Opisthosoma ovate, with faint attempt at constriction at + and
slight white lateral markings thereat.

Note.—Description is based on two males of lengths 5-9 and
7°0 mm. from Bukit Besar and Gedong.

The following dimensions are from the 7:0 mm. specimen :—

Prosoma 3:2. Opisthosoma 3:2.

hhegs/ lee... e+til5, £2°9, p+ti34, m+tal9 = 97
ese o: LOh a eonl eb, Mie Os 3p = DO Se
OBER Opel, sf eas 5) et Se ae
Ae cio, slid SOL uemeten yor, ip Mees yf onOrere= 2

One of the specimens was accompanied by ant no. 6.

Acorius Thor, .

Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. 1877, p. 216; E. Simon, Hist. Nat.
Araign. i. p. 537 (1901).

2. Agorius Gracitipes Thor. (Text-fig. 12.)

Prosoma. Cephalothorax.—(a) Front truncated with very
slightly recurved edge beyond front, of which eyes 1.1 project
slightly and 2.2 less. Sides straight and very slightly approach-
ing to % thorax, where they commence to approach more rapidly
with slightly concave edge. Hind end broadly truncated, some-
what concave. Hind end of caput is slightly indented and
thoracic grooves indicated. Separation of thorax from caput
clear, but groove not deep and no constriction at sides. Edge is
rather dark at end and ends of sides of thorax, but does not
appear as a distinct rim. General colour light reddish yellow
except for black eye-frame on front and sides.

(5) Eyes 1.1 project strongly like the buffers of a waggon,
2.2 the same slightly above and behind, clypeus is almost
negligible and underhung, and these together form the front
wall. Top of caput distinctly convex from eyes 2 to 4, and again
over 4, being about ¥ as high as long. Dark eye-frame reaches
only to about bottom of eyes 2.4 and is almost broken just in
front of 4. Groove slopes at 45° from above 4, and is only about
as deep as middle of 4. Thorax rises convexly to about 3 and
falls concavely for last , end being slightly turned up but not
really rimmed. Thorax as high as caput.

(c) Clypeus very slight, smooth, procurved. Short grey hairs
around eyes 1.1, and dark hairs longer on clypeus and above
eyes. Top of caput flat or very slightly convex. Sides slope
inwards very slightly and cdnvexly from below eye 2, which
projects strongly and forms angle.

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 319

Eyes.—Clypeus concave, <4 eye 2. Ist row strongly recurved,
top of 1 being level with mid 2. 2= 31, all Ist row in sub-
contact. Hye-quadrangle broader than long and very slightly
narrower behind. 4 < 2. 3 distinctly nearer 2 than 4 and
slightly inside the upper 2.4 tangent. 2 are on attached fore ~
and aft projections. 4 project strongly outwards.

Falces.— Almost concealed from above, nearly horizontal, length
only a little > diameter eye 1. Moderately broad and rounded
on top and side views. From below slightly tapering, with a
few dark hairs in centre. Angle well rounded. Groove distinct.
Ungues slope inwards. Upper teeth 1 large at angle, 1 small
below. Lower, 1 large about mid-unguis, but slightly less than
large upper. There appears to be a small tooth at end of
paturon behind root of unguis. Scopula of long light hairs on
outer margin. 7

Text-figure 12.

L_=___.

a ae Ss
7 wii at 4e NN
SS

Agorius gracilipes Thor., 2.

a. Profile. 6. From above. ec. Sternum &c. d. First leg. e. Epigyne.

Mazille.—Much shorter than Myrmarachne, < ¢,, rounded and
expanded at end and slightly spreading. Serrula at outer edge
and end; dark scopula at truncation, which is short and nearly
transverse, a few hairs along outer edge.

Labiwm.—Very short, broader than long. White edge with
scanty dark scopula.

Palpi.Spring from about half maxilla. Tr short, < width of
maxilla, and 2nd division small; f a little > maxilla, slender,

320 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON

cylindrical, straight or very slightly curved, with slight dusky
shading at sides; p = 4f > tr, slightly wider at apex than base ;
ti < p but much thicker and more hairy; ta > ti, joint between
the two somewhat curved. p, ti, and ta all have hairy fringes on
both sides, increasing from very slight at p to strong on ta; on
back they are greenish. Ta and ti are slightly flattened, but not |
nearly to the same extent as Wyrmarachne, and the joint between
them is quite distinct.

Legs.—4 = 1-3-2, but measurements not good and either 4 or 1
may be the longer.

Ist. c length = 24 width = nearly width of sternum, light,
cylindrical.

tr = 14 ¢, cylindrical, a little darker.

f long, clubbed at base, slender, darker, and very dark at one
side below.

p = sternum > f, slenderer, dark below, light at end; this
extraordinarily long patella is the most characteristic
feature of the genus.

ti < p, with angle half way, after which it becomes stouter
and bends outwards. 5 spine pairs beginning at angle, all
are strong, lst reaches more than half way to apex, and
remainder all end level with apex.

m very short, < tr. 2 spine pairs, lst very strong, springing
from middle and reaching well beyond 2nd, which springs
from end and reaches to mid ta. Joint about as stout as
end of ti.

ta = 1} m, lighter and slighter.

2nd, ef << ¢.white:

tr = 4¢, light, with black blotch at lower apex.

f.very slightly if at all clubbed at base, the black of tr is
carried up as a strong black line below or rather to the
side of whole length of joint.

p = #f, slightly curved and stouter at apex.

ti = 2 p, slender.

m= $ti; ta missing.

3rd. c a little shorter and stouter than c..

tac,

f very slightly, if at all, clubbed at base, slightly clouded at
sides.

p, ti, m as 2, but slightly stouter.

ta == Ml.

4th. ¢ very strong, slightly broader at base than apex, longer
than c,, stouter than c..
ire cand > ir,
Remaining joints as 3.
All tarsi have claw-tufts and two pectinate claws.

Sternum.—Shield-shaped, with expanded ears at front. c¢.1 are
wide apart, springing from opposite the ears; ¢1.2 is broad,
nearly = breadth c,, ¢,c, less, c,c, least, cy.4 in contact, sternum

ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. SA

terminating in a short point in front of them. The legs appear
to spring from a separate chitinous plate lying between dorsal
shield and sternum, and produced into a long socket to take ¢..

Prpicet.—Very short; it is just possible to see its point of
entrance below dorsal concavity at top, but it cannot be seen at
all from below.

Opistnosoma.— Abdomen = 13 cephalothorax, subeylindrical,
width = height = < 4 length. Rounded in front and behind,
being slightly wider behind, shght constriction half way. On
side view constriction at 3. Gr ound-colour greenish brown above
formed by a light ground dark-lined, two small white blotches at
constriction in a transverse line, followed by a large central white
blotch. From the small blotches white lines slope downwards
and backwards across the sides, getting wider as they proceed and
connecting with white ground-colour which prevails below behind
epigastric fold to spinners. Spiracular plates chitinous, yellow-
brown, and so wide apart as to be hardly visible from below and
noticeable from the side. Between them a strip of same colour,
but I think not chitinous. Epigastric fold is strongly procurved,
but not well marked.

Hpigyne.—A small white semicircular pit edged with dark red
and with a pair of dark markings forming ares of a semicircle
outside. Not very marked, but clearer than in MWyrmarachne.

Spinners.—As seen from below, spring from a very distinct
half-socket, the edges of which, however, are not continued round.
All spring from separate sockets inside the above and are 2-
jointed, the basal joint being very long, the second very minute.
Ist. Very slightly tapering, Ageare twice as long as broad, brown-
yellow. 2nd. Equal length, lightest, slender est. 3rd. Dare as
Ist at base, light as 2nd at apex, intermediate in stoutness but
nearest 2nd, longest.

Note.—The description is from a single Q found at Bukit
Besar, 2500 ft. altitude, in cavity under the bark of a rotten
sapling.

The following are measurements :—

Total length 7-0 mm.
Prosoma ...... 2°7 long x 1:6 wide x 1:4 high.
Omsihosoma,... 4°6 ,,. xX. 2°0' "4, “x 20

Legs
lhe e+tr 14, f2°6, p2°8, t12°0, m+tal0 =9-8
"ae? ae e+tr+f 2-4, ptti 20), em eo
eet xe e Deo a0, a Pe s(),, Sen
Aas, e--tr 1d, -f 2°38; eee Os oO 2 a=98

The legs were damaged and impossible to measure with
accuracy, so that either lor4 may be the longest.
Ants accompanying, none.

ORBITO-l1EMPORAL REGION OF SKULL OF LEMUR, 323

24, The Structure of the Orbito-temporal Region of the
Skull of Lemur. By F. Woop Jones, M.B., D.Se.,

F.Z.S.
[Received and Read November 20, 1917. ]
(Text-figures 1-5.)
INDEX.
STRUCTURE and MoRPHOLOGY ............ pp. 323-329

The question of the structure of the orbito-temporal region of
the Lemurs is one that has by now accumulated a very bulky
literature ; and this fact is, in itself, almost a guarantee that some
difficulty and uncertainty is attached to interpreting appearances
which are open to ordinary inspection in the skulls of animals
that are neither particularly minute nor particularly rare.
The uncertainty is at once made apparent by a study of this
literature ; for very different accounts are given of the elements
which enter into the composition of this limited portion of the
skull. But another factor may be detected, and this is a rather
more subtle one than any mere difficulty in recognising ill-marked
suture-lines. It is obvious that some have wished to see an
ordering of the bones upon lines indicative of a Primate kinship,
while some have neither looked for, nor expected, any indications
of such affinity.

The observations recorded here were made upon two full-term
foetuses—the one of Lemur catta, and the other a hybrid between
L. albifrons $ and L. melanocephala 2 , both born in the Gardens
of this Society. Beyond the limits of these two representatives
of the genus Lemur the present inquiry is not extended so far as
the study of feetal material is concerned. The question that has
been an outstanding one for now nearly a century is the presence
or absence in the orbital wall of an “os planum” or “ planum
orbitale” of the ethmoid bone. If we turn to a recent work
(‘Morphology and Anthropology,’ by Dr. W. L. H. Duckworth,
1915), we find the following as a description of this region in
Lemur :—‘* On the inner orbital wall, the frontal and maxillary
bones join along a suture for a distance of about 5 mm., and thus
widely separate the ethmoidal from the lachrymal bone” (p. 73).
The condition here described depicts a phase only separated
by degree from that prevailing in the Anthropoidea, and the
description leads one to suppose that the lachrymal in the fore
part of the orbit is separated from the os planum of the ethmoid
in the hind part of the orbit by the meeting of the frontal and
maxilla from above and below over the intervening interval
of 5mm. The figure that accompanies this description lacks
definition in some of its index lines; but apparently it bears out
this diagnosis of the disposition of the elements.

324 DR. F. WOOD JONES ON THE

By far the most critical and exhaustive account of this region
is that contributed by C. I. Forsyth Major to the ‘ Proceedings’,
of this Society on Feb. 19th and March 19th, 1901. Here the
os planum of the ethmoid is described and figured in an extensive
series of skulls of Lemuroidea.

In his earlier paper (p. 131) the author's says -— ~“ Amongst the

Malagasy Lemurs a fairly large os planum” (of the ethmoid)
“is present in all the species of Microcebus. In the other genera
the planum becomes fused with the palatal at a very early date.
A distinct small os planum is often visible in young specimens of
Hapalolemur, Chirogale, Lepidolemur, and Avahis, and sometimes
in Lemur.” But in the later paper the statements concerning
Lemur ave rather more extended, for at p. 258 the following
statement occurs :—‘* The lateral part” (of the os planum of the
ethmoid) ‘“‘ has become united with the palatal at a very early
stage; a remnant of the suture with the latter bone is seen in
the adult at its antero-medial extremity ; in exceptional cases,
e. g.,1n Lemur catia and young specimens of Lepidolemur, the
planum remains completely or almost completely distinct from
the palatal.” <A figure of the orbito. temporal region of L. catta
leaves no doubt as to the author’s meauing. The os planum of
the ethmoid is diagnosed as intervening between the lachrymal
in front and the palatal behind.

Here, therefore, we have an admission of the same bony elements
as are described by Duckworth; but their arrangement 1s depicted
in a strangely different order, for whereas Forsyth Major makes
the ethmoid coterminous with the lachrymal anteriorly, Duck-
worth separates it from this element by a meeting of frontal and
maxilla over an interval of 5 mm.

Going somewhat further back in the gearare of the subject,
we find a series of authors denying the presence of an os planum
ethmoidale in the orbit of the Lemurs. It was indeed to refute
the findings of these authors that Forsyth Major published the
papers from which the above quotations have been made.

The French zoologists, for the most part, have denied the
pfesence of this element, and probably in this they have been
euided or assisted by their intuitive discrimination which sees
little but superficial resemblance between the Malagasy Lemurs
and the Anthropoidea. Cuvier declared that the os planum of
the ethmoid was in the Lemurs altogether enveloped by the
frontal and the palatine, and therefore did not appear as an
element in the wall of the orbit. |

MM. Grandidier and Alphonse Milne Edwards regarded the
os planum as being overlain by the frontal which ther refore came
in contact dir ectly with the maxilla. Obviously Flower came to
the same conclusion, for he says, “* The os planum of the ethmo-
turbinal does not enter into the inner wall of the orbit, but is
shut out by the maxilla.”

In this cursory survey of the literature we have therefore four
distinct diagnoses of the elements entering into the formation of

ORBITO-TEMPORAL REGION OF SKULL OF LEMUR. a2)

this region in the Lemurs. The first two (those of Duckworth
and Forsyth Major) admit the presence of the os planum of the
ethmoid, but differ widely as to the arrangement of the different
elements. The second two (those of Grandidier & Milne Edwards
and Flower, and of Cuvier) exclude the presence of an os planum
of the ethmoid, but differ as to the elements which overlie and
exclude this bone. The position will be simplified by reducing
the four diagnoses to diagrams in which cognisance is taken only
of the elements which axe in dispute (see text-fig. 1).

Text-figure 1.

Diagrams to represent the diagnosis of the elements entering into the formation
of the orbital wall of Lemur.

F.=frontal. L.=lachrymal. 2H.=ethmoid. Pal:=palatal. M.=maxilla.

A. According to Duckworth. B. According to Forsyth Major.
C. According to MM. Grandidier & Milne Edwards, and also Flower.
D. According to Cuvier.

It is often impossible to comment upon the work of previous
authors unless their written statements can be correlated with
the specimens from which the descriptions were taken. IJndi-
vidual variation may play a large part in discordant description,
and for this reason it behoves every author to specify the material
from which his descriptions are drawn. In only one case (that
of Dr. Forsyth Major) is this condition fulfilled. In every case
in which he describes and figures a specimen he notes its number
in the National Collection preserved in the British Museum.

It was therefore the diagnosis of Forsyth Major that I first
attempted to verify. In 1914, by the kind permission of
Mr. Oldfield Thomas, | examined the actual specimens described
in the paper of 1901. The conclusion I arrived at was that the
problem was one of exceeding difficulty when confined, as it was
in this case, to the skulls of adult Lemurs. But I also gathered
the impression that the interpretation of presumed suture-lines
described and figured by the various authors was, in many cases,
open to grave doubts, and that the so-called * os planum” was not
in all cases the same element (see figs. 65 & 66, p. 258, op. cit., of
specimens 97,9.1.18 and 97.4.6.1). ‘A glance at these two figures,

326 DR. F. WOOD JONES ON THE

and more especially an inspection of the actual specimens, will
convince anyone that the bone labelled “pl” in the two figures
is not the same element in the two specimens. The same criticism
holds good throughout the paper. From specimen to specimen
the irregularity of the apparent suture-lines increases, and the
only conclusion at which it was possible to arrive was that the
question was incapable of solution by an examination of adult
specimens; since it was certainly essential to see the simplified
condition in the feetal or new-born individual.

It was not until the present year (1917) that two fatal Lemurs,
preserved by Mr. R. I. Pocock, were placed unreservedly in my
hands, and I had the opportunity of examining the structure of
the orbito-temporal region before any of the post-natal, secondary

Text-figure 2.

The skull of a foetal specimen of Lemur catta. Actual length 39 mm.

changes had set in. Of the two specimens that of L. catia is
the less highly ossified, and the constituent bones of the cranial
wall are seen with diagrammatic clearness (see text-fig. 2). The
condition of the orbito-temporal region is shown in text-figure 3.
The orbital plate of the frontal takes a very large share in the
formation of the orbital wall; it meets the nasal and lachrymal
in front, but at this stage it is separated from the frontal process
of the maxilla by an unossified interval. Behind it meets the
parietal at the coronary suture, and below that it meets the
anterior edge of the very small orbito-sphenoid. Along the lower
border of the orbital plate of the frontal runs an elongated bone
shaped somewhat like a ploughshare. This bone articulates in ~

ORBITO-TEMPORAL REGION OF SKULL OF LEMUR. BUA

front with the lachrymal, and behind the orbital plate of the
frontal it is in contact with the orbito-sphenoid and alisphenoid.
Below, the greater portion of its length is free, but, in front, the
maxillary, which is very small and only partially ossified, meets
its lower border. This long bone is the orbital process of the
palate, and at about its mid-point it is perforated by two foramina,
presumably the naso-palatine canals.

Text-figure 3.

| ee ee
Se ee)

The orbito-temporal region in the foetal L. catta.

T.=lachrymal. F.=frontal. Pal.=palatine. O.S.=orbito-sphenoid.
; A.S.=Alisphenoid. P.=parietal. /.=maxilla.

In the other specimen, which is rather more advanced in
ossification, the condition is similar in all essential points. ‘The
sphenoid and the maxilla are somewhat further ossified ; but
the most interesting feature is a slight bending of the axis of
the orbital plate of the palate at the site of the naso-palatine
foramina (see text-fig. 4).

In the adult of Lemur catta the picture has changed very
remarkably, for the portion of the palate anterior to the naso-
palatine canals has become inflated with an air-sinus; and it has
been somewhat bent back over the uninflated plate posterior to
these canals (see text-fig. 5).

Reference to Forsyth Major’s figures of the orbit of Lemur

328 3 DR. F. WOOD JONES ON THE

catia B.M. 59e (figs, 61 & 62, p. 256) will show that it is this
anterior inflated portion of the palate which is diagnosed as the
os planum of the ethmoid. Concerning the inflation of this part
of the orbital wall Forsyth Major says: “It” (the so-called os
planum of the ethmoid) “always forms the roof of a pneumatic
cavity, which often (L. catta, L. macaco, L. varius) is but an
appendix of the maxillary sinus. The anterior portion of the
palatal also participates, as a rule, in the formation of this
pneumatic cavity, by forming its posterior cul-de-sac.” As a
matter of facet, it is this variability of the posterior extension of

Text-figure 4.

Orbito-temporal region in the fetal skull of L. albifrons X L. melanocephala.
Length 41mm. Lettering as in text-fig. 3.

the inflated area that produces the variability of the presumed
suture-line. The bones of the orbital wall are particularly thin
and transparent in the Lemurs, and in adult examples the septa
between air-chambers may be far more conspicuous than actual
suture-lines. This condition is carried to extremes in old sgpe-
cimens of some types, such as Galago, in which the whole of the
orbital wall (and of other regions of the skull) has the appearance
of cracked ice, each crack corresponding to a bounding wall of, a
small sinus, and the whole creating such a meshwork of lines

ORBITO-TEMPORAL REGION OF SKULL OF LEMUR. 329

that the determining of sutures separating different bony elements
becomes a hopeless task,

More than this, synostosis of the different elements is effected
at a comparatively early stage in the Lemurs.

Text-figure 5.

( KA
GES MW \ ik
Aen }

Za™\
ae Wii ZZ
| eae

ti My mi
: ey

Orbit of an adult 2 LZ. catta. Lettering as in text-figs. 3 & 4.

The palate-bone is not indicated by lettering and is apparently subdivided into
two portions by the inflation of its anterior extremity.

Before the comparison of different species, or the much more
important contrasting of the Malagasy and non-Malagasy forms,
can be undertaken, an examination must be made of foetal and
young stages, and until that is done the question of the variability
of this region must remain an open one. But, for the genus
Lemur, the two foetal examples described here appear to indicate
clearly that the os planum of the ethmoid is lacking from the
orbital wall, and that a very common mammalian, but definitely
non-primate, arrangement of the bony elements is present in this
region. |

Proc, Zoou. Soc.,—1917, No. XX ITI. 23

THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 35

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
October 23rd, 1917.

Dr. A. SmirH Woopwarb, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following Report on the Additions
made to the Society's Menagerie during the months of May,
June, July, August, and September, 1917 :—

May.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of May were 241 in number, Of these 125 were acquired
by presentation, 46 were received on deposit, 60 by purchase,
1 in exchange, and 9 were born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 135.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
ton

1 Grison (Grison furax), 1 Cordovan Skunk (Conepatus proteus),
new to the Collection, and 1 Viscacha (Lagostomus trichodactylus),
from Cordova, in the Argentine, presented by W. A. Smithers,
C.M.Z.S., on May 4th.

4 Ostriches (Struthio camelus), from the Northern Territories,
West Africa, presented by Capt. C. H. Armitage, C.M.G., D.8.0.,
F.L.S., on May 31st.

2 Burmeister’s Cariamas (Chunga burmeisteri) and 1 Black
Vulture (Cathartes atratus), from Cordova, Argentina, presented
by W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S., on May 4th.

JUNE.

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the
month of June were 168 in number. Of these 54 were acquired
by presentation, 54 were received on deposit, 42 in exchange,
and 18 were born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 100.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
WO)

1 Hensel’s Cat (Lelis pardinoides), new to the Collection, from
Bahia. presented by W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S., on June 11th.

1 Eland (Taurotragus oryx), born in the Menagerie on June
21st.

A collection of Reptiles, including 3 Anacondas (#unectes
murinis), 1 Thick-necked Boa (Hpicrates cenchris), and 1 Cooke's

aoe THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE.

Tree-Boa (Corallus cookii), from Trinidad ; 1 Antillean Boa (Boa
diviniloqua), from Dominica ; 2 Black Cr ibos (Oxyrhopus clelia),
3 Rat-tailed Snakes (Lachesis lanceolatus), from Trinidad; and
1 Terrific Rattlesnake (Crotalus terrificus), from British Guiana,
deposited on June 21st.

JULY.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of July were 72 in number. Of these 27 were acquired
by presentation, 7 were received on deposit, 11 by purchase, and
27 were born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 75.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
t0.:——

1 White-bearded Gnu (Connochetes albojubatus), born in the
Menagerie on July 12th.

1 Barbary Sheep (Ammotragus lervia), born in the Menagerie
on July 19th.

1 Hyacinthine Macaw (Anodorhynchus hyacinthinus), from
S. America, deposited on July 21st.

1 Diamond Python (Python spilotes), from Australia, purchased
on July 2nd.

AUGUST.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of August were 80 in number. Of these 22 were acquired
by presentation, 14 were received on deposit, 4 by purchase, and
40 were born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 85.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
O::——

1 Ocelot (Lelis pardalis) 3, from South America, and 1 Serval
(felis serval), from Africa, presented by Sir Claud Alexander, Bt.,
on August 30th.

1 Brindled Gnu (Gorgon taurinus) 3, from South Africa, and
1 Anoa (Anoa depressicornis) 3, from Celebes, deposited on
August 30th.

1 Three-streaked Skink (Mabuia trivitiata) and 1 Small-scaled
Zonure (Zonurus polyzonus), the latter new to the Collection,
from South Africa, presented by Dr. R. Broom.

SEPTEMBER.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of September were 83 in number. Of these 62 were
acquired by presentation, 2 were received on deposit, and 19
were born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 69.

EXHIBITS FROM THE CAIRD INSECT HOUSE. 333

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
TOs;

3 Coypus (Myocastor coypus), from South America, presented
by Sir Edmund G. Loder, Bt., F.Z.S., on September 20th.

2 Yucatan Blue Jays (Cissolopha yucatanica), from Yucatan,
presented by Guy Falkner, F.Z.8., on September 29th,

1 White-breasted Kingfisher (Halcyon smyrnensis), from Ceylon, °
presented by J. R. Lee Booker on September Ist.
~ 6 Anacondas (Hunectes murinus), born in the Menagerie on
September 19th.

Effect of Captivity on the Cranial Form of the Lion.

Prof. F. Woop Jongs, M.B., D.Sc., F.Z.8., exhibited the skull
of a Lioness which had lived for 17 years in the Gardens. This
skull presented marked changes when compared with the crania
of wild animals shown at the same time for comparison. The
changes involved the whole contour of the skull and depended,
for the most part, on loss of function. The parts concerned with
actual mastication of food were but little changed ; but the whole
mechanism for seizing and holding living prey had undergone an
atrophy in the menagerie animal. This atrophy was especially
marked in the facial contour related to the canine teeth, and
manifested itself by the production of a somewhat ursine appear-
ance of this portion of the skull. At the same time the cranial
capacity had undergone a marked diminution. The brain of this
specimen was also exhibited.

The skull of a cub which was recently born in the Gardens
was also shown; but no skull of a wild-born eub was avail-
able for comparison. The wild-born cub is a desideratum, the
examination of which might possibly yield exceedingly valuable
information. :

Exhibits from the Caird Insect House.
(Text-figure 1.)

Miss EvELyN CunEsMAN made remarks on the feeding habits
of the Long Water-Scorpion, Ranatra linearis, on the burrows
made by the Mole-Cricket, Gryllotalpa vulgaris, and on the
formation of the case by the Caddis-worm Phryganea grandiosa,
based. on observations made in the Caird Insect House, and
exhibited examples of the living insects to the Meeting.

Ranatra linearis

has the first pair of legs modified to form instruments for seizing
prey. These are kept scrupulously clean and ready for action.
The morning toilet is an elaborate ceremony, each limb being
minutely overhauled with special attention to the joints.

334 EXHIBITS FROM THE CAIRD INSECT HOUSE.

This insect is of an extremely lethargic nature, and will sit
motionless for hours in the weed or on a plant-stem until some-
thing swims within reach, when the long fore-legs shoot out with
a rapidity quite at variance with its other movements.

It occasionally hunts the bottom, probing the mud for prey,
but makes no effort to pursue. The food consists principally
of Asellus and Gammarus, small water-beetles, small dragonfly
larve, etc., and even snails. :

Text-figure 1.

77 i

RS ~<a Se 4" Se
rw N i ee
a 3 ‘Ny
(C) > - = 3 Ker aie

vik i FESS
Colts hts

Method of feeding of the Long Water-Scorpion, Ranatra linearis. X 3.

(a) Waiting for prey; (6) Seizing prey; (c) Piercing prey with the rostrum.

Gryllotalpa vulgaris
is fortunately rare in England. The burrows being formed
regardless of obstacles do much damage in cultivated ground,
and make it a serious pest wherever it occurs in great numbers.
It is carnivorous, feeding mainly on worms. ‘There is no
previous record of its having been exhibited in the Caird Insect
House, but this year three specimens were sent in from different

ON THE SPALTEHOLZ METHOD OF PREPARATION. i)

sources for identification ; in two instances the senders spoke of
their being in numbers when found.

Phryganea grandiosa,

the largest of our Caddis-flies, when in the larval state forms its
case from segments of the hollow stems of aquatic plants, then
protects each joint by adding a frill composed of leaf-lobes from
the Hornwort. To do this the larva climbs a plant, and forces
itself into the top whorl, head downwards: then, when the leaf-
lobes close round it, cuts them off and glues each singly on the
case, the loose ends pointing backwards.

Mr. C. Tate Reaan, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., described the present
state of knowledge regarding the life-history of the Common Kel,
illustrating his remarks with lantern-slides.

November 6th, 1917.

Dr. A. Smira Woopwarb, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Spalteholz Method of Preparation.

Mr. R. H. Burne exhibited a Common Frog prepared by the
method of Dr. Spalteholz, in which the highly elaborate saccus
endolymphaticus of the internal ear was very clearly shown.

The method of preparation in question was introduced in 1906
by Dr. Spalteholz of Leipzig, and was subsequently brought by
him to very considerable perfection. Its aim is to render the
tissues of an organ or even of an entire small animal trans-
parent.

The specimen is first thoroughly dehydrated and then fully
permeated by a mixture of oils of refractive index as nearly as
possible the same as that of the dehydrated tissue.

It will be noticed that the method is quite similar to that
employed by the microscopist in clearing sections or small objects
for examination by transmitted light. Its success when applied
to gross objects depends on the degree of accuracy with which
the refractive index of the clearing agent is adjusted to that of
the tissues to be rendered transparent. With a clearing agent
accurately compounded the results are often very brilliant and
of considerable value for research or museum purposes. ‘This is
especially the case with complex organs or whole animals owing
to the fact that different tissues have slightly different indices of
refraction, so that in the finished preparation the whole object is
not uniformly transparent, but the several parts appear in it as
filmy shades of various opacity.

te
336 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE.

The method is particularly useful in the study of cavities, such
as the blood-vessels, which when filled with an opaque injection
can be seen in their true relations down to the minutest detail.

In the Frog exhibited the saccus endolymphaticus, owing to
the fact that it is packed with calcium carbonate (otoconia),
remaius opaque, in the same way as an injection, though the rest
of the body has been made transparent. Thus it stands out from
its surroundings sharp and black when viewed by.transmitted
light, or brilliantly white if seen against a dark background by
reflected light.

It is interesting to recall in connection with this comparatively
new method of preparation that the older Anatomists were in
the habit of using a method very similar both in principle and
practise to obtain transparency for the study of the blood-vessels,
centres of ossification and similar structures. Many of John
Hunter’s preparations were “dried and preserved in oil of tur-
pentine,” and even after more than 100 years show results,
rougher no doubt, but still worthy to be compared with those
obtained by Dr. Spalteholz.

Prof. F. Woop Jongs, M.B., D.Sc., F.Z.S., exhibited a series
of brains prepared in the Prosectorium, and called attention to
the fact that specimens preserved by the spirit method differed
not only in size but in surface details from those prepared by
more perfect formalin methods, and commented on the necessity
of revising much descriptive work on the anatomy of mammalian
brains from the better material that was now available.

——————_———

The Secretary, on behalf of Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.S.,
Curator of Birds, exhibited a set of lantern-slides prepared from
photographs of mammals taken by Mr. Seth-Smith in the
Society’s Gardens.

November 20th, 1917.

KE. G. B. Meape-Waxpo, Esq.,: Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The SrcreTary read the following Report on the Additions
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of October,
1917 :-—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during
the month of October were 118 in number. Of these 36 were
acquired by presentation, 77 were received on deposit, 3 received
in exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens.

ON PARTURITION IN MARSUPIALS. 337

The number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 125.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
toe

1 Humboldt’s Woolly Monkey (Lagothrix humboldti), from
Maniaos, presented by Miss Stella Wickham on October Ist.

3 Coypus (Myocastor coypus), from 8. America, presented by
Sir Edmund Loder, Bt., V.P.Z.S., on October 12th.

2 White-necked Cranes (Pseudogeranus leucauchen), bred in
Northamptonshire, received in exchange on October 5th.

The Horns of a Castrated Bushbuck and the Antler-growth
in Pére David's Deer.

. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals, ex-
tee —

1. The head of a castrated Bushbuck (Tragelaphus) to show
the effects of the operation on the horns. The horns differed
from those of a normal Bushbuck in being slender, subcylindrical,
untwisted, unkeeled, with a backward curvature like that of the
horns of a Goral (W. emorhedus) or Serow (Capricoriis). The
Bushbuck had lived several years in the Zoological Gardens at
Clifton, and the head was lent for exhibition by Mr. Edward
Gerrard.

2, Three successive pairs of antlers of a fully adult Pére
David’s Deer (Hlaphurus), showing progressive increase in length.
The first pair shed on Feb. 5th, 1916, measured 15 inches; the
second pair shed ca Oct. 22nd, 1916, 25 inches; and the third
pair, unshed at the time of the stag’s death, 40 inches.

Parturition iv Marsupials and Hxaternal Characters of
New-born Young.

Prof. J. P. Hitz, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., gave an account of the
new-born Marsupial and its mode of parturition. Lantern-sldes
of the recently born young belonging to species of the genera
Perameles, Dasyurus, Didelphys, Trichosurus, and Phascolarctos
were exhibited, and their chief external features described.
Attention was directed to the fact that, whilst the new-born young
in the different genera all exhibit similar adaptive modifications
(small size, anterior half of body much in advance of posterior in
degree of development, fore-limbs strongly developed and provided
with recurved claws, sucking mouth, presence of thick epitrichial
layer, covering eye. and ear-pinne, &c.), there are recognisable
structural and developmental differences between them—e. g., the
new-born Dasyurus is characterised by the presence of a curious
swelling in the neck-region and by the absence of any indication

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1917, No. XXIV. 24

338 ON PARTURITION IN MARSUPIALS.,

of the digits of the foot. The early initiation of the lip-fusion,
leading to the establishment of the sucking mouth, was demon-
strated in a series of embryos of Z'richosurus, and an interesting
comparison was instituted between the recently hatched young of
Ornithorhynchus and the new-born Marsupial.

The remarkable and unique mode of parturition which occurs
in certain Marsupials was explained and illustrated by a series of
micro-photographs. It was shown that in Perameles, Dasyurus,
and 7'richosurus the young reach the exterior, not through one or
other of the lateral vaginal canals, but by way of a direct median
passage, constituted in front by the epithelially lined median
vagina and behind by a cleft-like ‘ pseudo-vaginal passage,”
actually formed at the time of parturition as a tear in the
connective tissue situated behind the median, and between the
lateral vagine. The occurrence of the same mode of parturition
was demonstrated for Phascolarctos (the fact being recorded here
for the first time), and lantern-slides were shown indicating that
the same mode of birth also holds good for the Gamba (Didelphys
aurita). The bearing of these facts on the patent condition of
the median vagina in certain Macropods was briefly discussed.

INDEX.
1917.—Pages 217-338.

| New names in clarendon type.

; eae
Systematic references in italics.

(z.8.1.) indicates additions to the Society’s Menagerie.]

Acidalia sagittilinea, 243.

Adisura atcinsoni, 236.

Agorius gracilipes (Fig. 12), 318.

Altha lacides, 246.

Ammotragus lervia (z. 8. L.), 832.

Amyciea forticeps (Fig. 2), 28+.

Ancylolomia chrysolinealis,
sp. m. (Pld. fig. 2), 247.

— gracilis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 1),
248,

pectinifera, 247.

simplella, 247.

Anoa depressicornis (z. 8. L.), 382.

Anodorhynchus hyacinthinus (2. 8. L.);
332.

Anthela nigristigma, sp. n. (PI. I.
fig. 28), 248.

Apluda incinata, 245.

ARACHNIDA :
Thomisidee

Malaya: systematic, 277.

Areomolis nigripuncta, sp. n.
(PVT fie. 6), 206.

Arbelodes tetrasticta, 246.

Automolis ignivena, sp. n. (PI. I.
fig. 7), 266.

echrecgaster, sp. n.

fie. 8), 267.

ochreomarginata, sp.n. (PI. I.

fig. 9), 267.

and Salticidse from

(Pik

Bagostomus trichodactylus (z. 8. L.),
331.

Bithra aganice, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 11),
235.

Boa diviniloqua (z. s. u.), 332.

Brevipecten icarus, sp. n. (Pl. I.
fiz. 24), 240.

Casama vilis, 241.

Catagramma cynosura :
(Pld. fie, 3). 275.

Catasticta flisa tambcensis,
subsp. n., 260,

— lathyi, sp. n., 261.

—— nimbice peruviana, subsp. n.,
261.

—philone nimbata, subsp. n.,
260.

Cathartes atratus (z. s.L.), 331.

Charaxes maudei, sp. n., 271.

smaragdalis orientalis,
subsp. n., 272,

Chloridia obsoleta, 236.

Chunga burmeisteri (z, 8. L.), 301.

Cissolopha yucatanica (z, s. L.), 3833.

Cladocerotis ceneus, sp. n. (PI. I.
fiz. 12), 236.

aberration

| s a s s .
Ceeliccia campioni, sp. n. (Figs.

3, 4), 224.

flavostriata, sp. n. (Figs. 1, ~),
223.

macrostigma, sp. n. (igs. 5, 6),
225. .

membranipes race nemoricola, 280.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XXV. 25

Coeliccia nigrohamata, sp. n. (Figs.
We 48), 228:

octogesima, 231.

sp. (ig. 9); 229.

Conepatus proteus (z. 8. L.), 331.

Connocheetes albojubatus (2. 8. L.), 332.

Corallus cookii (z. s. u.), 332.

Cortyta griseacea, Boos

minyas, 239.
Cosuma marginata, 245.

rugosa, 245.

Crotalus terrificus (2. 8. L.), 332.

Clenusa rectilinca, 239.

Cynisca, gen. n., 240.

—— thisbe, sp. n.
240.

(BY alpetia:

Duomitus pindarus, 246.
Dysodia intermedia, 247.

Ematheudes lentistrigalis, 248.

Epicrates cenchris (4. 8. 4.), 331.

Epidius longipalpis (Fig. 3), 285.
istigmene lemniscata, 239.

235.

linea,
tenuistrigata, 230.
Ernonoey.
Insecta: Lepidoptera, 253; Exhibits
from the Caird Insect House, 333.
Eunectes murinus (4. 8. b.), 831, 333.
Euproctis rubricosta, sp. n. (PI. 1.
fig. 7), 242.
Eurranthis pennigeraria, 243.
Eurythecodes flavedinaria, 244.

Felis pardalis (2. 8. 1.), 332.
pardinoides (z. 8. 1.), 352,
serval (z. 8. L.), 332.

Gavara velutina, 246.
GEOGRAPHICAL:

Aracuyipa: Thomiside and Salti-
cide from Malaya, 277.
Insecta: Heterccera from B. Hh.

Africa, 233; Rhopalocera from
South America, 259 ; Arctiide from

South America, 265; New Butter- |

flies from Africa and the East,

271.

INDEX.

Giautra arethusa,
fig. 14), 238.

Glaucostola maroniensis, sp. n.
(Pl. I. fig. 10), 268.

Gorgon taurinus (z. s. L.), 832.

Grison furax (z. 8. L.), 331.

Gryllotalpa vulgaris : exhibited, 333.

sp. a, CRIA.

‘ Halcyon smyrnensis (z. s. L.), 333.

Hleterocrita metis, sp. n. (Pl. I.
fig. 30), 244.

Heterogomphus sumatranus, 232.

Heteronygmia aurelia, sp. n.
(Pl. I. fig. 16), 242.

Fonorana erebaria, 243.

Hylemera lepta, sp. n.
fig. 29), 243.

Fypene jussalis, 241.

21, UE.

strigata, 241. :

Idalus flavithorax, sp. n. (PI. I.
fiz, 4), 265.

InsEcra.

On Bornean Dragonflies: structure,
systematic, 223; Heterocera from
B.E. Africa: systematic, 233; Lepi-
doptera: concealment by apparent
disruption of surface, 253; Rhopa-
locera from South America: syste-
matic, 259; Arctiude from South
America: systematic, 265; New
Butterflies from Africa and the
East: systematic, 271;- a Gynan-
dromorph of Papilio lycophron :
systematic, 273; Three Aberrations
of Lepidoptera: systematic, 275;
Exhibits from tire Caird Insect
House, 308.

Lachesis lanceolatus (z. s. L.), 332.

Lacipa albuia, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 8),
242,

Lagothrix humboldti (z. 8. u.), 3387,

Laphygma exempta, 273.

Lemur: structure of skull (Figs. 1-5),
323.

Leocyma candace, 289.

Leodonta zenobia menticola,

subsp. n., 260.

“INDEX.

Mabuia trivittata (z. s. L.), 332.
MaAmMALIA.

Deformity of Os penis in a Seal:
structure, 251; Orbito-temporal
region of skull of Lemur: struc-
ture, 323; The Spalteholz Method
of Preparation, 335; Parturition
in Marsupials and External Cha-
racters of New-born Young, 337 ;
Horns of a castrated Bushbuck, and
the Antler-growth in Pére David's
Deer, 337; Photographs of Mam-
mals, 336; Exhibition of preserved
brains, 336.

IWelese flavescens, sp. n.

fig 11), 268.

Microloxia ruficornis, 2438,
Morprronocy.

(Pl. T.

See STRUCTURE,

Myocastor coypus (z. 8. L.), 833, 337.

Myrmarachne albicrurata, sp. n.
(Fig. 9), 306.

—_— biseratensig, sp. n. (Fig. 10),
312.

—— cornuta, sp. n. (Fig. 5), 291.

—— cuneata, sp. n. (Fig. 7), 300.

—— gedongensis, sp. n. (Fig. 11),
3165.

—— lateralis, sp. n. (Fig. 9), 310.

macillosa (Fig. 4), 287.

—— ramosa, sp. n. (Fig. 8), 303.

—— turriformis, sp. n. (Fig. 6), 296.

Neonerita metaphcenica, gp. n.
(Pl. I. fig. 5), 265.

Neritos purpureotincta, sp. n.
CPi fig. .13); 269.

Nyctipao acuta, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 26),
249.

Odontestra avitta, sp. n. (Pl. I.
fig. 15), 236.

Ophacus ochracea, sp. n.
fig 12), 269.

Oxyrhopus cleelia (z. 8. L ), 832.

Ozarba abscissa, 239.

sinud, 239.

(Pl. I.

subterminalis, 238.
—— yaria, 238.

xii

Papilio erlaces chinchipensis,
subsp, n., 259.

-harmodius tabaconas, subsp.
n., 260.

—— illyris hamatus, subsp. n., 271.

iphidamas ayabacensis,

subsp. n., 259.

—— lycophron: gynandromorph of,

273.

- neophilus parianus: aberration,

—— polydorus ulawaensis, subsp.
or aberr. n., 272.

Parastichtis lysis, sp. n.
fig. 25), 238.

cxylus, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 22),

237...

Perigea capensis, 287,

Philosamia cynthia: aberration, 275.
Phryganea grandiosa: exhibited, 323.
PISCES :

Scyllium canieula: structure, 217 ;
Life-history of the Common Eel,
335,

Plecoptera polynuvia, 239.
Plecopterodes moderata, 239.
Plestosaurus, 221.

Polygrapha cyanea, Q (Pl. I. fig.

263,

Porosagrotis caffra, 236.
Pseudogeranus Jeucauchen (4. 8. L.),

337.

Pteronycta cervicornis, sp. n.

CBD figs 21), 240:

Python spilotes (z. 8, u.), 332.

9
)

Ranatra linearis: exhibited, 333.
Repvinia:
Use of the Names Plesiosauria and
Sauropterygia: systematic, 221.
Rhodesana mintha, sp. n. (PI. I.
fig, 19), 221.
Rhodoneura bryaxis, sp. n. (Pl. I.
fig. 9), 246.

Salticus modestus, 287.

Seyllium, hermaphroditism in, 218,
Stenagrion dubium (Fig. 10), 261.
Sirigoplus albostriatus (Hig. 1), 280.

X1V

STRUCTURE,

Mammatta: Orbito-temporal region
of skull of Lemur, 323; Effect of
Captivity on the Cranial form of
the Lion, 333; Horns of a cas-
trated Bushbuck, and the Antler-
growth in Pére David’s Deer, 337.

Insecta: Prothorax of Ceeliccia sp.,
Q , 229; Lepidoptera (concealment
by amparent disruption of surface),

D3.
Struthio camelus (z. s. L.), 331.
Surattha rufistrigalis, sp.n. (Pl. I.

fig. 3), 247.

Synemosina procera, 287.
Syntomis polyxo, sp. n.
fig. 10), 234.

(Pl. I.

Taurotragus oryx (z. s. L.), 331.

Teinobasis superba, 231.

Teracotona subterminata, 235.

Thosea chloris, sp. a. (Pl. I. fig. 5),
245.

ganale, 244.

—— perseis, sp. n.
244.

(Pl. I. fig. 4),

INDEX.

Thosea undosa, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 6),
244,

Toxeus maxillosus, 287.

procerus, 287.

Trimetepia etheraria, 243.

VARIATION,
Manmatta: Deformity of Os penis in
a Seal, 251; Effect of Captivity on
the Crauial form of the Lion, 333;
Parturition in Marsupials and ex-
characters of new-born
young, 337; Horns of a castrated
Bushbuck, and the Antler-growth
in Pere David’s Deer, 337; Exhi-
bition of preserved brains, 336.
Insecta: A Gynandromorph of Pa-
pilio lycophron, 273; Three Aber-
rations of Lepidoptera, 275.
Piscus: Hermaphroditism in Seyllium
eanicula, 217,
Vila eueidiformis, sp. n. (Pl. I.
figs. 1, 1a), 261.

ternal

Xylopteryx arcuata, 248.

| Zonurus polyzonus (Zz. 8, t.), 332.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

|| | GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS —

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON

1917.

PART: I.

CONTAINING Paces ] to 103, witH 1 PLatE

AND 57 TExtT-FIGURES.

MARCH 1917.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.
LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,,
PATERNOSTER ROW,

[Price Twelve Shillings. |

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1917, Part I. (pp. 1-103).

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

Page
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months
of November and December, 1916... 4.00. cc ede os ose oreo ou be weve beeen ge ee meee

Mr. EpwArp Gurrarp. Exhibition of a mounted specimen of a hybrid Thrush and
LACK DIL sie a's og bib les a etaln me MRE a ane Fane Oa Sree gta ¢ 60 ie Gina eee 99

The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month
of January, LOU? 0 ka. eS ects wiekt 0 oot ale > Uiatai eo mia cee

My. D. Srern-Saitn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of the Trachea from a male
ANSEL OWUS SCHUPPOLMOLE “Cars. oy tet eee bk oe oe ee eee ihe nee PPAR a 32

Mr. C, J.C. Poot. Notes from the Caird Insect House ...........c0c 00x00 IPP ree Ss

Mr. R. I. Pococn, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition illustrated by
lantern-slides of the work of the Beavers in the Scciety’s Gardens, (Text-figure 1.) 100

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

PAPERS.

Page

aS 1. On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the British Museum Specimen of Arch@opteryx.

By Brantstav PetronteEvics, Ph.D., and Axrrnur Suirn Woonwarp, LL.D., F.R.S.,
SERUM re 8 en Phy gos See eo 45 0s wis o's 4 Op euitte 0 spe'Wa sob lees rene eek

2. On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in the Sikawei Museum,
Shanghai. By Axruvr DE CARLB SoWERBY, F-.Z.8. 1.6. cece cease ee cee eee SEALE 7

3. Report on the Deaths which cecurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1916,
together with a List of the Blood-Parasites found during the Year. By H. G.
Purmimer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative Pathology in the a a
of Science and Technology, London, and Patholoeist to the Society os. ieee ees oT

4. On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts cf the Palemonid Prawns.
By L. A. Borrapairz, M.A., F.Z.8., Lecturer in Zoology in the University of
Cambridge, Fellow, Dean, and Lecturer of Selwyn College.’ (Text-figures 1-51.) .... 37

5. On the Scolex in the Cestcde Genus Duthiersia, and on the Species of that Genus.
By Frank H, Bepparp, M.A., D.&c., F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1-5.)

eesee ae ®t eo & 2

6, 1. The Coleoptera of the Family Cissida found in Britain, with Descriptions of two new
Species.—2. A new Species of the Coleopteran genus Cryptorrhynchus Illigey.
By C. J. C. Poot, Assistant Curator Caird Insect House ........ce cc cct eevee eee es -83

LIST OF; PLAIEs,

1917, Part I. (pp. 1-103).

Page

Purronravics & WoopwarpD: Pl. 1. Arch@opteryx 1... -ceescssvevese 1

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively,
so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8.1917, p.... The Distribution
is usually as follows :—

Part I. issued in March,

PP ieyty bo ce Son June.
pth 6) 3 aia September,
Pees ta. bb oceelas December.

‘ Proceedings,’ 1916, Part IV. (pp. 553-756), were published ou
December 15th, 1916.

The Abstracts of the ‘ Proceedings,’ Nos. 163-165, are
contained in this Part.

aati aiiaioae

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

| GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
1917.

PART II. _

CONTAINING Paces 105 to 215, witH 5 PLaTEs

AND 20 'l'EXT-FIGURES.

JULY 191%.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.
LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CQ.,,
PATERNOSTER ROW.

Ric. an [Price Twelve Shillings. ]

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1917, Parr II. (pp. 105-215).

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.

Page
The Secrurary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month
of Hebruary, TOUT. i. «sways cass btera es Slee wm ee ata oc en Ieee ee i eee 209

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition of a young Lion Cub
recently deposited in the Gardens, and also a Galago from German East Africa.... 209

Mr. C. J. Ganan. Exhibition of a living example of the “ Death-Watch” Beetle ...... 209 —

Mr. C. Davies Suzrzorn, ¥.Z.8. Exhibition of an autograph of Captain Bligh of

‘The Bounty? sa ca cece eee ence winieiesen 9. eee! ais et ule mie aft ale Whe olsen et rr 210
Mr. C. Tats Ragan, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a Piraya from the Amazon .......... 210
Mr. Aurrep Hzra, F.Z.8. Exhibition of lantern-slides of and remarks upon Big-Game

Shooting tin India‘)... osc. oe geese se Wale wate Kt asia alas ett an ee rr 210

The Szcreraky. Report on the Additions to the Society’s ae during the month
of March, 1917.6. cv eetea cose a gee re beds pe one vo 9 oieiual igi <n

Mr. C. Dayrns SuErRBory, EZS. Exhibition of the piece of hairy Skin of a Gorilla, sent

to Richard Owen © 2.2.0 2. Plu shen wale vine Ua sete ees Cece oy
Mr. D. Seru-Suiru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of a female Japanese Pheasant. 211
Exhibition of a ‘male specimen of the Carolina Duck .....0s.0% 5.5 oe ss ee eee edd
Exhibition of some specimens of the trachea of various species of Ducks!. San Pee
Mr, E. Heron-Autey, F.L.S., P.R.M.S., F.Z.8. Remarks on the Mussel-fishery and
Foraminifera of Hsnandes, illustrated by means of lantern-slides .............. v2 ae
The Szcretary. Announcement of-the death of Mr. Henry Peavyot.. ..............5- 212
Dr. P. Cuatmers Mircuect, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the Society. Exhibition of
coloured sketch of an abnormal Cape Lourie... .....24+ 2. cccccseeer ss cnsserse ae 212

Prof. J. P. Hrut, F.R.S. _F. Z.S. Exhibition of ee of and remarks upon a Bars

dnceiGipieol genie w oe ee Mate te beeen eee atten nee ee cette eereseeeeene Od ha

Dr, A. Suirn Woopwarp, F.R.8. Exhibition of enlarged models of the first molar tooth ;
of a large Chimpanzee, Melanesian Man, and Piltdown Man

Mr. D. M.S. Watson, F.Z.S. Exhibition of models of the teeth of fossil Horses.......

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

Exhibitions and Notices (contenued).

Prof, H. Maxwe.u Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S., Curator of Insects. Remarks on the Silkworms
and Silk industry of India, illustrated with lantern-slides and specimens of the
RE ee OC UCOUTI UNM OIL. s)shu cl ay. pebgks oo sks suis SY eee eaee v's le ee eee we de ee

The Sxcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month
Orompr LOI... Fe ee eee ee eee cade dane se Slee det Basis

Dr. P. Cuatmers Mircustt, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to the Society. Exhibition of the
behaviour of Birds and Mammals in the presence of living Serpents ............--

Mr. D. Sxrn-Smitu, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Lantern-exbibition of Birds now or
recently living in the Society’s Gardens ......... SPAS 038 i GR ns i ee

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Curator of Maminals. Exhibition on behalf of Messrs. Row

land Ward, Ltd., of the skins of two Zebras from British East Africa ............
Mr. R. E. Hotpine. Exhibition of and remarks on a Cirriped ......0...... cee ee eee

Exhibition of two curiously malformed eggs

Mr. D. Setu-Smrru, F.L.S., Curator of Birds. Account of the Poultry Exhibition now

being held in the Society’s Gardens.........

PAPERS.

4, The Prechordal Portion of the Chondrocranium of Chimera collie. By Epwarp
Pneuprs Auus, Jun., F.Z.S. (Plates I-III.)

8. On the Lizards of the Genus Philochortus Matschie. ie G. A. DOCuENGER, E.R.S.,
F.Z.S. (Plates I. & IL.) oh aan ios ee i eee

eore ee ee ee ee adv oe

9. An Experimental Investigation of the Migration of Woodcock breeding in the West of
Ireland. By S. R. Doveuas, M.R.C.S., L.R.0.P.Lond., Capt. I.M.S. (retired), F.Z.S.,
Ist Assistant Bacteriological Department, Medical Research Committee, National
Imsurarice Act ...... 0005.

10. A Sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetrapod Vertebrates. By D. M. 8.
Watson, M.Se., H.Z.S., Lecturer in Vertebrate Palaontology in University College,
London. (Text-figures 1 & 2.)

Peers eer ene i LO Ne ea ae e) kia ies) ew) ew. Teel ete? 6) 16) @.\8) 1”) 8) eg ier ei e88 «6 ew, 0! &

11. Notes on some of the Viscera of an Okapi (Okapta ee Selater). By R. H.
oo M.A., F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1-23.) .. Ree e earoiecar |,

Pitlepage Aree Be aie OZ) Tee eae se ts Fe eb a
Tastot Council and Officers ...0.......04.

peose es 2 oe wee we - ew ee es we ww

Se en 8 eee ee lh BP eh tw Me hw tee OO het 8

List of Contents
Alphabetical List of Contributors ........
Index

CC ee ee ed

Page

213

214

215

105 .

145

159

ALLIS : ee es es
II. | Chimera colliet ......++ 60.

: Boutmneer: Pl. a 1, 2. Philochortus mele saree a
3, 4. P. Bae sir ag eae erates

so that the ee reference e
is usually as follows:—

: a Part ae issued i in March.

; se) ” ; gees Orie June. ay ee
meats sy ee ages September. — .
, | ” IV. Su Sir 9 December,

; + Broveedings, 1917, Part 1. Cou. 1-108), » were
ap 20th, a e

“contained i in this 8

Bia waked

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

| GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY |
OF LONDON. |

ae ———=S~«~LZ.

- PARTS III. & IV.

CONTAINING Paces 217 to 338, witH 5 Puates

AND 82 'l'Ex?-FIGURES.

FEBRUARY 1918.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENTS PARK.
LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO.,
PATERNOSTER ROW.

Fr lA
Jp ee

[Price Twelve Shillings. |

LiIsY. OF CONTEST.

1917, Parts III. & IV. (pp. 217-338).

EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICKS.

Page

The Szcrurary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months —

of May, June, July, August, and September, 1917 .......... «7s sos le whclatin ls ea ale 331
Prof. F. Woop Jonzs, MB.. D.Sc., F.Z.8. Exhibition of the Skull of a Lioness, showing

the effect: of captivity ........... faeces net ee ye tee eels telnie salt alee 333
Miss E. CuzresMAan. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the feeding habits of the Long

Water-Scorpion, on the burrows made by the Mole-Cricket, and on the formation of

the case by the Caddis-worm Phryganea grandiosa, based on observations made in

the Caird Insect House. (Text-figure 1.) ....-... 00 .. cess ween sioie: vidio aarp 833 —
Mr. C. Tarn Ruaan, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Description of the present state of knowledge |

regarding the life-history of the Common Eel, illustrated by means of lantern-

SLOTS SS a aoe pe aN becca s he sth eo ar tee Gar Rea eee or eee ta PPR PIA ee ro
Mr. R. H. Burne, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a Common Frog, showing the Spalteholz

method of preparation AY et ood RS aot eta tit pares Ws feds oe ee Soir denen ee hers «- Boo
Prof, F. Woop Jongs, M.B., D.Sc., F.Z8. Exhibition of a series of brains prepared in the

PEOSOCHOPIUMT 9: sce oie fare Slee ie sale a a ae oo ete ele eon aierd 7 at eens Pera tC:
Dr. P. Cuatuers Mrrcuait, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the Society. Exhibition on behalf

of Mr. D. Sxrn-Smitn, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, of a set of lantern-slides prepared

from photographs of mammals iy alain. eats pao a: sclera bere ene «aaa eter -» 336
The Sucrerary. poe on the Additions to the Society’s ge during the month

of October, 1917 .- \ aul damicigr cates ee oo eae eee “ 336
Mr. B. I. Pocock, F.B.8., F.L,8., FZS., Curator of Mammals, Exhibition of fae aaa

a castrated Bushbuck, and of three successive pairs of antlers of an adult Pére

David's Meer soc. oa es ee oe ee tials phuivatieteus iate cn aie ee eae PEP ert Wurake = 7
Prof. J. P. Hint, D.S8e., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Lantern-exhibition of new-born Marsupials, inh :

an aecount of the mode of parturition and external characters ......... tS aha Gernot 337 |

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

PAPERS.

Page
12. Note on a Hermaphrodite Dogfish. By Rutn C. BamsBer, M.Sc. (Plates I. & IL.) .. 217

13. On the Use of the Names Plesiosauria and Sauropterygia. By G. A. BouLEnGrER,
aN ee oleae ili Ghee ties oes cine erellle cals mses ses eae acd ep ac estes 221

14. Some Additions to the known Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo, with an Account of new
Species of the Genus Celiccia. By F.F. Larpuaw, M.A.,F.Z.S8. (Text-figures 1-10.) 228

15. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British East Africa,
ett. By Wt-Ook J. M. Faweurr. (Plate 1.) 0... 00. c cee ce cee ee -- 233

16. Deformity of Os penis in a Seal (Phoca caspica Nilsson). By Srerervs Aupn&Raxy.
NI ye oN og li ei sial sp te oden a iad ooo nec s anne es 251

17, Some Observations upon Concealment by the apparent Disruption of Surface in a
Plane at Right Angles to the Surface. By J. C. Morrram, M.B.(Lond.). (Text-

NR cg rae aa de ac wiallpsa lan Wieliens, o weia a e/hielg 6 wa"e pelea skews es os 253

18. New South-American Rhopalocera. By J. J. Jotcny, F.LS., F.Z.8., F.ES., and
Smet S abe I) oe panies lb as Vin be ia On 'mp leads ae eee a Ives rt Seales a 259

RO eae Aiterican Arctiide, By J. J. Jorny, F.LS., F.ZS., FES, and G. Ta.zor,
ee (UEC. De. oe ee te wee ee Ree a ui iw A eam icra rs ar al aie ob w 6%, eles oie as 265

20. New Butterflies from Africa and the East. By J.J. Jorcny, F.LS., F.Z.8., F.E.S.,
and G. TaBor, Er Cea ee nh Lanse ell gL Selena Melee Vee e bee ale 8 271

21. A Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron, Hbn. By J. J.I OICEY, E.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S.,

Memes emit, PHS. (Plate asc Ge. occ five cas ye we de ce enh geeiet cn ee esas 273

22. Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera. By J. J. Jorcry, F.LS., F.Z8., F.E.S., and
Peeerer eee Eate My ae Pern Seana ses by lain Goal seinen ee mei esveainn vee’ 275

23. Ant-like Spiders from Malaya, collected by the Annandale-Robinson Expedition,
fut. by HD. Bancoon, M.A. (YLext-figures 1-12.) 22... ee eee ee 277

24. The Structure of the Orbito-temporal Region of the Skull a Lemur. By F. Woop
Paton voc: P25. (Rext-feures 1-5.) 0. sce cae. sc cae s as cevtteenaeses 323
Vitlepage .. 2... eee e eee ete eee ee et eee te cae eet teens icteceye, elcce'a oie i
dass of Council.and Officers ......7....... eee sae Cae aN AMS Nas. fe Wiles a) lis sie wine G5 ghd ii
Be OOMECHLS, caylee s Cele voc wees cn ea cows Oe Mitte erie dan We c00y aioe lara: atc G'n’ e's a seco 9% lii
Alphabetical List of Contributors ........ ... NEN TMEE thie SN Beta eee Soren Rr a Re ee vii

ieee Syren aE Se CRN oi SN Sp CN Se a ect eae ac a Rs a xi

LIST OF PLATES,

1917, Parts lil. & TV. (pp. 217-338).

BampBer: Pl. I.
i.

Fawcerr: Pl. I. Heterocera from British Hast Africa.......cececece

\ Seyltiutm camiculd ..-...sveveecessernssesandins 217

233

Pl. I. Rhopalocera from 8. America .... 259, 265, 275

Jorcey & Tansor:
Pl. Ti, «Papilio lyeophrom .i045 000 ce4s oe, cee eee 273

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively,
so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8. 1917, p.... The Distribution
is usually as follows, but on account of war conditions Parts III. & IV. of 1917
were issued as one Part, and a similar course may be followed in 1918 :—

Part I. issued in March.

EY a June,

erage 1) Gl Ee 5, . September.
1, Gia December.

‘ Proceedings,’ 1917, Part IT. (pp. 105-215), were published on
July 18th, 1917.

The Abstracts of the ‘ Proceedings,’ Nos. 172-174, are
contained in this Part.

Con

AM 1
A ay ray
Wee
ree

REN

yi
t

ane

*
Ui

ene
Bi say
ee

YONG

Alay

ieee
ty

Yi PAL
if MALE
CUR A

NIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

3 9088 0

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London"

See other formats